KNEEtalk

DIARIES => Post op diaries (>300 posts) => Topic started by: Clarkey on July 23, 2008, 07:02:21 PM

Title: Nick's FatPadTrim, Medial plica/Distal patella excision, AIR x2, LMR 3in1 Diary
Post by: Clarkey on July 23, 2008, 07:02:21 PM
Had my MRI scan results this morning and only found a problem with the fat pad there too much fluid around the fat pad and I think the fat pad is inflamed as well. I saw the very nice PT again who suggested two options having Physio on the fat pad ultrasound and massage or a cortisone injection around the fat pad fluid area. I will have to wait a couple of weeks for PT and it might not help and the PT I saw today was reluctant for me to have an injection by a very good OS that good giving injections.

I still not satisfied with the outcome for many reasons since my fall back in October 2007 I have not been able to walk well and can no longer run. I get regular knee pain around the fat pad and can feel it catching at times that is not a nice feeling. I have been doing PT to build up the quads and it has helped to go to the Gym 3 times a week and go on the cross trainer and exercise bike but after about 10 minutes I get knee pain in my right knee where I have the fat pad problem. I cant work to my full potential on the Golf Course as if I overdo it knee begins to hurt.

All I want is to finally see an OS as its I am now starting to become annoyed about my whole knee issue I can't see any harm in trying the injection as my knee cant get any worse. I don't like to wait another few more months to see if the PT helps or not as it most likely might not and will end up with the Injection.

My left knee, not 100%, as well as I, have maltracking problems and it also hurts if I use my knees too much and sometimes the pain very bad but does not happen too often. The PT hopes the insoles will help with my knee pain which will be fitted on the 19th August.

I like to know if anyone else has had fat pad problems and how it was treated, how bad do I have to be till I see an OS rather then a PT who very good at his job but only the OS can really find out the real knee problems and what action is needed. Will the injection solve my right knee problems as my PT thinks I don't need a scope but could it come to this if PT and injection do not help me run again with less or no knee pain? The Injection might work but will it fix the fat pad problem.

I kind of happy that I know what it is but disappointed that I not been sent to see an OS which I knew was going to happen.

Nick ??? {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on July 23, 2008, 07:24:06 PM
Hi Nick,

I reinjured my knee running and my fat pad has swollen and is being pinched by my knee.  I have been having PT and they suggested acupuncture which I did try but it was not for me.  They also suggested injections which I have tried and it was very good, it lasted for about three months.  Okay it does not take away the problem but it made walking easier.  I was due to go and see the OS just before I was due to have another but I did not want it masking the pain before I saw him.  I have been listed for further surgery as he thinks I have torn something else or there is something loose.

My fat pad is still very fat!! and I would love to have another injection but I have decided it would be best to wait for the surgery and at least I will know where the pain is. 

If you feel you are not getting any further along with the PT and are still having problems go to your GP and ask to be referred to an OS to be checked out.  My original MRI came back as normal and he found problems when he got in there.

Good luck with it.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Nettan on July 23, 2008, 07:42:15 PM
Sue, could be that your fatpad is so big that interfers between the joint surfaces. I have had that and had my fat pad shaved.
Could be what you also need later Nick, if nothing helps.
When you have an inflammation, patience is the key. Can take long time to get rid of.
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on July 23, 2008, 09:50:14 PM
Hi Nettan,

Its possible that could be the case.  It had been good before I reinjured my knee but now it is swollen and feels a little numb.  I did find the injection good and also taping the patella up helps for a short while as well.  Like you say with inflammation patience is the key.

Hopefully Nick will get some answers soon

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 24, 2008, 04:36:34 PM
Thanks Sue and Nettan for some good advise might be right to wait longer but I personally feel that I should be allowed to see a OS at the Hospital I went to yesterday.

I get pain in other parts of the knee if I been using the knee a lot and not only in the fat pad area and no matter how hard I try to run I end up fallling onto both knees. I lucky I dont have to be able to run for a living ie Police, Army are just a few examples but do use my knees a lot in my job as a greenkeeper.

What I know will happen like it did last year, this coming winter will get more regular and intense knee pain as we will be doing lots of contruction work on the golf course. shifting soil and clay by hand with shovels digging by hand for drainage. I dont fancy another winter like the last one with the knee pain.

Is it to cheeky for me to go phone the PT I saw at the Hospital and ask him to book me in to see a OS as I just have a feeling it needs looking further and the unltra sound might ease the pain a little but might not help me run again.

All I would like is a 1 to 1 with a OS its not too much to ask for to discuss variouse options if the ultra sound and injction is not a success.

Might see how ultra sound goes for a while but if I am still the same after thiis treatment will ask to see a OS but might be waiting 6 weeks for 1st appointment.

Its like a meniscus tear this fat pad problem as it hurts after activities and when I strimming on a slope at work and when I cycle at the gym. The catching inside the knee feels as if its a tear but the MRI came up normal apart from the fat pad.

My main question is should I push to see a OS as it will be soon a year since fall and not seen the top person yet.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Sailor on July 24, 2008, 05:20:30 PM
I say "Go for it".  It is time to see the OS, and you just have to be persistent, as you are the best advocate for your health.  Good luck,  Sailor
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 24, 2008, 05:42:14 PM
Thanks for the advise Sailer,

I might be over reacting a little but not convinced ultra sound will solve the fat pad problem and the Injection is the next stage. I am the last person that would want a scope and will only go for it as the last resort. PT thinks surgery is 3 out of 10 possible but I work in % I would say surgery right now only 45% but if injection not a success then 50% plus that a scope the only way to get rid of the problem such as shaving the fat pad so it no longer catches.

I hope I proved wrong with my feeling and the ultra sound works? we shall see!

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 24, 2008, 05:50:18 PM
Hi Nick,

Ultra sound really does work nicely on inflammation and helps soft tissue healing.  It seems kind of silly to have the PT put some goop on your knee and run a funny looking wand around it.  It may not look like it's doing much, but it really does.  I should not hurt, so it is worth a try.  It did lots of good for me when I had bleeding into my knee after a LR many years ago.  It looked like someone beat the back of my leg with a stick!  In 2-3 weeks the brusing had really faded.  So give it a shot and keep pushing to see an OS.  Pain is no fun and being unable to do things you like just stinks.  Best of luck.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 25, 2008, 04:26:30 PM
Hi Milly you are so right and should give ultra sound a go, I admit I was in a bad mood yesterday about the whole knee issue as Its be managed badly.

I had to wait over 12 weeks till I saw a PT as they never recieved a referal letter from my GP. I finally see a PT twice 1st time he gives me some leg excercise's to build up my quads, 2nd time said I have excessive bone in the knee and will send me for a xray. I told him I can feel loosness and pain in a cetain area of the knee but he seemed not bothered about it. If he did bother to inspect it could have found out it was the fat pad that could be inflammed and done some untra sound in April when I 1st saw him and if it did not work send me to see a OS for an injection.

When I see the PT in the Hopsital the 1st time never mentions the excessive bone and dont have an xray but have a MRI scan instead as he thinks my fat pad inflammed and is right when results come back.

I did ring up the PT at the hospital secretary so speed up the PT at the 1st centre I went to as they delayed me to start off with and would like to see the same PT again who knows me and my history so will wait and see if they hurry my ultra sound which I like to get done ASAP incase it fails and need a injection.

I say I want to see a OS but did not want surgery unless its the only option left so should be happy to try the other 2 options. If I still cant run after a few ultra sound appointments and still get pain will ask for a OS to see me ASAP and not in a few weeks time.

The PT never said what the next stage is if ultra sound and injection fails, would I be right I predicting a scope of the knee? would be great if it never comes to this stage but there always a possibilty so cant rule it out just yet.

I have a dead line would like the knee back to normal by Christmas with what ever treatment it takes, treated by then what form cant say would be nice if ultra sound works but not afriad if a injection was needed.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 25, 2008, 09:29:49 PM
Hey Nick glad you are at least more up today.  It's easy to get discouraged and disgusted when you are in pain and it seems no one is listening to you.  I have found there are good PTs and some not so good.  I think you are right about a scope if all the conservitive treatments fail.  Sometimes they just need to get in and see what is going on.  If all they do is have a look around the recovery should not be too bad or too long.  I had work done every time they scoped my knee so it took a while to get back to normal.  A scope is not so bad, but any surgery is scary.  I've been through several for different reasons (not just the knees), and I still get scared stiff and don't want to go through with it.  It's normal. 

I think surgery should be the option of last resort myself.  So try everything else first.  Can you take anti-inflamitories?  Like naproxen or ibuprofen?  Some folks can't becase they can be hard on your stomach.  I do know you need to take them for a few days at regular intervals to get the best result.  It's nice to have a nurse in the family so I can learn these things.

Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 26, 2008, 04:04:17 PM
Hi Millly,

My Mum says she will pay for a private PT and ultra sound if the NHS one takes too long because I have Asperger Syndrome I get anxieties easily and my mum starting to notice I getting a little down about the whole knee issue and wants it sorted out sooner rather then lator. On Monday morning she kindly going to the PT centre to explain my AS and ask them to hurrry my appointment or shewill go private. Thats what Mums are for at times to help thier children when they having a problem.

I will give it another 2 more weeks and if I dont get a appointment within this time will have to pay private which is not right but has to happen if the NHS dont pull thier weight. The PT secretary at hospital said he has not sent my refferal letter yet until Monday. Saw him Wednesday morning should have the letter on the way by now so wont get refferal letter from him till Wednesday should have been Friday or Monday morning the letter arrives at PT Centre.

I agree surgery as the last option as I scarred about being put to sleep not so much during and after surgery just the build up to it before going into theatre but hope I dont have to face this and ultra sound works.

Nick :) {2008} :)



Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 27, 2008, 04:04:08 PM
My mind changes like the weather I have now decided to wait on the NHS for the ultra sound as I find it unfair that my Mum would have to pay when you can get it free. My 3 Sisters out of 6 had a chat about my knee problem amd may have been a bit selfish as thier are people with far worse knee conditions then me who need to see a PT before me. I can still manage to work ok and can manage the pain the last 9 months so a few weeks longer wont be long to wait.

Ther PT did say should get a appointment within 6 weeks but should get one sooner then that if I not heard from PT centre after 4 weeks phone him so he can chase up appointment. I am a little sceptical about of the ultra sound will really fix the problem and will need a injection but as I said before it does not hurt trying the least drastic option 1st.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on July 27, 2008, 07:01:26 PM
Hi Nick,

I will have to agree with Milly about the ultrasound.  I had ultrasound when I first injured my knee and it did wonders.  It made my knee painfree with no other trouble at all until it went again three years later.

Definately give it a go and if things don't seem to be working out then press to see the OS.  I also benefited from the injection as well.

Unfortunately knees have a mind of there own and will soon let you know if things aren't working.

Good luck

Sue
 ;D
North Wales

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 28, 2008, 01:37:01 PM
Hi Nick,

It's easy to get anxious no matter what.  I get so nervous before any surgery.  I asked if I could change the date on my way to the operating room once.  Thankfully no one said sure.  It's never as bad as our imagination would make it out to be.  I hope you get your PT appointment soon.  While it is true there are others with worse problems that need PT, everyone deserves their appointment.  It is good to know your mom will pay if necessary.  At least there is a relief in knowing that if the NHS doesn't get it together, you can still get the treatment you need.  Hang in there.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 11, 2008, 08:16:15 PM
I have a date for my 1st ultra sound its this coming Wednesday 13th August unlucky for some but not always and will give it a try. I still think there more to it then just ultra sound and hope I proved wrong and ultra sound fixes the knee problem.

Knee swollen and feels unstable and as you all know cant run and walk at a reasonable pace and can feel the fat pad catching so rather be seeing a OS as I am in a bad enough condition to be able to see one.

My goal is to run with my mate at the London marathon 2012 the year the olympics games is held in the UK and would like to practice soon as it takes a while to train up, but handicapped due to knee injury.

I want the knee sorted out before Christmas if ultra sound fails wether its an injection or surgery if it needed.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 11, 2008, 09:47:26 PM
Good luck with the ultrasound appointment.  I hope this sorts the knee out for you.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 12, 2008, 04:02:06 PM
Thanks Milly for wishing me good luck on Wednesday, would be great if it did work but still sceptical about the whole thing. My Brother in law had swelling and pain in his knee and had a MRI scan and it came back normal and had a cortisone injection which only helped for about a month but returned. Had another MRI scan a few weeks lator and the scan showed up a meniscus tear and will be having a scope very soon.

I just think the fall was very hard and surpised it never did damage inside the knee and if knee was ok would be no swelling and would be able to run and walk ok clearly something gone wrong if you fallen on it twice onto a hard surface. MRI scans are not 100% reliable as I found out with my brother in law and from other postings on this website.

One positive thing knee pain less since doing PT and going to the Gym but pain still there at times.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Nettan on August 12, 2008, 04:09:09 PM
As there is an inflammed fat pad there is a problem. Take one thing at a time Nick.
You can never compare to someone else. Best of luck tomorrow.
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 13, 2008, 01:19:15 PM
Hi Nick,

Hope your appointment goes well today.  I hope there is some relief.  It may take a few sessions to see any difference though.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 14, 2008, 05:22:07 PM
I went to the appointment on time thinking I was going to have ultra sound only to find out I having another knee assesment and will not be getting any ultra sound. The PT was not the best PT compared to the 2 other PT's I saw and all she did was try to feel the fat pad area where I get pain and she couldnt find the area of pain as the PT at Hospital did. I could squat and raise my legs fine and told her I go to the gym 3 times a week. I was then told by her my knee problem not a priority and will have to wait around 6 to 8 weeks for 1st appointment as I can still go to work and pain is not bad enough to get priority on the waiting list.

I left the PT feeling very frustrated and angry as I was messed around when it took 12 weeks for my very 1st PT appointment as they never recieved my refferal letter. The PT may be right in a way can work with my knee problems but its now almost 10 months since my fall and I still not recieved my 1st treatment if it does take another 8 weeks would bring it up to 1 year since the fall which is bad as it should have never have taken this long. I saw my GP the 1st week in January for a PT appointment and still now not really making any progress.

I cant understand why another PT had to do another assesment when Alexander the very good PT found out my knee problem and said would be booked in for ultra sound and should get an appointment within 6 weeks, I got a appointment within 3 weeks and was a waste of time. The 3 weeks waiting could have gone towards my 1st ultra sound appointment so wasted 3 weeks of waiting and should have had ultra sound straight away as Alexander alreay done my assesment and reccomeneded having ultra sound so why have another assesment its a wasted appointment and someone else could have had my appointment and they wounder why there such a long waiting list for appointments on the NHS. One simple reason is they have to many of the same appoinments.

The thing that really peed my of about the PT I saw yesterday when she said my fat pad problem might get better within the next 8 weeks and might be able to cancell my ultra sound. Its been bad for the last 10 months and cant see it suddenly getting better as it needs some form of treatment and ulltra sound the 1st option.

I then returned back to work and my Boss gave me a hard time saying I having too much time off work with my knee problem then had the cheek to point at his head suggesting the knee problems are all in my head and will have to do overtime to make up for lost time. Its called flexi hours but I thinks its unfair to make me work overtime for a medical appointment which is a health issue and shoudnt have to work longer hours. I returned from my breakdown on the 6th February 2006 and not had a single sick day and moans when I go for knee appointments.

Sorry for such a long moaning & posting but think its bad that its taking so long to sort out my fat pad problem.

Nick >:( {2008} >:(
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Nettan on August 14, 2008, 05:33:41 PM
Sheesh, of course this PT should have been able to give you the ultrasound treatment right away.
I would call back to Alexander and say what happened and get him as PT instead. That would be the best if you like to have him.
I don't know why you have different ones all the time. I have the same one always.
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 14, 2008, 05:46:01 PM
Hey Nick,

What a crock!  Is this the same place that did the first assessment?  If it is, the ultrasound treatment should have been in your chart.  Geez!  I think you have every right to be ticked off.  As Nettan said, give them a call back or call Alexander and let them know what happened. 

As for your boss, what a jerk.  Often others don't understand knee problems.  If all you have missed work for are the appointments for your knee, I don't think he has much to gripe about.  You would be amazed at how many people think knee pain is in your head.  I sometimes think that the darn thing needs to have the kneecap hanging out by a thread or something.   >:(  I'm sorry the knee doesn't look "sick" enough!  Good grief.

I hope you get the ultra sound back on the agenda as soon as possible.  I think you are right, if it were going to just get better, it would have by now. 

Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 16, 2008, 02:30:17 PM
Hi Nettan and Milly,

Nettan it might be a good idea to ring up Alexander on Monday morning but he might not remember me as he see so many Patients daily. I want 3 weeks off the 8 week wait as I wasted the 3 weeks only to have another assesment.

Milly I went to another Hospital for my latest knee assesment but was not impressed with the PT I saw. I felt as if she was making out that I dont really have a knee problem and ultra sound might not be needed if by some miracle it does fix it self within the next 8 weeks which it wont. I had to point to where I get the pain a clicking/catching and she could feel the clicking so fat pad problem still there.

It did say on letter knee assesment but thought they would do ultra sound straight after assesment.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Nettan on August 16, 2008, 06:20:22 PM
You do right in calling Alexander. Even if he has a lot of patients he probably have notes of you and will remember after reading.
Confidence and trust with the PT you have is A and O for a good outcome.
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 18, 2008, 04:06:39 PM
Yes I agree with you Nettan it would be a good idea to phone up Alexander as I fully trust the guy as he was the only PT who spotted the fat pad problem. I stupidly said to the useless PT last week knee pain is less since PT and going to the gym. I was wrong to say this as the pain still comes and goes and was worse today.

Sometimes the pain is so bad that it feels like a trapped nerve as pain goes up the side of my leg up to my hip and dont think its getting better as the latest PT thought and do need to try ultra sound sooner rather then lator.

Its hard for me to contact Alexander as he works during my work time and cant afford to use my mobile and dont like to use the works phone. My Mum says she happy to phone his secretary up and ask to hurry the ultra sound as I am starting to get annoyed with the pain and not being able to run or walk at a good steady pace. I am a priority as I have been waiting 10 months for my 1st treatment after they messed me around with my 1st PT appointment I should be on top of the list for thier mistake by losing my referal letter.

Nick  :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 21, 2008, 06:34:10 PM
Sorry if I keep on going on about my fat pad problem, today I checked my phone messages and received a message on Monday from Paul the 1st PT I saw who found out I have maltraking. On his message he said he recieved a letter from the knee triage clinic to have more PT done and to phone him up for an appointment. I phoned him today but did not speak to him but another PT and she said the next avialable appointment is the 15th September at 3:30pm.

I now worried that the PT I saw on the 13th August has cancelled my ultra sound and given me a new PT appointment at the 1st centre I went to. Alexander strongly reccomends ultra sound so the PT I saw last week wednesday cant overule him.

I might be jumping the gun and alexander may have reffered me for PT and ultra sound but to put my mind at ease will go to the PT centre myself and asked if I still having ultra sound and if they could hurry the ultra sound appointment.

Today was strimming at work and my right knee did not like it had pain on and off for most of the day and is not just a little pain its fairly intense pain that I dont want to put up with for the next few weeks while waiting for the ultra sound. Pain before was dull ache but its a lot worse now and worried I might be doing some damage to the inside of my knee just because of the pain I am getting know as it cant be doing any good.

I cant see more PT helping as I doing well at the gym and muscles are a lot sronger now but the PT I will be seeing Paul is also a good PT. I will wait now till Setember 1st and if I still not got a date for ultra sound will phone up paul as he less busy then alexander and ask if he could hurry the ultra sound. At the moment it feels like I hitting a brick wall and not progressing in any way.

One good thing I got my insoles made for my flat feet that might ease the knee and hip pain.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 21, 2008, 08:48:30 PM
Hi Nick,

Sounds like you are finally getting the PT underway (sort of).  Sometimes it's up to you to get the treatment you need.  At least you have an appointment lined up.  Sorry the knee was so pissy about work.  Ice it down for a few tonight.  That might help.  Hope you get an appointment sooner.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 22, 2008, 04:16:21 PM
Went over with my Mum to the 1st PT centre I went to and asked to speak to Paul who delt with me in the past but he was away today so spoke to another PT. We asked if they have ultra sound facilities at the centre and thankfully they do have ultra sound equipment. I still not sure if I will be having ultra sound or another assesment on 15th Septmber with Paul. I will phone him up on Tuesday morning and ask if he will do ultra sound straight away or just another assesment. If he says another assesment will tell him its a waste of time as I had 3 already and its the fat pad that needs treating and ask him to the the ultra sound instead.

Its all very confussing as I cant understand why I saw another PT at another Hospital last week who said they do ultra sound at the Hospital but may have to wait a while. What might happen is I get 2 ultra sound appointments but will accept the ultra sound with Paul as he knows my history at the centre rather then the Hospital. The refferal letter was from Alexander and not the PT I saw last week so was a waste of time seeing her.

If things work out well should have my 1st ultra sound on the 15th September and not another assesment which would be a waste of time.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 28, 2008, 06:00:08 PM
I went to see Paul the PT at my local PT centre to discuss what he is going to be doing on the 15th September when I see him for my appointment. I asked straight away am I having ultra sound on the 15th or another assesment. I was not surprised when he said another I need another assesment to see if I still need ultra sound but told him I seen 2 other PTs who suggested ultra sound and told him that alexander found a problem with my fat pad and on the MRI scan shows inflamation and fluid around the fat pad and suggested ultra sound. I was still not getting the message that I have problems with my fat pad and need ultra sound ASAP. Paul said he will access the knee again to see if the fat pad still swollen which it is as right knee larger then the left and once he thinks I need ultra sound would have to wait 4 to 6 weeks for my 1st ultra sound and after that would have it done at a weekly basis.

As you can imagine I was not very happy as my knee pain increased in the last 2 weeks and its now affecting my work which I was worried might happen if my knee not treated soon. Not every time but happens a few times each time I squat or kneal down I get sharp pain around the fat pad and has been like this for the last few days and not going away. I could also say it affects my social life as I went to a wedding and they had a barn dance in the evening and my knee hurt after one dance as you have to be able to move fast which I cant with my knees. Knee pain was 2 to 4 out of 10 but the last couple of weeks 5 to 6 out or 10 sometimes 7 if pain very intense that I keep getting on and off since the falll last october.

The PT and streching on my left maltracking knee not working so far still get clicking and crunching and pain which does not help if you right knee hurts at the same times as I am sure many of you know what it like.

I worked out I wasted 6 months waiting to get my knee treated, 3 months waiting for my 1st PT appointment and it looks like another 3 months when I get my 1st ultra sound. 17th June refferal letter was sent and could be mid to late october till I recieve the ultra sound. I think this is unfair as my knee could talk would be crying out for help but nothing seems to happen.

With the increase in pain is it advisable to see a OS or wait months for ultra sound and maybe a injection that may or may not help.

I need my knee sorted before spring as winter months we have less work to do on the golf course. I know spring a long way but the amount of time it takes might get sorted by summer before my knee or knees are fixed.

Sorry again for moaning and a long posting but getting frustrated about my whole knee issues.

Nick  :) {2008} :-\

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 28, 2008, 06:31:43 PM
Hi Nick,

I could come and yell at those folks for you.  May not help, but..... How frusterating.  What a messed up system.  GRRRRR!!!  Wish I could do more than sympathize with you. 

Don't worry about the venting, it's good for you and we all understand.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 30, 2008, 02:32:41 PM
I been thinking through what I should do to get the ultra sound done on the 15th September and think I know a way of doing it. I will ring up Alexander on monday and asked him if he could contact Paul who will decide if I need ultra sound, Alexander if you have read on my previouse postings, is the PT who suggested ultra sound and showed me the fluid and inflamation around the fat pad on the MRI scan.

Will explain to him I had 3 assesments already and want to do a 4th one on the 15th and the pain is increasing and if he could phone Paul to do the the ultra sound when I see him on the 15th September.

I need to get the ultra sound happening ASAP to see if it helps or not if after a few ultra sounds knee still the same would finallly see a OS for a cortisone injection and if that fails would have to have a scope. I may well not need surgery but its a possiblity if conservative methods fails.

If I could choose a time to take time of work it would be anytime from October till March as I said before we are far less busy at work if I was to take sick leave during the winter months, would be the best time, thats is why I want the Ultra sound soon just incase it fails.

My sister had a cyst in her knee and ultra sound fixed it so may well fix my problem but wont be upset if it fails. IF they did decide to scope would not be scarred anymore like I was a few months ago if it gets me running again but hopfully this wont happen.

Nick :) {2008} :)



Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 02, 2008, 04:18:13 PM
Yesteday I left a message with Alexander's Secretary at the Hospital and this morning I got a phone call from him. He said they seemed to be some confusion about having ultra scan when I should be having Ultrasound therapy.

I just googled both terms and ultrasound therapy is as follows "uses high-frequency sound waves to produce heat that can reduce pain, It may be used to treat conditions such as musculoskeletal injuries"

Ultrasound scan "a painless test that uses sound waves to create images of organs and structures inside your body"

So as far as I am concerned still be using an ultrasound machine or is it another type of machine all togther. I did not want to ask him too many questions as he very busy but think the phone call has helped a little as he going to phone up Paul my PT at the Centre who saw me the 1st time.

Might not be a bad thing after all to have another assesment on the 15th September as I can know feel catching of the fat pad and is more easy to feel it catch then before so might say go for the cortisone injection. If you place your hand over the kneecap can feel a catching/crunching sensation around the fat pad are, before was not as bad but increased since going to the gym 3 times a week.

Alexander was great said if you have any other worries give him a call and fully trust what he reccomends.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on September 02, 2008, 10:06:46 PM
Hi Nick,

The machine you will be having is a little portable one on a trolley with a wand type instrument.  The will put jelly around the affected area and move this wand like instrument over the area that is sore.  It is very soothing, The machine hums whilst they are doing it.  They will do it for about 10 minutes or so.  when they do it you will wonder how that has helped but after a couple of goes you should notice some difference. 

Ultrasound scanning shows images of the internal structure to diagnose problems which is totally different from the therapy.  So it will be the above you will be having.

Hopefully not long now.

Good luck

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 03, 2008, 02:16:14 PM
Hi Nick,

Wow what a difference a few words make!  Hopefully they can do the scan after the assessment.  The sessions are not that long like Sue said around 10 minutes.  If you end up needing a scope anyway, we are here for you.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 04, 2008, 05:55:58 PM
Thanks milly and sue for the replies from this posting seems never ending, I will remain positive about ultra sound therapy but will also not rule out having a scope if conservative treatments failed, if things go smoothly and get ultrasound treatment might last till around mid November but hope its sooner more like end of October. I would then go back to alexander and he would book me in to see a OS for an injection of cortiosone but if I did end up with an injection does it really fix my fat pad problem or should he rather look inside the knee and give it a good clean out.

I know its too early to ask and might not happen if ultrasound therapy fixes my problems but say it did not help and needed a scope how long would I have to wait to get it done maybe sue can advise me on that one. Lets say get put on a waiting list in december before Christmas would I have knee fixed before the end of March next year or would it be some time during the summer months.

I just need to know with my aspergers about what could happen fat pad problem contines after using conservative methods and is good for me to be prepared if it did happen, that way wont have so much stress and anxieties if it did happen.

I also know I would be supported in this forum if I did end up needing a scope which I hope wont happen but sometimes problems can only be be sorted in the operating theatre.

Nick :) {2008} :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 04, 2008, 07:15:38 PM
Hey Nick,

Have you dried out yet?  I don't know about time frames for schduling over there so can't help much there.  If the fat pad is still inflamed the cortizone should help that, it's a steroid.  Kind of a super anti-inflamitory.  I am one of the lucky ones where the cortizone crystalizes and is like grit in my knee.  Not nice at all, and it does not last long for me.  Lots of people have very good results with them though.  If it can calm the inflammation, then they probably would not need to look around inside.  If is still stays inflammed then the doc may want to have a look inside to see why.  Does that help some?

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on September 05, 2008, 06:42:28 PM
Hi Nick,

I think the longest wait you will have is seeing the OS first.  The first time I was referred in the November and saw him in the March and that was paying for a private consultation apparently it would have been December before I could get to see him.  I was put on the waiting list as an urgent case and was operated on in the July..  The second time I saw him within a month as I was still down as a review and I went on the routine list which was in June (because I was a chicken and did not want to go in two weeks time when he wanted to do it) and I have been listed for beginning of November.

Currently the waiting list has to be no more than 26 weeks in Wales.  I little different in England but not far off as they are the national guidlines (I work for NHS).  So if you go on the waiting list in October they will have to do you before the end of March.  If you go on your hospitals web site they will have the current waiting list lengths on thier site.  The other alternative is to say that you will take a cancellation to get it done quicker, so if they say at your consultation that they are putting you on the waiiting list say then that you will take a cancellation.

I think the wait to see the OS will be a while if you are referred as a routine.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 06, 2008, 03:22:37 PM
Thanks sue and milly for your repiles,

Its intresting to see how the waiting lists are on the NHS. My Sister a orthopaedic nurse in a hospital in Suffolk and she said the waiting list to have a scope is about 12 to 16 weeks but can get it done sooner but should not have to wait any more then 3 months.

Milly might be right the cortisone might reduce the the swelling but I been told it temporary reduces the inflammation. Like you said might not need to go under the knife but if its still the same before my 30th Birthday on the 2nd December after conservative treatment would tell the OS to get it scoped as soon as there a cancellation like sue suggested as I could afford time off work up till March anytime after that would have to put surgery on hold till October 2009 as we very busy on the golf course from April till the end of September. This is just a maybe and hope it does not come to this.

Nick :) {2008} :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on September 06, 2008, 05:25:09 PM
Hi Nick,

Worth giving everything a go first.  Hopefully the ultrasound will make things good for you and hopefully you won't need to go on to the others.  I found the injection brill, made a whole lot of difference with the pain and if all else fails then you know where you are heading.  Unfortunately the whole system is slow but you will get sorted eventually.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 08, 2008, 02:17:59 PM
Hey Nick,

If you have run out of conservative treatment and are still having issues, then you are right and they would need a look around inside.  I can understand the timing issue too.  I would love to get my knee "fixed" right away, but can't afford to take much time off without pay.  So I am waiting until I get enough leave time built and then have the surgery.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 09, 2008, 04:14:58 PM
Posting again sorry seems never ending, I am seeing my GP this Friday about a review of my AS meds if they can reduce the medication. I know others on this board have worse knee pain then me but the right knee pain increased a lot the last few days on the opposite side where I normally get pain. Also mentioned it before a lot more noticeable the catching inside the knee and can feel it if you place hand over the knee, if you listen in a silent room can hear the catching.

At the back of my mind I think there more going on inside the knee and will ask my GP if I could see a OS as I know how long it takes, during the time of waiting hope to have ultrasound and if it fixes my knee problem will cancel the OS appointment. I will also tell Paul about it next week Monday if he can get Alexander to get the cortosone injection on the way as it will take another few weeks and during that time can see if the ultrasound helps, if it fails will have the injection straight away, rather then waiting another few weeks to see a OS.

I need the knee sorted within the next 6 months so need to be a bit cheeky and ask to book me to see a OS. At the end of the day its my knees and know they not right and get annoyed with people saying why do you want to see a OS.

The knee pain becoming annoying now and more regular and think its the right time to see a OS even of others dont agree I worked now for 9 years so helped pay towards the NHS so about time I made proper use of it. There no harm in seeking a 2nd opinion as PTs are not a experienced as a OS and would make me feel better with my Aspergers to know I seeing the top person.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 10, 2008, 02:47:35 PM
Hey Nick,

Post away, that's why we are here.  It helps when you know someone understands.  It would be a good idea to see an OS and see what he has to say.  Hopefully you won't need it, but good idea to try to get an appointment booked.

Hope you are better today.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 11, 2008, 07:01:03 PM
I been doing some research on fat pad problems and certain I may well have Hoffa's disease and will paste a link that shows a MRI scan of fat pad or Hoffa's fat pad.

http://www.mypacs.net/cases/ANTERIOR-KNEE-PAIN-HOFFAS-DISEASE-884405.html

My 2 heavy falls onto the pavment have agitated my fat pad and would like to have the cortisone injection rather then ultra sound as it cant make my knee any worse and is worth a try (faster). As I said before will see my GP and will get him to feel the catching inside the knee which is easy to feel more then it was a few weeks ago. Will ask him if its a good idea to ask Paul to book me in to see a OS.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on September 11, 2008, 08:50:22 PM
Hi Nick,

One thing I can definately say if nothing is fast when it comes to getting knees sorted  :(. I know time is not on your side but definately give the ultrasound a try at least then if things are not settling they are more likely to listen to you and move through the treatment options a bit quicker.

I found that it took a long while for them to agree that things were not working with me last time round but if you end up heading for any surgery the injection is a welcome relief.  It is frustrating waiting to get those wheels in motion when people are taking their time deciding the best plan of action.  You will get there eventually.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 13, 2008, 03:12:06 PM
Hi Sue I am sure you are right about giving ultrasound a go but remain sceptical about it as the knee pain becoming more intense now. Was mowing on a sit on mower and got very intense pain on and off and never been so bad before. I always ask advise from my Sister who a nurse at a orthopaedic ward and she said when you see Paul the PT on Monday say you want to see a OS as the Patient has the rights to see a OS even if the PT does not agree.

MRI scans are not 100% reliable and sometimes miss things out and my sister and I think I may have torn some menicus. My brother in law 1st scan came up normal and a few weeks lator second scan showed he torn his menicus and will be under the knife soon. The last time I saw the PT the symtoms where not so bad and will at least ask for a cortisone injection into the fat pad as its a quicker method of reducing the swelling and it cant make my knee any worse then it is now.

(Heavy fall twice onto pavement cant do good to the knee structure)

If it was June I would try the ulltrasound 1st before injection but I am limited in time as I mentioned before and cant afford to see if ultrasound works or not. IF it fails and I did need to see a OS it might be February next year and if the only option was to scope the knee would be done in the Spring and Summer months which I cant afford to do in my job as a greenkeeper with golf tournaments daily from mid march till mid october.

Paul said if they did decide ultrasound would have to wait 6 weeks from the 15th September which would bring it to the 27th October and would not be till the new year that I would see a OS for an injection.

The OS who would give the injection has his own website and looks good so looking foward being treated by him as he very good with injections.

http://www.drgrahamebrown.co.uk/treatments.asp

My course manager says he wants my knee back to normal before march and said is about time you see a OS. If a scope was the only option left in the end, even though it scares the hell out of me you have to do things in life you dont want to do and if it solved the knee problem would be worth it.

I know people who have less knee pain and can run and walk ok who seen a OS so dont feel bad asking to see one as it will soon be my 1st anniversary since my fall and as you know stopped me doing a favourite hobby of mine jogging which I am now starting to miss.

Sorry if you think I am jumping the gun by not waiting for ultrasound but time is limited now so have to go for the injection instead.

Nick :) {2008} :)





Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on September 13, 2008, 09:26:25 PM
Hi Nick,

Its the "system" that is slow.  My MRI also come back as normal but the pictures he took when he was in showed a lot of bits that the MRI could not see.  If you don't get any joy with being referred from the PT to the OS have you thought about trying your GP?

Unfortunately these things take time.  Try to find out from your local hospital the time from referral to your first OS appointment to give you some idea of the time scale and the waiting list time. 

I probably would not have the injection before your OS appointment as it will mask the pain during the examination.  I found mine lasted for six weeks and was due for another one before my OS appointment but decided not to have it so he could see what the knee was really like.  If you have an idea how long you will have to wait you could probably fit in an injection before he sees you.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 15, 2008, 01:51:47 PM
Hi Nick,

Maybe your course manager can kick the system into high gear for you.  Even here in the states it can take a while to get an appointment with an OS.  Especially many of the sports medicine guys.  Like Sue says if the PT to OS route isn't working try your regular doc.  Hope the injection gives you some relief.  In the meantime try not to bash them on the ground again.  ;D  (Just teasing a bit here, I am always banging the knees into something solid like the desk, or the ground.)  Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 15, 2008, 04:38:03 PM
Hi Milly and Sue,

I been to see Paul my PT and was shocked when he said he will be doing ultrasound straight away, I sure he said he would assess my knee today and book me in for ultrasound. Maybe Alexander stepped in and said do ultrasound straight away. Its nice to be posting something positive for a change rather then negative things.

I thought I would feel vibrations from the ultrasound machine when he applied the jelly but felt nothing just the cool gel and the movement of the head from the machine. Paul did say it might or might not help and may feel the benefits after 3 sessions. I will now be booked weekly for the next few weeks and see if it reduces the swelling.

If it still the same after a few weeks will fax alexander and will adivise him that I need to see a OS for the injection. I also had it reconfirmed that I have a bone growth in my right knee as well as the swollen fat pad and did ask for another xray as last one was done in 2003 but alexander did not do what Paul asked for. Paul thinks the growth is also causing me problems and ultrasound wont really solve the problem. Paul advised me to ice me knee every evening in the hope that it will reduce the swelling and I started applying ibuprofen gel.

IF the bone growth has become larger and might be contributing to my right knee problems is a scope the only way to get it reduced. Would the OS file the bone done as this could also be the catching sensation I keep getting.

At least if ultrasound fails the OS will know its not working and will decide if I need an injection or a scope. Fingers crossed that ultrasound helps but if not will finally see a OS before March 2009.

Nick :) {2008}  ;D
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on September 16, 2008, 09:29:41 PM
Excellent news Nick at least the ball is rolling now.  Nothing worse than the wait and hopefully they will get you sorted but at least if things don't improve you will be on the right track now.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 17, 2008, 02:04:20 PM
Hey Nick,

Glad they got the ultrasound going at least.  If nothing else, it should help the inflammation.  Now you've gotten things started anyway.  Keep up posted.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 18, 2008, 06:26:08 PM
My next ultrasound appointment is this tuesday 23rd September at 9:30am. Paul did say he not sure if ultrasound will help but will give it a try and see if it helps. At the back of my mind I still think I should be seeing a OS by now as each time I try to run my right knee wont function properly as if I got a stiff leg and as I mentioned before pain is more regular and intense and when I do feel the catching inside the knee it hurts and feels unstable at times. I cant even sit down on the ride on mowers without my right knee acheing. It feels rubbery to touch when knee been at a certain angle for a long time as if there fluid inside the knee.

I tried to reduce the swelling with ice packs and ibuprofen gel and pills but does not reduce the swelling. You dont have to be a OS to work out that something wrong inside the knee as there something stopping me from running as if there something trapped inside the knee. I been doing PT and going to the gym and with no success. I did not know I was still limping that much untill a member at the golf course said how comes I am limping.

My Course Manger annoyed me again when he asked if I am paying private and when I said using the NHS said we have to pay for you in a sarcastic manner. Its all very well trying the conservative treatments 1st before bothering a OS but deep down feel there more to it then just doing ultrasound therapy.

If you can avoid a scope its a good thing but have a feeling it might happen as the best way to find what the problems really is and to take a good look inside the knee even if the MRI scan shows up just fat pad inflamation.

I am the last person who would want surgery but this might be the only way I can start to run again. I know so many people who had a knee scope for less knee problems ie could still be active by being able to run and play sports that I cant do anymore for almost a year.

So thats how I feel some might think I am jumping the gun by considering possible surgery at this stage, when I just started having ultrasound but feel its not drastic enough for my knee problem. At least try cortisone injection before a scope.

http://www.sportsinjuryclinic.net/cybertherapist/front/knee/fat-pad-impingement.htm 

(sounds very similar to my symptoms)

Nick :) {2008} :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: UK Girl ! on September 18, 2008, 08:42:01 PM
Nick - just tell your course manager that you pay NI contributions and so are perfectly entitled to NHS treatment and say that its a shame he is healthy because he might actually be a bit more considerate towards you !
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 19, 2008, 03:34:29 PM
Hi Nick,

The ultra sound can't hurt and may help somewhat.  I don't think it's too early to think about seeing an OS and having a scope.  It's been long enough that someone should have a close look.  From what I understand if you are working and pay taxes you are paying into NHS, so why not use what you are paying for?  Some folks just don't get it.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 23, 2008, 04:56:29 PM
Hi Milly and Sue and UK Girl,

I had my 2nd ultrasound appointment today at 9:30am this morning, I told my Course Manager that I have to leave at 9:20am to get to the PT Centre on time and said I never told him when I did last week. We have our 1st break at 9:30am after a 6am start and was having a moan at me for booking my apppointment during work time when its actually my 30 minute break. I only lost 10 minutes of work time and we mostly finish our jobs at around 9:20am so see what the fuss is all about.

I understand why he annoyed in a way as I had so many knee appointments but knee not getting any better and some of the appointments happened to be during work time. I was very peed of when my Manager laughed when I told him about my fat pad problem he seems to think its nothing and still thinks my knee problems is in my head.

I thought my work mates would support me but they also say I having too much time off work with my knee problems and still not making any progress. I returned to work after my mental breakdown in February 2006 and not had a single sick day off work even when knee pain been bad carried on working. Its ok for my course manager to play a round of golf during work time and not booked off as hoiliday. I been told by my manager would have to work overtime if I take anymore knee appointments, I think this is against the law as if you have a medical problem then its ok to take a few hours off work to have it looked at.

I saw Paul and he said he thinks the ultrasound wont help with my knee problems and thinks its this bone growth thats causing me the problems and should have another xray to see if its grown or not. I made him touch the side of my knee so he can feel the catching inside and said he can feel it as well. I also found out I have maltraking in the right knee as well said both knees caps are not aligned propery. I will have 2 more ultrasound appointments and if the right knee not improved will be reffered to see a OS. Wednesday 8th October will be the last appointment for ultrasound and if knee not improved within a week after last treatment Paul will fax Alexander to see Dr Brown for a cortisone injection into the fat pad.

I think I will be seeing a OS towards the end of this year and think its about time I did with 3 problems to the right knee, maltracking, fat pad infringement and bone growth inside the knee cap. I said my manager said its about time I saw a OS he did not say this just said its about time you had your knee sorted out properly.

I still get the impression people think my knee problems are in my head because I have aspergers and they think its a obsession and my brain telling my right knee that I cant run and feel knee pain when knee ok which I think its not. I hope they wrong that its in my head when 2 PTs have confirmed I do have problems with both knees.

Sorry again for the long post and moan but getting annoyed now with people attitude about my knee problems >:(

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 23, 2008, 05:21:49 PM
Hey Nick,

Some folks just don't get it no matter how you explain it.  If it wouldn't get you in trouble ask your manager if he knows any medical places that have appointments after 5pm.  I had to explain to one PT place that I had to get appointments after 5, then the secretary asks if I can come at 2pm.  Um, no - just told her needed after 5.  Unfortunately most places don't take the working person into consideration.  Your workmates may be upset, but they don't have the problem, you do.  I wonder sometimes what people think about.  If more than one medical professional has stated you have a problem, then for heaven's sake, you have a problem.  Sometimes you just want to smack folks you get so frustrated.  I hope you get your OS appointment soon.  Maybe once you've seen him/her, the office can send something to your boss?  Just a thought.  Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on September 23, 2008, 07:45:09 PM
Hi All,

Unfortunately there are a lot of people we come into contact with who can't, won't empathis with our problem.  Most of my friends and family have made comments like that and then eventually realise that you do actually have a problem.  I think they could do with a knee problem and they will then realise how bad things are for us.  We have good days and bad days but most of the time they can't see that.

Try to get something in writing to show to your employer that you needs to attend these appointments and like Milly said the chances of getting appointments out of hours is near on impossible (is impossible  ;D).  It is appauling the way he is treating you, everyone has the right to attend for medical appointments and just think how many more you will have to come  :(.  And remember knee pain is not in the head unfortunately its very real.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 25, 2008, 06:36:27 PM
Hi Milly and Sue,

I not worked up today, must look like a Victor Meldrew always having a moan but think I have good reasons to have a winge. I worked out how many appointments I have attended so far, seen Alexander twice at the Hospital, Paul 4 times, 2 orthoctics 1 with a useless PT and 1 MRI scan. Six appointments was during work time, I took a day off work for 1st appointment with Alexander, picked up my insoles after work, had my MRI scan after work and had my 1st ultrasound appointment after work. My last 2 ultrasound appointments are after work. 7 appointments during work time and 5 after work so will have had 12 appointments in total so far. I worked out I would have missed only half a days work with the 6 appointments which I think is good as this is the only time I had away from work this year.

I will be getting a break next week from work will be going top my Sisters House in Suffolk with my mum from next Wednesday till Sunday. My Sister a nurse at a orthopaedic ward and she asked her OS can a meniscus tear not show up in a MRI scan and he said 95% of the time a tear shows up. I dont think its a torn meniscus. A combination of maltracking, bone growth and a imflammed fat pad must be causing the right knee problems.

I also worked out IF I did need a scope and it was done in the Spring and Summer rather then the Autumn or Winter would not matter with work. We had one less greenkeeper all summer and will be having a new greenkeeper in December. At the moment there are 5 of us working but normally should have 6 green staff. I am sure the course manager can be without me as he will be back to 5 staff during the busy months, once the new guy starts in December.

My right hip is starting to hurt a lot more, is this typical if you have a knee injury that I forgot to tell Paul but will when I see him on Monday.

I told my Mum and Sister about my manager and they think I might not know when my boss is joking about my knees. I know when he joking when he said its best to chop your leg off. I know he was being an ass when he was funny about my appointments and should not be using the NHS as he has to pay towards just like I been doing during the last 9 years. Aspergers people sometimes cant tell if people are joking or not but I know when he is and isnt.

Nick :) {2008} :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 25, 2008, 09:51:24 PM
Hey Nick,

It doesn't sound to me like you've missed that much time.  If you are short a person though, it may make it seem like more to the others.  Not that anyone should make nasty comments about it.  Hope you have a good time visiting your sister. 

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on September 30, 2008, 10:30:47 PM
I now had my 3rd ultrasound appointment yesterday afternoon and Paul said I should feel some difference by now and so far the knee still the same. Regular knee pain and still get the catching sensation and cant run, I will have my 4th and final ultrasound on the 8th October and will wait another week to see if knee has improved or not. The 15th October will be the day that Paul will fax Alexander to see a OS for a cotisone injection into the fat pad and if that does not help suppose will have a scope.

I think there a high possibilty of having a scope as when I last saw an OS back in 2003/2004 they said they would scope the knee but thankfully the right knee got better. I saw 3 OS's 1 mentioned removing the plica, 2nd wanted to scope the knee and the 3rd OS I never saw for 2nd assesment as I could run again suddenly and knee pain was not so bad anymore.

I dont know why Paul cant refer me to an OS now as the ultrasound not helping at all. I have to go and see Alexander again who will then book me in to see Dr Brown who good with Injections. It would make more sense for Paul to refer me to see Dr Brown as I would have to wait too long if I see Alexander 1st and would then wait a further few weeks to see Dr Brown.

Knee got worse rather then better and feel pain while sitting and driving that did not happen before so hope to see a OS before my 30th Birthday on the 2nd December.

Nick :) {2008} :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on October 08, 2008, 01:41:56 PM
Hey Nick,

Too bad the ultrasound isn't helping very much.  It may still be working on some of the inflammation.  You may not be able to get the OS referral until all the ultrasound appointments are finished.  Not sure what the rules there are.  Looks like a scope may be on the calendar for you.  If so, I hope they can find out what's up and do something for it. 

Sorry I missed you in chat the other day, our work blocks those kinds of things and I have a hard time getting to the computer at home with two teenagers in the house.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on October 09, 2008, 07:15:00 PM
Hi Milly and Sue,

I now have had my last ultrasound therapy yesterday afternoon with Paul my PT. I now have to wait till next week Wednesday 15th October for a final decision on what will happen next. I know what going to happen already Paul with fax Alexander the PT from the Hospital that ultrasound has failed and need further investigation by an OS at least I hope I will be seeing an OS finally.

The NHS system is not very logical as I will have to see Alexander 1st before seeing an OS which will be more time wasted, I think it makes sense for Paul to refer me to see Dr Brown for an injection into the fat pad as Alexander suggested. I have nothing against Alexander as he an excellent PT but at the end of the day he not a OS and can only do so much for me.

Nettan said in a posting reply a few weeks back that I should be seeing one PT rather then seeing 3 which I have seen so far and they really confusing me as they say different things. Alexander said if you at the Gym or doing some PT and you encounter knee pain stop straight away. Paul says the opposite carry on as long as pain has stopped. The 3rd PT I saw was the most useless she thought my knee was going to get better without any form of treatment.

I can take the knee pain but its starting to annoy me now was hurting when I was sitting in car while driving to suffolk and again today when I was sitting on the ride on mower at work. Its knee ache more then pain and when I place hand over the knee it feels rubbery which might be the inflammation.

I hate Hopitals a lot but now feel I need help even if they scope the knee I willl accept it as I want my knee problems sorted sooner rather than lator and its only 9 days till my 1st anniversary when I fell onto my knee while jogging and since then cant run at all.

Sorry for the moan again but getting a little frustrated now as its now almost a year since injury and not even see an OS yet or made any progress with my right knee.

Nick :) {2008} :)



Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on October 10, 2008, 02:17:06 PM
Hi Nick,

Too bad the ultrasound hasn't helped.  Isn't insurance so much fun! (NOT!).  I think the NHS works a lot like an HMO over here.  You have to follow the proper path for referrals and what not or you just don't get covered.  ERRGG!  It's frusterating.  It sounds like you are going to get your referral to the OS, just through the round about way.  A scope by itself is not so terrible.  I'm not a big fan of hospitals either so I can appreciate not wanting to go there.  Typically a scope is a day surgery and you can go home that same day.  A year of messing around on an injury is really amazing.  Take care.

Milly

PS.  Sounds like you had a great holiday at your sisters.  Someday I would like to travel to Europe and see places in England, Scotland, Germany and Ireland.  Next summer my in-laws are planning to take their two oldest granddaughters (my daughter is one) to Greece.  I'm jelous a bit, I just couldn't take three weeks off work for fun though.  I'll be taking it off for surgery.  Yipee!  :P  I'd rather travel.  Ah well.
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on October 16, 2008, 07:10:45 PM
Hi again Sue and Milly,

I had my last PT appointment yesterday afternoon and he finally decided that he can no longer help me and will fax a refferal to Alexander to book to see a OS finally  :o

I think the next course of action is a cortisone injection into the inflammed fat pad by Dr Brown who the guy you want to see for an injection as he specialized in giving injections.

I not sure if the injection will be affective as it only mast the pain rather then cure the knee problem. Is there a possibilty that I may need a scope rather then an injection, I am sure Dr Brown could advise me on what the best option for is me.

Alexander said in June chance of surgery is 3 out of 10 I now would say its increased to 5 out of 10. I am 51% certain I might be heading for a scope as they tried all the conservative treatments PT and ultrasound which have not helped me knee at all.

I not going to accept not being able to run ever again as some people suggested as surgery is a big shock for the knee and it never the same again. I hate the idea of having a scope but would be 100% having it done if it improves my quality of life. Could not see a OS and risk my knee getting worse because of negative comments of surgery. This is not a option I feel its time I saw an OS and hope he can get my knee problem sorted finally.

I not too woried about the surgery and the recovery time just the thought of being put to sleep artificially scares me as you dont have control of your body.

Nick :) {2008} :)



Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on October 17, 2008, 12:13:49 AM
Hi Nick,

The injection should help with the pain in the meantime whilst you wait for an OS apointment.

Don't worry about being put to sleep if you have a scope I think its the best part.  Unfortunately this time I felt a bit cheated because the pre med knocked me out and I was really looking forward to the anaesthetic.  It is over so quickly the next thing you know they are waking you up.  If I get a chance to go in for surgery again I would love to stay awake for the anaesthetic I think it's the best bit.  The waking ups not to bad but you know there will be pain after the surgery though (the only down side).

Hope you don't have to wait to long to see the OS.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on October 17, 2008, 03:34:22 PM
Thanks for the reply Sue, I am sure if I did need a scope its not as bad as people make it out to be. If I was faced with surgery 2 years ago and would run a mile and go no where near a OS or the Hospital. I nearly 30 and matured a lot since then and know IF I did need a scope its for my own benefit and worth being knocked out for a bit if its going to improve my walking and make me run again with less knee pain.

Is it normal to have days or even a week or 2 of not very much knee pain and you under the impression knee must be getting better. I then get days or weeks when I feel the knee pain more regular. Its not been too bad this week and I sure its to do with the weather its been dry and mild this week. When I was staying with my Sister in Suffolk at the start of this month I felt knee pain a lot more because it was cold and damp all week. Its cant be arthritus may just increase the swelling and can then feel more pain. My mum also has days and weeks with not much knee pain while other days she cant walk well with more pain.

I did a posting a few weeks ago about this catching sensation I get in the lateral side of my knee could the plica also be causing me problems. No one replied back, I get pain in the catching area at times thats can be very intense pain at times so sure something going on inside the knee.

The knee still slightly swollen and ultrasound did not reduce it in any way, on Sunday it will be my 1st anniversary of when I fell onto the pavement while jogging and cant run ever since. Is it common not to be able to run with a knee injury as Paul my PT was surprised I cant run and when he said its ok to use the tred mill.

Paul suggested going swimming as well as the gym would you recommend going swimming as well. What is stupid is they dont fax refferal to hospital the same day, Paul said he do it today or monday I saw him on Wednesday.

My very nice Neighbour Jennifer had a knee scope back in August and had LR and says her knee feels a lot better and glad she had a scope. I hear mostly negative comments about knee surgery with people saying try and avoid it if possible.

Nick :) {2008} :)

 
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on October 17, 2008, 04:26:48 PM
Hey Nick,

Most scopes turn out just fine.  Like anything else, you hear about the "bad" ones more.  It's not so bad for the most part.  I'm keen on surgery either, but I will do it if I know it will be better for me in the end.

Catching on the lateral side could be the IT band.  Mine will snap sometimes.  Makes a terrible noise, doen't usually hurt unless it's been snapping a lot.  If something is irritated enough to make the knee swollen at all, it could be whatever is irritated is catching when you try to bend the knee.  Have you mentioned it to your PT?  Do you ice and elevate in the evening?  It may help a bit.

Swimming is good for you, but becareful how you kick.  I tend to frog kick, from my knee, not the hip and the knees get really upset with that.

Hope the shot gives you some relief.  It likely will not be permanent, but even a couple of weeks would be nice eh?  You should get an appointment soon, one would hope.

Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on October 17, 2008, 05:07:31 PM
Hi Nick,

Try not to worry like Milly said most scopes turn out fine.  I met a bloke last Saturday who was on his sixth go and he was in high spirits even after that many times.  (hope I don't need to go again).

Swimming is good for you as it takes the pressure off the joints just need to mind what kicks you do like Milly said as you don't want to aggrevate the knee.  I find swimming on my back causes me knee problems.  I will go back swimming when the holes have healed properly.


Also I found I could be pain free for about a week before the pain came back so that is not uncommon but when the pain comes back it reminds you that your knees are still not right.  I could not run after my knee locked for some time and I have been unable to run since March this year but hope to be running again pretty sson LOL  ;D

What you must remember when you read the threads on this site is that every person is different and may have had more work done inside rather than a straight forward scope so try not to worry.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on October 18, 2008, 11:17:25 AM
Hi Sue and Milly,

I might be thinking too far ahead as I may not need to have a scope but think its likley as conservative treatments have falied. My family keep saying you might not need a scope but my gut feelings say I will need a scope.

I go to the gym 3 times a week and could also go swimming 2 times a week. I not a very strong swimmer and feel my leg muscles are fairly strong.

Milly interesting about the IT band causing the catching sensation will ask alexander about it when I see him for refferal to see an OS.

I know the knee not better yet even when I have good days or even a good week, pain does come back and is intense at times.

Thanks for your support.

Nick :) {2008} :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 15, 2008, 12:59:02 PM
Hi Milly and Sue,

I not posted here for a while as there was nothing to report but now do have something to post about that you will also see in Laura's thread but want to post here as well to share with you what I encountered during the last few weeks since I last posted on here. I was suppose to get an apppointment with Alexander my PT at the Hospital within 4 weeks after Paul sent a refferal on 15th October. Its been 4 weeks and 3 days and still no letter yet which should have arrived by now.

I am afraid I not made any progress with regards to getting an appointment at the Birmingham ROH. I been trying to speak to someone for the last 3 days but no one answers the phone and Alexander my PT does have is own personal secretary Anita. I made the 1st phone call on Wednesday at about 4:30pm so thought maybe they go home at 4pm. On Thursday phoned again at about 3:30pm 3 times and the 3rd time I left a message saying could Alexander or Anita please call me on my mobile number which I gave regarding an appointment I am waiting for.

On Friday I was waiting all day at work for the phone call and when I finished work at 3pm was worried I got my mobile number wrong on the answer phone message. I went home and rang my mobile number and said number not recognized which was very strange as I know my mobile number of by heart so rang my number again and the same thing happened. I sent a message to one of my Sisters if I got the mobile number wrong but she phoned back and said you given the correct number. I phoned again in the evening and my mobile number was working again.

I left another message again explaining that my mobile line was not working very well and may not have been able to get through to me. I gave my landline number and explained that I not had an appointment date yet thats long overdue and is it possible to get an appointment between 1st and 5th December as I booked that week off as its my Birthday that week. I would then not have to take time of work and get to see Alexander before Christmas so he can reffer me to an OS.

I had problems before with my mobile line and on a contract with 3 and very peed off with what happned as no one could phone me on my moblile and was an important call. The right knee really playing up now with pain most days while working and dont want the OS saying you should have seen me earlier and knee might not be the same again. I been waiting 13 months to see an OS and still not on the way to seeing one and think its about time I did see one ASAP as this has gone on long enough.

If I dont get a phone call on Monday will keep leaving a message until they finally give me a call and will push to get an appointment the 1st week in December. I might be pushy but you have to be as your health is number 1 and you cant mess around with it.

Sorry once again for a whinge but feel this has gone on long enough and nothing seems to be happening.

Nick  :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on November 15, 2008, 03:03:07 PM
Hi Nick,

Sorry things have slowed for you.  I'm sure you will hear from them soon.

I had my OS follow up last monday and the hospital I go to is in England and on their wall in the outpatients department they had the current guidelines from referral to treatment and it is currently an 18 week pathway for routine cases (it is 26 weeks in Wales  :().  What you will have to check with the PT is did he refer you as routine or urgent and that might give you some idea. 

All the best

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 16, 2008, 04:10:29 PM
Hi Sue,

The appointment I am waiting for is to see Alexander the PT and not the OS and should have had an appointment within 4 weeks and is now over 4 weeks. I know that an appointment with an OS takes a lot longer but have to see Alexander 1st before he can refer me to an OS.

Will keep an update on what progress I make with the appointment during the next coming week.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on November 16, 2008, 06:38:05 PM
Hi Nick,

Sorry misunderstood thought you were waiting for OS appointment.  Nothing worse than waiting for the postman to arrive with the letter.  Hope you manage to get somewhere soon.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 17, 2008, 02:03:17 PM
Hi Nick,

Keep trying to contact them.  I can only hope you don't have to wait forever for the OS once you get your referral.  What a system!  Sounds a lot like our worker''s comp here though.  Hurry and wait.

Knees are really unhappy with the weather.  We have some light snow and the companion ice out on the streets.  I definately did not like the ice pond parking lot.  The distance I walk across the lot is about a block or so.  Not fun over ice.  I may just park closer anyway and let them give me a ticket.  A few bucks is better than whacking my knees on the ground again.  At least I think so.

Well got tons of work to get to.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 18, 2008, 04:36:56 PM
Hi Sue & Milly,

I got a phone call from Alexander yesterday morning just before 8:30am saying that he can fit me in on the 3rd December at 10am which is the week that I asked for an appointment. I was not sure if he said he got the referral from Paul or not as he asked me for the Centre I had my Ultrasound and the name of the PT I saw. If I did not leave the message I would still  be waiting for the appointment and might not have got it till the New Year. Alexanader made out that he could just fit me in during the week I wanted to be seen, so just shows if you keep onto them you get an appointment in the end at a time that suits you.

I think its high time I got this appointment as the last couple of days my right knee pain got worse, I was on the crosstrainer for 20 minutes and the last 2 minutes I got sharp pain on the bottom lateral side of my knee where I get the catching sensation and the same when I went down some steps same type of pain.I have been doing physical work the last 2 weeks on the golf course which must have contributed to the pain I keep getting.

I kind of worried now that I will see an OS and he will want to scope the knee as I have classic symptoms for the OS to take a good look inside the knee. I know that its for my benefit but I a little worried about the prospect of surgery as I never had any in my lifetime so far.

At least I making some progress at last and on the way to seeing an OS.

Milly sorry you are having even more problems with your knee due to the cold weather, can you get a disabled badge for your car so you can park close to the stores or dont you have this system in the USA. Are your knees bad enough that you can get access to a a disabilty parking permit?

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on November 19, 2008, 02:50:15 PM
Sorry to jump in here but I'm a new fat pad'er and so many of the issues on this thread sound like what I'm going through.  Help!  Feel free to send me a private message if you want so I don't hijack this thread.  (Oops, sorry, I already did). 

I'm one year postop from ACL/PLC recon and having new issues of knee swelling and catching.  MRI shows no tears anywhere but progressive extensive scarring around fat pad.  OS tells me fat pad inflammation should go away and I just need to strengthen, strengthen, strengthen.  He's not a big fan of cortisone but will do it if I ask.  He's telling me to do bicycling/swimming.  So basically my questions are:

Should I exercise more or am I making it worse?
How did you resolve your fat pad issues?  Did it resolve?
Is OS right that I just need to strengthen to stop my problem?

Nick, I just read through most of this thread and you are struggling through so much trying to get answers.  I'm glad you are finally getting somewhere and have an appointment lined up.  Forgive me for hijacking.  I'm interested to see how you make out.   

Thanks for any assistance.  Hope you all have better fat pad days to come!

Lenore
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 19, 2008, 02:58:20 PM
Hey Nick,

Great news on the appointment.  Sometimes you have to be the squeaky wheel to get anything done.

We do have special parking and I have really thought about a permit.  I just have not found time to get to a Department of Motor Vehicles office and get the paperwork.  I should check online and see if I can download them or something like that.  The winter is going to be brutal according to what the weather folks say.  The downside of that is, we have several employees that need them on a permenant basis and the slots are usually full by the time I pull in.  I figure if I get a permit I will park as close to the special spots as I can and put the placard in the window.  The "parking patrol" should get the idea.  I would hope.

As for me, the doc has given me Medrol (a steroid anti-inflamitory) for the pain.  I am not sure if it will help the pain.  It sure does not make me feel good at all.  Thankfully it's only a six day treatment, so I should last.  I hope it works to cut the pain down.  I have not had much luck with the steroids and my knees.  They work for other things, but those knees are stubborn.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 20, 2008, 06:42:03 PM
Hi All,

I receaved the letter for my appointment today from the Hospital to confirm the date in writing incase they say I not booked in that day I have the letter as proof but sure it will run smoothly. The knee pain has been a little better the last 2 days but I know I will still get days with catching and intense pain on the lateral side of the knee. I not a great fan of hospitals or prospect of maybe needing surgery but I really getting fed up with not getting anywhere with the injury and hope the OS does not say carry on strengthening the muscles as Lenore OS has suggested she should do. I been doing it 3 times a week at the gym and its not helped ease the pain or swelling and I know where near being able to run.

Catching inside the knee.
Intense sharp pain in the lateral side of the knee.
Swelling.
Not being able to run.

If the OS dares leaves it saying strenthen the muscles by doing PT will tell him I not satisfied and want he to investigate it further. My gut feelings is that he should really take a look inside the knee and see whats causing the above symptom. You may think I being fussy and pushy again about my injury as I was to get the appointment but really need to be treated before spring as we will be busy again on the golf course mowing daily so now till end of March would be an ideal to receave what ever treatment is needed.

Lenore do you also have fluid around the inflammed fat pap or is it just inflamed?
I go on the excercise bike and cross trainer at the gym for 20 minutes on each machine and can feel catching and pain at times. My PT said to excercise but stop if I get any pain inside the knee straight away.

My fat pad still the same and ultrasound not helped at all and will see if a cortisone injection helps which is the next course of treatment but think it will only ease the pain not solve it. I read up that if conservative treatment fails then they scope the knee and remove or shave the fat pad.

My advise is if you not happy with what your OS suggests it does not hurt to seek a 2nd opinion from another OS as he/she may suggests something else such as a scope of the knee.

Milly sorry the painkillers are not easing your knee pain and not getting very good weather. I am sure you can get a special parking permit if you send a copy of your medical records to the department that hands out the permits. With the condition of your knees you are entitled to park close to a shopping mall/centre.

I really should be seeing an OS on the 3rd December and not a PT again as he cant fix my knee problem but like Alexander and sure he will listen to me and refer me to an OS.

Nick :) {2008} :)

 
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on November 20, 2008, 07:03:16 PM
Hey Nick,  That's great you have a confirmation letter and a plan.  Noone wants surgery for any reason but sometimes you get to the point where you don't care what they cut as long it takes care of the problem.  It's maddening!  I'm so sorry you're going through this. 

I started my own fat pad thread so that I don't hog yours with all my questions.  I'll still follow your progress because there are a lot of great fat pad'rs on this thread and I'm interested to see how you make out. 

OS says I have fluid and inflammation.  MRI shows progressive extensive scarring throughout fat pad.  I've already been to 4 OS's but I'm looking for a better one (#5) possibly in one of the big cities who will have a better knowledge and more experience with difficult knee issues such as mine.  I think I'm beyond the small town guys.  I dread the thought of driving 2 or 3 hours into the city to find a specialist but I'm at my wits end and not getting better. 

I agree with your view of the cortisone shots.  It may get the inflammation down but doesn't answer what caused the inflammation.  I really hope you get some answers soon Nick. 
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 21, 2008, 02:50:14 PM
Hey Nick,

I don't think you are being pushy about your knee at all.  It's you knee and being blown off is not an answer.  The cortizone may help the inflamation, which in turn will help the pain a bit.  The root of the problem needs to be sorted or the inflmation will just return.  So keep pushing to get the treatment you need.  The weather is a tad warmer here, snowing like anything though.  I have been put on an oral steroid for six days.  I am on day 4 and don't see any improvement.  I will finish the meds this weekend and see how Monday goes.  The grinding pain is not so bad, but there is a feeling of great pressure in the knees and that's the part that is so hard to tolerate.

Lenore - I had to go two hours from home to find a patellofemoral specialist.  I am so glad I did.  I now have a game plan in hand to fix these knees up.  So it may be worth it to travel, if someone can help you out.  Followup appointments are going to be interesting for me, but hey, if it helps the pain I don't mind.

Take care all,
Milly



Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 21, 2008, 03:08:11 PM
Hi Lenore,

Its good that you also started your own fat pad thread and hope you get somewhere with your fat pad problems as I so far not been getting anywhere with mine. I get people still saying you should not think to far ahead thinking you need a scope but I cant think what else is going help me at this stage. I have enough symptoms to be offered a scope as the conservative methods have not helped at all. Its better to get knee sorted now rather then wait and wait as it could become worse and lead to permit knee problems.

Its easy to say why not cut out the fat pad and the problems will be solved. Increase in arthritis could result without no fat pad and we all know what that leads up to a TKR. Its a tricky one do you just leave it and learn to put up with it or go ahead and get the fat removed.

My MRI came back normal and the only thing they could see was fluid and inflammation around the fat pad. MRI are not 100% always and the best way to see if thier damage inside the knee is to scope the knee and take a look inside with a camera. Many members on this board MRI came up normal but when the OS looked inside the knee he/she was suprised at the extent of damage to the knee.

I think the long journey to see another more experienced OS is worth it with you knee condition as they will have a better idea on how to solve your fat pad problems.

Milly its good to be pushy as you mentioned otherwise would be waiting for a long time before I finally get treated. Sorry your knees are not feeling too good hope you have better knee days.

Nick :) {2008} :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on November 21, 2008, 08:03:33 PM
Hi all,

It is the waiting and not knowing that is the worst part with these things. 

Milly - I also travelled 2hrs away to see my OS as he has a good reputation and the follow up was a scream 2 hrs there and 2hrs back for a 12 minute consultation( ;DLOL have to laugh).

Not to long to wait now Nick and make sure he refers you to an OS to assess you.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 23, 2008, 03:32:56 PM
Hi All,

Sue you so right about the worst part is not knowing what will happen will I or wont I have a scope, will I ever be able to run again, the list can goes on. I have another question to ask and must be sick of me by now but when I see an OS finally should I be seeing a recommended OS and there are 3 OS's at the hospital I going to that are recommended by this website and also work at a top private hospital in Birmingham. I will ask Alexander who he thinks would be the best OS to see with my type of knee issues as he will know what each OS is good at.

Thanks for the replies and hope you all have better knee days.

Nick :) {2008}  :)
 
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on November 25, 2008, 05:48:03 PM
2 hrs for a 12 minute consultation Sue?  Egads!  Hope it was a valuable 12 minutes. 

Nick, it's good you have 3 OS's at the hospital you go to that are recommended.  If you don't get the answer you want from one just keep trying different ones.  It's very frustrating, time consuming and expensive but you can't live with your knee the way it is right now.  The longer you limp and have pain the more problems you will have. 

Here's hoping you will have some answers very soon!
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 25, 2008, 06:00:18 PM
Hi Lenore,

Its my 5th anniversary today when I joined kneeguru as a member and I still not really made progress with my knee issues but the fat pad problem only over 13 months old but the 1st scan I had back in 2003 said the kneecap is at the low end of normal touching the fat pad. This is the right knee which is the main problem knee but do get pain in the left knee on and off due to maltracking problems.

Think you right about leaving a knee injury too long it cant be good for the knee, I have a high tolerance to pain so what might be a small pain for me might be a bigger knee pain for others. I just got use to the knee not feeling 100% with the dull ache but know its wrong to put up with it and get use to it and should be seeing an OS soon sometime at the start of 2009 I hope.

Nick :) {2008} :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on November 25, 2008, 07:23:37 PM
Hi All,

Lenore - I wish I could say it was a 12 minutes worth while with good news LOL  ;D.  Apparently it will be a recurring problem  :(

Not long till party time Nick another year older and hopefully the knee will be sorted as well.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 25, 2008, 09:14:52 PM
Hey Nick,

Let us know how the birthday bash turns out!  We have Thanksgiving holiday here this week, so I may be out of touch for a few days doing family stuff.  Lots of food though!

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 27, 2008, 06:27:00 PM
Hi All,

I now becoming peed of about my whole fast pad issues as again my boss made a nasty comment again. He said to me its my last week in my 20s and once I reach my 30s will start to feel aches and pains. I said I am very healthy apart from my knees.  He told me there nothing wrong with your knees while in the room with all the staff. I get this alot from people even some family members thought its all in my head the pain, limping and not being able to run. Thankfully my family now know its a real knee problem and if my knees were fine why would Paul send me back to the Hospital and he even said that I got maltraking in both knees.

I been sending PM to Lenore as she has the same problem as I do and said many experts are saying to build up the muscles around the knee. I been going to the Gym for almost 6 months and can squat ok and fully lift my legs while laid down in bed. I could not do this back in June but can now which says that I have stronger leg muscles and in my case its not working. I be very annoyed if the OS I see says the same thing about muscle build up as I cant see how it can help me. My Mum on my side and agrees with me that buiding up leg muscles around the knee wont improve my fat pad issues.

I said I can put up with the pain but its now becoming annoying and would hate to wait a few months or even another year to see if the fat pad improves. If they keep telling me I need to build up the muscles the guys at work will really think the knee issues are in my head due to my Aspergers.

I really glad I can share my frustration on this board as you all know what its like to have bad knees and understand how I feel. If the 1st OS says build up muscles around the knee shall I ask for a 2nd or even a 3rd opinion until one decides I need to be treated. I know its not great for the knee to have a scope but it cant make it any worse then it is now just by having a good look inside the knee and who knows might find other problems and resolve it and might be able to run again.

The injection might help me for a while but wont solve the fat pad problems. Sorry for the moan you must think I am Victor Meldrew who also liked to moan on a well known sitcom in the UK.

Nick >:( {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on November 28, 2008, 02:42:50 AM
Try not to let your coworkers get to you Nick.  They really have no clue what you're going through.  And don't worry about moaning on here.  As you know by now...I'm the queen of bitching, whining, and moaning.  It's allowed and expected.  Sure helps make me feel better anyway. 

Hoping you get some answers very soon!!!
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 28, 2008, 04:26:34 PM
Thanks Lenore for your support it really means a lot to me.

Its nice to know I have members on this board that understand my knee problems and knowing its not in my head. I was raking bunkers at work today and the sharp pain came and was painful that it makes you swear out loud. I call it swearing pain as its so intense that you come out with words others should not hear. I not prepared to put up with this any longer and will tell Alexander my PT on Wednesday want to see an OS. I get on well with Alexander and will tell him PT not working and my leg muscles are strong already and not helped my fat pad problems.

I have the support of my Mum on wednesday who agrees with me PT not helped and does not want to see her son in pain and discomfort any longer.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: helsbels on November 29, 2008, 12:03:00 AM
hi

i am so sorry to hear wot u r going thru and i hope u will get answers wen u see the os

i 2 am in a similar situation as u, i have been having problems wiv my knee since 2005 - i fell on it in aug 04 wen i put my knee thru a kitchen floor tile and smashed it 2 peices, suprisingly i didnt ave any serious problems with it till march 05 although it did realy hurt at the time and was swollen/bruised etc)

ive had 1 scope in july 05 were they removed loose cartilage and cleaned it up inside. although it stil wasnt 100% i could walk wiv a v big limp but cudnt bend or run or anyfin. i had lots of physio afterwards but it didnt seem to help and then in march 07 i was sitting on floor changing a dogs bandage (i am a vet nurse - or at least i was!) and wen i tried 2 get up the knee had locked in a semi straight position and cudnt do anything wiv it. it was soooo painful and my fella had 2 try and minipulate the leg to try and release it so i cud move. ever since then i have bin on 2 crutches, unable to put any weight on the leg wot so eva, in tremendous pain 24/7 on 3 different medication and i have had:

4 mri's between 2005 and 2007
5 steroid injections between 2005 and 2006
physio ongoing since 2005 and has done nothing at all
mri arthrogram 19th nov 07
5 xrays (i fink cant remember)
all mri's have been normal apart from a bit of fluid and inflamed fat pad.
i am now onto my3rd os.
 it seems to me like they think it is all in my head like they do 2 u but i am just pushing them to show that it is not there IS sumut wrong with my knee!!!

i am know at oswestry hospital which is the national orthopoedic  hospital for sports injury and trama so i fink (i hope) i am in the right place. my 3rd os here has sed he is willing to go into the knee and take a look and also to shave the knee cap and whateva else needs doin but he sent me to his anestetic/pain guy wen i saw him he told me i dont need an operation its just nerves so put me on nerve blockers and told me i should be able to walk and that there is no reason y i shouldnt be able to do!!! what an idiot - does he not realise that if i could walk on the leg i would! any way the nerve blockers have done bugger all and i am now waitin for an appointment to see him again to find out what he wants to do next - just hope he agree's with the os and lets the os do what he wants to do and go in as i cant see anyfin else that can do.

both my other 2 os told me they dont know what is wrong with the knee and so there is nothing they can do and so i just have to live with it but i am only 26 and was not gona stand for this. i sed 2 them how can they say theres nothing they can do if they dont know what is wrong!!! so i therefore pushed to see somebody else away from the trust i was in (i was told 2 go out of the nhs  trust because all docs in the trust will not want to say somthing against there collegue).

i know how annoying it is 2 b fobed off all the time and i know it is even more worse wen u get the shite from ur work - i was sacked from mine in oct 07 because i couldnt walk!! - uve got enough goin on wivout avin to get crap bout it at work.

all u can do at the moment is keep ya chin up and push to get an answer and NO it is not in your head - IT IS REAL and make sure u tell every1 that. they wudnt know coz they dont have these problems, they can walk!!!!!!!!!!

keep us informed on how u get on and if u just wana ave a bit of a rant or rave were hear 2 listen etc

hels xxxx



Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on November 29, 2008, 11:51:08 AM
Hi hels,

Sorry that you also having knee problems and people have the nerve to say its in your head including OS's who should be the last person to say its in your mind. Its 2008 almost 2009 and the OS you have seen say put up with it which tells me they are too lazy to do what they paid to do which is scope the knee to see whats causing the pain and discomfort and limited mobilty. I am lucky I dont have to be able to run with my job as many people have to such as Police Officers and armed forces if they was told by an OS to live with it they would be out of a job and have to live of benifits and could lose thier property as they would not be able to pay their mortgage.

I can see you have had a lot of knee problems in the past and had 1 scope and the OS found things wrong inside the knee. I will also have a steroid injection into the fat pad like you have had 5 times which is too many as I been told you should not have to many steroid injections in your lifetime. I am glad you searching for an OS that will finally give the treatment you really should have had in the 1st place.

A scope of the knee is routine for an OS which he does daily and it cant be so bad for the knee if you have so many problems with it already then a scope cant make the knee worse if anything might improve the knee. It wont fixed the knee problem 100% but if it reduced the pain and improves your mobilty then I cant see anything wrong in having it done. I know once you had a knee scoped it can lead to arthritus but I willing to risk that then put up with knee pain and limited mobilty I am getting at the moment.

I wrote a list out on my PC at home of the symptoms I keep getting in my right knee and explained that I been doing PT and going to the Gym for 6 months and improved my leg muscles but knee still the same so wont be happy if the OS I see says carry on doing PT. I will print out the list and show it to Alexander the PT who I will be seeing on Wednesday who can then show the list to the OS I hope to be seeing.

I lucky to live in a large city and hope to see one of the OS listed on this website that work at the Hospital I will be going to in Birmingham. I think I should be seeing one of the top OS's in Birmingham as they most likely to give me the treatment I deserve.

Sorry for the long thread and so many posts replies but seem to get many members posting on here and this is what the bulletin board all about share our knee problems.

Nick  :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on December 01, 2008, 10:21:49 AM
Hi Nick,  I'm out of town this week but I just wanted to jump on here before I leave and say...

HAPPY BIRTHDAY TO YOU, HAPPY BIRTHDAY TO YOU!!! 
  [/color] [/b]

Hope you have a wonderful 30th celebration and hopefully this is the year you'll get your knee problems resolved!!!
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: MartinsGirl on December 01, 2008, 11:30:32 AM
Hey Nick,

I don't have much time now to read, but I wanted to post something so that way I get notified when I log on if there are new replies in your thread (so that will remind me to check it later).  Have a good one!! And Happy Birthday tomorrow!!
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 01, 2008, 01:40:40 PM
Hi All,

Lenore thanks for the Birthday wishes not long now to wait till the big day.

Nevella glad you found my thread after I pasted the link on yours and Lenore thread.

There seems to be confusion among members on bulletin board thinking I will be seeing an OS on Wednesday. I am not seeing an OS just yet, will be seeing Alexander the PT at the Hospital that has seen me a few times before who I am sure will send a referal to an OS.

I written out a list to show Alexander about the knee symptoms I get and how I feel about my knee problems and will share it with the members on the board as I pleased with what I have written and my Sister who a nurse at an orthpaedic ward  says it should make them think more about giving me the treatment I deserve to get from the NHS that I paid into for over 9 years since starting work so should be allowed to use thier services.


Right Knee:

Not been able to run since October 2007 when I fell heavily on right knee while jogging on the pavement.

Also fell heavily onto the right knee back in 2002 while I was giving my sister a piggyback on the pavement and caused me some knee problems, knee was not as bad as the 2007 fall.

Walk with a limp at a slower pace compared to others.

Swelling towards bottom of kneecap since fall back in October 2007, swelling not reduced yet even after 4 ultrasound sessions.

Dull knee ache majority of the time mainly towards the bottom of the knee.

Sudden sharp pain on lateral side of the knee towards bottom of kneecap that last a few seconds, can repeat 3 to 4 times in sequence.

Catching sensation inside the knee in same area where I get sudden sharp pain.

Worst pain I feel is sudden sharp pain from the kneecap up the side of leg to the hip that does not happen to often. (Happens after heavy lifting at work)

Knee at times feels unstable and uncomfortable while walking and standing after doing heavy manual work at the golf club.

Doing hard physical activities increases the risk of sudden sharp pain periods.

Sometimes while sitting down mowing, knee feels tight and rubbery and aches a lot.

Right hip hurts at times because of the way I am walking.

Paul my PT I saw recommended strengthening the leg muscles around the kneecap by doing regular PT sessions. I been going to the gym 3 times a week for 6 months and been using the exercise bikes and cross trainers and done 20 minutes on each machine.

Its has improved my leg muscles as I can now squat and fully extend my legs right up while sitting up in bed that I could not do before going to the gym and doing the PT Paul gave at Quinton Care Centre.

Don’t think I can make my muscles any stronger so would be disappointed if the OS I see suggest the same thing by strengthening the leg muscles.

Due to my Asperger Syndrome starting to get anxieties over my knee problems as its taking too long to sort of the problem and would like the OS I see to get to the root of my knee problem.

If arthroscopy is suggested would be worried, nervous and apprehensive about it but at the same time pleased that the knee problem might be rectified. I know it won’t cure the knee problem 100% but any reduction in knee pain and improvement in mobility would be a benefit
for me.

Left Knee:

Clicking and grinding of the knee at times.

Moderate knee pain. (Don’t feel pain as often as the right knee)

Sharp pain inside that knee, does not happen very often.



I will print out what I said above and give it to Alexander then he can show the OS what I written so he has a idea on what wrong with my knee and whats the best course of treatment.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: MartinsGirl on December 03, 2008, 01:45:04 AM
Hey Nick,

Happy birthday today!!!

I just read your list of symptoms.  Wow. Poor guy. And yeah it does sound very similar to my buddy Lenore.  You guys definitely must have some of the same knee problems.  I'm sorry you're suffering so much.  I hope you get some answers very soon.

I know you said you fear surgery, but from what you described, I can't honestly see how they COULD fix it without a possible scope.  As someone who had a mere scope, I can tell you it's nothing to get too afraid about. Before my surgery (october '07) I had never had surgery before.  I was afraid, but my fiance Martin was there with me and so that made it easier. I was even a big baby about getting my IV, lol (but it actually didn't hurt).

If you DO need surgery, don't freak yourself out by reading a lot on it, or what others write on here, k? everyone is different.

It sucks that your job requires sometimes heavy lifting, since that sometimes aggravates your condition (sharp pain, etc). What is it exactly that you do?

Ok, i don't have much time to type today, but Happy Birthday.  Lenore is back on Friday, so you'll have her posting then too.

have a good one!!
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on December 03, 2008, 12:29:30 PM
Hey Nick, I jumped on here to see how you're doing and it looks like I'm a little early.  You probably won't have any answers until later today.  I'll try to check back tonight after you're Dr. visit.  Hope they set you up with an OS appt. so you will get answers soon.  Hang in there fat pad buddy! 
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 04, 2008, 01:54:16 PM
Hi All,

I been and seen Alexander yesterday morning the PT at the Hospital and was pleased with his conclusion. Cant remember exactly what he said but my inflammed fat pad and fluid is fairly rare that he had to show the MRI scan to a senior OS at the Hospital, think its to do with the size and the position that fat pad in, something that OS's dont see too often. I showed Alexander the list I printed out and said my symptoms are typical of a inflammed fat pad.

I was pleased when he said I will be seeing an OS finally and they will try a steroid injection 1st into the fat pad. I been booked in to see a very nice OS who I been told has a young family and he knows a bit about Asperger syndrome so can imagine he will be a down to earth guy. The senior OS that seen my MRI scan suggest that I dont have a scope just yet and will see if the steroid injection works or not.

Alexander told me what will happen when the OS does the procedure I might have to wear a gown and go into a operating theatre so I am in a Sterile enviroment and will use an ultrasound machine that they will use to show where the inflammed fat pad is so they get the needle in the right area as it can be dangerouse to give the injection in the wrong area. I wont need to be put to sleep and they hope to remove some of the fluid at the same time and hope it will resolve my fay pad problems.

If the steroid injection fails and knee still the same will need to have a scope but been told that a its up to me if I want it or not. I hope it does not come to this stage but if it did should I go for a scope as I know it takes a long time for the knee to heal up after a scope. My brother in law had a scope in October and his knee not right yet.

I very satisfied and relieved that they will treat me and not say carry on doing PT which I thought was going to happen.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on December 04, 2008, 06:50:34 PM
Hi Nick,  so glad to hear your visit went well.  So when will you go see the OS?  It's great he is familiar with Asperger syndrome too.  Good to hear you won't need surgery yet.  Hope the steroid works for you. 
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on December 04, 2008, 08:47:16 PM
Hi Nick,

great news for you.  At least now you should get a little relief for the time being and hopefully can get away from having a scope and if this does not work you will always have the option of a scope in the future.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 04, 2008, 08:59:41 PM
Hi all,

Alexander pointed out where the needle will go and its on the bottom of the medial side of the knee where I dont get much pain its on the lateral side of the knee where I keep on getting the catching so not too sure if it going to work or not could be another thing wrong with the knee apart from the fat pad. It would be fantastic if the injection works but if it does not is a scope really so bad for the knee many of you say its good to avoid a scope.

I get a day off work when I get the injection and not sure if I should book it as a holiday as my boss might get annoyed that I having a day sick the 1st in 3 years. IF the injection does not help should I accept a scope or leave my knee as it is?

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on December 06, 2008, 12:18:21 AM
Hi Nick,

If the injection does not work and you can live with the problem then don't bother with the scope but if you can't live with the problem then you know the scope will be the next step.  It is only you who can decide whether to go for it or not.

Not an easy decision to make but you will know what the right decision is when the time is right.  At least the injection should help for a time.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on December 06, 2008, 11:23:25 AM
Take it a day at a time Nick.  I know it's hard when you've been patient so long but see how the steroid works and go from there.  Maybe it will solve everything.
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 06, 2008, 11:46:12 AM
Hi Sue,

I hope the injection works and if it does not then may go for a scope the only reason I might not go for it is my boss at work would need to take sick leave and he would be annoyed with me if I did decide to go for a scope because he thinks there nothing wrong with my knee along with the other 4 greens staff who are all on his side. I met a work collegue at a pub on Thursday night told him what will happen and got the impression he thinks I not have got a knee problem and he normally a real nice guy. When I told him might need  1 day sick leave he shrugged his head as if to say my boss wont be happy about that.

I am sure the lads at work think its an obcession just to be a member of this webiste and have not really got knee problems. I can tell you its not, yes I think about it eveyday because I feel pain and discomfort and cant walk properly so bound to think about it every single day. Alexander knows about my work staff and told me to send them over to see him so he can show the MRI scan to them >:(

I could book the day of as a holiday but think it should be a sick day my 1st sick day since February 2006. I told Lenore on her thread if injection failed would be silly to turn down a scope if  I can return back to running and walk better and pain becomes less then 100% behind a scope if they OS says it will remain the same wont go for it.

I picking up still my concern still about if a scope was the only option left as you pointed out Sue if I can live with my knee problems then dont have a scope. Will a scope make my knee worse and do scopes really ruin your knee for the future by leading to arthritus. I heard some good and bad stories about scopes from kneeguru and people that I know so can understand my concerns if the injection did not work. Some cases if you put up with the knee problems you could be doing more harm then good to the knee and could be faced with a TKR as some members have done on this board by ignoring the knee pain for years and not getting it treated.

Lenore you might be right injection might help if it was on the lateral side of the knee but alexander pointed at the medial side of the knee where needle will go into. Get the pain and catching on the lateral side and think it will reduce the pain but I cant see it making me run again.

Got my 30th Birthday Party today with around 50 people attending so should be a good night sorry once again for my ranting but pleased I finally get treated by an OS.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on December 06, 2008, 11:23:10 PM
Hi Nick,

I feel better after this scope than I did the first time round but unfortunately I have been told that it is only a temporary fix  :( and that I will need to have another in the future but I knew that was the way I had to go because it affected my day to day activities so I decided to go for the scope and unfortunately will again in the future.

Unfortunately you will not know what the outcome will be after these scopes sometimes good sometimes not so good.  I will make the most of mine this time round and hopefully it will last a long time this time round.  I have a lot of strenghening to go yet but will getthere in the end.  ;D

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 10, 2008, 01:13:53 AM
Hey Nick,

Sorry I've been MIA for a while.  I've been crazy busy at work and just can't think once I get home.  There were some days I don't think I could have told you what my name was!  We have a new computer system in one of our departments and it just went totally live today.  Wow what a day!  After moving out old equipment and putting in and setting up all the new.  My knee is toast.  I at least came home early today and had a little nap.  So not as tired, but knee still a bit peeved with me.

I hope the injection will help you out.  Even if it does not solve the problem, it may calm it down for a while.  Lots of folks have very good results with steroid injections.  I am not one of those myself, but work with a couple of people that swear by them.  It does seem odd to inject on the opposite side of the pain, but that may be where the worst of the inflammation is.  Bodies can be funny that way, a hip or back problem can cause knee pain etc.

As far as a scope goes, only you can decide if the pain and issues are enough to warrant it.  Like Sue says, you don't always know going in if everything will come out well or not.  It all depends on what they find once they take a look around. 

Hope you had a great party for your birthday!

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 11, 2008, 05:54:49 PM
Hi Sue and Milly,

I will sum up my knee problem in a few sentences, I am 30 as you all know and cant run since October 2007 and walk at a slower pace if I was 30 older aged 60 would accept I wont be able to run again but feel I am too young not to be able to ever run again. If the injection fails then I cant see a problem with having a scope you guys read up the negative posts about scopes but there are some positive ones as well with many people being able to run again and with less knee pain.

I mentoned a few weeks back about if I should have a scope or not if conservative treatment fails and the majority of you who replied back said go for a scope. So can see why I confussed a bit when I being told if I can cope with the pain stay clear of a scope it cant be all that bad for the knee after my heavy fall onto the pavement my knee might like being fixed or looked inside as I could well have torn my meniscus and MRI scan has not picked it up as it happend with my brother in law. If you leave a torn meniscus you doing more harm if you leave it untreated.

I been told the best way to get a knee problem sorted properly is to get the OS to look inside the knee and will stick my 2 fingers at my boss if he thinks my knee ok, and moans about having time of work. (dont be on his side please)

I might as well make use of the NHS as I paid my national insurance for over 9 years and about time I used the services I been paying for. I would be scarred if I needed a scope but at the same time happy that I being treated at last.

Nick :) {2008] :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on December 15, 2008, 10:16:28 AM
Hi fat pad twin,  Yes, a scope can be the answer but who knows, maybe your steroid injection will get the inflammation down and you won't need it.  If given the option I'd go for the scope too because what's better than an actual look inside the knee, right?  Sounds like you've been waiting long enough.  You need to get some answers and get your knee healthy again.

I should be getting a scope in January to get rid of the scar tissue around my fat pad.  I'll race you to the finish line!!! 
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 15, 2008, 04:40:24 PM
Hi Lenore,

Thanks for the reply and would be good if the injection works for me and dont need a scope but a little sceptical for one good reason the needle will be going on the bottom medial side of my knee which is the wrong area, yes do feel a little pain in that area. The main area I get the pain is the lateral side of my knee where I feel the catching inside the knee thats not right at the bottom of the knee its about half way up and feel that the needle should be going into that area so cant see how its going to solve my fat pad problems.

I am thinking now is it more then just the fat pad thats causing me the problems as I get pain in 2 area the bottom of my kneecap and as I mentioned half way up the lateral side of my knee. I going to point this out to my OS before he does my injection as he will know more than alexander my PT who been really good but he not an expert like an OS is.

I dont think I get a letter for the injection until mid January now, when christmas period is over and will let you know what date the injection takes place.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 20, 2008, 11:28:13 AM
Hi all,

I got a letter yesterday from the Hospital and will be seeing an OS on 19th January which falls on a friday which is ideal as I can rest the knee all weekend without worrying about work and my boss. I have to report at the MRI department for the injection into the fat pad which I did not expect thought they using an ultrasound machine that they use to see where to inject into the fat pad and not an MRI scanning machine that I had already. All I can think of is they got the ultrasound scanning machine at the MRI department and wont be having an MRI scan.

It will be exactly 15 months since my fall when I get the injection lets hope I have better luck and injection helps or cures my knee problem. If it fails then will agree to have a scope as its just a routine procedure for the OS and hope it helps me. I done well not to have any surgery yet during my 30 years so cant grumble if I did need a scope as many younger people then me have surgery. Be fantastic if injection cures my right knee problems and do not have to face a scope that no one looks forward to, but its done for a reason to help the person get better again with less knee pain and better mobilty.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 21, 2008, 02:12:17 PM
Hi All,

Made a mistake with the date its Friday 16th January and not 19th January must have read it upside down and was absent minded with Christmas coming up.

I decided I will book the day of as a Holiday as I still got 5 days holidays left till April so will keep my boss happy for now.

Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on December 21, 2008, 03:57:01 PM
Thanks for the clarification Nick.  That's good.  That means you'll have answers 3 days sooner, right? 

Your Dr. James does look young but sometimes that's a good thing.  That means all of his learning will be fresh in his mind.  I'd say you're right on guessing he's 35ish, or maybe 40.  Do you have your list of questions ready for him yet?  Sometimes it helps to write them down. 

I hate wishing life away but wouldn't it be nice if January was all over with and we were both knee healthy again?  If my surgery cures everything on the 9th and your injection cures yours on the 16th we would be fat pad twins no more.  Or maybe just fat pad cured twins.  Right?
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 22, 2008, 01:25:06 AM
Hi Nick,

Glad you have a date for the injection.  I hope it helps you out.  Even if it does not cure it, at least you can get some relief.  Good luck with it.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 22, 2008, 04:08:27 PM
Hi All,

I will be seeing Dr Steven James and just because he young does not mean he not very good. I agree with you Lenore it might be a good thing to be seeing a young OS as he been trained recently and knows the latest techniques. If and could well have knee issues in the future with maltracking and would be able to see Dr James again as he only a few years older then me judging on his photo on his profile and would get to know me and the history of my knees and you never know he might become an excellent OS and will be on the list of top OS's in the UK and Birmingham.

Does anyone know if its normal to be a fully qualified OS by the time they are in thier 30s? can they perform surgery alone or do they have a senior OS helping and guiding them through the surgery. IF I ended up needing a scope would a young OS be as good as a OS thats been doing surgery for 20 to 40 years while he only have been performing surgery for under 5 years.

Ideally would be fantastic if the injection works and cures my knee problem but feel this catching and sudden sharp pain wont go away with the injection but sure it will reduce the pain at the bottom of my kneecap. The pain not all that bad at the bottom of the kneecap I more concerned about the pain on the lateral side as that a lot more intense and painful.

Wont paste the link of Dr james as it gives his home address and personal telephone numbers, if you like to see how young he looks send me a PM and will paste the link to you.

Whats your Plans for Christmas I be going for lunch at my sisters house in nottingham on Christmas Day with my mum and my brother and will spend the night there.

Nick :) {2008} :)

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 23, 2008, 07:46:27 PM
Hi Nick,

I don't think age is a real deciding factor in how good a doc is.  You can ask when you have the appointment about how many scopes he has done etc.  I'm not sure how they work the surgery over there so can't really answer if he will need someone else in the OR or not.  Sometimes even the old pros do, so they have someone to consult with. 

We have two family dinners planned.  One at my mom's, and one at my mother-in-laws.  We go one place Christmas Eve and one Christmas Day.  So should  have plenty to eat.  A couple of us here at work thought it may be a good idea to have a leftovers potluck on Friday.  Not many of us will be in the office as they take vacation, so it would be rather fun.  I'll let you know how that works out.  I know the kids are excited.  The oldest is complaining becase the cat got into the present bag in my closet.  As if it would matter, what's the cat going to do about it.  LOL  I told the kitty she better not tell.....  Anyway, they can't wait.  I can.  Guess who gets to pick up all the paper and junk?  Nah, It's no big deal, we pass a trash bag around after opening so I don't have to run around behind anyone.

Have a good trip, hope the weather is good for traveling.  Personally I think I may need to buy a dog sled and team to get to work Friday.  I think we have had 12-18 inches over the last week or so. 

Merry Christmas!

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on December 24, 2008, 12:32:33 PM
Hi Nick,

Keep adding those questions to your list for Dr. James.  He'll be able to tell you what his experience is.  Most people love talking about themselves, especially surgeons.  Ha! Ha!

Have a wonderful time with family!  Merry Christmas and Happy Holidays! 
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 24, 2008, 03:10:36 PM
Hi All,

I said yesterday wont be online till after boxing day but found out the library open this afternoon. I just come back from the pub, been to 2 pubs in fact with my work mates and my best mate Laurie. I will be going to my mums house and spend the night there with my brother as we open our presents in the evening after going to our local church christmas vigil service with some mulled wine and christmas music in the background. My Mums german and they open their presents on christmas eve.

My sister a fantastic cook and will be having a well prepared christmas lunch in nottingham thats only 50 miles north east of birmingham and will be able to drink as we be spending the night there and driving back boxing day.

I hope you all have a fantastic christmas and enjoy it with your family and freinds.

Take care, Nick :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: MartinsGirl on December 24, 2008, 03:25:01 PM
Hi Nick,

I'm going to try to post on people's threads during my 2 weeks off.  As you know I have been following your progress on the page I share with Lenore.

i agree with everyone that the age of your OS doesn't matter. My OS is around 40 yrs old but he is the best in the province, and one of the best in the country (according to some). He's the team OS for one of our hockey teams.  So, having someone who is 60+ yrs old doesn't always mean they're better (due to experience or whatever).

I'm glad you're still optimistic about the injection, but you're also keeping at the back of your mind, and preparing yourself IN CASE you need the scope. I've heard you say that you don't think they're going to put the injection in the right spot, and that you think there must be more to your pain/symptoms.  Well, just take it one step at a time.  Did your OS say that he thinks the injection should solve all of your problems? Or is it more that this is plan A, and then plan B (in case "A" doesn't work) is to do the scope? Sorry if you've already explained.

Your mom is german? Do you speak the language at all? I took German lessons when I was a kid, and a bit in high school (my highest mark ever!) and once in university. I don't remember all that much right now.  Now I'm focused on French (since that's what I teach, lol).

Ok, I wish everyone a MERRY CHRISTMAS! And I will be sure to stop by your thread more often.

(http://dl10.glitter-graphics.net/pub/709/709460o8p5kyklfw.gif) (http://www.glitter-graphics.com)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 24, 2008, 03:40:19 PM
Hi Nevella,

I never learnt to speak german as I was brought up in the UK in Birmingham and always spoke to her in english my Dad was English but passed away in November 2005. They met in Germany when he was in the army and were married for 41 years. All my 6 sisters can speak german as they still lived in germany before coming to the UK in 1976.

As for my knee I will remain optimistic as you said and dont know if the injection will help or not all I know from my PT Alexander is that it may or may not work as I have a unique fat pad problem that not seen very often on a scan. I think the size and swelling is unusual and had to be seen by more senior OS at the Hospital so who knows how it turns out.

I happy in a way to see a younger OS as he will have been trained to the latest techniques and who knows might be better then an older OS.

Happy Christmas everyone once again.

Nick  :) {2008} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 16, 2009, 11:26:59 AM
Hi All,

I just come back from the Hospital disappointed as Dr James decided not to give the injection as he could not find any area of significant problem. It was the patella tendon he was going to inject and not the fat pad, the patella tendon according to him looked normal on the Ultrasound scanner. I am now going back to see Alexander my PT at the Hospital and go from there, I am annoyed in a way as I was really looking forward to getting something done at last and now back to sqaure 1 again.

My Sister also had a word with Dr James who said the patella tendon looked in tact with no swelling or abnormalities. I told him I get pain mainly on the lateral side of the knee and not been able to run or walk fast for 15 months. Now my Sister thinks the knee problems are in my head as I post on here so often that my brain telling my knee that I cant run and feel pain. My Boss will think even more that its in my head and now thinking maybe I am going mad and its all in my head. I hoping Alexander will reffer me to an OS that does surgery so I can have a proper discussion with him about the pain and discomfort I get.

I really gave the right knee a very hard knock onto the pavement and not been the same since so cant see it being in my head. The area that took the main impact was on the lateral side where I get the sudden sharp pain and catching. I cant see PT working as my leg muscles are a lot stronger I can now use the cross trainer at 40 resistance was 20 to begin 7 months ago and found 40 hard before but find it easy now.

I come to the conclusion that I will never be able to run again and will just have to cope with knee pain I keep getting for the rest of my life. I have to admit that the last few weeks not felt much knee pain but do still get sudden sharp pain at times. I think the PT at the gym helped reduce the pain but its not fixing my knee problems.

I remember Alexander saying that I have fluid and swelling in the fat pad and a senior OS had to see the scan because its an unusual fat pad problem. I saw it clearly on the MRI scan when Alexander showed me it so MRI scan not normal and there is a problem that causing the pain and discomfort. I looked at my kneecap this moring there is some swelling ever since the fall its looks larger then the left knee which tells me that knee cant be normal and ok.

Sorry for moaning but feel like I am hitting my head against a brick wall.

Nick >:( {2009} :(
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 16, 2009, 12:15:54 PM
Hi Nick,

Sorry to hear that the appointment didn't go well. Please don't give up, there WILL be a solution for your knee. If he was in his 30's he is unlikely to be very experienced and probably wouldn't have dealt with any difficult cases. Obviously hadn't read the MRI scan properly.

Definitely go back to Alexander and explain your frustrations. Don't listen to your sister, she doesn't have your body. Only you know what it's like.

I would encourage you to think about getting some opinions privately. I have a list of some of the best knee surgeons in the UK that was given to me by my old sports physician that used to work for Fulham Football Club in London. They only ever use the best people out there. Let me know if you want those details.

Please, DON'T GIVE UP !!! There WILL be a solution for your knee !!

I feel your pain. xxxx
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 16, 2009, 12:30:42 PM
Hi Kirsty,

As I said on Lenore's and Nevella's thread will ask Sheila the owner of this website if she knows a good OS in Birmingham that works at the NHS Hospital I go to. its the 1st time in over 5 years I sent her PM  message for help and hope she ok about it as I dont normally asked her for help but feel its now time I get to see a top OS.

I wont give into my knee problems and just leave it as it is and will push to see a decent OS till I find one that thinks there is a problem and willing to treat me. I may have asperger syndrome and get obcessions but I 100% certain the knee problems is not in my head, and will not give up without a fight.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 16, 2009, 12:54:29 PM
I have found a website of a private Hospital called Birmingham Knee And Shoulder Clinic and the 3 OS's that work at the Clinic also work part time at the Birmingham Royal Orthopaedic Hospital that is an NHS. Is it too cheeky if I ask Alexander if I can see one of the 3 Os's as they all reccommeded by KG list of OS's.

http://www.bhamknee-shoulder.com/index.asp?article=1161&link=23&menuOpen=5&mHighlight=6

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 16, 2009, 01:04:09 PM
Hi Nick,

It is not too geeky to ask Alexander about referring you to one of those OS's. Ask Alexander about who you should be referred to. You seem to have a good relationship with him. I am sure he will be able to help you.

The knee problems are NOT in your head. Often doctors can infer that. You just need to find the right one that believes you. It is important to let them know how much it is affecting your quality of life. Once you say that they will start to do something. It is frustrating when they are too conservative sometimes.

Have a good weekend. :)
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 16, 2009, 03:31:04 PM
Hi Nick,

So sorry your appointment did not go as planned.  I've had docs try to tell me my knee problems were all in my head.  Usually because as a kid I did not swell when injured.  Definately get that referral to an OS that you think would be beneficial.  Let us know what you find out.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: MartinsGirl on January 16, 2009, 10:29:20 PM
Hi Nick,

Oh gosh! I'm so terribly sorry to read that you didn't get the injection and your OS is now saying your knee is fine.  What the???

Please keep trying to get another opinion. I'm not sure how many OS's you've seen, but remember how Lenore saw 4 different ones before finally finding one who believed her and was able to help.  It sucks that some of you guys aren't lucky enough to find a great OS from the beginning who believes you and can help you.  I"m so sorry.

I really don't think it's all in your head.  And you said the problems have been there for 15 months. tha'ts a long time to be imagining pain. So your OS is being ridiculous!  >:(  I'm also sorry that now your sister is thinking it's in your head, and I already know that your boss thinks you're making things up. It must be so frustrating and I'm so very sorry. I was hoping/thinking that I'd come on here and read that you had the injection and that you're recuperating. 

Hang in there. I hate that I seem to be saying this a lot to some of my KG friends. So many of you are going through so much pain and frustration.

I'll check back on the weekend, but do whatever you can to get another opinion. Don't hesitate to ask Sheila or Alexander or anyone.  
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 17, 2009, 11:28:58 AM
Hi All,

I am in a lot happier mood this morning had a good nights sleep and wont let the knee issues get to my head. I have 6 sisters and one I always mention is my Sister who's a Nurse and her name is Jinny and she always beleaved I have a problem with my knees and says that the NHS take there time before going for a scope of the knee. They 1st try all the conservative treatments to see if it fixes the knee problem before sending you to see a OS that will operate on you. Jinny said soft tissue damage can take up to 2 years to heal up but thinks mine wont heal by itself anymore and if I was at her department at her Hospital I would be a classic case for a scope. The OS would read all my notes over the last 15 months and will see that my knee not improving and has no other option but to take a look inside the knee.

Jinny says maybe maltracking is causing the knee pain and not being able to run and the OS would see this when he does a scope. Also a good wash out of the knee can also be of a benifit the knee. I have to agree with Jinny that a scope would be a good option but would be a little worried incase my knee is fine and did not need cutting open after all and knee ends up getting worse.

The knee pain not been too bad the last couple of weeks but do get days when I get the sharp sudden spurts of pain on the lateral side where I get the catching and if I try to run at times get pain and discomfort in the region. The thing the bothers me the most is not being able to run at such a young age and walking at a slower pace. I feel I am still too young not to be able to run again and its worth trying to fix the problem so I might run again. Also might be told I may not be able to run again by the OS when I see one which is not the end of the world as I can still do my job ok and can go on the cross trainer in the gym which is similar to a jogging.

My Sister was not being nasty about knee problem being in my head as she knows my knee problem is still there. The OS Dr James does not do scopes just injections and was only doing what he was told so cant really put the blame on him.

I got a message back from Sheila and she does not know Dr Marcus Green personally but she says she heard he very good and well trained. Another OS she reccommends is Dr Oliver Schindler who has a special interest in peri-patellar problems. If I had the money or win in the pools or the lottery would see Dr Schindler at Droitwich Knee Clinic. I need to find around £5000 to make sure I could pay for the consultations, a scope and after care. Might buy some scratch cards and might be lucky and win a few grand but dont think it will happen.

Thanks guys for your support and knowing that members on the board know I am not going mad and problem is in my head.

Nick :) {2009} :)


Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 17, 2009, 12:11:26 PM
Hi Nick,

So glad you are feeling better mentally and are not going to give up. Just don't understand why the OS you saw doesn't operate. Doesn't make a lot of sense. Are you sure he was an OS ?

Good you got some replies from Sheila. There are some other people that have seen Dr Green and made some good comments about him. Does Dr Schindler work in the NHS ? You should find out as many of them work privately as well as in the NHS.

You will get there. Just a matter of finding the right people to treat you. When do you have PT next ?

Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on January 17, 2009, 01:22:21 PM
Hi Nick,

What I did was to have a private consultation with the OS which cost £110 that was in 2007 to be seen quicker when he said he wanted to do a scope and ask to be put on the NHS list for the treatment which went well (make sure your OS does both private and NHS before seeing them) and you should be able to get a quick consultation.

I would ask you PT to let you know what the OS report says after he saw you on Friday and get a copy of that to show to a new OS.

Best of luck

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: MartinsGirl on January 17, 2009, 02:13:11 PM
Hey Nick,

I'm glad you're feeling somewhat better after a good night's sleep :)

I too am a bit confused about Dr. James.  You say he's an OS but he doesn't do scopes.  But i think in a prior post you said he's not actually an OS but he's an assitant or something like that, right? So he's like a technician? Not an actual full-out Orthopaedic Surgeon, right? Because that wouldn't make sense that an OS wouldn't do scopes.

I don't think you would need to worry that if an OS did a scope it would turn out your knee was fine and you damaged a perfectly good knee by going in there. By your symptom descriptions (especially the catching), and for so long, something is definitely wrong. I just hope you are able to find answers soon.

Wow, so it costs that much in advance to see that specialist? I'm still trying to understand the NHS.  I guess to see a doctor you have to pay up front (and for specialists it costs more)? Then do you have to wait to see if you get reimbursed 100% and even if you do you have to wait?? I couldn't imagine having to worry about finding money to pay for a doctor. I'm sorry you (and Kirsty, and others) have to go through that (as if you don't have enough to worry about  :-\)

I like your sister Jinny. It sounds like she helps to answer your questions and helps put your mind at ease (even if just a little bit).  Yeah, I didn't think your other sister meant to be mean.  Often people who just feel helpless and aren't the ones suffering, don't know what to say.  Wow, you have 6 sisters?? That's a lot! Any brothers? I think you might have mentioned that before but I forget, lol.

I hope you are able to get in touch with a great OS very soon to have him/her diagnose your knee.  I know how much it sucks to be so young and not be able to walk/run.  I am able to walk properly now, and can run (but I cannot pivot, just because i'm afraid i'll do something else to my knee. I think i'll always have that fear), but my knee will never be the same. I'll probably never play soccer again (or even other pivoting sports like tennis, etc).  But oh well.  I try not to get too down about it.

ok, i hope your good mood continues throughout the weekend. ttyl! :D
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 17, 2009, 10:23:22 PM
6 sisters?  Well no wonder you're crazy Nick.  Just kidding.  I'm so glad you're sounding more upbeat and your sister is helping support your theories.  Sometimes all it takes is to have someone believe in you.  She sounds very special and supportive.

Keep fighting and you'll get to the end of this.   
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 18, 2009, 01:05:56 AM
Hey Nick,

Glad you are feeling a bit better.  Maybe like Sue said, you could see who is does private and NHS and pay for a private consult to put together a treatment plan, then get on the NHS list for the actual treatment part.  I sure understand costs though.  My last surgery would have cost me close to $8000 US without my insurance.  I think you said you were going to see Alexander about a referral to an OS.  That sounds like a good idea.

I understand how you feel about being too young to not be able to do things.  I was in so much pain yesterday I think my 102 year old grandma could have walked faster than me.  What a day!

Well hope you get to an OS soon and hope you knee is treating you well today.

Milly
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 18, 2009, 08:10:28 PM
Hi Nick,

Just dropping in to say hi and see how you are doing. I hope you had an ok weekend despite the disappointment of your knee appointment on Friday.

Really hope that you can get some answers soon. You really deserve a break. It is such a struggle trying to keep positive about it sometimes. You are doing a good job of keeping positive and not giving up.

When do you see Alexander next ?
Title: Re: Fluid around the Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 19, 2009, 02:44:30 PM
Hi All,

Thanks for all the responses its nice to know that there are others out there who believe I have a knee problem and not in my head just because I have AS. I went back to work this morning and was not in the mood to discuss what happened on Friday as I know I would get negative response back. One of the Greenkeepers had the nerve to say why cant I run and should try harder at it untill I can. Its like saying to a blind person why cant you see, but being blind is a lot worse then not being able to run. I was so angry and pissed of when he said why cant I run as I have tried to run but just cant as my right knee wont let me as I said many times can feel pressure and sometimes catching and pain on the lateral side of the knee when trying to run which tells me thats the area thats stopping me from running.

If you place your hand over my right knee cap can feel and hear the catching against the hand and the same area of the left knee is not as bad just a bit of looseness but nothing to be concerned about. If I am told that is in my head as well I be even more angry as I know its there and wont go away on its own.

I would like to see Dr Oliver Schindler at Droitwich Knee Clinic just down the road from me if I could afford it but he only works private and not NHS as well. The OS that I have a good feeling about is Dr Marcus Green as he works in a Private Hospital as well as the NHS, that he works at twice a week. I could have a private consultation with him as its not as expensive as a private scope as Sue suggested.

I going to book an appointment with my GP about my AS medication and will ask him is it a good idea to see Dr Marcus Green Privately or wait and see Alexander which could be 6 weeks away or longer.

Another option is to sell my Grandads Gold pocket watch that has rubies inside and is worth over £1000 but that not enough to have a scope if that was the next option and might be a shame to sell it unless I sold it to a Museum in Bremen where my Grandad was a Captain of a ship and is was well know in Bremen Harbour. It been left to me and be nice to keep it for my own kids one day or one of my nephews.

Dr James only reads MRI scans and does injections so dont think he a fully qualified OS that does scopes as well but might be wrong and does. I saw him and he did not ask many questions or examine my knee. I not yet had a OS examine my right knee yet only Alexander has so far and saw I have maltraking and an inflammed fat pad.

Sheila very kindly sent me another PM and says Dr Bobic in Chester takes an interest in fat pad problems thats also not far from where I live.

So you all suggesting that I should have a private consultation and if Dr Green decides to scope the knee have it done on the NHS. Are you allowed to do this see the OS private and get treated on the NHS.

I deleted Nicks Fat Pad Saga from Post Up Section as I feel one thread enough but going to rename this thread to Nicks Fat Pad Saga as from today as its 15 months, (19/10/07) when I fell over and still no course of treatment so can call it a saga.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 20, 2009, 09:13:02 AM
Hey Nick, I like the new title.  15 months is a saga for sure.  Maybe when you start making progress you can change it again to "Nick finally got an answer about his fat pad".  LOL  I know you'll get there some day.

Try not to let your coworkers get to you.  Just don't even bother telling them what's going on.  When you need time off it is no business of theirs why you need the time off.  Just simply tell them you need to take a sick day or need to take a vacation day for a medical issue.  That way you don't have to explain to them what's going on with your knee.  It sounds like they really don't understand and are just waiting for every opportunity to make fun of you about the knee.  Don't give them the opportunity.

Your Grandads pocket watch sounds gorgeous.  Hope you don't have to sell it for your medical care. 

That's great Sheila gave you some good contacts near you and especially the one that's supposed to be a fat pad specialist.  Now you're on the right track Nick.  I'm not familiar with how your NHS works so I can't advise you on private versus public Dr.s.  Maybe you can ask your sister to help you work out the logistics of going private or seeing the docs you want.  Sounds like she is the one who's most supportive of you.

I'm very interested to see how you make out Nick.  Don't give up. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 20, 2009, 10:32:44 AM
Hi Nick,

I do hope you have a plan soon. The worst things is not knowing. Is definitely a saga now with how long it has been going on. Something definitely isn't right.

Had a pretty horrible day today. Updated on my diary.

It would be a shame to sell your Grandad's pocket watch. Hope you don't need to do that.

Glad you are not giving up just yet. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on January 20, 2009, 07:12:07 PM
Hi All,

I made a decision with regards to my fat pad saga, I wont fork out money and have a private consultation with an OS because it will cost me £160 and that money can go towards a Holiday and will end up seeing the same OS at the NHS Hospital and will have the same amount of time with him.

I booked an appointment with my GP this Thursday at 5pm to review my AS medication and also to discuss my knee problem with him as I known my GP since I was about 5 or 6 so knows me well. I will asked if I should see Mr Green cant use Dr anymore been told they dont like it rather be called Mr, I cant see the other 2 OS's that Sheila reccommeds as its private and would cost me a lot of money. I really like the sound of Mr Green as he very well qualified and writes books about knee problems and has been a lecturer at medical schools. Also he was trained up in Birmingham and would be nice to get treated by a local OS being a local myself in the same area of Birmingham all my life.

I know because he such a good OS I would have to wait over 3 months to see him for a consultation but a few months longer is nothing with my ongoing saga and would feel better with my AS knowing I be seeing one of the top OS's in the UK. My Brother In Law saw him last year summer and said he a very nice guy to talk to and not afraid to treat his patcients. The Hospital he works at is one of the top private hospitals in the Birmingham region just down the road from the NHS Hospital I go to. Another reason for such a long wait is because he only works twice a week at the NHS Hospital so has to cram in consultations and surgery in just 2 days so can see why there such a long wait to see him.

I having a good knee spell and the last 4 weeks hardly any pain but had this happen to me before. I then get days when I feel the knee pain alot and have to ice the knee to reduce the pain. I know the knee not getting any better as I can feel something loose on the lateral side of the knee and cant run still so not getting any better really.

I not going to sell my Grandads gold pocket watch anymore, but if I won a couple of grand which not going to happen would go to see Mr Oliver Schindler at Droitwich Knee Clinic. I am not going to win the lottery even though I use the same numbers every week, but someone has to win. and would be nice if it was me but can only hope I will win one day.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on January 21, 2009, 12:47:16 AM
Hey Nick,

I'm glad you have a GP appt booked for Thursday and that you'll likely be able to get a consultation with Mr Green.  It's good that someone you know has been to him before and says he's a nice guy.  So, Mr. Green wouldn't cost you a lot of money, right? You'd just have to wait 3 months? That's a bit of a wait, but hopefully it will fly by. 

Good to hear you've been having a good knee spell for the last 4 weeks. i hope it lasts a lot longer (you said it comes and goes). Please try to take it easy (as easy as you can) at your job until you're able to get answers.  I hate that you have to work somewhere where theY STILL have the nerve (some people, including your boss) to tell you that you're imagining things. I hope you can just shake it off and don't let them get to you, ok? I know it'll be difficult.

yay, you won't be selling your grandpa's pocket watch. I'm happy to hear that.
If I win the $33 million lottery draw tomorrow, I'm sending you to that specialist! :D

ttyl!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 21, 2009, 12:49:43 PM
Hi Nick,

Glad you have a plan now.

I am so pleased you are not going to sell your grandfather's watch. Nice to keep it in the family.

Interesting that your brother-in-law saw Mr Green and thought he was good. Always good to go by word of mouth recommendation.

I can't wait to see my OS so that I have a plan. Only 1 week and 5 days to go. Also on his cancellation list.

Let us know how you get on with GP. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 21, 2009, 11:46:04 PM
Hey Nick,

I am glad you made an appointment with your GP.  That should give you a referral to the OS.  It's a good thing you don't need to sell your grandfather's watch.  It sounds like something you should keep for the next generation.  At least you know have a plan to get to the OS.  Have you seen Alexander again lately?  What does he say about the shot that didn't happen.  Though if you think about it, probably better the doc didn't do it since it would have been in the wrong place anyway.  If it helps the wait at all, to get in to a good OS here it can take several months as well, especially for a first time referral. 

It's good that the knees have behaved for a few weeks and hope it keeps up that way for a while.

Talk to you later.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 22, 2009, 09:49:40 AM
Hi Nick,

How are you today ?

Am curious to know how you get on with your GP.

Got an update on my diary. Saw knee physio today. Has given me an exercise to help with knee hyperextension.

Look forward to your next update. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 22, 2009, 10:24:25 AM
So now you have a plan, less pain, and you get to keep your Grandfather's watch.  That's all good Nick.  I'm so happy you're headed in the right direction and feel OK about it.  Who knows, maybe all those strange knee pains will just go away some day and the fat pad will behave and let you run again.  Stranger things have happened. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on January 22, 2009, 07:38:15 PM
Hi All,

I seen my GP today and asked him 1st if I should carry on taking my AS meds or slowly ease off the drugs. I told him I have a little anxiety about my ongoing knee problems and think it might be a good idea to carry on taking my medication until knee problems have been resolved. I then asked him that I heard that Mr Marcus Green ment to be a very good OS and would like to see him as he well experienced. My GP then looked at my notes about my knee problem and asked how the injection went and told him that I never had the injection and was disappointed as Alexander told me Mr james would inject into the fat pad and remove the fluid if possible but decided to look at the patella tendon instead.

My GP a really nice guy very understanding and he said he will write a letter to Alexander saying that I would like to see Mr Marcus Green. This might be a good thing as Alexander may book me into to see him before I see him for the appointment so will save a few weeks.

I knew I should not have mentioned my knee been pain free for 4 weeks as the last 2 days the pinching sharp pain has returned. I was shifting gravel into a drain off a trailer this week so been putting more strain on my knee. The 4 weeks prior to that we did not do much manual labour with Christmas and the weather so thats the reason why my right knee been ok. Its good in a way as I know for sure my knee pain for real and cant do my job without the knee pain coming and going.

Back in June 08 when I saw Alexander for the 1st time the catching on the lateral side was not very noticeable but you can now really feel the catching. I was showing my mum where I feel the catching by placing my hand over the knee and felt a pinch with pain at the same time so that just confirms that there a problem inside the knee.

My left knee was almost pain free for the last couple of weeks but have maltraking problems and felt the pain on the exercise bike and again in the supermarket feels like a cramp over the whole kneecap. Alexander told me to do some stretching for my left knee since june and been doing it daily but clearly its not helping. I dont think I need LR on my left knee as Alexander suggested if stetches does not help as the pain is ok to put up with compared to my right knee and feel that its too drastic having LR when the knee not all that bad.

Is it wise to get my left knee looked at by Mr Marcus Green while I have the opportunity as he one of the UK's top OS's and now have a 50% chance of seeing him thanks to my GP. As you know have asperger syndrome and feel a lot happier if I see a top OS or am I too choosy to see a top OS as my knee problems are not as bad as other on this board who cant work or sleep due to the knee pain they keep getting.

I now have a strong feeling might need a scope but think if I was faced with it would freak out due to the GA as I worried it may go wrong and never wake up again as you hear people die from GA. Be fantastic as Lenore said if it got better on its on but cant see that happening, it would have healed by now. I know its very rare to die from GA so there no need to worry about it as it not going to happen if Mr Green decided to scope my right knee.

Sorry I cant half talk and done another long post lol, I hope you guys dont mind reading up about my knee problems bet you getting bored of me by now :D

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 22, 2009, 09:15:34 PM
Hey there Nick,

Nothing wrong with wanting to see a very good OS.  I looked around a while before I picked the latest one I am seeing.  You want to be sure things are taken care of.  I kind of freak out about surgery too.  All the bad things run through your mind, even though you know that those things are usually very rare.

Hope you get your referral soon.  Even so you may have to wait a bit to get in.  it's like that with the good ones.  Hey rattle away, that's why are here.

Take care.'

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 23, 2009, 02:41:44 AM
Hi Nick,

We are not sick of you complaining about your knee. It's important to vent and express how you feel. Sorry you are experiencing problems with pain again. I still find it hard to understand that the OS you saw last week didn't even look at your knee. That is what they are paid to do.

Glad you have a supportive GP and have a plan of action now.

Let us know how you get on.

Have a good weekend. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 23, 2009, 11:12:17 AM
Nick, you're never going to bore us.  We wouldn't be on KG's if we didn't want to read about knee problems.  It's all about supporting each other and learning as much as you can from other people's experiences and the medical articles on here. 

Waiting 15 months only to have your Dr. tell you there's nothing wrong deserves a whine or two.  I bet you just wanted to smack him at that point.  I think I would have just started bawling.  I still can't believe he just sent you away. 

Sorry your knee pain is back again.  I was hoping you were on a pain free stretch for a long time.  It's good you can feel that catching on the lateral side now.  There's no way Dr. Green will be able to ignore that when you show him and have him feel it.

Nick, please don't worry about the scope and GA.  Yes GA is more dangerous than a spinal but it really is very safe.  The scope is a minor surgery and you'll be fine if you end up needing it.   You should be able to request whatever anesthesia you want.   If you ask for a spinal you won't have to worry about the GA at all. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 23, 2009, 11:27:04 AM
Hi Nick,

I am so with Lenore about being here to support one another. We can learn a lot from each other and support one another through the thick and thin. The fact that you've had to wait so long to get answers is appauling. Think I would have screamed at that doc for not even looking at your knee. Think I would have demanded he at least look at your knee. Am sure Dr Green will be able to help you.

Don't worry about the GA too much. Just think of it as you're going off to sleep and going to your favourite place or something.

Have a good weekend. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on January 23, 2009, 03:52:20 PM
Hi All,

I getting the impression that some members on this board and family and freinds keep telling me I am jumping the gun by thinking too far ahead with my knee injury thinking I need a scope but will give you a list of what my right knee feels like.

Swelling at bottom of the knee since the fall.

Pain on lateral side of the knee.

Catching on lateral side of the knee.

Pain at bottom of the knee.

Maltraking.

Excessive amount of bone.

Cant run since October 2007.

Walk with a limp since October 2007.

Right hip pain at times.

I been doing PT 3 times a week at the gym to build up leg muscles thats helped a lot but not fixing my knee problems.

Ultrasound has not helped at all.

Over 15 months since the fall and not getting any better.

When an OS such as Mr Green sees what my knee is like and how long it taking to get right, I cant see any option but to scope the right knee. I dont think I am thinking too far ahead of a possible scope as I am 55% certain its now going to happen.

Its clearly not getting better after over 15 months so cant see any harm in having a good look inside the knee at this stage of my knee problem. Its the best way to sort out a knee problem and thats why I  want to to see Mr Green as he has a very good eye in spotting potential problems inside the knee with his experience I know I am in good hands.

So starting to get annoyed when people say you might not need a scope as the above symptoms are enough to need a scope. I cant just leave my knee as it is as it could become worse and not be able to do my job. An english term I use is 'nip it in the bud' meaning go and see the OS and get him to sort of the knee problem at time he can fit me in.

I class myself as a moderate knee problem so should be towards the middle of the waiting list as I can still do my job and walk ok while others have knee pain all the time and cant work anymore they should be seen 1st, then people like myself.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on January 23, 2009, 11:04:14 PM
Hi Nick,

I'm sorry about all you're going through.  I believe that there's definitely something wrong with your knee ( you know that).  There's no way all of those symptoms can be going on......for so long.......and there be nothing wrong on the inside of your knee.  Lenore had a couple of those symptoms and she just had surgery and had lots of scar tissue removed.  Even if it's just scar tissue, that's still something that is inhibiting a "normal" life (normal for you. I mean, you can't even run, and you haven't been able to since 2007.  I couldn't run from July '07 until around May of '08 and it drove me nuts. You are so young and used to be active, so I can imagine how frustrating it is for you).  Are people on here telling you that you're imagining things? I think you mean that people are just telling you that you MIGHT not need a scope, right? I think people were just hoping your knee pain would go away on its own.  But just the way you described all of the symptoms, to me I always felt that there's definitely something that needs to be looked at (on the inside).

But please try not to worry too much about GA.  Like many have said, it's not super dangerous.  If you do end up needing a scope, don't psych yourself out and get yourself all stressed out. You WILL wake up again.  Doctors know your weight and size and they know how much to give you to put you to sleep.  And they do blood tests before your surgery (like a week before) and they make sure you're okay. So you'll do great (if it comes to that).

And like others have said, you dont' bore us with your thoughts. That's what this board is for. 

Do you have any weekend plans?
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 23, 2009, 11:31:40 PM
Nick, there are always going to be people that doubt you and make fun of you with the knee.  We've all been through it.  You just have to try and ignore it.  Only you know what the knee really feels like and what you're going to do about it.  We'll be here to support you no matter what you decide. 



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on January 24, 2009, 11:18:15 AM
Hi All,

Thanks for your support it means a lot to me, I know and met people who have had knee problems and they could still run and still had a scope as they got pain inside thier knee. I have pain and catching and cant run so be very surprised if Mr Green or another OS decided I dont need a scope as I really like to run again if I can, and cant see what else can be done to fix my knee problems.

My Sister Jinny been a nurse for over 20 years and at least 10 of those years she worked under many OS's and she says lots of Patients come and see an OS as they cant run and get knee pain regular. As I said last week Jinny thinks I am at the stage where a scope is the only option left. The NHS take thier time to scope a persons knee and hope with time the knee problem will heal by itself but think after 15 months would have healed up by now. Also they try PT and thats really helped a lot as my leg muscles are a lot stronger and reduced the knee pain but not fixing the problem. Ultrasound did not reduce the swelling and ibuprofen gel also wont reduce the swelling.

Thats why I want to see a top OS in the UK as I want him to treat me as its been going on long enough. Jinny said a few weeks back might not need a scope but now thinks it will happen as her OS at her hospital would look at my knee and medical notes and how long its taking, he would decide its now time to take a good look inside the knee.

Maybe if I get a steroid injection and the OS does it this time, might fix the problem and wont need a scope. I think injection just reduces the pain and wont really fix the knee problem and maybe thats why Mr James did not give injection as he thinks its wont really help me. Alexander said Mr James would inject into the fat pad and can see the swelling on the bottom medial side of the knee where he should have injected.

MRI scans are not 100% reliable and the OS's eye is the best way to see what problems are inside the knee once he gets in there.

Nevella will tell you my weekeds plans on yours and Lenore's thread.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 24, 2009, 12:40:37 PM
Hi Nick,

I really feel for you and what you are going through right now. Is nothing worse than having to wait. I've just been finding it frustrating that I have had to wait so long to see my OS since I injured my knee before Christmas.

Also agree that MRIs are not 100% accurate. I can't wait till my OS sees my knee in 8 days time. He will see that it is not right and can't doing leg raises. My sports physician will not be happy about my progress when I see him on Tuesday either. Will just be glad to know what I am dealing with soon.

There is a reason you are experiencing. It just doesn't happen for no reason.

Hope you have a good weekend. :)


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 24, 2009, 01:43:07 PM
The waiting and not knowing is terrible.  I feel for you guys.  It's so frustrating.  Just don't give up you'll get there eventually.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 25, 2009, 01:12:56 AM
Hi Nick,

It's good to know your sister is on your side.  The waiting game is so frusterating.  I think after 15 months things should be much better.  I think you are right in that the OS taking a look is going to be the only way to see what's really happening in the knee.  I hope you get your referal right away.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on January 26, 2009, 01:03:52 AM
Hi Nick,

I too am waiting for an appointment with an OS at the moment.  After I got my referral I used the new choose and book service and I have managed to get a private appoinment that the NHS will pay for, just like a regular appointment.  Maybe this i something you could look into.

I know I haven't posted on your thread before but have just read it all and wanted to wish you good luck with things, I think that a second opinion is very important.  You know your own body best of all.  Why should we live with limitations, especially when we are so young.  I have been told by doctors that they dont know what my problem is or what to do about it and once that I am not exercising enough by one horrible doctor!  I have since found another cause for my problems so it just goes to show that doctors are not always right.

 I now believe that if doctors don't know what is causing a problem they should look until they find it I hope that you get your referral and find out what is going on with your knee.

I am from England too and I am moving back in 2 weeks to get my leg and back sorted out!!
Maybe we could share info about treatment in the UK
Allie xx
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on January 26, 2009, 04:02:18 PM
Hi All,

Last week was the worse week this year so far, with regards to my right knee the catching and sudden sharp pain returned a few times during last week and even felt it yesterday afternoon while working on my AS story for my website. So I now know that its still not getting any better and need to be seeing an OS finally and hope I do see Mr Green as I know he well trained and has years experience doing scopes.

Milly and lenore you are right about the waiting its starting to become frustrating as I not even had my knee looked at properly by an OS yet and now into month 16 after my fall.

Kirsty I am glad you agree with me that an MRI scan is not 100% accurate and hope your OS sorts out your knee problems when you see him this week.

Allie welcome to my thread its nice to see new members posting here and sharing our thoughts and experience. I know how you are feeling when people say your knee is fine when you clearly know that there is something wrong inside the knee. I will look into the choose and book service as Mr Green also works at a private hospital not far from my flat so could ask my GP about it if I dont hear back from the NHS Hospital soon.

How limited are you with your knee problems and can you run or not and how long have you had the problem for. Its not nice when a doctor says your not building up your leg muscles enough, and cant say this to me as I go to the gym 3 days a week. Are you living abroad at the moment as you coming to the UK to get your back and knee sorted. I hope the OS you end up seeing will treat you and hopefully fix your back and knee problems.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 26, 2009, 06:23:08 PM
Nick, sorry to hear your knee is worse.  I was hopeful when you said you had so many pain free weeks for a while.  Hope it gets better while you are waiting for answers.  So how long will it take to see Dr. Green?  Do you already have an appointment or you have to wait for NHS to approve it?  I really don't understand how your insurance works.  It sounds absolutely terrible to make you wait so long.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on January 27, 2009, 12:15:49 AM
Hi Nick, thanks for your reply,  have had my problems for over a year and have been on crutches for that whole time despite 2 operations and all the physio that I can possibly do. 
I have been living in korea for my job but due to my back problem now I have to return to the UK which means losing my job and my home here.  I dont mind though as I really just want a normal life back, I know that is what you want too.
My thread is under post op under 100 posts if you want to find out more.  It is called allie's post op/pre op diary!!

I am sorry to hear that your knee symptoms are not improving, I hope that you manage to get an appointment sorted out.

Allie xx
 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on January 27, 2009, 07:33:58 PM
Hi All,

Was at work today and I felt very sharp pain in my right knee near to where I feel the catching on the lateral side of the knee and was also at the bottom of my knee. The last couple of weeks also get pain around the tibia which is not a very good sign. Also today in the UK it was a cold damp foggy day and was adjusting some solid tines on a coring machine and was kneeling down for a long time that not good if you have dodgy knees and felt the pain afterwards.

I felt pain in both knees for the 1st half hour after I knelt down but more in the left knee but the pain slowly eased. I was about to sit down when I got the intense pain I just mentioned and also felt pain on the lateral side while driving but was not too bad just a dull ache pain.

Hi Nick,

One thing I know from experience is that if you se another OS they will ask for certain clinical and diagnostic testing to be done long before any surgery is performed. Thsi may include x-rays and /or MRI/CT/Ultrasound/bone scans. These will give a good indication of what may or may not be wrong with your knee. From this, and expereinced OS will tell you if you nedd a specific surgery, if you just have to live with the problem or if a scope MAY be possible with a view to it being more of an exploratory operation where they can see what's going on inside, maybe with flouroscopy as well to help during the surgery.

Until you have a lot of test results, nobody should tel you that you need a scope. At this stage the onyl person who is in a position to do so, is the OS you previously saw and who has treated you up until now. However, yo've had no testing of any sort done for so long now that things may have changed inside your knee, so repeat testing would ahve to be done to get an accurate diagnosis/prognosis.

Laura xx

Laura been very supportive but now even more worried that I may get told by an OS that I have to learn to put up with my knee problems and not having a go at Laura for her opinion she may be right. I not very keen on hospitals and would love to stay away from surgery but feel at this stage that my right knee cant be left untreated and 110% certain that there is something wrong with my right knee and know its not in my head. I refuse to be told live with the problem its 2009 not 1909 so must be helped in some way.

I was well pissed of sorry for swearing! as the a fellow greenkeeper had a go at me today for not keeping up with him and said its good for the knee to walk at a fast pace but cant walk fast and wish I could walk faster. I hope and pray that Mr Green will help me out being one of the top OS's in the UK and will be swearing a lot more on my thread if he says live with my knee problems.

I fell onto pavement so hard that it ripped a big hole into my track suit bottoms so cant have done the knee any good. Sorry guys again for moaning but worried sick that Mr Green or another OS will say what Laura said in her thread get told your knee is fine learn to put up with it. To me if this did happen I am going crazy in the head thinking I have a bad knee but I know I got a knee problem and that all that matters.

Allie sorry you had to have 2 operations and got a bad back just hope when you come to the UK the NHS treats you better by getting treatment quicker then I have. I will try to post on your thread when I got some time this week and like to read other peoples thread.

Lenore I not got a letter yet but will see alexander 1st before seeing Mr Green which is stupid as I should be seeing the OS now not the Physio who been fantastic to me so far but at the end of the day he not an OS. I could wait over 4 months to see Mr Green so will reach 18 months + without any treatment which is a long time with a sore knee. (knees)

Nick :) {2009} :)



 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 27, 2009, 08:18:43 PM
Hey Nick,

That pain doesn't sound good at all.  And a cold, damp, foggy day doesn't help either I'm sure.

Have you considered the knee pads with gel in them that strap on?  I'm not sure if you have them in the UK but here in the states they make them for contractors or gardeners or anyone that works on their knees a lot.  It would probably help you a lot when you are kneeling like today. 

I'm sorry you have to see Alexander again before you get to see Mr. Green.  Your insurance is torture making you wait so long.  I really hope you don't have to wait another 4 months before you see him.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: groundsman on January 28, 2009, 09:46:23 AM
Hi Nick,
After reading your problems with your knees, I think I 'am better off having a TKR due to wear and tear via sport, because unlike yours it is easy dianosed and although invasive hopefully has been sorted.
Where your problems are on going and seams to be up and down, as I have learnt from reading this excellent site, the knee is a very complicated structure and many injurys and conditions can a rise, some like mind are self inflicted, ie to much sport as a youngster, although my right knee I had to have a carliage removed because of a cyst growing on it, at the age of 14.
As well as your knee  problems you have also aspergers, which has troubled you for some times i should imagine, hopefully you are coping well with that, aleast you are managing to hold a job down.
I have  for 30 years had spells of Bipolar (manic depression) but have managed this with the help of my family and freinds and medical teams I have not had a bad spell since 1997, my work people are very good as well and to be honest I have never let it effect my life, and hopefully  get this knee up to a good standard  I can run a round in the park again with my girls.

all the best

Nigel Kent England
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 28, 2009, 10:46:59 AM
Hi Nick,

Dropping in to say hi. It has been bloody hot here today. 42 degrees celcius. Yuck !! Can we have some of your cool weather ?

So sorry to hear your pain is a lot worse. I can tell you now that scans don't always show everything. So, often an arthroscope is a good first test. I am still having massive issues with my left knee since I re-injured it before Christmas. Not much came up on the MRI scan except for changes in my cartilage which I am worried about and a swollen postero lateral corner. People can say what they like, but you haven't been given a good chance except with a PT who is obviously very good. Your GP sounds very supportive too.

I am lucky that I have a good team behind me. Makes such a difference. Only 5 days till I see my OS. Can't wait to see what he says. I have so many questions for him.

Don't worry what your co-workers say. They have no idea what you are going through, especially 15 months later when your knee is getting worse.

Also, if you get evaluated by an OS and says to live it go and find another one. No one should have to suffer like that. I got some other opinions and that's what I was told. Felt like asking the OS whether he wanted to be in a wheelchair for the rest of my life. That could have happened if it wasn't for my fantastic knee surgeon. He is a true legend !!!

Today's Motto : "Never tell me never"


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 28, 2009, 02:05:28 PM
Hi Nick,

So you will be seeing Alexander first then he will refer you to the OS?  I have read many posts from folks in the UK and I have to say the NHS makes as much sense as some of our HMOS.  Go here, do that, no this guy has to refer you, nope the first guy does......UGH!  No wonder you are so frusterated with it all.

It does look like you are getting closer to seeing an OS.  Hang in there.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on January 29, 2009, 07:56:01 PM
Hi All,

Thanks once again for your support its nice to know that there are people that believe I do have a knee problem. I have had so many people telling me I dont have a knee problem starting with the osteopath I saw not long after my fall and told me I dont have any problems with the knee and will be running again in know time but she was wrong as her treatment did not help. It was then my Boss at work who said the knee problem is in my head, followed by my work colleagues, my sisters and a freind. When I saw the OS for the injection he told me amd my sister that my MRI scan came up normal which did not help really as my sister thought problem is in my head and work colleagues thought the same as my sister thanks to the OS saying my MRI scan fine.

I now going to give a history of my knee problems.

MRI scan on right knee Summer 2003 and said in report knee cap at the low end of normal.

Xray of right knee in Autumn 2003 knee has excessive bone.

Spring 2008 Physio says I have maltracking in both knees.

MRI scan of right knee Summer 2008, inflammed fat pad surrounded by fluid.

I cant see how an OS and my family, friends, work  colleagues and even some KG members have the nerve to say I dont have a problem with my knees. Its on paper that I have problems with the knee so how can they say its in my head, they either plain stupid or stubborn thinking in such a way.

I think the reason so many people say its in my head is because I have AS and might be an obcession thinking I have a knee problem. I am also failrly mobile as I can still do my work to a high standard and walk ok with out too much of a limp if I work at a slow/moderate pace. I am walking better because I go to the gym and build up my quad muscles. I dont mention the knee pain at work so they think my knee is fine but do to my family as I think about it everyday when I feel the pain. I would be out of work if I needed to run for my job such as being in the armed forces and emergency services and would then be treated ASAP.

I was very worked up inside when after I posted on tuesday and needed someone to talk to and who better then Jinny my Sister the Nurse who listened to what I had to say and my feelings towards people saying its in my head. I was on the phone to her for over 30 minutes to get it out of my system other wise would not be able to sleep and my anxiety was high which happens with people with AS and can be dangerouse as last time I had it bad had a breakdown but this time I much stronger and can cope with the stress. Jinny really thinks I have damaged the inside of my right knee and will most certainly need to have a scope. In her hospital its the same as mine they 1st send you to a physio before sending you to an OS at the knee triage clinic which is stupid system as you should see the OS straight away.

My GP thinks I have a problem with my right knee otherwise he would not write a letter to Alexander asking him if I could see MR Green. GPs dont often send you to see an OS unless he thinks there a problem inside the knee as it cost the surgery money to write a letter to the hospital.

Today I had pain around the tibia and bottom of the kneecap just dull pain and some sharp pain on the lateral side of the knee where I keep getting catching. The catching increased since I saw Alexander in June 2008 and can feel and hear the catching so that not in my head is its very visible and my mum could hear it and she party deaf.

Nigel I cope well with my AS and good at my job but had a bad spell in 2004/05 and sorry you had manic depression and know what it feel like to be depressed and its not very nice at all. Its great that you have a supportive family and was also lucky to have a supportive family when I had depression. I hope your new knee ok and can get back to a fairly active life again.

Lenore I not tried knee pads and not seen knee pads that contain gel inside them but will look out for them or ask alexander what he thinks about knee pads. Agree with you stupid at this stage that I cant see Mr Green and have to see Alexander 1st.

Kirsty 42oc if far too hot and bet its not very nice to sleep at night with such high outdoor temperatures. I agree with you MRI scans are not 100% reliable and a scope is the best way to see what wrong inside the knee.  My GP is supportive and can rely on him for help when I need it as he knows my knee is not right. I will find an OS that will help me and wont accept that I have to cope with my knee problems all my life.

Milly its supid system have to see Alexander for the 4th time and not an OS at this stage is just plain stupid.

Sorry guys for such a long post again you must be bored of me by now  ::)

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 29, 2009, 10:34:14 PM
Nick, I'm sorry to hear you were getting worked up about people doubting you.  Please don't have a breakdown because of it.  People just don't understand your problems and they aren't living with your knees every day.  Only you know how they really feel.

In the US you can get those gel knee pads in almost any hardware or gardening store.  You probably have them available over there too.  They look like they would be great for someone that has a job like yours.  When you're working on equipment or kneeling down on the greens they would soften your kneepads a little anyway.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on January 29, 2009, 10:53:15 PM
I have also seen a carpet fitter who had those knee pads but they were filled with polystyrene like the bits you get in bean bags and he swears by them.

I would not dream of kneeling it would probably be the last thing I did  :o LOL I would be stuck on the floor for ever and a day.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 30, 2009, 12:19:37 PM
Hi Nick,

Sorry you are still struggling.

Do you have any idea when you are going to be able to get into Alexander and then when you are likely to get an appointment with Dr Green ? I think the waiting game is just making matters worse. You may want to seriously think about going privately. It could just help with your sanity. Last year I decided to have my surgery privately as the TAC were taking so long to make a decision whether they would pay for the surgery, in fact about 9 months. I was just in too much pain and suffering a lot. So, that's why I opted to have the surgery and deal with the insurance part latter.

It was 45 degree here today. Just horrible.

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on January 30, 2009, 04:26:09 PM
Hi All,

I had a fairly good knee day today not too much knee pain but did feel pain in my right hip that seems to happen often. I know now that one work colleague knows I have a knee problem and said try to cycle if you cant run and another asked how my knee is a few days ago. The other 2 are convinced I dont have a knee problem and today was told by a work colleague that we need to pull our weight more as my Boss says we not working hard enough and slacking which is unfair as last year the members on the golf course said the course was in the best condition ever. I been working at the golf club for almost 10 years now but now dont like my job due to such a nasty Boss who not going to take to kindly if I did end up having a scope.

My mum said its a form of bullying saying its in my head and laughing about it and my Boss had the nerve to point to his head as if to say its all in your head and should try and walk faster as it looks better to the members if I walk at a faster pace that I cant do anyway.

I going to ask what ever OS I see if his Secretary can write a letter to the golf club saying I have got a knee problem and may be slower at walking and give details what is wrong with my knee and what treatment is needed to get it right again. Its the only way my Boss will take notice that I do have a knee problem and its not in my head. If only I could win the lottery would walk away from the job as soon as the cheque comes through and tell my Boss what I really think of him and walk away and never see him again but not going to happen.

Jinny said thet even if your need a TKR in her hospital you have to see the Physio before you see an OS like I am doing with Alexander and think the the NHS system is not very logical should see OS 1st before the Physio.

Kirsty I would love to go private if I could afford it but cant with owning a flat with a mortgage. I am very lucky can do leg raises without any problem since I been to the gym.

Sue might invest in knee pads and are easy to find in a DIY store.

Lenore dont worry wont get a breakdown over my knee problems as I know the problems are for real and not in my head and that all that matters.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on January 30, 2009, 07:01:15 PM
Hi Nick,

I totally agree with you. It seems crazy you have to see the physio first, rather than the OS. A physio's role is not to diagnose so it seems all too weird to me. At least if you see a good OS they would have a pretty good idea on what is going on inside your knee. Whenever I have any joint problems I see my sports physician first to get an accurate diagnosis and then

Allie a member on here has been able to get a private appointment paid for by the NHS. I reckon you should speak to her about it. It would make a massive difference getting in to see an OS earlier. The waiting game sounds horrible.

Didn't you say it would cost about 160 pounds to see someone privately ? It isn't that much. Didn't you say you could afford it before ? Then once you have seen an OS maybe you could be treated through the NHS using that OS. I have heard people doing that on KG. Just an idea to think about.

I would really advise against getting your OS's secretary to write a letter to your boss. You could get discriminated even further. It really isn't worth it. Don't worry what your boss or work colleagues say. It's none of their business anyway. Try not to take it personally. I'm just speaking from personal experience.

Have a good weekend.


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on January 31, 2009, 02:13:40 AM
Hey nick,

I'm so sorry I've been MIA on here and it seems like you're really struggling/having a hard time. But i'm glad to see that some new friends have started to post on your thread.  So, you have to see Alexander again and then get referred to an OS? Will that referral still take a few months? I mean, waiting for the appointment? I'm sorry your pain is getting worse, and the catching, etc. I think you said today you were able to relax? Or was that post a couple of days old?? I hope you don't have a stressful weekend. 

That comment by your coworker was ridiculous. Yes walking is good for the knees if you have perfect knees that have nothing wrong with them! People are so dumb and insensitive sometimes!

So are people on KGs telling you that your knee is fine? or is it just people at work, etc? I was confused as i'm not sure if someone on here is upsetting you.  I hope not (not on this thread, but maybe someone messaged you??). You do have something going on with your knee, so anyone who thinks differently can take their opinions and stick them where the Sun don't shine, lol  :o

ok, i have to go, but i hope you manage to have a good weekend, despite everything.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on January 31, 2009, 01:34:56 PM
Hi All,

I have asked Sheila if she could transfer my thread to the post up 100 section as its too long now for the general knee section. I know its ment to be only if you had a scope but also says for other forms of treatment and might need a scope anyway and would then be in the correct section. If Sheila agrees she should transfer thread on Monday to give me time to tell you guys I moving my thread.

Was doing my weekly clean at my flat this morning and was kneeling down a lot and felt pain again and catching on the lateral side of my right knee and must be something wrong inside the knee to be doing that. If I have my knee at a certain angle can hear and feel the catching and dont think its normal and hope the OS pays attention to that area.

Kirsty the NHS system is not very logical as I will be seeing alexander for the 4th time in 7 months and not an OS and all he will do is send me to see an OS. Do you think I should try and see an OS sooner rather then lator as the knee could get worse, back in June could just about feel the catching but now can feel it a lot. I would like to pay for a private consultation but because I am on such a poor income can just about afford to run the car and buy food. I got £50 to live on till the 19th February thats how tight my budget is with bills to pay and a mortgage. I am not letting the boss get to me as I know I have a knee problem and that all that matters.

Nevella I like your phrase 'stick them where the sun dont shine' it made me laugh when I read your relpy. The member in question not really done wrong she just said that I might be told by the OS I see that he cant help me and will have to live with my knee problem all my life. She said might not need a scope with my knee problems but think it may well happen at this stage as I cant see what else they can do to fix my right knee problems. To me its a classic case for a scope at this stage so rather people say its likely I need a scope then say I may not need one.

What are your plans for the weekend I said what I am doing on Nevella's and Lenore's thread. Enjoy the weekend guys.

Nick :) {2009} :)

 




 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on January 31, 2009, 06:03:05 PM
Thanks for the heads up Nick.  We'll find you wherever you end up on here. 

Sorry your golf night was so boring.  Hope the rest of the weekend is a good time.  Enjoy!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 01, 2009, 01:04:00 AM
Hi Nick,

It's hard to listen to the negative people sometimes.  Thankfully my coworkers are generally sympathetic.  It may just be that most of them are over 50!  I will look for the thread in the new spot later on Monday.  The NHS system sounds a bit strange to me, but I've delt with HMOs before and they are just as goofy.  I had to argue with a past insurance to pay for an office visit when my regular doc was out of town and another was taking his appointments.  Bunch of garbage if you ask me.  Well this time you should get a referral to the OS.  Alexander seems like he understands what may be happening and the you need to see the doc.

Well laundry is calling.  Wish it would call someone else!

Have a good weekend.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 01, 2009, 11:49:55 AM
Hey Nick,

Thanks for the update. Seems crazy you are having to wait so long to see the right people. I would definitely ask Allie how she is getting to see an OS privately that the NHS is paying for. Could you ask your Mum or sister, Jiny to help you out by borrowing some money for a private appointment. The longer you leave it the harder it will probably be to treat. Just an idea.

Hope you are having a good weekend.

One day to see my OS. Can't wait to see what he has to say.


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 01, 2009, 12:46:10 PM
Hi All,

This will be my last post on general knee section as Sheila has very kindly said she will move my thread to the 100 post up section from tomorrow morning 2nd February.

Kirsty I think you might be right about not to leave my knee problems too long as alexander said the same thing to me back in june that if you leave a knee problem for too long can lead to permanent damage to the knee that cant be fixed but thats an extreme case dont think it will happen to me with my knee problems. Good luck with your OS appointment in the morning hope he can help you.

Milly the NHS system once you get in it is a 1st class service its just trying to get in the system that takes a long time.

Lenore I at my sisters house now just about to have a meal its a family gathering that we have once in a while.

See you on the new section, have a good Sunday.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 01, 2009, 01:33:35 PM
Hey Nick, enjoy your family meal.  See ya in the >100 club.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 02, 2009, 01:00:51 AM
Hi Nick,

I'm glad I could make you laugh :D

That's awesome that Sheila is transferring you to the 100> post-op thread.  I know you haven't had surgery, but you definitely benefit from having a thread and you might need surgery, so it's like a pre-op diary :) Almost the same thing.

I'll check back tomorrow. I wrote more to you on the Lenella thread earlier today :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 02, 2009, 02:16:40 PM
Hi All,

My 1st posting in the 100 club and does say in description to describe your injury and the treatments you are receiving so cant understand why so many members think this section only for members that have had a scope. Says the following,

To let us know how you are getting on for the first days and first few weeks after your operation or injury.

Says injury and I have had my injury for long enough to be posting on this section. I have not got much time to post today as we have only had about 2 inches of snow and the library closes at 2:30pm. As soon as the UK has a few inches of snow all the public transport is cancelled and shops and schools close in other countries the shops and schools remain open and have public trasnport running fully.

Left work 2 hours early today due to the snow so lucky to be posting today with the library closing so early, should close at 5pm.

Have a good day everyone.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 03, 2009, 05:36:21 PM
Hi All,

Have had most of the day off work and for a change think my boss is ok for letting os go early in his eyes the general manager and golf pro did not turn up for work ann being paid still so why should we work when they are at home enjoying themselves.

I got back to my flat at 10am and decided to take a walk to the library to use the internet as the roads were still icy so did not want to take a risk of skidding into another car. When I got to the library I was about to book in when a very rude man butted in and said I next on the internet when it was my turn to go on and thought he must have booked a slot only to find out he had not booked a slot and jumped in front of me which I find very rude and uneducated.

I had to wait 25 minutes to be able to use the internet so went to a cafe and that was full with a long que so went to another cafe but wish I never went in as I had to wait over 10 minutes to get my coffee and by the time I got the coffee had to be at the library so instead of enjoying my coffee had to drink it fast and got to the library only 5 minutes late.

I been reading a autobiography at work of a famous cricketer Ian Botham and said he had trouble with his spine and he had days when he felt no pain or very little and other days was in agony. I find my knee like his back some days it fine while other days it hurts. In the end he needed surgery so feel better now that others have days when pain fine and other days it hurts a lot was beginning to think maybe the pain is in my head but now know its not, but knew before it was not in my head.

This week knee pain not been too bad as I not done much at work this week just a bit of pain around the tibia. I managed to overtake someone walking today but I was wearing walking boots and he was wearing leather shoes with leather soles so had to tred more careful then me. I now a little concerned with what laura said in her thread that the OS will tell me its best not to scope the knee just leave it as it is which I dont want to happen as I like to get rid of the catching and pain on lateral side and hope to be able to run again. The only reason I think this way is because of Kirsty's OS telling her not to have a scope but she had a few scopes on the knee and not good to keep having surgery on the same knee, while I not had a scope yet on the knee so shoud recover better then others that have had a few scopes on thier knee.

I not sure if you seen this TV series about a family that parents who are dwarfs who raised 4 kids on a farm on the west coast of America. 2 are twins and one is a dwarf called Zach and his twin brother Jeremy who have a younger sister and brother who are normal in size. Its called Little People, Big World, just wondering if it was popular in the states when it was shown. I think its great that small people can be so successful and do everyday things and live a normal family life. Its on daily on the home and health channel on Sky at 8pm and can see they are a lovely family with fantastic parents who farm has acres of land for thier kids to play on.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 03, 2009, 05:58:26 PM
Hi Nick,

Was looking at a news story about the snow there and how so much shut down.  We have that a lot in the southern states.  It does not make sense to have all that snow removal equipment when you don't use it but once every so many years.  So lots of folks got a bit of a holiday.  Can't complain about that I suppose.

Too bad about the jerk at the library.  Unfortunately there are a lot of them out there.  Looks like you got your time in anyway.

Pain is a funny thing and it can vary quite a bit from day to day and through the day too.  Sometimes you do wonder if there is something real to it or not.  It's especially easy to think that when there are some telling you so.  It is your knee and you know if it hurts or not.  I would think that since you have not had any surgery on the knee that the doc would want to get a look around.  Yeah it's not a good idea to have too many surgeries on a limb I suppose, but sometimes you have to.  Depends on how much benefit you can expect from it.

My daughter watches Little People, Big World quite often.  I've caught it a few times.  It is a good show.  The kids are like any other kids, same mischief and troubles.  I have to laugh because it sounds a lot like home!  Same old family stuff. 

Glad the knee has been liking the reduced work schedule.  Hope it stays more painfree when things pick up.  Enjoy your "day off".

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 04, 2009, 12:49:31 PM
Hey Nick, Hope most of your snow has melted by now and you're able to get around a little easier. 

Knee pain can be fickle for sure.  Sometimes it seems like I have different pains in different spots every day.  I can imagine you're so sick of having any at all after all this time.  I really do hope you'll be able to run again some day. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 05, 2009, 09:50:05 AM
Hi All,

The snow was slowing starting to thaw yesterday but last night we had around 4 inches of snow and was about to set of to work when my boss phoned me up and said dont bother coming into work as the roads are bad and cant do much work on the course. Yesterday did a full day at work painting tee markers so not got much to do today which is why I got a day off work. I might meet up for coffee with some people at the hostel I stayed at back in 2005 at 11:30am if its still going ahead because of the snow.

My Boss asked me what happening with my knee for a change yesterday and told him I did not get the injection into the right knee because the OS could not find the area thats inflammed which does not help me as he now thinks even more its in my head. When I told him he just laughed and shook his head., so worried when I go for other appointments during work time he going to make a fuss about it saying you wasting work time when you knee is fine. There was no point telling him I got maltraking and excessive bone as he wont understand and cant be bothered to explain it to him.

I have felt pain again the last 2 days with pain around the whole kneecap and this morning got pain around the lateral area where I feel the catching. My Mum said it might be arthritus and might have be told by the OS that its something I have to live with and hope this does not happen as a few people have told me the OS might not be able to help me out.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 05, 2009, 11:58:20 AM
Hey Nick,

I have watched Little People, Big World many times.  I like them (the Roloff family). Matt and Amy Roloff, and their kids Zach, Molly, Jacob and Jeremy.  Great show. I just LOVE their farm (all the things Matt has built.  It's like a mini theme park).  they have a new show too, but I forget what it's called.

I hope you are doing okay today. I can't believe your boss laughed at you after you told him about your knee! The nerve of him. Sounds like an uncaring person.

I hope your pain eases today.  Yes, arthritis is something many of us will have to live with. I hope it's not too bad today (your pain).

gotta go. i'll catch up with you soon :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 05, 2009, 12:14:55 PM
Nick, I'm sorry your boss is such a jerk.  Bet you just want to punch him when he laughs at you.  I have a couple of coworkers like that.  I just don't tell them anything about my knee anymore.  If you don't tell them anything they can't ridicule you. 

Hope you don't have arthritis.  I still think you have something else wrong especially on that lateral side.  I bet your Dr. Green will figure it out for you and tell you can run again.  Don't give up Nick.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 05, 2009, 03:16:13 PM
Hi All,

Have really enjoyed my day off work as I did end up meeting the former residents and had a few drinks together at a local pub and managed to walk over a mile to get there as the roads are not safe to drive on so best to walk it. After we met up had a sandwich at subway before going to the Library to use the internet.

I never really likes my Boss since he took over in January 2008 as he has a moan at me every week and swears at me sometimes and thinking about leaving my job but its hard to find a new one with the credit crunch. I might be a bit slow or not understand instructions due to my AS so cant help the way I am so should be happy I can work others with AS cant hold a job for long and I held mine for nearly 10 years.

I know for a fact that my Boss will be an Asshole when I need time off to see the OS and Alexander as he clearly thinks its in my head my knee problems as he was last year. It does not help when you see an OS and he says knee ok and dont need an injection so that does not help me with regards to my Boss.

Take care eveyone and enjoy the rest of the day.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 05, 2009, 05:52:56 PM
Hi Nick,

I think your boss should go soak his head.  Some folks are just not understanding or tolerant.  I think that holding the same job for 10 years is great for anyone.  I'm not sure how it works in the UK, but here a boss cannot harrass you for a disability, they can have a lawsuit filed on them and the company.  I think sometimes there are folks that won't believe you unless you are bleeding, have bones hanging out or so swollen you can't move before they believe it.  You can keep your eye out for openings.  Sometimes just knowing you can go if you needed to makes you feel better and makes the behavior more tolerable. 

Take care.
Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: arkitect06 on February 05, 2009, 05:55:03 PM
Hey Nick, sorry your boss is so horrible!  My husband has one of those and thank goodness has a new job in 2 weeks!  You can always start looking and see what you can find and call in sick when/if you have an interview.  I have always been luck in liking my jobs and most coworkers.  My previous job had some jerks for coworkers, but the ones I worked with most of the time were great!  My temporary job is great!  I kind of keep to myself b/c I am so busy, but everyone is so nice to me.  Anyway, my point is that you want to try to enjoy your job and be happy.  So I would start looking if I were you.  No boss should swear at you!!!  

I am glad you had a good day off!  Keep fighting to figure out your knee issues.  You will find a solution!!!!  I have been fighting CONSTANTLY since January of last year.  Before that, I was fighting every now and again.  The surgery I had last year on my knee is why I am in such a difficult situation now, but nobody should live in pain like this.  No matter the magnitude of the pain, keep fighting!  Life is short!  Live it pain free!  

I don't know much about your story except what you have written on Lenore's diary over the last few months.  I hope you have a good weekend!

Farrah
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 06, 2009, 12:25:33 AM
Nick,

That's too bad that your boss is such a jerk.  It really does make a difference having a caring boss. I read about Lenore's description of her boss, and when i had my surgery and rehab, the principal at my school was awesome.  I really hope he doesn't give you a hard time when you need time off to see your doc.  Your boss can't tell you that you are not allowed to have time off, can he?? You definitely don't need that added stress.  i'm glad you're able to go out to the pub and go out with friends, visit family, etc.  A lot of people I know (not just knee injury people) just stay at home and they let their injuries suck them into a dark place. I'm glad that you are fighting. 

I'll check back tomorrow. Yay, tomorrow is Friday :D
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 06, 2009, 04:33:27 PM
Hi All,

Only had to work till 12pm today and even then did not do very much just read Ian Botham autobiography and only have 104 pages left to read he had knee problems during his cricket career and is a really interesting book to read.

I sometimes feel I dont need to be a KG member at times as I get days when I hardly feel any knee pain and feel my knee problems are not nearly as bad as other members and maybe making too much fuss about it having such a long thread. I can feel the catching still on the lateral side even without pain at times and does not seem to be going away if anything increased during the last couple of months.

As for my Boss everyone moans about there Boss at times but get it more then others at work when he in a bad mood seemed to take it out on me. Nevella you are right my Boss cant stop me from going to knee appointments and make me do overtime to catch up as he did ast year which is wrong as I am on sick leave during my appointments.

Farrah I also been fighting with my knee issues since January 2008 when I 1st saw my GP about my knee injury and still no progress and does wind me up at times the time its taking to get my knee sorted. I could work on another golf course but worried the boss there might be worse then my present boss.

I could train up to do another job all togther but not sure what I like to do and the last few weeks thought it nice to work at a gym but think the pay not very good and no use anyway as I cant use half the machines and cant run which is essential if you want to work at a gym. The gym I go to has really nice staff who look after people with disabilty's and even blind people as the gym belongs to a blind college and opens the gym to the public.

My Freind Jake works at the college as a tutor and has visual impairment after he had a brain tumour in his teens but ok now. The College like to give employment to people with disabilties and I have AS and the college are geared up for people with AS. They treat there staff in the right way and would love to work in such a place if I could and had the correct training.

I have had a good knee day today not felt much pain at all which is nice but is still there and will come back again.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 06, 2009, 10:37:11 PM
Hi Nick,

Firstly, never doubt the fact that you should be here on KGs.  It doesn't matter that you have good days and weeks sometimes.  there's DEFINITELY something wrong with your knee, so you're entitled to be on here.  If anybody tells you differently, you let me know (so I can go post my thoughts to them :D).  I'll tell them where to stick it  :o (just joking. I'm really a nice person. but I stand up for what i believe is right :)).

So, are you considering maybe trying to somehow get more training and get a job with the college (like your friend who is a tutor?). You're still young, so just make sure that if it's financially possible, that you pursue your dreams. Or at least find a job that you really enjoy. You seem to love your job, but it's your boss that makes it suck sometimes, right? I hope that whatever you do, that you end up doing something that makes you happy.  I sometimes feel bad that i love my job so much and have friends (not you, but other friends) who hate their jobs and just go because they have to pay the bills. OMG I couldn't imagine what that would be like. So i consider myself very fortunate :)

ok, gotta go. have a good night :D

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 07, 2009, 01:38:35 AM
Hey Nick,

Even if it's not feasable to change jobs right now, it looks like you have explored other options.  There are days I don't want to go to work and deal with some of the personalities there.  Mostly I really like my job.  So feel free to vent when you are having a bad day.  Have a good weekend.

Milly

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 07, 2009, 12:05:47 PM
Hey Nick,  Just checking in.  You getting more snow again?  Hope not.  I thought I saw that on the news.  Hope you're getting around OK and still not having much pain. 

You mentioned sometimes you don't feel like you should be a kneegeek at times when your knee is feeling good.  Always remember you can still be a kneegeek even if your knee isn't bugging you.  There's always newbies that will need your help.  Any comments of similar situations or encouragement will help them so much.  Sometimes all it takes is one word from someone to change your mood.  You lived through 16 months of knee crap.  It doesn't matter if you have aches and pains or major surgeries, your experiences can still help others on here.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 07, 2009, 04:14:16 PM
Hi All,

Hope you are all enjoying the weekend and not having to many problems with your knees as I know Lenore is going through a rough time trying to get to the root of her knee problems and hope she find some answers soon.

I am alone this weekend and well I do live on my own but my mums away fro the weekend doing some babysitting in Nottingham a city not far from Birmingham. My Mum very lucky she flying to South Africa on Tuesday evening to stay with my sister in Blomefontein for 4 weeks which is a nice change for her as its nice to get away from the cold weather and also see my Nephew and Niece. In fact my sister's husband who is south african is in th UK for 3 weeks he a cricket coach for the warwickshire cricket team and he going back with them to South Africa for a pre season warm up match in Blomefontein in just under 2 weeks time.

My brother in law who I wont name was a famous south african cricket player in the 90s and early 00s and was a fast bowler and he messed up his knee from bowling all those years and tore his meniscus and he saw Mr Green the OS I will be seeing but was operated by an OS in South Africa as he had to go back there so Mr Green could not operate. His 1st scan came up normal but 2nd scan showed a torn meniscus so just shows MRI scans are not 100% reliable.

I saw him yesterday and told him I seeing Mr Green but have to wait around 4 months plus to see him and he was disgusted at the way the UK deals with injuries. The thing he cant understand is why the NHS are reluctant and slow to give a routine scope of the knee as its coming up to 16 months since my fall and no progress. If I saw an OS in South Africa would have been sorted my now with an injection or a scope and not this messing around the the NHS seem to be good at.

Another thing that bothering me a bit is that I saw the OS over 3 weeks ago for the failed injection and said he will refer me back to Alexander my PT but not received a letter for an appointment yet and been told can take between 4 to 6 weeks to get an appointment or 4 weeks Paul my other PT told me. I had a curry yesterday with my mum at our local restaurant and told her if I should wait another few weeks or phone on monday why I have not got an appointment yet to see alexander and she said wait a little longer as if you ring up they will start to get annoyed and say that guy so pushy he getting on our nerves.

My Mum says you dont walk on crutches and can drive, walk and do my job ok so not a priority so the hospital will put me at the back for an appointment as they may think there no rush to see an OS. If I ring and moan might get sick of me and get annoyed which I dont want to do. I know I said yesterday my knee problems are not as bad as other members and maybe should not be a KG member as some days my knee feels fine but I was wrong.

I was walking as fast as I could today and people overtook me and thought I was walking fast but I am not. I do feel a bit of pain and discomfort daily but just learned to put up with it and dont really notice it very much unless the pain is sudden sharp pain. Running I am missing big time as I use to enjoy jogging so hope to be able to run again some time in the future.

I just seem to be unlucky so far, as again the appointment to see alexander is taking too long and then people say my knee problem not as bad as other who are waiting to see an OS but I been waiting 16 months to see an OS while others might have been waiting less. Sorry for swearing again but they are taking the piss is the best word to describe how I feel and think its about time the speeded up the process.

Lenore I only too happy to give support and advise to other members and real enjoy doing it as I know how it feels to be supported. 

Milly I wont change jobs will give it another 6 months and see what my boss is like as I really like my job as a greenkeeper.

Sorry again for a whinge and moan but getting annoyed at how slow thwe NHS system is, they are taking the mickey which is another expression for taking the piss, its a well know phrase in the UK, do you have that expression in the USA?

Enjoy the rest of the weekend guys  ;D

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 07, 2009, 10:37:18 PM
I will get answers soon Nick.  Thanks for caring. 

I can understand why you are feeling so frustrated.  Your NHS takes forever to do anything.  I can't believe how long you have to wait and the crazy order you have of seeing physio before OS's and stuff like that.  It sounds absolutely insane.  Just keep bugging your OS for that letter.  Hope they give it to you soon.  You can remind them every once in a while without being a nag and annoying them. 

Taking the mickey and taking the piss?  Well, that just makes me laugh.  No, we don't use those terms in the US for what you are describing but I love the sayings.  I might have to start talking like a UK'r just so people have no idea what I'm saying.  Wouldn't that be fun? 

Have a great weekend Nick.  I love your PM's.  You're a cutie!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 08, 2009, 03:34:22 AM
Hey Nick,

I hope you get the NHS stuff worked out.  Yes that definitely sounds annoying having to wait so long. And the fact that you're not considered a "priority" is ridiculous (just b/c you're not on crutches). I hope you hear back about an appointment with Alexander soon. I just can't believe you are not allowed to just go see an OS. That you have to first get recommended by a PT and then wait months to see an OS (when you've already had 16 months of suffering  >:()

I hope things turn around for you very soon, Nick. Hang in there.....
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 09, 2009, 03:40:33 PM
Hi All,

Sorry for having a good old moan on my last post but I seem to be getting no where with regards to seeing an OS. I just have this feeling that I wont get a letter from the hospital even to see alexander and Paul another PT I saw said should get an appointment with alexander within 4 weeks so maybe should be more patient and wait at least another week.

Do you think its best to wait it out till the 2nd March to give them the whole 6 weeks before phoning up alexander which is another 3 weeks away on a monday. I dont want to look too pushy as last time I phoned up alexander 4 weeks after paul sent referal and he seemed to be able to fit me in otherwise would have seen him in january rather then december.

The pain is there alright and not getting any better just get good days with less pain and the area that seems to hurt more recently is the tibia and around the bottom of the knee. The medial side of the kneecap starting to hurt yesterday and today towards the bottom of the kneecap. I just hope its not become worse the injury by leaving it fo so long. If an athlete has a knee injury and its left too long can ruin their sporting career and hope I dont end up like that with the knee no longer being that same every again due to slow treatment. Alexander even said that sometimes if injury left for too long cant be fixed by an OS and have to learn to put up with it.

Nevella and Lenore I cant understand as well why I need to see Alexander for the 4th time in 7 months and not an OS. Alexander been supportive and great since I seen him and very understanding but he not an OS and when I saw Mr James on the 16th january he should have referred me to an OS rather then Alexander.

Thanks for your support it means a lot to me, enjoy the rest of the week, the snow starting to thaw but will get another heavy downpour of snow tonight.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 09, 2009, 03:45:16 PM
Hey Nick,

I would think that if it's been 3 weeks ago, I don't think it's being pushy to call and ask for a referral status.  I know they take time in the system, but it should not be a crime to check.  Sometimes you have to push.  It could be that the referral was not sent and they won't know unless someone tells them.

Need to be short, got a ton of work to do.  I think staying where you are working for a while is fine.  Just keep an open mind if it gets too difficult to deal with.  If you like where you work, you are luck, so many keep going to a place they hate because of bills or no other jobs available.  Seems like you boss isn't that way all the time and insensitive comments are a downer.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 10, 2009, 04:08:17 PM
Hi All,

Snow starting to thaw now and only got a bit of snow last night, the golf course is very waterlogged and wont be open till at least the weekend.

Milly has suggested that I should call alexander up and would like to know what you other guys think I should be doing at this stage. Lenore I know you good at giving advise on what to do and can say your thoughts on my thread so I have at least 2 members thoughts rather then just the one.

My right hip was sore at work today and has been on an off the last couple of weeks and as I said yesterday now feel pain on the medial side and the tibia area that was not so bad before. To begin with it was just the bottom on the knee cap and lateral side now its all over that did not happen so much a few weeks ago.

I will wait till next week monday to see if letter comes and decide what to do from there any advise would be appriecated on what you would do in my situation.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 10, 2009, 04:25:05 PM
Listen to Milly Nick.  Good advice.  It has been long enough. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 10, 2009, 07:22:31 PM
Hi Milly and Lenore,

You are both right and has been going on long enough and not getting anywhere and about time some action was taken. My plan at the moment is to wait till next week Monday 16th February before I ring up Alexander reason being is because I should get an PT appointment date within 4 weeks according to my other PT Paul so will be 4 weeks on Friday so will give them the full 4 weeks before being pushy.

My Mum flying to South Africa tomorrow evening until the 10th March and she been the most supportive person who lives near me and would like a another person to come with me to the appointment. I like someone with me to make sure that I see an OS, its good to have some support when you go for an appointment. I will phone up Alexander on Monday after work and will say politely sorry to bother you but whats the situation regarding my appointment with you, my right knee is not getting any better and has become a little worse and hurting now in other area and my right hip is sore at times please could you arrange an appointment for me to see Mr Green or any OS that you think is suitable for my knee problems ASAP. Is it possible to see you anytime after the 10th March to discuss what the next course of treatment is as I cant be see you before the 10th March.

10th march is only 4 weeks away and happy to wait that amount of time as long as I get an appointment during the 2nd half of March and no lator. I need to phone soon to get an appointment during that time otherwise will go through to April.

I dont want to take my sister with me to alexander as she thinks my knee is fine just because some stupid junior doctor told her my MRI scan came up normal when it showed problems with the fat pad. My sister thought the ultrasound was an MRI scan of the knee so does not know much about knee problems and methods used to indentify them. All my other sisters live too far way to take me, so my mums the only one who can support me and knows I have a knee problem.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 12, 2009, 07:26:12 PM
Hi All,

I am still waiting for the letter from the Hospital to see Alexander and have got a feeling it not going to arrive this week and will have to make that phone call on Monday. I have worked hard today at work shoveling gravel and chopping up wood with an axe to make fire wood. I then went to the gym on the exercise bike and cross trainer 30 minutes on each machine.

At work felt catching a couple of times followed by pain on the lateral side due to heavy lifting and happens when I done some lifting. At the gym I felt pain on the lateral side and medial side of the knee when I was on the cross trainer that happens more often then before. When I had a shower before coming to the library felt pain at the bottom of the kneecap on the medial side that looks swollen and think the swelling increased more so maybe the fat pad even more inflammed then it was before. The swelling is at the bottom of the kneecap so must be fluid inside the knee that did showed up on the MRI scan back in July last year. Also at work felt pain around the tibia area due to the swelling towards bottom of the knee and feel at this stage that its slowly getting worse and want to see MR Green soon or any other good OS.

I have got good reason to ring up alexander now as I can tell him that my knee getting worse and finding it affecting my work and workout in the gym. I get on well with alexander and he very understanding and would do something about my right knee at this stage. I dont think its being to pushy and Milly right what she suggested to ask for a referral as its gone on far too long and now knee becoming worse which I knew was going to happen with the slowness of the NHS.

If I did not phone up before I would have waited longer then I am now and if I left them do it thier way would wait till 2010 till something happens. I got a good reason to complain now with the time its taken to see an OS and the increase in pain and discomfort and just hope its not too late to get my right knee fixed and do things I use to enjoy doing which is jogging.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 12, 2009, 07:36:51 PM
Hi Nick,

Sorry work is aggrivating the knee.  Are you icing after work?  Elevate and ice to help reduce the swelling.  That may make things a bit better (sometimes not however).  I think you have a legitimate gripe about how long things have been taking.  It's nuts to wait that long, when you should have seen an OS to start and not a PT.  PT's are good in their own way and can see things the docs miss for sure, but it should start with the doc first.  Not much you can do but work with the system you have though.  I had private insurance that is just a odd, so can understand the frustration.  You have to do what you have to do if you can't pay out of pocket (not many can afford specialist prices).

Rest the knee as much as you can and RICE it too.

Take care,
Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 12, 2009, 07:47:41 PM
I can't believe you're still waiting for that stinking letter Nick.  What a pain!  (pun intended).

You've had pain on that lateral side all along but now you have pain on the medial side too?  Sounds like you have pain and swelling all the way around.  It definitely sounds like it's getting worse.

Hope you hear something soon.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 12, 2009, 09:21:54 PM
I will phone up Alexander on Monday after work and will say politely sorry to bother you but whats the situation regarding my appointment with you, my right knee is not getting any better and has become a little worse and hurting now in other area and my right hip is sore at times please could you arrange an appointment for me to see Mr Green or any OS that you think is suitable for my knee problems ASAP.

I dont want to take my sister with me to alexander as she thinks my knee is fine just because some stupid junior doctor told her my MRI scan came up normal when it showed problems with the fat pad. My sister thought the ultrasound was an MRI scan of the knee so does not know much about knee problems and methods used to indentify them. All my other sisters live too far way to take me, so my mums the only one who can support me and knows I have a knee problem.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Heya Nick!

Sorry i've been MIA.  but I've caught up with you on the Lenella thread :)  I agree with Lenore and Milly. It has been far too long that you have waited.  the way you described what you'll say on the phone on Monday sounds so polite.  I wouldn't say "please" or "sorry to bother you". But that's just me.  Make sure they dont' think you're someone who can just be put off longer and longer, ok? I've learned that you need to be assertive.  It doesn't mean you have to be an a-hole and yell (I don't yell at people). But you do have to make them realize that you're fed up. So speak in a firm voice, and make sure you sound upset. Don't sound like "oh i'm sorry to bother you, but if possible could you please....". I hope you know what I mean.  Im' a nice person (no laughing, Lenore! lol. Really, I AM nice. My mom says so! ahaha!! :D). Anyways, I'm a nice person, but I know if i'm too nice (like on the phone trying to get results) that some people will take advantage of that.  I wish i was your sister and I was there going with you to your appointment.  I'd get you some answers asap! hehe. I'm just ticked at how you, and Kirsty, and other KGs are getting the run around.  How can doctors not realize how you're suffering and need answers? It's sickening.....
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 12, 2009, 09:26:03 PM
At work felt catching a couple of times followed by pain on the lateral side due to heavy lifting and happens when I done some lifting. At the gym I felt pain on the lateral side and medial side of the knee when I was on the cross trainer that happens more often then before. When I had a shower before coming to the library felt pain at the bottom of the kneecap on the medial side that looks swollen and think the swelling increased more so maybe the fat pad even more inflammed then it was before. The swelling is at the bottom of the kneecap so must be fluid inside the knee that did showed up on the MRI scan back in July last year. Also at work felt pain around the tibia area due to the swelling towards bottom of the knee and feel at this stage that its slowly getting worse and want to see MR Green soon or any other good OS.
Nick :) {2009} :)

Hi Nick,

I don't think it's too late to fix up your right knee.  We just have to get your docs to make you more of a priority. 

Im' so sorry that your knee is getting worse.  And I'm concerned that with all your knee troubles, that you do heavy lifting at work. I'm worried that is aggravating your knee (it probably doesn't help). But I know that's your job and you need to make money. Just try to take it easy (as much as you can in your line of work). 

I'll check in a lot this weekend. And on Monday. Monday is a holiday over here so I'll have a nice 3-day weekend :)

Keep fighting :D  
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 13, 2009, 04:22:23 PM
Hi All,

Thanks for all your replies and still not got a letter from the hospital but knew it would not come. I agree with you nevella that I should not be too polite on the phone as its gone on long enough so got a good reason to be cheesed off. I have not told any of my sisters yet or mum that I want to phone up the hospital as they said my knee condition not bad enough to get an appointment soon as I can still do my job while others cant do they job so they come on top of the list.

I told my friend Jake that the longest I waited to see a physio is 3 months and said thats not too long of a wait so maybe I am impatcient as its only been 4 weeks since I saw an OS who did not even examine my right knee which a good OS should do, all he did was put the ultrasound machine on the bottom of kneecap.

How long did you guys have to wait to see an Physio as its seem to take forever to see one in the UK and even longer to see an OS. I saw an OS straight away in 2003 and not a Physio 4 times like I am doing now.

Nick :) {2009} :)



 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 13, 2009, 06:23:26 PM
You can be polite and firm without being rude Nick.  I'm not good at it but sounds like Nevella is.  You have a right to be cheesed off.  It's taking WAY too long just for a stinking letter.

Yeah sure, you're nice? Nevella.  As long as we aren't talking about FLB ex's.  Figure out that acronym!!!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 14, 2009, 01:29:52 AM
Ahahaha! Lenore, it only took me a couple of seconds to figure that one out (Fat Lazy female dog?), lol :) Good one!  And you're too funny saying that it sounds like I'm good at being polite and firm without being rude. Yup, as a teacher and a former server in a high volume restaurant, I got really good at that :D

Nick, I can't believe your mom and sisters still say your knee condition isn't bad enough to try and get an appointment asap. Wow. I'm sorry about that.  They just dont' know b/c they've never had a knee injury. 

When you say a Physio, you mean a physiotherapist, right? If that's what you mean, over here there are tons of physiotherapy clinics.  But if you mean for an OS, most people have to wait a few months (we don't have that many over here). I was lucky and only had to wait a few days b/c the clinic i went to had connections to a wonderful OS (one of the top ones in Ontario).  So I hope you get results when you phone on Monday. Don't back down, k? Call them.  Is the office far away? Often you can get better/ faster results if you go there in person and insist on staying until you get answers or get to speak with someone.

ok, gotta go. i'm not feeling well (very bad cold) :D
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 14, 2009, 03:22:20 PM
Hi All,

Still not got a letter from the hospital so looks like I will have to make that phone call to alexander on monday after all. I cant get my head around my knee as today not felt much pain at all and yesterday felt pain on the lateral side. If I look at my right knee compared to my left can see there is a lot more swelling at the bottom of the kneecap and the most swollen area is the medial side bottom part of the knee and sometimes do get pain in that area.

I went to see my 2 freinds Laurie and Jake last night at the hostel Laurie stays at and spoke to a women that had a lot of medical problems and just had steroid injection in her spine. We discussed a bit about her back problems and told her about my knee problems and she told me I am too young to get any treatment and be very lucky of the NHS treat me as there are older people out there that need TKR so my knee problems not important to get fixed and might not have a scope if it came to the stage. If you can still work then you must be ok and dont really need to see an OS according to her but think she does not know whats she is talking about.

People seem to think that if you can still do your job and dont need crutches your knee fine and making a fuss about nothing. I know many people my age and younger that had scopes done and think she jsut talking daft saying I am too young to have a scope if OS thinks I need one.

Nevella I seeing a physiotherapist Alexander for the 4th time and takes a few months to see an OS here as well been told by a KG member she had to wait 15 months to see an OS but that was 4 years ago hope its improved since then.

Lenore you can see why I call my thread nick's fat pad saga as it seems to take forever just to see a good OS that can help me out.

I think the least the NHS can do is write a letter saying you on our waiting list and should get an appointment within 4 to 6 weeks rather then keeping me waiting woundering if they have got my referral letter or not.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 14, 2009, 04:57:15 PM
Hey Nick,

Bureaucracy, gotta love it (NOT!).  It would be nice to know if you are in the system and in process of getting an appointment.  If you have waited the time they quoted you, then definately call and see what's up.  Like Nevella said, if it's close enough, you can stop in yourself rather than call.  It's a bit harder to fob someone off in person.  I think that poor older lady is a bit daft as you say.  Any injury is an injury no matter what your age. 

Nevella - feel better soon.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 15, 2009, 01:49:58 AM
Hey guys!

Milly, thanks for the get better message.  I've been feeling a bit better as of this afternoon :)

Nick, I hope that you're able to get a hold of someone on Monday and that they take you seriously. I'm glad that you're not letting some of these people around you convince you that your knee problems are all in your head.  there's something wrong with THEM if they think you're just imagining it all.  That just makes me so mad! >:(

Not much to write tonight. I'm eager to hear what happens on Monday after you phone alexander's office.

i'm glad your'e still going out with friends and for curry, etc, etc. You're not letting this get your down :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 15, 2009, 11:24:03 AM
Oh great, now you have people saying you don't deserve any treatment because there are people worse off still waiting?  I love it.  And our country wants to come up with some kind of national health care system too.  I'm soooooo against it.  It sounds absolutely awful.  And yes, it's a saga for sure Nick.

Hoping you get that letter this week.  If not, get bold and threaten to sick Nevella on them.  One look at that HB and they'll be giving you anything you want.  Hee Hee!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 15, 2009, 11:52:48 AM
Hi Nick,

Dropping in to say hi and let you know I'm back in town again.

Can't believe you still have no letter about any further appointments. I think you need to get on the phone tomorrow and stress how long you've been waiting and that your knee is getting worse. Maybe you need to seriously think about asking your Mum to see if she can help you pay to see someone privately. It is appauling you are having to wait so long. Do you remember that Allie was able to get a private appointment through the NHS for an OS ? Have you looked into that option yet ?

You can't wait forever. It is not good for your state of mind.


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 15, 2009, 02:10:38 PM
Hi All,

I have spoken to my  brother in law about his consultation with Mr Green and told me he paid £91 to see him and saw on thier website cost £140 so a lot cheaper then what they say on their website. I can just about afford it and might get a discount due to my AS to see Mr Green at his private clinic thats not far from my flat. My brother in law said he a good OS and easy to talk to and would do something about my knee problems.

What shall I do now, should I not bother phoning on monday alexander and arrange an appointment with Mr green privately via my GP. I am away most of next week at my sisters house in Suffolk so not got time to arrange it till I come back from my sisters house. Who knows by then I might have got a letter from the hospital.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 15, 2009, 04:22:06 PM
Hey Nick,

I think you should still phone tomorrow. You're still waiting to hear about your appointment with Alexander, right? sorry, I sometimes get confused.  I think you said you're waiting to get a letter to see him, and then once you see him (Alexander), he can refer you to Mr. Green, correct?

But if you're now saying you can get an appointment with Mr. Green via your GP (and that would be quicker), than I'd do that.  Whatever will get you in to see Mr. Green sooner is best.  As long as it isn't costing you more than you can afford.  As you can see from Lenore (and others), sometimes it will cost you to see the best person, or to get things done quicker. It sucks, but that's just how it is.

So, I hope you're able to go see Mr. Green asap (and if that means going through your GP, than do that. That's my opinion).

have a great day! :D
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 16, 2009, 12:23:56 AM
Hi Nick,

I don't think it's a bad idea to call Monday about the referral anyway.  Do you have an appointment with Alexander?  If you don't get a good answer about your letter, maybe you should arrange a private consult through your GP.  I think at this point it is important to get to an OS.  I think you can then schedule a surgery through your OS and the NHS.  Not sure about that though.

Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 16, 2009, 10:31:11 AM
Hi Nick,

I am just checking in to see how you got on with ringing Alexander.

Reckon you should try both angle, i.e. ringing Alexander and going through your GP to get a referral to Mr Green.

Let us know how you go.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 16, 2009, 12:46:06 PM
Tough call Nick.  Everyone has to make the decision how long they want to wait before going private or seeing a specialist.  It depends on a lot of factors...how bad your pain is, if you can afford it, if you can get the time off for when you have the appointment, etc.  Only you can make that decision. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on February 16, 2009, 02:19:52 PM
Hi Nick
I am in a similar situation to you in that I have been waiting to see an OS.  I won't go into my whole story here as it is not all relevant to you
 at the moment.  The way I arranged my appointment which i have later this afternoon was through my GP.  Once you have a referral from your GP he should give you a letter showing a phone number and a special code number that you can use on the internet or over the phone.  I got my referral letter when I saw my GP before Christmas.
 I then went immediately on to the website at home and was able to book an appointment that day.  I was able to choose which hospital and doctor I saw from a list generated, my appointment is a private hospital appointment paid for by the NHS.  I chose this appointment as my case is a little complicated and felt that a private appointment would allow me more time. 
I have waited 8 weeks for this appointment as I booked it in December but at least I knew when it was.
I think it is much easier to wait if you know what is going on...
Good luck with finding out about your appointment, I would recommend going back to your GP as soon as you can.
Allie xx
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 16, 2009, 02:28:36 PM

Hoping you get that letter this week.  If not, get bold and threaten to sick Nevella on them.  One look at that HB and they'll be giving you anything you want.  Hee Hee!

Ahahahaha!!! I must have missed this earlier. Too funny, Lenore! the power of HB. Don't underestimate it people!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 16, 2009, 02:34:03 PM

I have waited 8 weeks for this appointment as I booked it in December but at least I knew when it was.
I think it is much easier to wait if you know what is going on...


Nick, I think Allie has some great advice! And it's great that she's been through what you have (not the same injury, but the process of trying to get to see a specialist asap and going through her GP).  Thank you Allie for helping our Nick.  We just want him to get some answers asap. he has had these problems with his knee for 16 months now, right Nick?

I also agree with when you wrote "I think it's much easier to wait if you know what is going on".  That's a good point, Allie!

Nick, I'm eagerly waiting to hear what you decided to do today and what transpired.  :)

p.s. I can't wait until you get Facebook! So many of us on here have it and it will be great to see pics and such of you and your friends, etc. I have to warn you. I'm a bit of a camera whore (Lenore, no laughing....yes I said a BIT, lol), so I have tons of albums on there, hehe.

But seriously Nick, I'm excited that you'll likely get some answers today. Or at least get the ball rolling in terms of being on your way to getting some answers. I'll check back later :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on February 16, 2009, 02:40:38 PM
Thanks Nevella   ;D

It is great to be able to help someone else.  It doesnt seem long since I first posted on here and everyone helped me so much I am glad to be able to return the favour. I havent posted on your thread but I do keep up with you and Lenore, your posts have helped so many people on here.
Thanks again
Allie  xx
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 16, 2009, 02:50:19 PM
Allie, I'm gonna go check out your thread now :) I have today off, so I'm enjoying being online more often on a weekday. Weeeee!!!! :D
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on February 16, 2009, 02:52:26 PM
Great  :) :) :) :) :)
Happy reading Nevella!!!

( sorry nick seem to have hijacked your thread a bit....will stop now....xx)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 16, 2009, 04:16:14 PM
Hi All,

I have not yet phoned up alexander as I thought I dont really need to see him anymore and rather go straight to the OS even if it cost a bit its worth it. I am going away to see my sister tomorrow in suffolk and will return home on sunday night and got next week monday off work. I may well get the letter to see alexander when I am away this week and get a surprise when I return back on Sunday evening. I know I promised I would phone him up but each time I do he does not answer and have to leave a message and now thinking maybe I should see OS privately as he will spend more time with me then he would if I saw him on the NHS.

Aliie idea sounds good but can see Mr Green within 2 weeks as my brother in law did and my aunt saw a consultant about a trapped nerve within a week.  I would not have to wait 8 weeks or longer to see Mr Green if I paid out of my pocket that is if it only cost £91. I could see my GP about getting the NHS to pay for a consultation at the private hospital but I am away this week so wont be able to see him till next week the earliest. Can you pay for a consultation and then get the money back through the NHS.

Mr Green works Saturday mornings and during some evenings during the week so would not need to take time off work if I went private could chose my appointment time that does not clash with work time.
I would cut out alexander all together if I paid private as all he going to do is reffer me to see Mr Green and will add more weeks and months when I finally see him. Alexander been very good but feel he cannot help me anymore at this stage.

If it does cost £140 as its says on the hospital website will see my GP about getting the NHS to pay for appoinment as allie suggested when I return home from my sisters. Even if I have to wait 8 weeks at least I know I will be seeing Mr Green rather then waiting 5 months plus on the NHS.

Nick :) {2009} :)






Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 16, 2009, 05:03:57 PM
Hey Nick!

I hope you have a relaxing week with your sister.  I like Jinny (since she's the very supportive one :D). 

it looks like you are in a good place in terms of getting to see Mr. Green. That's awesome! I hope it does only cost 91 pounds (I don't know how to do the symbol on my computer, lol) instead of 140. I hope that all works out :)

ok, i've been on the computer for about 3 hours now, lol. It's my day off, but I still don't want to spend the entire day on the computer. It's time to go do some marking, yay!!!

take care :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 16, 2009, 05:43:47 PM
Hi Nick,

Sounds like a reasonable approach.  As you say even if the appointment is a ways out, at least you know you have one.  Enjoy your time at your sister's.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 17, 2009, 09:10:34 PM
Hi All,

Did 180 miles to jinny without hitting too much traffic and went a steady 80mph most of the way. I had one break at a service station for 10 minutes as the bottom of my shin was hurting after driving for a while which has never happened before to me but goes away once I stopped driving.

I still not got a letter from alexander and will phone him up on Monday morning when I am back home from my sisters if letter still not arrived it will then be over 5 weeks since seeing the not so good OS that did not help me at all.

The knee pain not be as bad the last couple of days but pain is still there I now get sharp pain on the medial side as well as the lateral side that never happened so much before was mainly the lateral side before. I also felt pain around the bottom of the kneecap at work today.

I would love to be able to run again if I could as my mate jake likes to jog and has others that jog with him and would like to join him but I just cant begin to run as my right knee wont allow me to, its as if there some sort of tracking problems.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 17, 2009, 09:12:43 PM
Glad you made it OK Nick.  Hope you have a great visit with Jinny.  Tell her thanks from the KG's for supporting you and being a good sis. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 17, 2009, 09:20:45 PM
Hi Nick,

Glad you made it to your sister's ok.  The shin probably hurt cause you kept your leg in one positon for so long.  I get that when I go to a required work meeting two hours away from home.  Thankfully it's every other month so not bad.  Enjoy your stay.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 18, 2009, 09:37:56 PM
Hey Nick,

glad to hear you made it safely to Jinny's.  I'm gonna go try to add you to my Facebook now. I think you mentioned your email address on the Lenella thread, right?  
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 18, 2009, 09:42:40 PM
Hi Nevella,

Yes I did show my email address on yours and lenore's thread and look forward seeing your blog on facebook. Had a nice walk today in the countryside and nice to go out and get some fresh air as Birmingham air polluted while suffolk air is a lot cleaner.

Nick  :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 18, 2009, 10:47:40 PM
Hey Nick,  I'm going to hop on over to FB right now and see if I can find you. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 18, 2009, 11:00:08 PM
Hi Lenore,

Thanks for adding me to your freinds list on FB, I added you on my list as well along with Nevella :)

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 19, 2009, 12:09:23 AM
Hi Nick,

Glad you made it to Jinny's ok. Hope you have a nice time.

Please don't speed when you drive, you could have an accident. I've had 2 accidents within the last 2 years where people hit me from the behind and rear back side and am still paying the price for it, i.e. still recovering from my injuries.

Hope you have a letter when you get back or some sort of update. You have been so patient it's unbelievable.

Enjoy your break. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 20, 2009, 11:53:41 AM
just stopping by to say "HELLO!!!" :D

It's great that you're now on FB :)

have a super day!!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 21, 2009, 03:14:25 AM
Great profile pic on Facebook Nick.  Hope to see lots more pics.  Nevella will teach you how to be a camera whore.  She's the best. 

How's the knee doing?  Still getting lateral and medial pain?  Hope you're doing OK and get that letter or appointment soon.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 21, 2009, 09:00:11 AM
Hi All,

Its really good FB have so many KG friends already on there and nice to know what they look like and take a look at thier photo collection. I did feel the knee pain yesterday mainly on the lateral side and can really feel the catching/grinding each time place my hand over kneecap and inceased more now and know that not normal and need to see an OS soon. I really hope the letter arrives when I get back on Sunday night as its gone on long enough now and the longer I wait the worse the knee could become.This is what happened to poor Lenore who saw 4 OS's who said knee ok when it was not and now done some long term damage.

Had a nice curry last night with Jinny and her Family and of shopping in Ipswich this morning and really enjoyed my time away from work and need to win the lottery now and tell my Boss to F*** off as he really annoys me big time. I could then get treated at droitwich knee clinic privately and live a less stressfull life by not working for a idiot. I can dream of winning as it wont happen but do play twice a week so you never know.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 21, 2009, 04:00:42 PM
Great profile pic on Facebook Nick.  Hope to see lots more pics.  Nevella will teach you how to be a camera whore.  She's the best. 

Yeah, I guess I can't deny it any longer, lol. But I've been a bit less of one lately, hehe. Once I lose my 15 lbs I'll be back to being one again :D
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 21, 2009, 04:12:39 PM
hey Nick,

As I wrote on the Lenella thread, I'm gonna win the $48 million dollar lottery tonight. Then I'll give you some so that you can leave your job and never have to see your mean boss again.  and I'm gonna fly all of my KG friends to a private tropical island and have the best knee OS's there to fix them up :) I usually don't buy lottery tickets b/c the odds are so low. But then I sometimes wonder just how great it WOULD be if I did win. wow!!

I'm sorry you're still having pain and catching/grinding.  I'm just worried b/c things seem to be getting worse (and especially now that Lenore is back from seeing Noyes and found out that as time goes on, her knee will get worse).  So I want you to get help asap. I just wish there was something I could do for you and all my KG friends who are waiting for answers and for help :(  So, what's your next step? I'm trying to keep up to date. I agree with Allie that you should try to get NHS to pay for you to see that world class OS. You need to see the best right now. No use wasting time with other OS's who will likely not be able to diagnose you properly.  What do have you to do to get the ball rolling to see that expert?

hey, do you like spicy curry? You always mention that you love curry. Do you like a lot of spice? I do. I know some people like mild spice in their curry. Curry is delicious!!

ok, gotta go :D
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 21, 2009, 09:34:37 PM
Hi All,

Nevella would be good if you win $48 million lottery and get a KG reunion on a tropical island, you so sweet saying you would give away money to me so I can jack in my job and would not expect it from you if you did win. I would be happy just to have money to see Noyes and get treated and at the same time take a holiday. Curry last night was excellent and like strong curries like madras and vindaloo.

I feel my knee problems is not as bad as other KG members and might not be allowed to get the NHS to pay for Private treatment as I can work and not on crutches yet. Yes do feel catching and pain on the lateral side but had that for a while now and can feel it more then before but thats expected as its been 16 months since the fall. I have got so use to it, I dont feel the catching so much, but still there but might be wise to get it looked at by an OS failrly soon dont want to see 4 OS's like poor Lenore who say knee ok only to find out knee not ok by a top OS like Noyes.

I am too modest and just learn to put up with the pain and know I should get knee sorted ASAP.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 22, 2009, 12:29:42 AM
Hey Nick,

If I won just a few million, I'd pay to send you to see Noyes.  But if i won $48 million, you'd better believe i'd hook up all of my KG friends on a nice tropical island.  Martin would come too, since he has had knee problems in the past, but never needed surgery.  He has patella femoral syndrome on his right knee.  He did physio on it and stayed off if it and it has been fine ever since (this was about 18 years ago). So yeah, I wouldn't even think twice before using any winnings to help my KG friends (yourself included :D).

I'm not super familiar with NHS, but yeah perhaps since you're not on crutches, they might not think you to be an emergency case. But who knows. You won't know until you try, right?

anyways, i just popped on here quickly to check up on my friends. I'll check back tomorrow. take care!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 22, 2009, 01:31:41 AM
Nick, don't put up with the pain.  You know your knee isn't right and you need to be strong for your job.  Just think how good it would feel to be able to run again some day.  That should be enough motivation for you.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 22, 2009, 09:26:14 AM
Hi All,

Nevella would be cool to see Noyes if I had the chance at Lenore did as we both fat pad twins and he would do something to help me out but know just as good OS at Droitwich Knee Clinic and think he German and I am half German because my Mums German and know he very good it fixing knees.

Lenore you right I love to run again but cant see how at the moment as I worried the OS I will see will say knee normal and he cant help me out. I just have this feeling he will say it and would make matters worse for me as the people who say knee problems are in my head will say told you your knee ok and its all in your mind. That what bugs me the most if the OS says knee ok and cant help so may see this OS at Droitwich Knee Clinic and try and do what Allie did get the NHS to pay for the appointment.

My last day at Jinny's House and leave this afternoon to head back home and enjoyed my stay there and sorry to be leaving so soon, but all good things come to an end. I hope to see my Cousin in Germany in May so got that to look forward to.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 22, 2009, 10:21:07 AM
Hi Nick,

I agree with Lenore, you need to do something about your knee before it gets any worse.

Can you speak German since you have it in your family ?

Hope you get something sorted out soon.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 22, 2009, 11:54:42 AM
Nick, if you go see Dr. Green who is supposed to be one of the top guys there he is not going to tell you it's all in your head.  You have MRI's showing problems and you clearly have problems with pain.  Think of it this way, what do you have to lose by going to him? 

Sorry your time with Jinny is coming to an end.  She sounds like such a great sister.  I'm so glad you have her for support.  Hope you have a great trip back Nick.  Please don't drive so fast.  It doesn't get you there much faster and it isn't worth the risk. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 22, 2009, 01:26:36 PM
Hi All,

I hope the letter arrived when I get back to my flat this evening from the hospital, if it not here by monday morning will phone the hospital up. Maybe its best to get an appoiment soon my knee may get worse if not treated soon as Lenore and Kirsty pointed out.

Yes the MRI scan did show up fat pad problems and might be seeing Mr Green and hope he can sort my knee out. Cannot speak german but my 6 sisters can speak a bit of german. Driving back now to Birmingham enjoy the rest of the weekend.

Nick  :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 22, 2009, 09:41:06 PM
Hey Nick,

I hope that you get home and find the letter waiting for you.  If not, please please go down to the clinic and seek answers. They can't keep you waiting. You've waited 16 months so far (dealing with your injuries), and so it's ridiculous for them to make you wait and wait and wait for a simple letter, ya know? You know now from Lenore that if you wait too long, your knee could get worse.

Nick, do you have good flexion? I forget if you said you have full flexion or not.

By the way, i speak a bit of German! My parents put my sister and I in German school on Saturdays when we were kids, lol. Just for a year. Then i took German in grade 11 (it was my highest high school mark. 97%!). And I took it for one year in university. I'm rusty now, but can still say a few things to get by if I go to Germany, hehe. My brother and I have always loved learning new languages. I'm fluent in French (obviously, lol, since I teach it), and then i speak a bit of German. My brother is fluent in French and very good at Mandarin. I also learned a bit of American Sign Language. I just think languages are so fascinating :)

I'll check back tomorrow, k? take care :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 23, 2009, 08:17:32 AM
Oh sure, use me as the bad example Nevella...Lenore waited too long and look what happened to her.   Just kidding.  I knew what you meant.  It just sounds funny when I read it. 

Nick, you've already said you want to be able to run again.  You can't even walk as fast as other people and it effects your job every day.  How much more incentive do you need?  Your knee is making a huge impact on your life and you shouldn't put up with it!  There!  That's the last lecture I'll give.  It's your life and only you can decide how hard to push to get your knee health and life back again.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 23, 2009, 10:59:16 AM
Hi Nick,

Am curious to know if there was any letter for you when you got back.

Agree with Lenore, do yourself a favour and get your knee sorted. You've put up with it for too long. Don't let your family influence you on not getting advice now. Up to you, but it's affecting your life too much and need it to be addressed now.

Good luck !
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 23, 2009, 11:44:30 AM
Hi All,

Phoned up the Hospital this morning and spoke to Alexander's Secertary Anita who said that Alexander is in clinic at the moment and will try and get him to phone me back up on my mobile but said he might be too busy to ring me up today. Anita did say that my medical notes about my knee problems are in his tray but not got round to reading up my notes yet so may be in the process of arranging an appointment.

I think I am being too layed back about my right knee injury as it is affecting my daily life when you get people twice my age walking faster then me and really miss not being able to run. Only yesterday when I went for a walk around my neighbourhood after the long drive back from Jinny kept on getting pain towards the bottom of the knee right by the tibia. Its is failrly swollen the bottom part of the knee compared to the left and now get pain on both sides of the kneecap so suppose its getting slowly worse and you are all right in suggesting to get it sorted out sooner rather then lator as its gone on for long enough now.

Typical no letter this morning and knew the letter would not arrive and if I did not phone up would have waited even longer as Alexander has my notes but thinks I not a priority so not bothering to read them up to set up a date to see him. Maybe he was going arrange an appointment this week as he has been very good to me so far unlike the last OS I saw who was useless.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 23, 2009, 10:19:04 PM
Hi Nick,

Are you going to make an appointment to see your GP to get a referral ? By doing that at least you will be able to get the ball rolling.

Did Alexander ever call back ?

Hope your knee isn't too bad today.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 23, 2009, 11:25:08 PM
Oh sure, use me as the bad example Nevella...Lenore waited too long and look what happened to her.   Just kidding.  I knew what you meant.  It just sounds funny when I read it. 

Nick, you've already said you want to be able to run again.  You can't even walk as fast as other people and it effects your job every day.  How much more incentive do you need?  Your knee is making a huge impact on your life and you shouldn't put up with it!  There!  That's the last lecture I'll give.  It's your life and only you can decide how hard to push to get your knee health and life back again.

Ahahaha!!! OMG you had me laughing out loud Lenore.  Now that I re-read it, it DOES sound funny. Ooopsies! But I'm glad you know what i meant. You're too funny (and I'm glad you can laugh about things right now. I love u!!!).

Good lecture. I think Nick needs to continue hearing them until he gets some answers :)

So, Nick, if Lenore stops lecturing you, I'll start.  As your elder (yes, I'm a year older than you, mister!), I am wiser than you and so you must heed my advice (lol, ok. I couldn't even keep a straight face while typing that :D). Anyways, yeah, you're young and you cannot run.  I keep forgetting that. I remember how frustrated I was when i could not run. This is affecting your job and your every day life.  Don't make me come over there Nick and open a can of you-know-what (just ask Lenore and she'll tell you that I mean business!! >:( ;D).

I hope you get some answers this week. And if that means going down to Alexander's office, then so be it. Please please please, dont' be too nice, k? you shouldn't still be waiting so calmly for this letter. How long has it been??

but, besides that, I'm very glad that you've joined us on KGs. I admit that when Lenore first told me about you, I was like "what? you have a fat pad twin? But what about me???", but I quickly got to know you and can see why she thinks of you as a little brother. You're awesome!!

ok, that's all for now. Bye everyone!!!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on February 24, 2009, 02:40:16 PM
Hi Nick
I have pm'd you- please check your messages!

Allie xx
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 24, 2009, 04:28:30 PM
Hi All,

I never got a phone call from Alexander this morning and did leave him the right mobile number and has my landline number if he cant get through to my mobile. I thought he would at lease ring me up before he goes into clinic as he done in the passed but for some reason he left me out this time.

I could ring him up again and leave a message on the answer phone as I did the last time and tell him my knee getting worse and would like to see an OS as soon asap as its been over 16 months since injury and starting to affect me mentally as well as physically.

My flexion is good since going to the gym so got no problems with that just cant run or walk fast which is now becoming annoying. There still some swelling at the bottom of kneecap and still get pain on both sides of the kneecap but feel it more on the lateral side.

Allie you said try and avoid a scope if possible on my PM but tried all the conservative treatments osteopath, PT, ultrasound and insoles and all not helping. Not tried accupunture yet but cant see it being a cure just eases the pain and reduces the swelling a little. Been going to the gym for 8 months now and not really helping solve my knee problems.

I dont care now if they did a scope whats there to lose, carry on living in pain and discomfort and never being able to run again thats giving in to the people that say the problem in my head. The catching on lateral side is not nice at times with the pain and discomfort I feel so clearly something wrong inside the knee and feeling it more the last few months. I think a scope of the right knee would make the people thinking problem in my head, realise I have got a bad knee after all.

I know people and seen pro footballers on TV and even the Queen having a scope and they been ok after with no long term damage. Most sports men and women can return to sports after a scope and would not have been able to without a scope. I would be annoyed if the OS said to leave knee as it is, I would rather he get to the root of the knee problem even if its just a bit of surgery there nothing to lose as it cant make my knee problems worse then it is now.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 24, 2009, 05:08:58 PM
I totally agree with all that Nick.  So now what are you going to do about it?  Call!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 24, 2009, 07:14:05 PM
Hi Lenore,

You are always right with what your suggestions and need to learn to be more pushy and will leave Alexander a message tonight as this has gone on long enough and hope its not too late to see an OS such as Mr Green

My main concern is having a GA if they did decide to scope the knee as I know it wont be a nice experience and have bad memories of GA at the dentist as a chiild when having teeth extracted with gas but know they would inject the GA instead of using sleeping gas. I admit that part scares me but the actual surgery if I was to have one, I am ok about as I know its for my own benefit.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 24, 2009, 08:55:22 PM
Hi Nick,

GA is much better than what they may have used at the dentist.  The only bad things I get are a very dry mouth and a really funny taste.  These go away pretty soon.  At most I remember the mask going on then the next thing I'm in recovery.  Just make sure to follow directions and not eat or drink as indicated.  Anything in your stomach can make you feel sick.  Sometimes people get sick anyway, but they can give you meds to help with that.  It's really not that bad to have GA.  Don't let is frighten you too much.  If you do have a scope, you can ask to talk to the antesthesia doc and tell him your concerns and explain about the AS.  That should help a bit too.  Good luck with your phone calls.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on February 24, 2009, 10:03:53 PM
Hi Nick,

I totally agree with Milly defo better than the dentist.  I actually love the anaesthetic.  I try to see how long I can fight the feeling but its only a matter of seconds then I'm gone then it feels like a few minutes later and you are waking up in recovery.

Nothing to worry about they do a complete health check before you have it to see if you are fit for a GA

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 24, 2009, 10:41:03 PM
Nick,

GA will be a piece of cake.  For me I had the drugs (whatever they used) fed to my body directly through my IV. I dont' remember getting any sort of tube or mask, etc. Maybe it's all just a blur, lol. But I went to sleep within seconds, and then woke up. As people said, the worse you might have is dry mouth, or maybe even the shakes b/c your body feels cold, or some people even throw up. But it's not anything to be too scared about. I usually worry about everything, but this time I just put it out of my mind :)

how was the rest of your day?

I'm on messenger and have tried to send you a message. It shows you're online, but you're not answering me. How rude! ahaha!! Just kidding :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 25, 2009, 12:01:46 AM
I'm always right with my suggestions?  Oh, see?  I knew I loved you for a reason Nick.  I'm not always right but thanks for saying that my fat pad twin. 

I just see you suffering and want you to feel better.  The only way you're going to get there is to fight the fight like we all have.  It's not fun but being in pain and having your life limited is worse.

GA is nothing Nick.  The drugs they have these days are phenomenal.  They put you out, you wake up and it's like nothing ever happened.  No dopey feelings, nothing.  They've got some pretty good stuff now.  I always ask them for anti nausea meds too because anesthesia makes me sick.  I don't mind being knocked out at all anymore.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 25, 2009, 03:07:43 AM
Hey Nick,

Dropping in to say hi !

That sucks that Alexander hasn't called you back. You need to see your GP to get that referral so you can organise a private appointment with a OS through the NHS. When are you going to do it ? Sorry, going to nag until you do it. Unless you start being more pushy you're not going to get any answers. It's a fact, but sad.

Don't worry about a GA, it will be a piece of cake. They are so much better these days.

Not trying to scare you, but if you don't get on to you knee it will be much more difficult to fix. Chronic problems are so much harder to fix than if you get onto it straight away.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 25, 2009, 11:20:30 AM
Hey Nick,

Just so you know, it seems that when i'm on Messenger on my blackberry, it is not properly sending messages or receiving them from friends on my list. So when i was trying to message you, you weren't getting my messages, lol. So i dont' want you worrying about that :)

i'll figure it out soon enough:)

hope you have a great day!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 26, 2009, 04:08:51 PM
Hi All,

Not got time to read through your responses as I only got 20 minutes on the library internet so will try and fit what I can into the posting.

I phoned up Alexander yesterday afternoon and got through to Anita again and asked why Alexander not contacted me yet as my right knee getting worse and would like him to call me back. I went to the gym for 2 hours yesterday and during that time Alexander phoned my mobile and left me a message saying that he has spoke to Mr James and other OS's about my knee problem and the symtoms I keep getting and they decided not to go ahead with cortisone injection based on what they have found. Alexander said he arranged that I see an OS as he wants to have a consultation with me discuss what to do next. Alexander away untill tuesday next week but has told me to phone him up again to discuss what going to happen next on Tuesday when he back as he away until then. Alexander apologized for not phoning me up earlier but had to discuss my right knee with some OS's.

I had my haircut yesterday afternoon and told my barber about my knee injury and she said she fell onto her knee and could not run and had a cortisone injection by mr james and helped her straight away and could run again and had no problems since. Same with my mum she had a cortisone injection and her knee now a lot better then it was before the injection. I dont know wht mr james and the other OS's wont inject my knee as that may well work for me as I now got a feeling they may well want to scope the knee as cant think what else they can do. My Barber said dont have a scope if the OS suggests it as I am too young to have one but told Jinny and she told me a scope nothing to worry about as she knows many young people that have had a successful scope.

One of my sisters was funny about it saying dont tell the members on KG that you seeing an OS as it might not happen but Alexander said I will be seeing a OS, well he said joint and bone doctor would like to see me which is good as I no longer need to see Alexander and on the way to see the OS. My time run out now sorry if there are spelling and grammer mistakes not got time to read my posting will be back at around 7pm.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 26, 2009, 05:41:18 PM
Well Nick,

Now it sounds like you are getting somewhere.  The docs may not want to inject cortizone because they don't feel it will help with your symptoms.  Sometimes a fall just irritates everything and the shot works great.  I think you've had a lot going on with the knee.  Ask Alexander about it when you talk to him next week.  You could even ask the OS (when you see him/her) if one would be of benefit for some temporary relief.  Don't worry about the scope, the barber just cuts your hair, not really competent to give medical advice.  Even though in times past they were!  Yikes!  They were the dentist too.  Scary or what?! 

It sounds like Alexander is trying to get things going for you and assist you.  It's a good sign that he is talking to several OS's about the problem.  Sounds like he thinks there is something to the pain etc.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 26, 2009, 07:36:17 PM
Hi All,

Got a bit more time to post now so can take my time now and dont need to rush anymore, I thinking so much about what the OS will do that I drove the wrong library just now but not far from the library I was ment to go to so not lost too much time.

I dont know why the OS that saw my scan in the 1st place suggested a cortisone injection when they now decided best not to so why did they not say that injection wont help in the 1st place rather then letting me wait for months before I see an OS. I know Alexander said that a senior OS saw my scan as they dont often see an inflammed fat pad like mine very often and fairly unique. The team of OS's at the hospital seem to be taking an interest in my knee condition and thought just 1 would look at my scan but seem to have a few of them looking at my scan as Alexander told them the symptoms I keep getting and says I cannot run or walk well due to the fall back in October 2007.

I told most of my sisters about what going to happen and most apart from one stupid comment are pleased for me. One of my sisters said dont tell KG members you are seeing an OS yet as you might not end up seeing one when Alexander clearly arranged for me to see an OS. I think she got advise from a Junior Doctor when I was ment to get the injection as Mr James was too busy to chat to my sister saying my MRI scan was normal when its clearly not otherwise would not have so many OS's thinking what the best course of treatment is needed to fix my right knee.

I dont mind if I dont see MR Green as I trust Alexander choice of OS as he knows I have AS and might reffer me to a nice OS thats caring and understanding. I want my knee sorted and be annoyed if the OS said I have to live with my knee problems. My gut feelings now is maybe will need a scope and prepared for it now and cant see what else they can do at this stage as they think an injection wont help me and Alexander said the next option is a scope but up to me if I want it or not.

As for having a GA I am ok about it, I think? but I know that if they did operate would be a nervous weck before going into OT/OR. Jinny told me they give you meds before the GA to calm your nerves and give you oxygen when you are asleep and not sleeping gas, they then give you meds to wake you up after surgery. I am ok about an injection to go to sleep but will tell them not to give me sleeping gas but can discuss this with the antesthesia doc as Milly suggested.

Its seems like the Hospital will do something now and wont bother going private anymore as the Birmingham NHS ROH is one of the top UK Orthopaedic Hospitals in the UK with very good OS's working there so I know I am in good hands and the staff there so far have been really nice to me.

My left knee starting to hurt on the lateral side in same area as right with slight grinding but not as bad as the right should I get the OS to look at left knee as well?

There light at the end of the tunnel at last and should be on the way to getting my right knee fixed, I hope?

Nick  :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 26, 2009, 10:58:50 PM
Hey Nick,  great news you are making some progress.  I know you'll get some answers finally.  It's great Alexander has more than one person taking a look at your knee. 

As far as asking about your other knee...my opinion goes back and forth on this.  I have a similar problem.  Both knees are bad but right now I'm more worried about the op knee.   I found out when I went to Noyes that if you go to a good surgeon he will ask you about BOTH knees and make comparisons between them.  He's the first one that has done that.  I've decided not to pursue the other knee until I get the worst one straightened out.  Only you can decide how bad the other knee is and if you want to address both at the same time.  You can always mention it and see what he says.  It may be something as simple as just added stress on that knee because of your bad one.   

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 27, 2009, 12:42:41 AM
Hi Nick,

Glad to hear you are making some progress. About time Alexander did something !!!

Lenore is right, good surgeons will look at both knees. Mine always does as does my sports physician.

My best advice is to just deal with one knee at a time. My knee surgeon won't touch my right knee until my left knee is out of the woods. Doing two at once would be double the pain and not recommended that often.

Bring on Tuesday !!!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on February 27, 2009, 11:06:47 AM
Hey Nick
Good news about Alexander and your OS appointment.  I think that everyone needs an Alexander (someone that is on their side and will try to do anything they can to help them)
I am glad to hear that Alexander has said that they will consider a scope for your knee, just please make sure you understand exactly what they will do in the scope and how it will help before they do it. (I am just very cautious cos I had a scope that was not in fact needed and did no good)
If you are nervous about the GA I found that the worst time was waiting to go to surgery, perhaps you could speak to the hospital at the time and ask for an early surgery slot if possible so you are not waiting around for a long time and getting more anxious.  My scope op in Korea wasn't until 1pm so waiting all morning wasnt much fun for me.  I was allowed to listen to music on my ipod until right when I went into surgery so that helped me too, I dont know if they would allow that in this country.
I wouldn't worry too much about your good knee but I would suggest that you do some knee strengthing exercises with that leg especially at the moment, i dont know if you already do this but a physio once told me it was really important to do that.
Great to hear that you feel better and have a light at the end of the tunnel.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 27, 2009, 03:40:35 PM
Hi All,

Thanks for your replies and support and looking forward in a way to hear what Alexander has to say about my right knee on Tuesday. I might not need a sope but feel he may say I will need one as that what he said would happen next if injection does not work. I wounder why they cant try an injection as its seems to have help some people I know rather then going for a scope thats looks like its going to happen now.

I said I like to see a nice OS, as I seen 3 so far in 2003/04 and the 1st was a nice south african and we chatted about cricket and what I do on the golf course, the 2nd OS was dredful as he did not say a word and came across as a jerk, the last one I saw nearly 5 years ago was really nice called me Nick asked me about my job as a greenkeeper and made me feel at ease. Some OS's you get to see are too serious and are like robots and dont say much to you so its nice when you get a OS thats more down to earth and easy to talk to.

Does it look as if I will have a scope at this stage or will the OS tell me to live with it. I like to be able to run again if I can and hope one of the OS's that duscussed my right knee will be willing to treat me.

I dont need to do the excercise the PT gave me as my flexion is good from going to the gym that has built up my quads a lot so PT side ok. I think its helped going to the gym get a lot less pain then I did before going to the gym and good to have strong leg muscles if I did end up with a scope.

Nick :) {2009}  :)

 

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 28, 2009, 01:13:06 AM
Don't worry about the scope, the barber just cuts your hair, not really competent to give medical advice.  Even though in times past they were!  Yikes!  They were the dentist too.  Scary or what?! 
lol, i just had to comment on this. I still watch episodes of Little House on the Prairie and Dr. Quinn, Medicine Woman. And there is the odd episode that shows someone needing dental work done and they go see the barber. that always makes me cringe! I've had 3 root canals and couldn't imagine having to get my tooth yanked out with plyers and no novocane. Or i've seen the old-school drills where someone has to step on a pedal to make it vibrate, but it of course never vibrated very quickly (holy pain, Batman!).  
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 28, 2009, 01:24:30 AM
Hey Nick,

As I said to Farrah, sorry I've been so busy and exhausted that I haven't had time to look at some of your threads. I'm so glad you heard from Alexander and you have a consultation with the OS. Yay!!

Don't worry about what the barber said. I've never heard of an adult being too young to have a scope. That was a silly thing for him to say.

Also, yes, you'll read on here that some KGs had a scope and didn't need it after all, but Mr. Green seems like a true expert, so he would not do one if it wasn't necessary :) So please don't worry, k?

i agree with Lenore not to worry about your "good" knee for now. It will naturally have some problems b/c it's taking the brunt of your weight (you're using it more than the "bad" leg). So, it will be affected somewhat, but I'm sure it will improve once you get your "bad" knee fixed up :) I have already tried reassuring you about GA on the Lenella thread (or was it Facebook? I don't remember, lol). I had my surgery in the early morning. Like Allie said, that would help. I arrived at 6am and by 7:30am I was on my way to surgery. Maybe they can also give you a little something (especially if you have to wait a while at the hospital...IF you need surgery...i'm only saying IF) to help you calm down.  Nothing extreme, but I know they have drugs that can be inserted through your IV to help you calm down (b/c i'm sure they often deal with patients who get really anxious and need something to help them relax a bit).

So how has it been being back at work this week? has your boss been nicer to you? or is he the same as he always has been? Make sure you don't let him or anyone else try to make u feel as though you're wasting your time seeing an OS, etc, etc. You're doing the right thing. And it's not in your head :)

It was funny when you mentioned how Jinny said maybe dont' tell us KG friends about your consultation. It was funny b/c Martin knows how much you mean to me (all of you guys) and that i come on here almost daily. So I always tell him about my KG friends, and he knows that if i ask to use the computer, that i'll first go to Knee Geeks, lol. It's just funny that many of our close family and even friends might ask about our KG friends, or mention them, etc. I think that's so cool!

Nick, have you ever heard of someone who has had all of the symptoms you described, who benefited from an injection? I'm just wondering. I know you said your mum had one and felt better, and someone else did. But what were their symptoms? I cannot imagine that their symptoms were anywhere near the ones you've been describing (and for 16 months). So that's why I have a feeling you might end up needing a scope. I know you're scared of GA, but if you are told you need a scope, Mr. Green knows his stuff and you'll feel better after you have it done. If you do need one, afterwards I can just picture you saying "well that wasn't so bad!". :D

I luckily had a very nice OS. Lenore and others have had their share of robots and ones with attitude, etc. That's just horrible. And it makes me sad when I hear of friends having to deal with such uncaring docs :(

Ok, gotta go! I hope you have a great weekend. Any exciting plans? Curry perhaps? ttys!!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 28, 2009, 11:01:11 AM
Hi All again,

The weekend arrived and have had a positive week so far with a call from Alexander saying I am going to see a OS finally. Nevella it was another Sister that said dont tell the KG just yet you are seeing an OS, Jinny all for it posting on KG. I only told one guy so far at work I will be seeing an OS as the others dont really think I have a knee problem. My Boss had a moan at me for taking too long to rake the bunkers but I had more bunkers to do then the other greenkeeper and cant walk as fast as him but did not say this to my Boss as he would say something nasty about the knee problems being in my head so best not to mention it to him.

I have to agree with you about having a scope I am 55% certain I will now at this stage I know everyone says IF you have a scope including myself but what else can the OS do at this stage as they dont think I will benefit from an injection and ultrasound did not help me and going to the gym not helping so other options are running out now. From reading members posts about thier knee problems and knowing people that have had a scope some of them had a less knee problem then me as they could still run and walk faster then me but got pain inside the knee. My right knee limiting me in activitiies and get really annoyed when my freind jake goes jogging and I cant and would like to jog again if I can from the help of the OS I see.

My Barber female and likes a good chat and gossip and a lovely person and see her at my local cricket club in the summer. I am not really going to take her advise about if I did need a scope dont go for it as I going to do what every the OS says. I just guess what the OS he will say but myself and my Jinny think I have tracking problems with the knee as it did say on 1st scan kneecap at low end of normal which is where the fat pad is so will keep catching the kneecap if the kneecap too low. I have maltracking in both knees and feel the pain and catching on the lateral side and feel it on the left knee in same area but not as bad as the right. The left knee somtimes feels like its clicking into place with a loud click and when I 1st saw Alexander he mentioned LR of the left knee but feel he wrong as is not that bad so hope its not on the OS's notes.

I not mentioned this before but have a large lump on my tibia passed the kneecap towards bottom of leg and sometimes hurt after activity but pain not too bad most of the time. I did have an xray done in 2003 but nothing came of it. I am woundering if I should get the OS to look at this lump so he can take an xray to see if its got any larger as I mght as well make use of the consultation and best to get it checked out as it may be nothing to worry about but best to get it seen to while I have the chance. I woundering if this is the excessive bone that Paul the other PT mentioned is not in the right knee? but my tibia in my leg,  as Alexander did not mention it to me too much bone in the knee.

I am not worried too much about my left knee as you all suggested but might as well get the OS to look at it at the same time as the right because the last OS I saw examined both my knees. I think he will look at both anyway its good to compare both knees and a good OS always checks both knees.

Lets hope I get a nice OS when I finally see one.

Nick  :) {2009}  :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 28, 2009, 11:49:18 AM
Nick,  sound like you need to make a list of all your knee issues with both knees and present all of it to OS when you see him.  You've got a lot going on.  He is the professional and he will decide what you need or don't need.  It also helps to type up a history of what has been going on.  Like what pains you got when and what caused them.  It may help him determine a course of action.  The longer this goes on the harder it is to remember dates and events with your knee.  Just a suggestion.

Have a great weekend!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on February 28, 2009, 12:22:37 PM
Hi Lenore,

Good advise as usual and have already written a list of symtoms of my right and left knee and will add what makes the pain worse as its good to be well prepared before seeing and OS. This lump I have might be the fibula not too sure its on the side behind the calf muscles of the right leg had it since I was a kid but would like to have another xray done just to see if its got any bigger or its the same size since last xray back in 2003. The 1st OS spotted the lump did not tell him about it, he just happned to notice it after examination of the right knee.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on February 28, 2009, 10:54:22 PM
Hey Nick,

I'm glad you're making a list of symptoms, as Lenore suggested. You definitely should ask the OS anything and everything that is of concern to you about your knee. And that includes your left one.  the OS gets paid big bucks, so you are entitled to get answers to all of your questions. And he sounds like a nice one. Like he won't just rush you, or tell you what's wrong without even examining you ( can't believe when some KGs write that they wait to see an OS and don't even get a proper examination  >:()

ok, gotta to. ttys!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 01, 2009, 12:30:48 PM
Hi All,

At my sisters house having roast beef and yorkshire pudding with veg and roasted potatoes so dont have too cook and can use the internet. I am not a hydrocondriac but feel that now I am on the way to seeing an OS can ask him to look at this lump on my tibula/fibula? as I see no harm asking his opinion and might as well get it looked at while I with him after all he is an OS and knows all about joint and bone problems. I noticed it when I was a kid and just want to check if its gone bigger since the last xray back in 2003 and if it going to be a potential problem in the future. It might be harmless and may be nothing to worry about but does hurt at times and did not do this a in 2003 when I had the xray done. Any advise would be appreciated as I said before its took so long to see an OS might as well tell him about the growth/lump.

Nevella you asked me on FB if I have to pay for the consultation. I dont its free as I using the NHS thats free as we pay national insurance out of our wages that pays for the NHS.

I added some more things to the list to show the OS and will try to paste it onto my thread soon to see what you think. Enjoy Sunday everyone take care and enjoy the start of the new week.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 02, 2009, 01:03:08 AM
that's great that the consultation is free. Yay!!!

what is yorkshire pudding again? I could Google it, but I'm sure a UKer like yourself can explain it better :)

Yes, you should ask the OS about your tibula/fibula. It's not like you can go back next week to ask him the rest of your questions. you must make use of this visit to ask him all questions :)

it was fun chatting with you today online, even if just for a bit. at least i know now that my phone's IM works. Yay!!

nite nite!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 02, 2009, 03:50:26 PM
Hi All,

Less then a day till I ring up Alexander and will phone him up during my break at 9:30am but wont be able to talk to him but he might phone me up during his lunch break or just before 5pm as he did when he left the message. I can get on the internet at 7pm so should be able to tell you guys what going to happen and hope something does happen and not get told I cant be helped.

I felt the some knee pain a little on the medial side at work today and not been too bad the last few days but do feel the sharp intense pain at times so know knee not right. This lump on the tibula/fibula was also hurting today but never mentioned it before till last week, but am now as I am on the way to seeing an OS.

What I cant understand is why the OS's decided to give the injection in the 1st place and then change thier minds and say it wont help me. They could have saved time by not sending me to Mr James for injection when its not going to help me out.

Going to the gym after using the internet in the library keep my quads nice and strong incase I did need a scope and would recover a lot better with stronger quads.

Dont know much about yorkshire puddings never made any and buy it from the supermarket ready made.

Nick :) {2009} :)




Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 02, 2009, 04:21:14 PM
Can't wait to see what Alexander says.  I don't think he'll say he can't help you.  If he has been consulting more than 1 OS and asking lots of questions he's on a mission to get answers for you.  It won't be long now. 

Good idea keeping those quads strong Nick.  It will help you so much no matter what.  Do some squats for me will ya?

Have a great day!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 02, 2009, 09:09:58 PM
Hey Nick,

Glad you are getting the appointment with the OS.  I don't think it would hurt to have him check out both knees.  A good OS will anyway like others have said.  You can ask about the lump on your shin.  Just ask "does this have anything to do with my knee problems?".
Good luck.

Nevella -
The Dr. Quinn show was what I was remembering.  With all the dental work I've had...double YIKES!!!
Don't worry about the scope, the barber just cuts your hair, not really competent to give medical advice.  Even though in times past they were!  Yikes!  They were the dentist too.  Scary or what?! 
lol, i just had to comment on this. I still watch episodes of Little House on the Prairie and Dr. Quinn, Medicine Woman. And there is the odd episode that shows someone needing dental work done and they go see the barber. that always makes me cringe! I've had 3 root canals and couldn't imagine having to get my tooth yanked out with plyers and no novocane. Or i've seen the old-school drills where someone has to step on a pedal to make it vibrate, but it of course never vibrated very quickly (holy pain, Batman!).  

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 02, 2009, 10:37:48 PM
Hey guys!

Milly, that's too funny! I'm watching Dr. Quinn right now! Lol!

Nick, only 1 more sleep until your consultation! Yippee!! :) good luck!

You're funny about the pudding. Even though you buy it ready made, i just wondered what it looked like. Isn't it NOT actually pudding at all? Like a bread? Oh well. I won't lose sleep over it, ahaha!

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 03, 2009, 02:32:54 PM
Hi guys, Nick doesn't have time to get on KG's right now but he posted a quick message on Facebook.  Alexander told him he doesn't need an injection and he doesn't need to see any OS.  He's very upset and depressed.  If you could send him a quick FB message I'm sure he'd love to hear from you.  He only has his mobile with him. 

So sorry Nick.  Just remember you can still pay on your own and see Dr. Green anyway if you still want to. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 03, 2009, 04:24:22 PM
Hi All,

As you can see from Lenore post things have not gone the way I was hoped, I rang up Alexander at 9:30am this morning and no one answered so left a message asking Alexander to give me a call on my mobile when he has some spare time to discuss what the OS has decided. I got a phone call from Alexander at around 12pm while on the golf course and told me the OS's looked at my MRI scan and thought there no point in operating on the knee and will have to go back to see Alexander on the 24th March which is 3 weeks today in the morning so he can examine my right knee again.

Alexander was ok to me on the phone but said jokinly you are causing me a few problems with your knee as he finding it hard to sort out the knee problem. I have to be honest with you guys, I feeling very pissed off and depressed about this whole knee saga as I really thought I would be seeing an OS finally only to be told I wont be seeing one anymore. That light at the end of the tunnel has dimmed and tunnel got even longer.

I know that I am not imaganing the knee pain as I clearly cant run anymore and just found out again cant walk fast when a school kid overtook me on way to the Library. My Sister that lives local just phoned me up and said are you ok and told her I am fine as she one the ones that thinks I dont really have a knee problem along with my Boss and many other. I know she was right when she told me dont tell the KG members you are seeing an OS yet as you might not end up seeing one but I really thought I would be seeing one.

Alexander said in his message on Thursday that I be seeing an OS now, well his words was a bone/joint Doctor wants to see me now and to phone him up on Tuesday. I thought something was going to happen such as a scope or another type of injection and could have told me on his message on Thursday that I dont need a scope and will be seeing him again for another assesment. I think its the 5th or 6th time I will be seeing Alexander and rather be seeing an OS right now as its coming up to 17 months since my fall and still nothing happened to sort out the problem and feeling down in the dumps about it.

I thinking that it might be good to see my GP that I get on really well with and ask him if I can see an OS such as Mr Green rather then Alexander as I think I have a good reason to see an OS now. Am I going crazy in the head just because I have AS and the knee problem is an obcession and my right knee fine? I feel pain and catching on the lateral side of the knee and now get pain on the medial side and bottom of kneecap.

I thought that all the OS's that saw my MRI scan and knee symptoms would have done something about it rather then just leaving it as it is. I have to be honest the knee pain not been too bad the last 2 weeks just the odd sharp pain but then get days when I feel more knee pain more often. I get days when I think I dont have a knee problem with very little pain and days when I know I have a knee problem.

Sorry guys for moaning and groaning but not in a good mood and starting to get depressed by my whole knee issue and not good for my AS. I had a breakdown in 2004/05 due to stress so this knee saga not really helping me out mentally.

Nick >:( {2009} :(

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 03, 2009, 04:55:49 PM
Hey Nick,

I think you are correct that you should get with your GP and see if he will give you a referral.  At least it would give you some peace of mind to see an OS.  Let him know about all the run around you've been getting as well.  I know if it were me, I'd be flaming mad.  I would think that your GP should be able to send you to a specialist since the normal route is not getting you anywhere.  You still have the option of paying for a private consult (even thought this may be a bit expensive).  After everything, I think you are intitled to a moan or more than that.  Knee stuff can certainly make you feel like you are going bonkers.  For years my knees wouldn't swell when they were bad off, so noone believed me either.  Keep trying with your GP.  Good luck.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 03, 2009, 07:18:11 PM
Hi All,

I had a chat with Jinny my sister who the Nurse and told her what happened today with Alexander and she said its ridiculous that I am not seeing an OS yet and said if she could would let me see her OS at the Hospital she works at but you need to live in that area to get treated and seen by an OS. Its is a long way to go and see an OS 180 miles but thats nothing compared to Lenore trip to see Noyes.

Jinny thinks its a waste of time seeing Alexander as he only a Physio at the end of the day and not an OS. I thinks it not very professional of the OS's that seen my scan to say my knee is fine and dont need to see any of them. I have not had my knee looked at by an OS, so how can they make out my knee fine as I did fall down onto the pavement with a lot of force and most have done some damage to the knee. Jinny says that a fall like mine most have damaged the knee as I cant run or walk fast and feel pain and would have healed by now but clearly its not healing by its self.

Jinny and myself have come to the conclusion that I should see my GP ASAP as I get on well with him and tell him my concerns and that I would like to see an NHS OS rather then seeing Alexander on the 24th March who will have no choice but to send me to see an OS. We both said he not an OS at the end of the day and cant keep seeing him again and again as nothing seems to happen

The 2nd option would be to go private and see Mr Oliver Schindler at the Droitwich Knee Clinic who one of the best OS's in the UK and maybe even Europe and would do something about my knee problem. What do you guys think should I be seeing one of the top OS's in the UK at a top UK Knee Clinic with my type of knee problems as he just as good as Noyes in the States.

http://www.kneeclinics.co.uk/clinical-team/mr-schindler-cv/

I am feeling better now, as I had a good chat to Jinny who still thinks I do have a knee problem and its not in my head.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 03, 2009, 08:05:41 PM
Nick,

Glad you could have a nice talk with your sister.  She seems to be a reasonable person.  I think it may still be a good idea to get your GP involved.  You can still go private if you wish after talking with him.  Relieved you feel better.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 04, 2009, 02:48:52 AM
hi Nick,

I'm sorry I wasn't able to reply to your instant message this morning. You sent it just as I was starting my day at work. so i didn't hear it beep and so by time i replied you were offline.  I'm glad you got some support from other KGs today and from your sister (I love Jinny and I haven't even met her yet, lol).

I'm glad you're feeling better. Definitely try to get a referral through your GP. Not to knock PTs, but I don't think alexander knows his stuff. You can't have suffered for this long and have nothing wrong inside your knee. that's just incompetence (on alexander's part!). I hope after a good night's sleep you feel even better and refreshed for tomorrow. It's a new day and you WILL get to see an OS. Did you already make an appt with your GP? And if by chance that GP denies you a referral (highly unlikely he would deny you), then go see another one, k? Sometimes (unfortunately as you'll learn from other KGs) you have to see a few docs (GPs, OS's, etc) before getting proper action. But you'll get there.

I'll check back tomorrow, k? I am just swamped this week untl Thursday. take care. :D

~Nevella :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 04, 2009, 05:50:58 AM
Hi Nick,

This is utter rubbish that Alexander is not going to send you to an OS. Absolutely ridiculous !!!

I agree with others on here, you need to go back to your GP and get a referral to an OS straight away. You have waited long enough.

A MRI does not show everything and if you have maltracking problems plan x-rays and CT scans are the best for showing these type of problems.

Chin up, things will get sorted. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 04, 2009, 01:02:17 PM
Hi guys,

I just popped on to tell you guys that Nick instant messaged me not too long ago to say that the library is closed today so he cannot post on KGs today. But he says to have a nice day!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 04, 2009, 03:00:34 PM
Hey Nick,  I know you're not at the library today but just wanted to send you a post anyway.  Hope you're feeling a little less depressed by now.  I'm so glad you have your sister for support and we're always here for you too.

I’m really concerned you are not getting the attention you need for your knee problems.  The longer you wait the more damage can be done.  I think you should stop wasting time with Alexander and concentrate on getting to see an OS however you can.  If it takes driving a long distance or paying for private then do it. 

I’ve read about others on here with NHS and from what I understand you can only be referred to an OS from a GP, not a physio.  Even if a physio thinks you should see one you would still need to have a doctor’s referral to see one.  Once you have the referral from GP you are guaranteed to see an OS in 13 weeks or less.

You need to take action now.  Alexander has already told you he isn’t willing to help and now you need to call your GP for a referral to an OS.  Please make the call to your GP as soon as possible.  What do you have to lose? 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on March 04, 2009, 09:27:52 PM
Hi Nick,

Sorry to read that things have not gone well for you.  I agree with the others go striaght to your GP and ask for a referral to an OS currently the NHS are trying to reduce the waiting list down to 14 weeks but you can be seen in about two weeks after referral privately for around £110 which is what I paid for a quick consultation and that was in England then had everything else done on the NHS.

Make the appointment with the GP asap for that referral you have waited long enough.

Best of luck.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 05, 2009, 12:36:08 PM
Nick, I really don't understand why you are going to see Alexander again on the 11th.  He has already told you he won't refer you to an OS.  The GP is the only one that can do it.

Either way I hope the best for you and I'll stop lecturing you now. We all just want to see you better Nick.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 05, 2009, 01:15:32 PM
Nick,

I agree with Lenore. Only your GP can refer you to an OS. Physios can not refer you.

Please see your GP ASAP to get a referral. You have waited long enough. Seeing Alexander will be a waste of time. He obviously can't solve your problem.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 05, 2009, 05:37:39 PM
Hi Nick,

Gonna jump on the bandwagon here and suggest you contact your GP for that referral.  I think you've been very patient.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 05, 2009, 05:53:04 PM
Hi All,

As you can see from Lenore's post managed to get an earlier appointment with Alexander next week Wednesday the 11th March at 5pm as I could not take time off work before 3pm after what happened last year with my Boss. Alexander is known as a Extended Scope Practioner (ESP) which means he has the power to refer me to see an OS as he did with Mr James who was ment to give me an injection. My Mums back on Tuesday from South Africa and wants me to see an OS as well now so we will both tell Alexander we want to see an OS now as we fed up with how long its taking to get my right knee sorted.

Tell me if I am wrong but to me its stupid that the OS's that saw my MRI scan can say my knee ok and dont need an injection or a scope as they not examined my right knee so they cant say knee ok when they not physically looked at my knee. When you look at the knee can see swelling at the bottom of knee and can feel this catching on lateral side of the knee if you place your hand over the kneecap.

The reason why I not gone to see my GP is because I dont think my knee bad enough as I have not felt much knee pain so far this week and been working physically at work shifting soil, sand and gravel and not felt much knee pain. I get weeks when I hardly feel any knee pain and then get a day or 2 when I feel pain in the knee most of the day, I been told by my family you can still work ok and walking ok and would be different if I could no longer work and cant walk well at all and in contant pain then I would have the right to see a Private OS rather then seeing an NHS OS.

My work mates often say oh my knee hurts if they be doing something physical all day when my knee been fine. They say my knee hurts but dont see my going to the Hospital and posting on KG but they can run and walk ok and dont get catching and sudden sharp pain inside the knee. I suppose its normal for 90% of the population to feel knee pain at times its like back pain most people get back pain but its mostly overuse problems and not something really wrong with thier knees.

I sometimes get annoyed at work as I cant do a job as fast because I cant walk fast enough and miss not being able to run with my mate Jake. That annoys me the most my limited mobilty, thankfully my knee pain ok the majority of the time but can be very painful when it does come as the whole knee hurts inside.

I know you will be annoyed that I am seeing Alexander and not my GP, I only need to wait till Wednesday so only a few days away and will make sure I see an OS as he got the power to refer me to one.

I think the way the NHS is run I have to see Alexander 1st before seeing an OS , as he did say I would be seeing one in his phone message last week but have to see him 1st, which does not make any sense to me?

I am in a much better mood and not depressed just angry about the whole thing.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on March 05, 2009, 07:00:16 PM
Nick ! this is driving me nuts just reading your 'log of events'

Now listen to your sister- she sounds so sensible - see your GP and get an OS referral - and for goodness sake take someone with you who, when the OS tries to fob you off can keep the conversation on track and get results!! - It is so easy for them to send you off for more physio but that is eveidently not resolving the problem !

The sooner you do it the better !

If it was me I wouldnt even bother with Alexander anymore - he is not resolving your knee problem !

Keep up your work at the gym in the meantime - but don't risk more injury.

anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on March 05, 2009, 07:26:15 PM
HERE HERE, TOTALLY AGREE

Now get to that GP for the referral Nick.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 05, 2009, 07:45:28 PM
Hi Nick,

When you instant messaged me earlier this afternoon (my time), you said that you had made a decision that might make me and other KG friends angry with you.  I am not angry with you, silly. But we are all VERY worried about you.  Now you are saying that your knee isn't that bad.  Not bad enough to warrant seeing a GP for the referral? I don't get it.  Even if you have a good day or a good week, you then end up having a week of pain, locking/catching, etc. And isn't it true that you still can't walk properly (without a limp) and you still cannot run after 16 months?? I'm not upset, but I don't understand why you are going back to Alexander when he just told you that you don't need to see an OS. So, what is it you are hoping that he'll do for you on the 11th? He will not refer you to an OS (since he already told you that earlier this week).

I think a lot of us feel helpless and frustrated because we want to convince you to go to a GP and get the referral. Paying out of pocket is worth it (just ask Lenore. she drove 10 hrs to see Noyes and paid a lot, and got answers). So she knows what she's talking about (and she knows what she's talking about when she says that you shouldn't keep putting it off because your knee will get worse. Lenore didnt put it off. But it did take a while for her actual problem to be properly diagnosed. Luckily she'll be okay, but I'm worried about you). 

Also, I don't know much about Aspergers, but is a symptom of it, by chance, that it makes you try to rationalize things in your head? I am just worried that maybe you're clinging to false hope (that maybe Alexander will change his mind and refer you, or maybe your knee is really fine...which there's no way it can be after all your symptoms and the length of time...and the fact that you cannot run still).

ok, that's my lecture for now. I think many of us just want to reach out through our computer screens and shake some sense into you, lol (in a good way). I just don't know what good it will do to see Alexander again (when he has already told you that you don't need to see an OS).

I wish for the best with you and your knee problems, Nick.  I'm also still worried about that lump you said you have on your leg bone.

ok everyone else, I only had time to post here for now (i'm at work). I'll post more when I get home this evening.

take care. And Nick, remembe.r None of us are upset with you. We're just worried and frustrated, that's all :D  You're like our little or big brother. And we want the best for you. And I don't think that's dealing with Alexander.  :-\
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 05, 2009, 10:24:01 PM
Nick,

I am still very worried that you have it in your head that your knee is not bad enough to go to your GP to get a referral to an OS. Your knee problem has been going on for over a year now and need action immediately.

Do yourself a favour and ring your GP ASAP to get that referral !!! You will be wasting your time going to see Alexander.

I am sure your Mum understands and will be able to help pay to see a private OS.

Sorry to be blunt, but I feel for you.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 06, 2009, 12:18:56 PM
Nick, noone is going to be annoyed with you.  We are just frustrated because you are hurting and we can't help.  If we could come over there and take you to an OS we would.  Hope your Mom gets somewhere with Alexander.  It's great you'll be taking her with you.  Good luck.  Hope you get some answers soon.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 06, 2009, 05:46:13 PM
Hi All,

I booked the appointment with Alexander and only have to wait till next week to see him and wont leave his office until he refers me to see an OS. I have my Mum as well to make sure I see one as today have felt some knee pain again while at work felt like chronic knee pain as the whole inside of the knee hurt but was not bad all day just comes and goes and the tibia was hurting again so was stupid saying knee alright as its clearly is not.

I the typical male by not being concerned about my knee when I should be as you all said it could get worse then it is now. I always think in the back of my mind will it get so bad one day that I would end up in A&E with bad knee pain and not being able to walk but might be thinking in an extreme way as it not going to happen.

I am worried that when I do see an OS finally he will say my knee is fine and cant help me which would be really annoying as I found out on my other thread about the NHS, a KG member saw some NHS OS's and told her her knee was fine so she went private and he fixed her knee without causing any problems.

If I had the money would love to have a consultation with Mr Oliver Schindler at Droitwich Knee Clinic as the Clinic is 18 miles away from my Flat. This Guy knows a lot about variouse knee problems and is the Noyes of the UK so would be seeing the best and dont think he would say you knee problem is in your head and will do what he can to help me out. Been there in 2003 and saw a very nice OS who now retired and seems like a well run knee clinic.

I going to play the EURO millions and the jackpot is £85,000, 000, thats around $170,000,000 USA $ and like Nevella will invite you all to some tropical Island and would pay for you all to stay in a 5 star hotel and pay for your 1st class flights and knee treatments if needed. I only need to win £5000 and that would pay for consultation and a scope if its needed at Droitwich Knee Clinic. The Euro Millions draw is tonight but dont think I will win but you never know as someone has to win.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on March 06, 2009, 07:16:40 PM
aw Nick hate to disappoint you - but I am gonna win that Jackpot ! I wish ! and just to add insult to injury  - it's only worth 120,000 USD !! the exchange rate is awful !
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 06, 2009, 11:09:24 PM
hi guys!

Quick message. Nick cannot post pon knee geeks from his sisters. It has something to do with his sister's son's X box. It interferes with computer settings or something. So he won't be on here until Monday. But he's doing better in terms of being positive.  
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 09, 2009, 04:18:39 PM
Hi All,

I am back again after not being able to post at my sisters house as her internet always seems to play up each time I go there the other time could log in but could not post as it took forever to type it out as there was a long delay while typing each letter.

I got the letter from the Hospital to see Alexander on Wednesday at 5pm and will make sure he refers me to an OS as I been waiting long enough. I getting really tired of people being so negative about having a scope as my sister just saw me and spoke to my sister in South Africa who's Husband had a torn meniscus repaired in October 2008 and says he knee still not right if anything made it worse and his mates who had a scope say a scope made thier knee worse. My sister told me if the pain not too bad then avoid a scope but I getting real annoyed and frustrated that I cant run or walk fast and its affecting me at work as I like to be able to do a job faster but cant. I was walking with my brother in law with his sister and her dog yesterday afternoon and could not keep up with them was a yard or 2 behind them and was walking as fast as I could and was hurting inside the knee because I was trying to walk too fast.

I am starting to get peed off about the negative thinking on having a scope including some members on this board saying try and avoid a scope. You never hear about the success of a scope and a good example is from my sister Jinny who see patcients who have had knee problems for months or years just like myself and had a scope and they say they feel like a new person as they can do stuff that they could not do before and can only say how happy they are that they decided to have a scope.

I admit the knee pain is ok 80% of the time but when it does come it very painful a sharp intense pain and catches at time thats not nice. I got family now saying I might as well live with the knee problem as a scope will just make it worse and some KG members saying the same thing.

I emailed Droitwich Knee Clinic and found out the cost and is expensive but are seeing the best OS's in the UK and Europe.

Consultant's Fee   (Initial Consultation ½ Hour appt)   …   …   …   £165

Consultant’s Fee    (Initial Consultation up to 1 Hour Appt)…   …   …   £250

Consultant's Fee   (Follow-up/Post operative Consultation)   …   …   £ 100

Injections & Aspirations   …     ….     ….    £ 91 + cost of drugs and consumables

X-ray   …   (invoiced by Droitwich Spa Hospital)   …   …   …   £80 plus

M.R.I.   Invoiced by Worcestershire Imaging Centre
please phone for prices   

Arthroscopy and proceed from   …   …   …   …   …   …   £3,200

Arthroscopy with reconstruction of ligament from   …   …   …   £5,000   

Total Knee Replacement  (5 nights stay) approx.   …   …   …   £8500
Uni-compartmental knee replacement (5 nights stay) approx.           …   £7530

Total hip replacements ( 5 night stay)                  £8500

Pre operative tests   …   …   …   …   …   …   up to   …   £350

Physiotherapy   Initial Assessment (up to 1 Hour)   …   …   …   £60

         Treatment (up to ½ Hour)   …   …   …   …   £36

I dont have the funds to go to the Clinic unless I win some money in the Lottery or scatch cards but is an option to go for if I am very lucky and win some money. It was good that I found out the cost so I know how much money I would need if I was lucky and got the funding.

This knee problem is doing my head in and would hate to live with the problem all my life, I am far too young not being able to run or walk well. What do you guys think live with knee problems all my life or have a scope if OS suggested it.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 09, 2009, 07:35:38 PM
Welcome back Nick.  We missed you. 

Only 2 days to your visit with Alexander now. Hope you and your Mum get him to do a referral for an OS. 

As far as Droitwich, well only you can decide if it's worth it.  The way I went into it with Noyes in Cinci is telling myself it was only one vist and consultation then it's not so overwhelming.  The cost of my one consultation + x-rays was much cheaper than they originally told me it would be.  You can only take it a day at a time and base your decision on what happens today. 

Hopefully your knee will continue to be OK 80% of the time and won't get worse.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 09, 2009, 11:59:42 PM
Hey Nick,

You poor thing! I didn't know you had people on here telling you not to get a scope. Or that it wont' help. Nobody can say that to you because each case is unique. A scope may not have helped one person but they had different circumstances than you (chances are your injury isn't 100% the exact same, you don't have the same OS, you won't get any complications, etc). So please don't let what people tell you make you worried or upset. I am just going by your symptom descriptions. I just know something is wrong. I personally haven't known many people who came out of a scope even worse than when they went in. I have heard of that more often when people have more invasive surgeries.  I just wish I could get people (on here and around you) to stop making you think that you dont' have a knee problem, and stop scaring you into thinking that if you have a scope, you'll be worse off. That is not true. Especially if you see a competent doctor.

So, have you tried asking your mom yet to help you? I think lenore is right. One step/day at a time. She knows best. Don't allow yourself to be overwhelmed by thinking how you'll pay for surgery if you need it, etc, etc. Just worry about getting that consultation asap, k?

You're such an awesome person. I had fun chatting with you over the weekend too :) You just have to remember that I'm 5 hrs behind you, lol. So if you IM me at 4:30am, I won't be able to reply ('cause I'll be asleep, ahaha!). I hope you are able to have a good day tomorrow, despite all that you have on your mind.

Good for you for refusing to leave on Wednesday without a referral. Good luck! :D
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 10, 2009, 01:32:00 AM
Hi Nick,

Great you got the information from the clinic you would like to go to.

It wouldn't hurt just get an opinion there. Maybe your Mum could help you out.

Don't listen to what people are telling you, either friends, family or people on KG. People will always have their say, but just a matter whether you take it on board or not.

Only one day till you see Alexander. Good luck tomorrow.

Love to hear what he says. Am pleased your Mum is going with you. Insist that you go to an OS that specialises in knees. I don't think they have looked at the full picture and how much it is affecting your life.

Thinking of you heaps.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 10, 2009, 04:40:49 PM
Hi All,

Thanks again for the advise its really helps me and not got long now till I see Alexander at 5pm tomorrow and as I said before wont leave his office till lets me see an OS. If he still refuses will go straight to my GP and get a referral from him instead but hope it does not come to that and Alexander does what he should have done months ago get the chance to see an OS.

I said my knee ok 80% of the time well that is on a good day its more like 60% majority of the time pain wise but mobility wise affects me 80% of the time as I cant do the things people my age take for granted walking ok and being able to run ok.

Nevella you said you could not run before surgery and a few months after but you slowly could start running again so the scope helped you get back to running again and know other members that could not run before they had a scope but were able to run a few months after the scope. I would only have a scope done if it was advised by the OS and helps me to run again otherwise dont see any point in having one if it wont help me run again.

Also got another good reason to see an OS this lump in my tibia/fibula hurts at times and would like it to be checked out by an OS so will show Alexander this lump thats not knee related but should give me a chance to see an OS finally.

I could just about afford the £165 1st consultation fee just to see what a top OS thinks could be wrong with my right knee and will be seeing my Mum lator on as she just come back from South Africa and will discuss what options  I have in seeing an OS.

Maybe I dont need to have a scope an injection might fix the problem but I always thought there something wrong inside the knee and hear and know so many people that have had a scope and its really helped them out and have a better quality of life now that they have got thier knee fixed.

I use to love going jogging and would like to be able to jog again as I am too young at 30 being told to put up with it with the medical world today they should be able to help me out. I am lucky I am not in the armed forces or emergency services that rely on running as I would now be out of a job, so pleased that I dont need to run as part of my Job.

I hope Alexander does his job properly and reffers me to as OS at last I been messed around enough already.

Nick  :) {2009} :)









Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 10, 2009, 10:01:15 PM
Nick,

I don't see how having a scope would NOT help you be able to run again.  Again, as I have said before, the fact that you describe locking and catching makes me think you'll need more than just an injection.  Sounds to me that something in there has to be removed (but, wait for the OS). yes, be sure to mention that lump on your tibia/fibula. Just get in to see an OS any way you can. You can then mention your knee.  They'd have to be a real jerk to say "sorry, your chart says you're only here to discuss this bump on your leg".  I am sure that after a scope you will be able to run again (maybe it will take a few weeks of rehab, but you'll get there).

I am eager to hear what Alexander has to say.  Are you working tomorrow? Is your appointment right after work?

I wish you lots of luck!!! :D:D  
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 12, 2009, 04:54:23 PM
Hi All,

I got in good time to see Alexander with my Mum at around 4:35pm and saw Alexander at 4:50pm as I was his last patient of the day so saw him 10 minutes earlier. I came into the room with my Mum for some support and he told me straight away there nothing to worry about your knee is ok and dont have a knee problem. Alexander spoke to Mr James and another OS called Mr Hussain who both looked at my MRI scan and they both now come to the conclusion that there is nothing wrong with my knee anymore and best to leave it as it is. The Inflammed fat pad is not as bad as they thought it was when Mr James did the ultrasound and thought there no point in giving the injection as the knee is not inflammed enough to warrant an injection.

When I saw Alexander after the MRI scan he said I have a knee problem and showed me the inflammed fat pad on the scan which was a large mass of white when it should have been black. Alexander then suggested to try a ultrasound on my knee and that did not help then suggested an injection and Mr James would not inject my knee. When I saw Alexander before the injection he said if the injection does not help will need a scope as I have a unusual inflammed fat pad that not seen to often. Told him peope at wok think knee problem is in my head and he told me if they think that way then get them to phone me and will tell them Nicks got a bad knee and not in his head.

When I saw him yesterday he was like another person and told me that Mr James and Mr Hussain looked at scan again and now say its not a problem but a few months ago told Alexander I got a knee problem and needs to be treated. How can they change thier minds suddenly just from the ultrasound thats not reliable saying my knee suddenly not a problem anymore and there nothing else they can do to help me.

Alexander then told me I dont need to worry about my knee anymore as there not a problem with the knee and have nothing to worry about. I told him I have aspergers and when I 1st saw him and says he knows about it as his nephew has got AS and knows people with AS have obcessions and told me that he thinks my brain is telling my right knee that there a problem and sending the wrong signals to the brain thinking that I have knee pain and cant run or walk well when I should be able to.

Now comes the good bit he told me I must be able to run as I could run before my fall without any problems so how comes I cant run since my fall. That so dumb to say that your knee was fine before the fall so should be fine now. I was told by him that I should try and jog at a slow pace on a soft surface and if I fell over would not do any harm but if I fell at the wrong angle could do even more damage to the knee. Now comes the must stupid bit he told me, he thinks that if I listen to my MP3 player while trying to run will take my mind of my knee and will be able to run again.

My Mum then made a mistake told him I go on KG a lot and talk to others about my knee and told me srtaight away stay away from that website as I being brainwashed by you guys, he did not say that but gave the impression to me. Should I take a break from KG and see if it helps me run again or even delete my account with KG which I would hate to do as I love you guys and been so supportive would be ashame to never post again by terminating my membership and get the impression Alexander would like me to do this order to get my brain away from my bad knee.

I managed to get him to let me see an OS, Mr Hussain but feel he wont do anything and will say just have to live with my knee problem. I feel the only way is to see an OS at Droitwich Knee Clnic and could only afford the 1st consultation as he would do something and would never say its in my head. I am pissed off and hurt that the Hospital are saying its in my head and cant blame Alexander as he only going on what the OS's have told him. He gone from saying I have a knee problem to saying its in my head. Of course he did not tell me this straight to my face just thinks my knee ok when its clearly not.

I now getting a complex as I am starting to think I am going crazy in the head and putting on my right knee problems, my Boss some of my famlly and now the OS's and Alexander have the nerve to say its all in my head. I deeply shocked and hurt about the whole thing as I am sure I have a problem inside the knee but the Hospital Staff say I dont.

Alexander was telling me that if I went for a scope would be worse off then I am now and take a risk with my life by going under GA and if surgery made my knee worse I would get lawyers in to sue the Hospital. So now I going off the idea of a scope if that was the next option as so many people are saying how bad it is and better off leaving the knee as it is.

I had a good chat with Jinny and she said go for a scope if the OS suggested it as she says the patcients she sees that have a scope say its the best thing they had done, as their knee's are now a lot better. Also said that if Mr Hussain says he cant do anything to help me then just have to accept it but dont agree and will find an OS that will help even if I have to go private.

Sorry guys for the long post but I am so worked up inside jut had to share it with you all.

Nick :) {2009} :)


 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: maryc on March 12, 2009, 07:00:30 PM
Sorry for jumping in here, but I have been following your story and just need to comment.
It sounds like Alexander is just trying to cover up for his mistakes.  This man has been messing around with your knee for a year and either doesn't know what he is talking about or is giving you wrong information.
If it were me I would take a tape recorder in to the meeting with the OS and get exactly on tape what is or is not wrong with my knee.
I would then pay for a private consult and see what they have to say.
Is it possible that it's all in your head that you can't run?  Yes - it is probably NO!.  If you feel pain when you run then it needs to be explained and fixed if possible.
I wish you the best in your next appointment.
Sending healing rays your way
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 12, 2009, 07:18:40 PM
Hi All,

Forgot to mention the other infomation below.

I did what Alexander told me to do run on a soft surface but cant run at all even slow like he told me to as I feel pressure on my right knee and pain on the lateral side if I try to run too hard. Its like asking a person in a wheelchair to get up and walk its physically impossible and its the same for me when I try to run. 

I also showed Alexander the lump on my tibia/fibula and will get the OS to look at it as it is more sore recently and will say thats in my head as well.

I am stuck now as everyone thinks my knee fine when its not and is starting to affect me psychologically and not good for my AS when so many people are telling me knee problem is in my head  >:(

I hope Alexander does not read my thread as he knows I post on KG, my mum said he did not say its in my head just might be obcessed with my knee and suppose I am in a way if you reminded of it everyday when I walk and try to run and feel pain and told him this yesterday.

Mary thanks for you reply and agree Alexander is not an OS at the end of the day but he been told my knee ok by 2 OS's so now thinks my knee problem is in my head but never said it just said might be obcessed about my knee when I saw him yesterday telling my brain my knee hurts and cant run when knee is ok?. There IS something wrong with my knee fell very hard on my knee back in October 2007 and not been the same since and will see 10 OS's if I have to till one happy to sort out my right knee.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on March 12, 2009, 07:27:39 PM
Nick - I wouldnt mind betting that Alexander has not even spoken to either of the consultants you mention !

If you have pain running then there is a problem.


If Alexander is reading this then he will see how useless he has been !

Go to the OS appointment and if poss get your sister to go with you ! I know it is a long way but maybe if she has enough notice then she could help you out here.

Take care
anje

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 12, 2009, 07:40:46 PM
Hi Anje,

Thats the problem cant run at all not even a little just hobble rather then run and know a member on KG who a freind of mine on FB saying she could not run from 2000 to late 2008 but after surgery could run again so something can be done about my right knee and just cant leave it as it is could get worse and then would make a even bigger fuss about it.

He examined my knee but when he does dont feel much pain just a bit at bottom of my knee so thats why he think knee ok as I dont feel pain when he examines my knee.

I not ment to post on here according to Alexander but I like KG and will carry on posting on here as you are all such fantastic people.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 12, 2009, 08:05:19 PM
Hi Nick,

Good grief, all in your head?  And if something hurts, you can't help but think about it.  If that's how Alexander feels, then I must be obsessed too.  No wait my knee gives out on occasion and hurts like blazes most days, so actually something wrong.  You tried the suggestion of running on a soft surface and it did not turn out well.  I suppose you can try it again with the ipod, but not sure music will make the knee work better.  The way a knee is examined does not by any means reproduce how it's used under load like when you walk or run.  I had an OS tell me my pain was all in my head, so I went several years and the OS I saw next could not believe the damage.  So go to the OS appointment and bring a list of symptoms with you.  If you can have your sister come, or your mom at least.  Good luck and let us know when you get your appointment.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 12, 2009, 08:09:58 PM
Hi Nick,

I just finished chatting with you on Messenger, so I had to come on here to read your posts and to comment.

You know I speak my mind. Well, I think Alexander is full of it! Like anje and Mary said, Alexander maybe didn't even show your results to those OS's, and/or he's covering up for his mistakes. So you have been sseing him ever since your fall, right? Even if you haven't, it's just strange how 2 different OS's could look at your MRI scans (and ultrasounds) and say that absolutely nothing is wrong. And, if it was a good OS, they'd believe you and actually do a hands-on exam, etc. My MRI didn't show anything that required surgery. But my OS believed me when I told him I knew something was wrong. That sometimes when I bent my knee a bit and then straightened it out, I felt something pop/shift a bit (no pain, but felt gross). Well, he had never felt it (it was sort of behind my knee), but he took my word for it. He could see my discomfort and swelling. Well, when he went in (just a scope to look closer), he found a piece of cartilage that had broken off and made its way to the back of my knee and was pushing a ligament or something out of place whenever i'd bend, and then the ligament or whatever it was would pop back in place once i straightened. I was so afraid b/c I had researched my main symptom for a good month but nobody seemed to know what was wrong. And my GP said it was just a strain and that usually those take up to 6 weeks to heal on their own. Luckily i took someone's advice and got another opinion (i know, lucky for me, it's free over here). But anyways, my OS took my word for it, and went in, and ended up finding something that didn't show up on the MRI. So, I"m proof that MRIs don't always show everything.

I cannot believe that Alexander has the nerve to try and tell you you'd be risking your life if you went under GA. That is so unprofessional! I have never heard of a doctor or PT or anyone telling somene that. It sounds like he's trying to scare you into living with your knee as it is. That's not right.

And, sorry to be un-optimistic, but if Alexander has referred you to see one of the 2 OSs who have recently said nothing is wrong with your knee, then I think you will just be told (when you go see him) that it's all in your head.  What you need to do (and you know it), is to go private. You said you can afford the consultation. So do that for now. In that consultation, that private OS can do a proper exam and at least you'd get some answers (even if they may not be what you want to hear).

Hey, I"m gonna send this first part of my message now b/c I dont' trust this work computer. It keeps restarting on me, lol. And I'd hate to lose a super long message.  
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 12, 2009, 08:17:00 PM
ok, here's the rest of my message.

Milly is right. Look at her experience (and Lenore's). Don't let someone convince you that nothing is wrong. If there IS something wrong and you put it off for years, you'll regret it. However, if something isn't wrong (if you had a scope and they found nothing), then you won't be much worse off. At least you would have had a thorough look over.  I am still shocked at how Alexander told you you'd be risking your life if you went under GA and had a scope. To play that "you're gonna die" card with a patient is disgusting. It's like he was trying to scare you into backing off with your knee crusade. But I wonder why? I don't know about the NHS system. But I think as you said they can't be trusted. They are trying everything to minimize the amount of people who get surgery, right? So I'm sure some docs (and whatever alexander would be called) are told that unless the person is on crutches or immobile, etc, to do everything they can to avoid that person having surgery. I can't believe they care so little for people's lives!

oh, I dont think Alexander will find you on here. You don't use your first name, but I guess if he was some sort of super sleuth he'd find your thread. And even if he does, if he posts anything, you have a lot of supportive friends who will tell Alexander what we think about him and his "ways".

ok, gotta go. But hang in there. I still haven't had much time to read about AS, but even if it does cause obsessive behaviours, I cannot see how it could cause you to think, for 16 months, that you had knee problems. And as i said to you on IM, how in the heck can someone imagine the catching feeling in their knee?? You definitely have some sort of problem. Even if it's just minor like scar tissue. Even a little bit of that stuff can cause painful catching.

ok, gotta go. Please don't delete your KG account. I know I'd still keep in touch with you on FB and Messenger, but this place is a great place to get information. We're not some cult trying to brainwash you, lol. I can't believe Alexander pretty much implied that we're brainwashing you. what is it he's trying to hide/avoid??
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on March 12, 2009, 08:36:46 PM
Hi Nick,

My MRI was also clear and I have had two scopes both with problems and the photos from the scope prove that as well.

If you don't get that referral to the OS go to your GP for one.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 12, 2009, 10:18:53 PM
Hi Nick,

I'm so sorry to hear how badly your appointment with Alexander went and how condescending he was. What does your Mum think about it all ?

To be honest I think that what Alexander told you was both unprofessional and extremely rude. He is meant to help people, not make them feel worse. It is definitely not in your head !!!

Fancy telling you that having a GA could risk your life. He is an absolute moron !!!

It sounds like you could have maltracking problems. If that's the case a MRI is a waste of time for showing these problems. CT scans and plain x-rays are best for showing these types of problems.

When is your appointment with Mr Hussain going to be ?

I would suggest going back to your GP and talking to him about what happened. I am sure he will be appauled and will be able to help you out. He definitely needs to know what happened. Your GP may suggest not bothering to see Mr Hussain and see someone else. Why don't you like into the system the NHS has where you can see someone privately that they pay for. I think it is called Orthpaedic Select.

Don't delete your KG account. You need the support right now and are here for you. You've all been here when I needed you.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 13, 2009, 09:28:13 AM
Nick,

I'm so sorry you're going through this.  No matter what the case you don't deserve to be treated the way Alexander is treating you.  I hope you never go to him again for anything.

Good luck with whatever road you choose.  I know you'll get to the bottom of it in the end.

Meanwhile try to concentrate on something else in your life that makes you feel good.  Sometimes helping someone else is the best way to make yourself feel better. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 13, 2009, 03:56:45 PM
Hi All,

I am still not in the best of moods and feeling down still about what Alexander told me on Wednesday as to begin with thought he did an excellent job in finding the area that I get the pain on the lateral side of my knee and said straight away its the fat pad and sent me for an MRI scan. As you all know the MRI scan results showed up an inflammed fat pad and Alexander was saying I do have a knee problem and might be hard to get right and have to be careful about how to resolve it. Some of you are saying your MRI scan came up normal but are forgetting that my scan showed problems with the fat pad so cant be normal as there is still swelling and pain at the bottom of my kneecap and we all know that if you have swelling then the knee not right.

I was wrong in saying Alexander said a GA would put my life at risk all he said was you are putting your life in the surgeons hands so jumped to the conclusion that I could die from an GA. I would make a good newspaper Journalist by changing the words around to make it sound worse then it is. What he really said is still wrong as I now really thinking twice about having a scope done if the OS thinks it will benefit me after what Alexander told me saying my knee may be worse off after surgery. My Brother In law and 2 of my sisters are saying the same thing as they know people that have had a scope and now thier knee is worse. Might go for a spinal now after what Alexander said but how can I put my life in the surgeons hands when all I might have done is a scope and not a open heart surgery then I would be worried and would have my life in the surgeons hands.

What pissed me of is the way they delt with my problem to start with they made out I had a knee problem and would try an injection or a scope as a last resort now they wont do either. I am not very happy seeing Mr Hussain as he may be good but he the one that said my knee normal when its not so feel I am wasting my time seeing him. I would love to see Mr Oliver Schindler at Droitwich Knee Clinic as Sheila reccommends him but cant really afford it unless I use the Orthpaedic Select but wont be allowed to as they say my knee fine so got no chance of getting the NHS to pay for a private consultation.

I am in 2 minds to write a letter of complaint to the Hospital at the way I have been treated, as its discrimination against my AS which I was born with and unfair to use it as an excuse that knee problem is in my head and still upset about Wednesday, being told to run when I cant is unfair as I still think I done some damage inside the knee as I did fall very heavy onto my right knee.

I wont delete my account I am not that stupid but Alexander would like me to delete it and thought he was ok but how wrong I was and some of you said forget Alexander and go to my GP instead and wish I did do that now.

I really get on well with my GP and knows about AS and was great with me when I had my breakdown and he still thinks I have a problem with my right knee and sent a letter to Alexander to see Mr Green but he never mentioned Mr Green on Wednesday.

I am convinced I got Hoffa's syndrome and llke to share a article about it from Chester Knee Clinic Website. There is OS there that Sheila recommends as he specialises in Hoffa's disease/syndrome.

http://www.kneeclinic.info/problems_other_knee_conditions.php#Hoffas

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 13, 2009, 07:40:44 PM
Hi Nick,

So sorry what you are going through right now.

Your GP knows that you've got a problem with your right knee. So, I don't any reason why you can't use Orthopaedic Select.

I agree with about seeing Mr Hussain. It will probably be a waste of time. Why don't you go back to your GP and talk to him about it ? If he doesn't know about it he won't be able to help.

Don't blame you for wanting to write a complaint letter. I think it is appauling the way you have been treated.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 14, 2009, 11:50:15 AM
Hi All again,

I still not convinced that Mr James that was going to give injection did not look properly when he used the ultrasound machine to see if the patella tendon was inflammed. I dont think an ultrasound machine is accurate to see if there a problem inside the knee as you need an MRI scan to see whats really wrong and the scan showed up an inflammed fat pad and think Mr James should have given injection even if its not very inflammed cant do any harm injecting some cortisone into the affect area. Alexander made out it could do damage to the knee but my Mum had it done to her knee and her knees a lot better now. My Barber had her knee injected and it helped her and she was like me could not run but she can now run again after she had the injection.

What really annoys me a lot is hearing about others that have had less knee problems then me as they could still walk ok and run and get an injection or a scope because they feel pain inside the knee. I get pain and affects my mobilty and get told I just have to learn to live with it. My Mum is now on my side and beleaves I have a problem with my knee as I showed her the swelling at the bottom of kneecap and compared to the left knee and could see it was swollen and told me if you cant run then dont as it could make the knee worse. If I stand up and touch my kneecap and bend the knee can feel some catching/grinding on the lateral said of the knee more then if I lie down which tells me the knee cant be ok as thats the area where I feel sharp pain and catching so Alexander is talking bull **** saying dont worry about my right knee as its ok when clearly its not.

I can afford to see Mr Oliver Schindler at Droitwich Knee Clinic as I use to collect Die cast F1 cars and have a few Michael Schumacher Ferrari's some worth over £100 and dont really watch so many F1 races and they are only gathering dust in my flat so will sell them on Ebay and wont be upset to sell them. I would spend an hour with Mr Schindler and I am sure he would not say its in my head and do something about it rather then just say live with it. My mum and sisters say if you dont feel that much pain then just learn to live with it but told them I really annoyed that I cant run anymore and if the knee is left untreated could be worse off so best to get it sorted sooner rather then lator. I think my family know its annoying me the knee problem and want me to see an OS. They now realise I do have a knee problem and its not in my head.

Nick :) {2009} :)


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 15, 2009, 09:54:09 AM
Hi Nick,

I hope you're having a good weekend. Been thinking of you a lot. Just hope you get some real answers soon.

It is good that your Mum is on your side. Alexander is just covering up what he should have helped to sort out and refer you on earlier.

As I've said before MRI's don't show everything. I think you need other scans such as x-rays and CT scans to see what is going on.

Have you thought any more about getting on to your GP ?
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 15, 2009, 10:59:59 AM
Hi Nick,

What's up for your Sunday?  Doing anything fun?  Is your Mum home for a while now or does she travel a lot?  I bet it's great to see her.

It's great you have family support for your knee problems.  It's important they believe in you.  So do we.

Have a great day!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 15, 2009, 01:06:51 PM
Hi All,

At my sisters house as we are going out for Lunch with my Mum as its mother day next sunday in the UK but we are celebrating it earlier as it will be packed next week. I have got this one Michael Schumacher Ferrari di cast model that limited and only 5000 worldwide and I got number 1500 of the 5000 and has piece of Schumachers racing suit that he won the world championship in and think I paid well over £100 for it and hope to sell for around £165 plus on Ebay that would pay for 1st consultation and have lots more cars to sell raise £250 for follow up consultation. I could do what Kirsty suggested and try and get the NHS to pay for consultation but dont think I can get it as I am not a urgent enough case. I can raise the money by selling these model cars if they dont pay and happy to get rid of the cars as all they are doing is gathering dust.

Another option I could go and see a private OS more local and see Mr Green privately and if I need to be treated can do it on the NHS as he works for the NHS as well, but he does shoulder sugery as well and not just the knees that Mr Oliver Schindler only does and is one of the best knee surgeons in the UK at a top knee clinic in the UK so know I am seeing the right person.


The knee pain be minimum the last week or 2 but I do still feel pain and discomfort at times at bottom of the knee and the lateral side of the knee, more of a dull ache most of the time. Alexander touched my knee in variouse areas and felt no pain and bent it at certain angles and felt nothing can you still have a knee problem even if you dont feel pain when knee being examined?

Do you think its worth it paying to see one of the top UK OS's as I am sure he will know whats causing my knee pain and lack of mobilty as I know and you all know its not in my head and want to prove that there is a problem with my right knee.

Its a lovely day in the UK Spring is on the way and wont be posting on KG so often now till October as I got to work on my allotment so will only go 3 times a week to use the Internet at the Library rather then 5 days a week. Will post on Tuesday and Thursday evening from 7pm to 8pm UK time and twice on a Saturday so sorry if I cant post on other members threads as often as I would like.

Looking forward to having Lunch now and should be a good meal at a very nice Pub in the countryside. Things are looking up with regards to seeing one of the top OS's in the UK just hope I can sell these cars on Ebay.

Nick :) {2009}:)


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 15, 2009, 06:33:02 PM
Hi Nick,

You need to get it out of your head that your knee is not bad enough or urgent to see an OS through Orthopaedic Select. This problem is now chronic that it has been going on for about a year and a half now and still not resolved. The longer you leave it the harder it will be to sort out.

I would suggest going to your GP ASAP and get a referral. You will need it regardless of whether you go private or not.

My suggestion would be to see Oliver Schindler since he specialises in knees and especially your problem. He can always refer you to Mr Green if necessary. By talking to your GP he will be able to put your fears at rest.

Great that you are enjoying some nice weather.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on March 15, 2009, 08:13:10 PM
hey - my OS is the best in the country ! ;D

just kidding - but you will find most of the consultants work private and nhs - so choose the one you want to see and get an nhs referral - save your money !  I dont know what its like there but with choose and book in kent we get appts within a month and even private you would wait 2 to 3 weeks.

if you do the choose and book system - research which day the os you want to see works on and then pick that clinic date. - you just have to ring the hospital where he works to find the clinic days.


good luck
anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 17, 2009, 07:30:11 PM
Hi All,

Was at the gym yesterday afternoon and was using the cross trainer and exercise bike and just as I got off the bike I felt some catching on lateral side of the knee and felt pain at the bottom of knee and was not too bad up to then. Today felt more pain at bottom and lateral side of the knee at work buts like a dull pain rather then a sharp pain but according to the OS's that saw my MRI scan think I dont have a knee problem.

I was a bit pissed off at the gym when I saw a guy that goes to the gym on a regular basis but has to wear a knee support of
n his left knee but can use the same machines as me. I over heard him say he had a MRI scan in September last year and yesterday he comes in on crutches and leg/knee support bandage so been lucky enough to be treated. My next door Neighbour had lateral release done on the NHS in August last year and my brother in law got his knee fixed in October last year. I am annoyed as they all had thier knee problems after mine and they all get treatment before me which I find unfair as my knee is now in a chronic condition as Kirsty pointed out and being denied any treatment.

I still want to try a cortisone injection to see if it helps but Alexander yet again told me it coulld make my knee worse yet I know people that have benifited from the injection including my Barbar who could not run like me after a fall but she told me Mr James gave her an injection and now shes back running again. Another person I know gets thier knee problem sorted so why cant they help me out is it because I have aspegers syndrome and they think knee problem is in my head.

I sent Kirsty a personal message on FB and asked her if I should see Mr Green rather then Mr Schindler as I can see Mr Green at a private hospital down the road from me and if I did need a scope he can do it for me on the NHS but would save time by seeing him for a private consultation. Kirsty says see Mr Schinder as he only does knee surgery while Mr Green does other types of surgery rather then just the knee. I really need to be seeing a top knee OS with my knee problems as I need some answers.

I am not sure if I should cancell Mr Hussain as I feel he will tell me to live with my knee problems when Schindler or Green will find a problem and sort it out for me. Mr Hussain was the one that said I dont have a knee problem in the 1st place so not very happy about meeting him after his comments that he passed onto Alexander.

I might wait till after Easter as I cant see a few weeks longer making my knee worse and shoud have the funds by then and will then go to see my GP to get a refferal to see Mr Schindler or Mr Green who would you chose in my situation?

I feel like like cancelling Mr Hussain and if I needed a scope rather have Mr Green perform it as he must be good if he on list of OS's on KG and my brother in law says he good I would like Schindelr to do it in an ideal world if I could afford a scope if that the only option left in the end.

Nick :) {2009} :)







 



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 18, 2009, 09:35:11 AM
Nick, sorry to hear you're still getting those knee pains.  Hope you get some answers soon.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 18, 2009, 10:13:54 AM
Hey Nick,

How are you doing today ?

Not going to be here on for much longer as I am in a lot of pain. Both knees have been affected by yesterday's incident in the park.

It is best to stop thinking about what treatment other people have had. Just get the treatment you need ASAP.

My recommendation would be to get the referral from your GP now. It could take a while to get in to see Mr Schindler or Mr Green, which ever you choose. Your GP needs to know how you were treated badly by Alexander too. He could do something about it.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 19, 2009, 06:53:30 PM
Hi Nick,

I notice that you keep asking us if you should try to see Mr Green or Schindler. A bunch of us keep telling you that yes you should go for a private consultation, but for some reason I'm not sure why you still haven't. At least go to your GP and get the referral (as Kirsty mentioned in her post above).  I do not know what else I can say until you go ahead and make that appt with your GP.  What is stopping you from doing so? You told me you have the money for the initial consultation with Green/Schindler, so just pick up the phone and call your GP. i hope you do it soon.

take care.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 19, 2009, 07:46:26 PM
Hi All,

I have finally come to my senses and will ring my GP tomorrow morning and get a referral to see Mr Green as I found out the price for a consultation and its £160 for 1st consultation and £95 for follow up consultation which is a lot less then Droitwich Knee Clinic that was £250 follow up consultation so opted to go to my local private knee clinic thats called Birmingham Knee & Shoulder Clinic.

I was doing some overtime today and driving on a tractor for 4 hours and at times got pain at the bottom of my kneecap and tibia on and off so thought its about time I see an OS asap as I also felt pain on both sides of the kneecap and not jut the lateral side anymore, I am sure I done some damage inside the knee. My mum said she will pay for me to see Mr Green and can pay her back by cutting her lawn this summer and giving her the money when I sell one of my diecast model F1 cars. I think she knows its annoying me alot as I tell her my knee annoying me each time I see her and angry that I been told its ok when I know its not.

I was happy to wait till after Easter as it cant get worse in those 3 weeks, I will then have the money to pay to see Mr Green but my mum wants me to see him failry soon. I hope he finds something wrong and can fix it for me. The other reason I want to see Mr Green because he been recommened on list of OS's on KG and he works at the NHS hospital I been going to so IF I need a scope he can do it on the NHS for free.

I would save time by seeing him private, rather then waiting on the NHS that could take up to 5 months to see him, he saw Mr Brother In Law in August last year and said he very good and told me I should see him myself. I am looking forward to seeing my Old School building that now a consultation builiding as it closed down over 10 years ago and the hospital purchased the building an old georgian building and will be nice to see how they done it out as the last time I was in that building was in 1995 when I was at School. 

I hope Mr Green the one who will finally give me the help I need and does not tell me to live with my knee problems like Alexander OS's did to me. I dont want to see Mr Hussain anymore as he said my knee fine, so feel better if I dont see him so will cancel his consultation and rather get treated by Mr Green who one of the top OS's in the Birmingham region and need to see someone like him with a knee problem like mine. My Mum feels sorry for Alexander as we cancelling the appointment he arranged for me but told her he wont be bothered if I see Mr Green as its up to me who I want to see and he cant do much about it now as its out of his hands.

http://www.bhamknee-shoulder.com/

I sure you guys will be pleased with my decision as today is 17 months since my fall back on October 19th 2007.

Nick :) {2009} :)


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 19, 2009, 08:06:28 PM
hi Nick,

I'm very pleased to hear that you're phoning your GP tomorrow to get referral to Dr. Green.  It's about time! Lol!

Your mom has no reason to feel bad for Alexander. He is an incompetent person (I don't even know what his title is) who through his incompetency likely made your knee worse by delaying proper treatment by a competent OS.

I'm so happy you are taking more definite steps to find answers and get your knee fixed up. Yay!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 19, 2009, 08:07:34 PM
That's fantastic news Nick.  Hope you can get in to see Dr. Green really soon and finally get some answers.  Good for you!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 20, 2009, 01:01:03 AM
Hi Nick,

Glad you are going to see your GP for that referral. You are right about Alexander and the appointment, it's your choice where you go and who you see.  Good luck in getting the referral.  Hope you knee will be better tomorrow.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 20, 2009, 03:46:06 PM
Hi All,

I booked an appointment with my GP next week Thursday 26th March at 5:10pm and I am sure he only be too pleased to send a referral to see Mr Green. Is it worth pointing out the catching I can feel on the lateral side of the knee just to show him there is a problem or just wait till I see Mr Green.

I hope I get my money's worth when I see Mr Green as I had a lot of disappointments in the past, 1st not getting the injection and then being told my knee fine when its clearly not.

Not working this weekend so can have a lie in for a change and now more content now that I know I am on the way to seeing a good OS listed on KG.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 20, 2009, 04:20:47 PM
That's awesome! I know you'll get some answers (and you'll get your money's worth).

Enjoy a work-free weekend!
~Nev :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 20, 2009, 09:16:37 PM
Hi Nick,

So pleased to hear that you have an appointment with your GP next Thursday. Make sure you tell him exactly how your knee is and how badly you were treated when you saw Alexander. It is not acceptable to be treated like that.

Don't worry what your Mum said about Alexander. He's the one with the problem and should not have acted so unprofessionally.

Have a good weekend. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 21, 2009, 12:06:07 PM
Hi All,

I should have listened to you guys in the 1st place and seen my GP a few weeks ago rather then seeing Alexander again who was a waste of time telling me to run when I clearly cant. I cant understand the guy as he can clearly see my knee swollen at the bottom but still says my knee fine when its clearly not ok otherwise would be able to run and not get any knee pain and catching.

I am worried about seeing Mr Green as he might say he cant help me out and this catching I can feel is normal and best left alone. as I can feel it a bit on the left knee on lateral side but not as much as right knee on lateral side so maybe its normal for the knee to be like this if it can be felt in both knees in same region but as I said its a lot more in right knee and can hear it catching in a sllent room.

Kirsty says should tell my GP what Alexander was like and is it worth telling him that he told me that its in my head and shoudl be able to run. Alexander did not say its in my head but says my knee fine and must be able to run which to me is saying its in my head. I will ask him to cancel Mr Hussain as I not happy to be seeing him and like Mr Green to treat me if possible if its needed.

I still would like to have a cortisone injection into my swollen area of my knee at the bottom as you never know might solve my knee problem and wont need to have a scope. I cant understand why Mr James would not inject the knee as the knee swollen so there is a problem with the knee and its ok to have an injection as long as you dont have to many. I find that in the UK the NHS are very reluctant to perform a scope or give an injection in other countries across the world they would help you out straight away.

If you have or will have a state paying health system in the USA dont bother using the system as you will be waiting forevever just to see an OS. Its best to stick to private medical cover as you then know you get the treatment your deserve at quicker time.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on March 21, 2009, 08:18:45 PM
nick ! did you find out the days when this man that u want to see works in his nhs clinics ! if so use the 'choose and book' system and you will get an appt booked then and there in the surgery and know how long the wait will be - then if that is too long for you- which really prob wouldnt be as you have waited so longto sort this - you could still elect to go private.

anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 21, 2009, 08:34:26 PM
Sounds like your plan is coming together well Nick.  I'm glad you're moving forward now instead of back.  Hope you can still utilize the NHS system like Anje described so you don't have to pay it all yourself.  If you can't figure out how to do it ask your sister Jinny or your Mom to help. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 22, 2009, 09:38:47 AM
Nick,

I agree with Anje, you should utilise the NHS system as much as possible.

It is really important that you tell your GP what Alexander was like so other patients don't experience the same thing. Unless he knows he can't do anything about it.

I hope you've had a good weekend.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 23, 2009, 03:39:01 PM
Hi All,

Anje has a good idea about 'choose and book' system on the NHS and will ask my GP about it on Thursday. I dont mind waiting 4 to 6 weeks for an NHS appointment with Mr Green but if its any longer will pay for it privatly or get the NHS to pay for the appointment if its possible.

My Mum and others in the family are telling me that Mr Green might say what Alexander told me that I cant be helped which would be a great shame now I have got this far. I really like to get some help sorting my right knee out and be annoyed if nothing can be done to help me out.

Was going to go to the allotment but its too cold and windy and just had a heavy rain shower so have gone to the library instead and will be going to the gym afterwards.

Nick :) {2009} :)
 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 23, 2009, 05:29:40 PM
Hope it works out for you Nick.  That would be great if it will save you some money.  I really hope this Dr. Green will listen to you and make your knee feel better.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 23, 2009, 06:23:27 PM
Nick,

Hope this works out for you.  Maybe all you need is a cortizone injection, maybe not.  Hopefully Mr. Green can tell you what is going on.  Let us know what the GP says.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 23, 2009, 10:58:52 PM
hey Nick,

I hope you're doing well. Only a few more days until your GP appt. Yay!!! :D
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 24, 2009, 07:28:38 PM
Hi All,

I decided that I want to see Mr Green on the NHS rather then going private as I rather spend the money towards my holiday this year. I known my GP for around 20 years and not afraid to ask him if I could see Mr Green ASAP as I am into month 18 of my right knee injury and should have seen an OS months ago as knee becoming worse due to bad management of my knee that should never have happened but its too late now and cant do anything about it. I will do what Anje suggested and use the choose and book system when I see my GP on Thursday.

I was only mowing greens today and felt pain on the lateral side of the knee a few times and at the bottom of kneecap that seems to happen when I have my knee at an angle for a long time. The bottom of the kneecap is fairly swollen so cant understand why Alexander and the OS's that saw my scan says my knee fine when its clearly not. I saw my MRI scan last year and could see a fair amont of fliud and swelling around the fat pad, should have been black but was a large area of white which means swelling and fluid inside the knee.

I will get my GP to cancel Mr Hussain as I was ment to see Mr Green as I asked him if I could see him and told me he will write a letter to Alexander asking if I can see Mr Green but Alexander ignored my request as he may be worried that he spots a problem that he and the other OS's did not see.

Library closed all day Wednesday but will post after my appointment on Thursday.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 26, 2009, 09:37:08 AM
Good luck today Nick.  Hope your GP gives you the referral to Dr. Green and you can get NHS to pay for it.  Let us know how you make out.

Have a great day!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 26, 2009, 10:30:15 AM
good luck today!!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 26, 2009, 01:24:10 PM
Good luck, hope you get that referral.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 26, 2009, 07:34:14 PM
Hi All,

They do say bad luck comes in 3, 1st with not getting the cortisone injection, 2nd being told I dont have a knee problem when I clearly have got a problem. The 3rd is I cannot see Mr Green on the NHS and have to stick to Mr Hussain which has pissed me off even more as he says my knee fine when its clearly not so rather not see him and my GP says he cant cancel Mr Hussain as I am on the way to see him. I  was rather stupid and accepted what he said but was really worked up inside as I was looking forward to see Mr Green but still can see him so all not lost just have to pay to see him private rather then seeing him on the NHS. I am annoyed when people tell my what to do Jinny told me to use the NHS and not go private others say see Mr Green while others say see Mr Hussain so I getting confussed on what to do next but have made up my mind already.

I should have booked an appointement with Mr Green Private when I saw my GP this afternoon but was not sure if my mum was still able to pay but just found out she happy to pay for the consultation fee as she knows I am upset and worked up not knowing whats wrong with my right knee. My Mum says she will phone the Medical Practice in the morning to see my GP again for a referral to see Mr Green as I really want to see the top Knee OS in Birmingham rather then a normal OS. Mr Green has his own profile and website online while Mr Hussain has neither so tells me Mr Green the guy I need to be seeing.

I saw Alexanders report and he mentions I am always on KG in the report and influenced by it, had a glance at it on the GP's PC monitor saw on report on knee websites alot. I thought a GP has more power and can cancel an appointment and rebook it with Mr Green as I thought I can chose the OS on the NHS and not be told I have to see a certain OS such as Mr Hussain.

Shall I not cancel Mr Hussain and see him as well as Mr Green as if Mr Green finds a problem he can treat me and should be able to cancel Mr Hussain. I really like to see a top OS in the UK like Green as he treated famouse sports people so must be good so why is it such a struggle to see someone as good as Green.

It does not make sense cant see Mr Green on the NHS just because I am seeing Mr Hussain and thought a GP has more power then Alexander.

I am also upset as Mr GP leaving the medical practice after over 20 years and got on so well with him so will have to find another GP I can trust. He leaves in May and will be missed as he very popular in the Practice with his patients. I can see him one more time for a private consultation with Mr Green as I cant wait anymore to see Mr Hussain as I want to know what wrong with my right knee sooner rather then lator.

Nick :) {2009} :)
 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 26, 2009, 10:16:44 PM
I'm so sorry Nick.  I don't know what else to say.  But it's good news that your mom will pay for a private consultation with Dr. Green. So that's great.  If he tells you that something IS wrong, you can get it in writing and show it to Alexander, right? I wonder what Alexander will say when he sees that letter?

I am shocked that Alexander would write in your report that you're on knee sites a lot.  I personally don't think that is anybody's business. Doctors are to look at the physical symptoms and examine your KNEE.  It shoudn't matter that you're on knee sites a lot. If you have a knee problem, you have a knee problem. Being on here won't create a knee problem.  I just can't believe that you've been imagining the catching & pain for SOOOOO long. How could Alexander and whoever else believe that?  :-\

Sorry, I really don't know what else I can say. But just don't get too down, k? At least you'll still get to see Dr. Green for a consultation and will know once and for all if anything is wrong with your knee, and what it is. If you see Dr. Green and he says nothing is wrong, THEN you have reason to be concerned (but i don't see that happening). But try not to get worried right now, k?

Do you have any idea how soon you might be able to see Dr. Green? I know you said your mom will phone tomorrow, but was just wondering if you knew if it would take weeks, months? Or could you see him soon?
I'm sorry things don't seem to be working out as you would like.  :-[

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 26, 2009, 10:40:13 PM
Hi Nick,

So sorry to that the appointment didn't go as well as you'd hoped. It is just appauling the way you have been treated by the NHS.

It is great your Mum is going to help you pay for the private consult with Mr Green. At least if you need treatment hopefully he could treat you on the NHS.

Chin up, things will get better.

Thinking of you heaps.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 27, 2009, 09:47:14 AM
Nick, sorry you didn't get the intended results from your GP.  I guess going to see Dr. Green private is the best choice at this point. 

I'm just curious, what did your GP say about your knee?  Did he even examine it?  Sure he must be able to see the lump on that one side and the swelling you mention several times?

Hope it all works out and you get in to see Dr. Green fairly soon.  I'm sure you are so tired of all this.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 27, 2009, 04:28:21 PM
Hi All,

Thanks for your replies and support as I said before it means a lot to me knowing that I not going insane and imagine the knee pain and catching as Alexander seems to be making out even saying in report I going too much onto knee websites and has not right to mention this in report to OS and GP as its personal and angry about it as Mr Green will think I am hyperchondriact or going crazy in the head when he reads the report saying I dont have a knee problem amd might imagine I have one due to my AS. Jinny told me on the phone yesterday Alexander was not very professional saying I dont have a knee problem and told me to go ahead and see Mr Green.

I managed to get an appointment with my GP buts its not till next week Friday dont know the time yet as my Mum booked the Appointment for herself but will take me with her to make sure my GP refers me to see Mr Green. To be honest my poor Mum keeps hearing about my knee most of the time I see her as its really getting to me now and need to ease the stress by talking about it. My Mum a bit brainwashed by what Alexander told me that I dont have a knee problem so sceptical about my knee but wants to make me feel happy so will pay for me to see Mr Green.

Maybe I am being unfair to Mr Hussain the Guy might be just as good as Green and might be a nice guy but he told Alexander my knee ok when its clearly not. I am getting really stressed about my whole knee saga now as it will be month 18 in April and will have to wait some time to see Mr Hussain so if I see Mr Green private will get an appointment with him within 2 to 3 weeks after GP's referral.

I have very strong leg muscles can now go up to 100 on the cross trainer the highest level and can do it for 20 minutes and just feel some pain in the right knee so clearly my leg muscles are strong and dont need anymore PT as thats not helping solve my knee problems.

Do you think I made the right decision in seeing Mr Green one of the top OS's for knee problems in my area for a knee problem like mine. I want to be seeing the best as its hard to diagnose whats wrong with my right knee and think Green will know whats wrong. I really hope he can treat me on the NHS if its needed and has the power to cancel Hussain. Any Members from the UK might know if I can see a OS like Green Private then get treated by him on the NHS as he works in both hospitals so cant see a problem doing it this way. Nevella you right be great if Mr Green did a report on my right knee saying I do have a problem after all and love Alexander to see report then he cant say its in my head. I am 60% certain Mr Green will find a problem with my right knee.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: maryc on March 27, 2009, 07:45:29 PM
If you could see me right now you would see steam coming out of my ears as I blow my top.  How dare this Alexander person put in medical notes that you are on knee sites alot.  Totally unprofessional!
If anyone questions why you are on these sites tell them that since Alexander and others can't be bothered to find the source of your pain you need to research it yourself.

Sending healing rays your way
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 27, 2009, 08:54:52 PM
Nick,

I agree with Mary.  Very unprofessional of Alexander to put that stuff in his report.  I think you should go ahead and see Mr. Green privately and see what he says.  As you say, it will be a longer wait for Mr. Hussain.  Mr. Green may then be able to cancel the appointment for you.  Not clear why your GP can't cancel it, unless it has to be cancelled by Alexander (he did the referral right?).  So call up Mr. Green and book the appointment, or have your Mom call.  Good luck and hope you get your answers.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on March 27, 2009, 10:34:02 PM
Nick don't really know why you are getting so steamed up about Alexander saying about you coming on this site - you have every right to and there is absolutely nothing wrong with it - in fact you have been able to keep a really good diary of what your knee is doing from day to day - I would be inclined to print your thread off so you have it if yu need to refer to it regards the tineline of events !

You have come here to seek andvice and experience of others with knee problems to help yourself as you don't seem to be getting anywhere with 'the professionals' !!

Like you say you may be doing Mr Hussain an injustice regarding his judgement - if he has only seen your scan and taken advice from alexander - On examination he may well be able to diagnose your knee prob!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 28, 2009, 05:47:00 AM
UK Girl, I think Nick (and a few of us) isn't just steamed because Alexander mentioned in the report that he comes on this site a lot. But Nick has told us before that Alexander thinks (has said) he is being brainwashed by things he reads here  (implying that we (knee geeks) are the ones making him believe he has a knee problem when he really doesn't).   But you're right about the diary being a great way to show that symptoms have been occurring for a while, and that Nick has been seeking advice, etc. And you made a good point about Hussain. Nick, you've never actually SEEN Dr. Hussain, right? All you know is what Alexander told you that Dr. Hussain said, right? So, nothing directly from Dr. Hussain to you? Well if that's the case, UK Girl has a good point. Maybe Dr. Hussain will see your knee (examine it) and diagnose something.  Sorry to conufse you further  :-\ But when is your appt with Dr. Hussain scheduled? You said it could not be canceled, right? So you must still have an appointment.

Nick, so, I am just wondering (and sort of confused). You said your mom booked a GP appointment for herselft next Friday but will bring you along and insist that the GP refers you to Dr. Green? Just make sure that your GP will actually agree to see you that day. I know (even over here), if one person makes an appointment and then tries to ask about someone who came with them (even if it's family), then the doctor might tell you that you have to make a separate appointment for that other person. I'm just putting that out there (especially since you just saw this GP this week and he said he won't refer you). I hope it works (when you go on Friday with your mom that your GP will in fact agree to talk about your knee again and will refer you to Dr. Green). So, this will be your last attempt at seeing Dr. Green through your GP, right? I know it will be free (because NHS will cover it) if you get the referral, so that's the most ideal scenario. But if (by chance) your GP still won't refer you, then will you go ahead and make that private consultation appt. with Dr. Green asap? I just don't want you continuing to wait for more and more weeks, hoping Alexander or your GP will change their minds and refer you to Dr. Green.  Your mom is willing to pay for your private consultation with Dr. Green, so if after next Friday you still cannot get a referral, please please please book a private consultation with Dr. Green. And who knows, once he sees you and if he says something IS wrong, then you might be able to go back and show that to your GP and then get a referral. Is that permitted over there??

I just want you to get answers. I mean, after 18 months you still don't know what is wrong with your knee (and you have people in the medical profession, telling you nothing is wrong.

I know it will be hard, but try to find some enjoyment this weekend and next week, k? Try not to stress too too much. You WILL get to see Dr. Green. Even if it is privately for a consultations.....at least you will see him, and you will get answers :)

Sorry if I confused you more. But if you tell me when your appt is with Dr. Hussain, I will have better advice. I mean, if your appt with Hussain is still booked and it's before next Friday, you should go see him.

Ok, gotta go to bed. Talk to you soon :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 28, 2009, 10:58:16 AM
Hi All,

I found a way to get my anger and frustration out of my system with whats going on with my knee. I go on the cross trainer on the highest level for 20 minutes and this helps me let off my anger inside and feel a lot better after being on the cross trainer. I am going to get my GP to examine my knee show him the swelling and catching to prove to him its not in my head and need to see Mr Green ASAP as I know he will think the same way as me its not in my head.

Nevella I could be waiting up to 5 months to see Mr Hussain which is too long to wait so will see Mr Green instead as I need to know whats going on inside my right knee as its doing my head in. I am going to tell my mum to phone up the GP's surgery on Monday morning and change the appointment for myself just to be on the safe side to get the referral to see Mr Green.

Mary thanks for you kind words of support and its nice to have a another members view on my right knee problem. Agree its not right to put in my medical notes on knee websites alot and got nothing to do with my knee problems.

Milly I hope Mr Green can treat my on the NHS and cancel Mr Hussain as it may be some time before I see him.

Anje I just a little annoyed with Alexander but wont let him get me down as I know I have a knee problem and that all that matters. Good idea to print out diary of events with my knee but feel I dont need to do this as Mr Green will find the problem and will know its not in my head.

At least the weekend is here and can relax and enjoy myself.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 28, 2009, 01:55:38 PM

Hi Nick,

I'm glad you have found a way to get out your anger and frustrations.  You seem sure that your knee isn't affected in a bad way by pushing so hard on cross trainer, which is great. Just be careful not to overdo it. If you are super angry it might be the testosterone getting you all pumped up and you might push too hard without noticing. So just be careful :)

Oh my! I didn't realize it would be a 5 MONTH wait to see Hussain! Ok that is most definitely ridiculous and there's no way you can wait that long, or should have to! I thought, for some reason, that your Hussain appt was in a week. That's unbelievable that your GP would want you to wait. Yes, make sure he examines you and maybe witnesses the catching. But I know from experience that it's sometimes hard to re create a knee symptom for the doctor. Or even to enable doctor to be able to feel what you feel. The problem I think you also have is that your GP, like mine, doesn't specialize in knees. So he might not fully comprehend your situation and so relies on Alexander's notes. But that's wrong. If you lived over here you could do what I did. I was able to ignore when my GP told me it was just a strain/sprain and would feel better in 6 weeks. I knew he was wrong. I had a popping/sliding feeling. But since basic healthcare is free over here, I was able to go online and find a local sports medicine clinic with a well known GP who specialized in knee injuries. I only had to wait a few days to see this doc. And as soon as he saw my knee and examined it he was SURE something was wrong. At that point he could only see major swelling but he LISTENED to my other symptom descriptions and believed me. I mean, why would I make it up? So he immediately pulled some strings and got me an appt with the OS affiliated with his sports clinic. I got in to see this top knee OS the very next week. He examined me and did an MRI and it didn't show anything. But he could see my frustration and believed me that something didn't feel right inside my knee. So he went in and DID find something. He removed the piece of broken off cartilage that was causing the popping/sliding of one of my ligaments or muscles. I know you said Alexander agreed there was some swelling, but there could be more that the MRI failed to detect.

So I'm telling you my story, because I hope you can realize and tell your GP that you really need to see a knee specialist ASAP. There's no way you can wait another 5 months. It is just horrible how over there you have to rely on a GPs referral to get to see a knee specialist. I guess I did too, but I was able to immediately phone up a GP who specializes in knees and HE immediately referred me to an OS. So I get so sad and frustrated and angry with what's happening to you because it's not fair. I know the feeling of not knowing what's wrong but knowing something IS wrong but having a GP tell you you're fine. But unfortunately I think your system over there doesn't give you the freedom to call up a knee specializing GP for a second opinion, free of charge and hardly any wait.  I'm so sorry you're suffering so much. Not just physically. The mental stresses are often worse than the physical for some. That's how it was for me since I had no real pain. But knowing something is wrong but not having a doc believe me really brought me down.

So I'm glad your mom will change the appointment to your name. Snd you will try to have him observe the catching. I pray he will believe you and give referral. But remember, chin up. You will still see Dr Green either way. Once he sees you, even for just a consultation, you'll get your answers. So, just remember that. You'll have answers soon :)

Ok, I typed this on my phone so my thumb hurts, lol.

I'm glad you say you'll have a good weekend. Yay!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 28, 2009, 04:40:02 PM
Hi Nevella,

Thanks for doing such a detailed posting back and good to hear about others like yourself being told that your knee fine when its was clearly not as you found out when the OS took a look inside the knee. My Mum and sisters say my knee must be ok if you can use the cross trainer on the highest level. I know 2 others at the gym who had LR done as they had tracking problems and could use the cross trainer at high levels but both ended up having a scope. So just because you physically active does not mean your knee ok. Well as active as I can get as you know cant run and walk fast an cant use the rowing machines and tred mills at the gym so limited in my activities. A cross trainer puts minimum impact on the knees and only feel a bit of pain inside the right knee at times at higest level.

My GP said he can refer me to Mr Green when I saw him on Thursday so wont have any problems getting him to send referral to Mr Green so things will be a lot better for me once I know I am on the way to see Mr Green. I just cant see him on the NHS so will see him private and worried my GP may say he cant treat me on the NHS if I see him private even though he also works for the NHS. As long as he finds a problem and writes out a report to show Alexander its not in my head then I will be satisfied.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on March 28, 2009, 06:57:01 PM
Hey Nick,

Just a quick message. I'm glad that you seem in better spirits. Yes you can for sure still have a knee problem even if you can go on the highest cross trainer level. As you said, your catching and pain happens occasionally. But it doesn't have to happen 24/7 in order for something to be wrong.

I'm glad my replies helped you a bit :) Have a great weekend! ;)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on March 30, 2009, 12:04:37 PM
Hey Nick,

Sorry I've been MIA.  Just haven't had much to say lately. 

I'm so glad you are finally getting to see Dr. Green.  So how long do you think it will be?  Hope you get in very soon!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on March 31, 2009, 07:28:20 PM
Hi All,

I had to cancel my appointment this Friday as my Mum booked it in the morning when I am at work and as you know dont like to take time off work with such a fussy Boss that I had to change the appointment for a late afternoon appointment and have to wait till next Tuesday at 4pm to see my GP again but this time will make sure I see Mr Green and my Mum coming with me even though I am a adult she wants to make sure some action is taken as it coming up to 18 months and still not seen an OS which is so bad as the knee got worse during that time.

The pain not going away was at work and my allotment and felt pain at bottom and lateral side of the knee and not just normal pain its chronic pain deep inside the knee and think there something wrong inside the knee. My freind Jake came up with a good phrase if my knee ok then the Pope not Catholic so there must be something wrong with my knee and Alexander talking out of his ass, saying that my knee normal when its clearly not as its swollen and hurts inside and cannot run what more evidence does one need to convince people I do have a problem with my right knee.

I hope Mr Green does not fob me off as well saying its all in my head and dont have a knee problem as I convinced I do have a problem and hope he agree's with me as I paying to see him so need to be on my side. I am just worried that he wont be able to find anything as so far its not gone that well trying to diagnose whats wrong with my knee and not getting anywhere. I sure he will find a problem and wont tell me its in my head.

My sister again who just come from South Africa tells me dont have a scope it will make my knee even worse as it did with her Husband but think its his 2nd or 3rd surgery on his knee so bound to have a doggy knee after so many scopes. I told Jinny people are saying avoid a scope if Mr Green says I need one but told me do what he says otherwise no point seeing him and he will be annoyed if I turn it down as he there to help me. The patcents she see are younger or older then me who had a scope and they said its the best thing they had done as there knee back to normal again. Who knows might not need a scope at this stage and injection might do the trick but always feel a scope might be the next option as PT not helping resolve knee problem.

I tried to run again yesterday but if I force my knee it hurts on the lateral side where I feel the catching and does this sometimes while tryinhg to force myself to run. Now my Mum thinks Alexander was stupid to tell me to listen to music on a ipod/mp3 player while trying to run to get my mind off my knee pain and catching but clearly its not going to work for me.

My appointment is on Tuesday 7th April @4pm with my GP and not Mr Green yet but hope to see him not long after Easter. I hope when I see Mr Green he can treat me on the NHS and does not have to be private as IF I needed a scope rather have him doing it then Mr Hussain as he has a good reputation in my region.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 31, 2009, 08:43:35 PM
Hi Nick,

Sounds like a plan.  It would be nice to go in sooner, but better to get the later appointment if your boss is being a pain about it.  Definately have someone with you, so you can get the referral.  With everything you've posted, I believe there is something going on.  You've done PT and I think it's done all it can for you.  It looks like all the conservative stuff has been done, time for a closer look.  I hope a simple injection will get you going, but you are right to be ready for a scope if one is needed.  I think you have been more patient than anyone in waiting.  Keep us posted on the appointment ok?

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 02, 2009, 07:12:52 PM
Hi All,

Less then a week till I see my GP for a possible referral to see Mr Green and dont want to see anyone else as yet again have heard positive things about Mr Green from a member on this board who I replied to who said his freind had a scope done by Mr Green and cant praise him more for what he has done. I just hope he can do the follow up consultation on the NHS and IF I needed a scope want him to do it as he one of the best OS's in the UK. I am willing to cancel Mr Hussain's appointment if I cant see Mr Green on the NHS and then go back to my GP for a referral to see Mr Green on the NHS but hope it does not come to this. I am sure he will be only too happy to treat me on the NHS after he hears how badly the Hospital has delt with my knee problem saying its in my head when its not.

I think my knee pain there most of the time but have got use to it, more like a dull pain inside the knee on lateral side where I feel the catching sensation. Its only a mild pain most of the time but the pain there so there is a problem with the right knee. Was sore today from strimming on steap banks so its affecting my job and hope Mr Green will do something to help me out as its gone on long enough now and got worse due to bad management by the NHS.

I am just worried something will crop up that I cant see Mr Green and get treated by him as I have had bad luck so far in trying to get my knee sorted so hope I have some good luck for a change.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 02, 2009, 07:34:42 PM
Hi Again,

I have just this minute got a phone call from the NHS Hospital I have been going to and got an appointment with Mr Hussain on the 22nd April. I will get a letter to confirm the date it could be on the 21st but did not catch the date on the phone. I am now in 2 minds to cancel it or go and see him as well as Mr Green or could save money and see Mr Hussain but would feel better if I see Mr Green.

Sorry to confuse you all but confussed myself what to do now as I got a mobile call from the Hospital while I was typing on another Members thread in the Library.

Nick :-\ {2009}  ???

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on April 02, 2009, 09:03:48 PM
Nick - here's the plan - go and see mr Hussein - really a very short time to wait  - then if you don't get answers - go and see Mr Green - you are very fortunate to get such a quick referral - my daughter has been told its 14 weeks before she sees her os ( and she def needs surgery for torn medial meniscus and MCL)

you could save your mum a packet here so worth a couple of weeks wait !

I think you have become a bit hooked on seeing Mr Green but the fact is that there are a LOT of good consultants out there - it doesn't make any difference whether they are listed here or not ! My os for one is a fantastic bloke to see but not listed here !

anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 02, 2009, 09:57:20 PM
Hi Nick,

I agree with anje.  Go see Mr Hussain.  You can still talk to your GP about it and ask for another referral to Mr Green.  I don't see where they would give you a problem about wanting a second opinion after waiting so long.  I don't think it would hurt to have a couple of OS's have a look.  It may be that Alexander showed your MRI to Mr Hussain, but I am not so certian of that.  If it turns out that Mr Hussain cannot help, you still have the option of seeing someone else.

I can certainly appreciate the frusteration.  At least with the appt to Mr Hussain you have an OS consultant looking at it, not a PT or GP.  For either way you choose to go, write a list of symptoms and how often and how bad they are, write a list of questions as well.  Make sure you let the OS know it is now starting to effect your job and not just that you cannot run or walk fast.  They will take the interferrance with your job more seriously I think.

Talk to your sister (Jinny I think, the nurse) and ask her what she thinks is a good idea.

Let us know what you decide.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 02, 2009, 11:44:16 PM
Hi Nick,

I have got a very different idea on what I would do in your situation.

Personally I wouldn't go and see Mr Hussain. You've heard a lot of good things about Mr Green, so I would be going to see him. Also the way Alexander has treated you is appauling and would have passed onto Mr Hussain about we he really thinks. I really think his opinion will be clouded before even seeing you.

One thing that I think they are missing is that MRIs don't show everything. Some things just don't show up on them. I think they should look at doing some other scans such as CT scans and plain x-rays.

My suggestion would be to go and see your GP and get the referral to Mr Green. I wouldn't mention to your GP about cancelling the appointment with Mr Hussain. As soon as you get the referral I would ring Mr Green's rooms and make the appointment. As soon as you get the appointment with Mr Green I would then cancel the appointment with Mr Hussain.

I do agree with Anje, there are a lot of good OS's out there and Mr Green isn't the only one.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on April 03, 2009, 01:55:32 PM
I guess I fall somewhere in the middle.  I think seeing Dr. Hussain is a waste of time because Alexander already coached him there is nothing wrong with your knee but if NHS is paying for it and it's free what will it hurt to see him?   Just go into it knowing you may not get anywhere with him and try not to get really upset if he tells you once again nothing is wrong.

Dr. Green sounds like a good specialist that will give you an unbiased opinion and proper treatment.  Sounds like it's worth paying private for him if you have to. 

I guess I still don't understand the NHS system.  If NHS will pay for Dr. Hussain why won't they pay for Dr. Green?  Doesn't make any sense to me.

Either way I hope it all works out for you in the end Nick.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 03, 2009, 04:18:17 PM
Hi All,

Thanks for the advise and have decided what I am going to do and wont be seeing Mr Hussain and as soon as letter arrives in the post will cancel the appointment. I always wanted to see Mr Green and due to my AS once I have my mind set on a certain OS I dont want to see any other OS as I feel I need to see a well known OS that the Godfather of OS's in Birmingham and why should I miss out seeing such a good OS that's good at fixing and diagnosing knee problems. Take poor Lenore she saw so many OS's and they could not work out whats wrong so she saw Noyes one of the top Knee OS's in the USA and now on the way to be treated by him.

I am not allowed too much anxiety and seeing Mr Hussain may well increase it as he may well say my knee ok when its clearly not and rather not go through with it as I dont want to see an OS recommended by Alexander as he could well have made my knee condition worse by not refering me to an OS sooner. I agree with Kirsty on this one best not to even see Mr Hussain. Sorry Anje but money no object when it comes to ones health and my mum still happy to pay for consultation with Mr Green, I can pay her back as I just got a part time job as a gardender after work.

I dont mind if I have to wait a week or two lator to see Mr Green when I dont see Mr Hussain in April as a few weeks longer wating wont make my knee worse and poor Anje daughter has to wait 14 weeks to see an OS and she needs a scope. Its taken 6 weeks for referral date to come and if it takes 3 weeks longer to see Mr Green its worth waiting for. IF I needed a scope want Mr Green to do it and sure he can as he works for the NHS as well as private and get scope done on the NHS. If Mr Green wont do a scope on the NHS because I am seeing him for a private consultation will go back to my GP and get a referral to see him on the NHS but dont think he will do this and be happy to treat me on the NHS.

I was ment to see Mr Green on the NHS my GP reccommended it to Alexander but he ignored his letter of request to see Green. I could ask if the NHS could pay for consultation through orthopaedic choice as Kirsty suggested but got no chance when I cancel Mr Hussain appointment.

If my GP wont refer me to see Mr Green then my brother in laws PT he sees can do it for me and he does not even have to see me as I am a family member and known my brother in law for 22 years and he cant believe how the NHS has delt with my knee problem. The PT is a sports PT at my local profesional cricket club that on sky sports TV in the summer and sends cricket players to Mr Green if they have a knee problem and think an England cricketer has also seen Mr Green so he the best OS in my region for knee problems so he the guy I need to be seeing and wont see any other OS.

Jinny said see Mr Green and cancel Mr Hussain so will do that when letter arrives as I dont want to see an OS that Alexander has chatted to as he could be on Alexander side and may say my knee is fine. Would like Mr Green to see my MRI scan and see what he says about the fat pad problem.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: arkitect06 on April 03, 2009, 10:52:34 PM
Hi Nick, just wanted to let you know I was thinking about you.  Hadn't seen you post on Lenore's thread in a few days, so I figured I'd stop by.  I read a few of the last posts here, but don't understand what's going on.  Whatever it is, sounds like you have it covered.  So do what you need to do to get taken care of and taken seriously!  Good luck!

Farrah
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 04, 2009, 10:18:48 AM
Hi All,

Just got the letter from the Hospital to see Mr Hussain and its on the 21st April at 2:50pm but decided I want to see Mr Green so will cancel it 1st thing monday morning. I know some of you will say I am stupid to turn down an appointment with a NHS OS that came so quickly but dont mind waiting a week or 2 lator to see Mr Green privately as its pays to see the best and as I said before heard nothing but praise about his surgical skills. I am seeing my GP on Tuesday at 4pm and sure he will do a referral for me to see Mr Green as he told me he can do it for me privately.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 04, 2009, 01:21:21 PM
Hi Nick,

Pleased to hear you are going to see Mr Green and cancel the appointment with Mr Hussain. You are better off seeing someone good than wasting your time someone that is just mediocre.

Have a good weekend. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 04, 2009, 01:42:21 PM
Hi Nick,

Ok, I think that sounds like a plan. Sometimes I get confused. I know your appt. with Hussain wouldn't have been for several months, and even if your GP doesn't refer you to see Dr. Green, your mom will pay for a private consultation. So, yeah that makes sense to cancel Hussain (since either way you'll see Dr. Green sooner, even if just for a private consultation).

So, in a recent post i think you were saying that your GP had written a referral letter of some sort for you to see Dr. Green but Alexander ignored it? Is that what you were saying? If so, that's unbelievable!

i'm glad you have more than one way to get to see Dr. Green! yay!

have a good weekend :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 04, 2009, 01:50:34 PM
Hi Nevella,

Its true my GP wrote a letter to Alexander about if I could see Mr Green but he ignored my request and the GP's which is so wrong as I should be able to choose what OS I want to be seeing and not Alexander so for that reason will cancel Mr Hussain for ignoring my GP's referral letter. I may well see Mr Green before the 21st April who knows  :D

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 04, 2009, 02:34:52 PM
That is just UNBELIEVABLE! I had no idea that Alexander had ignored a request by your GP in the past to see Dr. Green! He had no right! So how long ago was this? So by now you could have already seen Dr. Green? And had it paid for by the NHS??

Wow! what right did Alexander have to do that?? He's not even a knee expert, right? like he's not an actual doctor??  
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 07, 2009, 12:36:06 AM
Hi Nick,

I am glad you will be making that appointment with Mr. Green.  I can understand your reasons for not wanting to see Mr. Hussain.  If it would cause too much anxitey, then better to cancel it.  Nobody needs anxitey like that anyway.  So I think you made a good choice.  I am disgusted that Alexander did not honor your GP's request for you to see Mr. Green.  Is there a way on the NHS to lodge a complaint?  It seems like what Alexander did was not right.  Maybe you can ask your sister about that.  Let us know when your appointment with Mr. Green is.

Take care,
Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 07, 2009, 01:58:39 AM
Hi Nick,

Good luck with your GP appointment today.

I think it is shocking that Alexander ignored the request of your GP to be referred to Mr Green.

Look forward to the next update.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on April 07, 2009, 06:41:54 PM
Can't wait to hear how you made out Nick.  Hope this is one of the days you are at the library and can update us. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 07, 2009, 07:36:12 PM
Hi All,

After almost 18 months of not being able to run and feeling regular pain and catching I am at last on the way to see Mr Green. I saw my GP at 4pm this afternoon and told him I would like to see Mr Green private and he straight away told me he can do that for me without any problems. I have to go back next Tuesday to to the reception of the the medical centre to get the referral letter from my GP to to see Mr Green that I will take with me when I see him as I cant get the letter sooner because of the bank holiday weekend.

I have to phone up the hospital to arrange a time and date to for a consultation with Mr Green and also ask them to send my MRI scan results to the hospital Mr Green works at private or maybe he could see them at the NHS hospital as he works there as well and get a copy of the MRI onto a disk to put onto his PC at his private clinic as these days scans are all on computers. All I have to do now is phone up the knee clinic and asked when I can see Mr Green and glad I decided to see Mr Green with a knee problem like mine.

I asked my GP if Mr Green dicided I needed a scope or an injection could he treat me on the NHS and he told me its up to him but cant see why I cant get treatment by him on the NHS.

I cancelled Mr Hussain appointment yesterday and felt better once I put the phone down as I dont want to see a OS that agrees with Alexander and he did not refer me to see Mr Green on the NHS so have every right to see him even though I am paying to see him.

I just hope I dont get Alexander phoning me up when he finds out I am seeing Mr Green to ask why I cancelled his referral to see Mr Hussain so wont answer the phone when his number comes up or hang up on him but dont think he will phone me up anymore.

I went to appointment on my own today as my mum was in hospital A&E today as she pulled her ligament in her ankle and cant stand or put any weight on her foot so staying with my sister who lives local but did not need her with me after all as my GP was only too happy to refer me to Mr Green.

I annoyed today as my mobile phone not working and went all the way to the city centre to get it fixed or replaced but have to phone up to arrange to have my mobile picked up from my flat and think it needs a new battery as its been playing up the last few days. I wasted bus fares and time going to the network shop for nothing when I could be doing more important things.

I am so happy that I am on the way to see Mr Green and worried he wont find a problem and say live with it but dont think this will happen Some of my family annoy me my sister yesterday told me just live with the knee problem and dont bother getting it fixed and looked at but need to be more mobile at work and on the street as I can class myself as a cripple I suppose not being able to walk properly and could get worse if left any longer so find it stupid when people tell me just put up with at as thier knee hurts as well but mine more chronic and need to be seeing Mr Green.

My left knee was hurting alot at work today when strrimming and shifting gravel and not been that bad for a long time and hope that wont cause me problems as well I got maltracking problems with the left knee. Will ask Mr Green to look at it as well during consultation as I paying to see him so best get both knees looked at.

Nick :) {2009} :)


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on April 07, 2009, 07:55:44 PM
YAY, YAY, YAY!!!  Congrats Nick!  Your persistence is paying off.  Hope Dr. Green can find something and get rid of that pain once and for all.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on April 07, 2009, 08:31:30 PM
well done Nick - be aware though if Mr Green decides you need an arthroscopy and you go back to NHS you could still be waiting 6 months for the procedure - plus good chance it would be one of his registrars performing this as they tend to stick to the more difficult procedures and the registrars obviously need training - under his supervision of course!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 07, 2009, 09:52:36 PM
Great news Nick!  Mr. Green should be looking at both knees anyway, so make sure he does.  Glad you are seeing an OS at last.  Good luck.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 08, 2009, 12:48:29 AM
that's fantastic news! I'm so glad you have an appointment with Dr. Green! Yay!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 08, 2009, 02:48:05 AM
Hi Nick,

That's fantastic news ! Let us know when you get the appointment.

I hope your Mum is ok.

Look forward to hearing the next installment.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 08, 2009, 06:58:28 PM
Hi All,

I phoned up the Birmingham Knee & Shoulder Clinic this afternoon and got an appointment with Mr Green on 23rd April at 5pm. I asked his secretary if she can get hold of my MRI for Mr Green to see as the scan did not come up normal as many of you think seem to think as it showed fluid and swelling around the fat pad and think he will think in another way how to treat it. I also think I have maltraking problems thats also causing the pain I keep getting.

Today had a bad knee day with both knees 1st it was the right knee this morning and felt sharp pain inside the whole knee a few times while edging a bunker. In the afternoon my left knee was hurting again a dull type of pain but not as intense as the right knee pain. I bet Alexander would say because I am seeing Green feeling more pain but know its getting worse so glad I am seeing Mr Green on the 23rd 2 days lator then the NHS appointment I cancelled so not wasted too much time.

Anje I dont mind the waiting 6 months IF I needed a scope as that would suit me workwise as I am busy till the end of September as we have one less greens staff so need all the man power we can get plus I start my part time gardening job on the 14th April. Any time from October to the end of February is the ideal time to take time off work but may not need a scope and injection might help but cant see what else can be done as my leg muscles are very strong so cant do anymore PT to improve leg muscles.

My main worries is that he cant find a problem or he cant do the a scope if it was needed but as Anje said as long as the other OS that might do a scope does it under the watch of Mr Green. I may get told to get right knee fixed ASAP as it might get worse and get treated sooner but lets wait and see what he says before discussing what may happen.

My Mum still bad with her ankle injury and cant put any weight on it and may be wise to take her back to the A&E department to see an OS again to be on the safe side.

I feeling so happy but at the same time annoyed that it taken 18 months to finally see an OS and had to pay for it, as the NHS have be dredful in dealing with my knee problem and may have have made knee worse due to not seeing an OS sooner and could ask the NHS to pay for Mr Green consultation IF knee is worse due to not seeing an OS sooner.

Nick  :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 08, 2009, 09:13:49 PM
Hey Nick,

Glad you have the appointment so soon.  Sorry today was a bad knee day.  Hope tomorrow is better.  Has the weather been any good for working on your allotment?  I keep waiting for some decent weather to get the leaves out of my garden.  No veggies in it though, just flowers.

I sure hope your mom's ankle is feeling better soon.  Ligament injuries are quite painful and seem to take a while to get better.  I hope she is remembering to elevate it and ice it when she can as well as giving it a good rest when possible.  I would think that if it does not feel much better or at all worse, she should go have it looked at.  They may just say it needs more time, but you never know.  Does she have crutches to get around with?  Did she get a splint for it at all?  My daugher recently spained her ankle pretty good and she said is felt better with the splint on.

Keep us posted on the appointment.

Take care,
Milly 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 09, 2009, 03:54:16 PM
Hi All,

I had a better knee day today but knee problem is still there and glad I going to see Mr Green 2 weeks today and should have done it months ago rather then wating time seeing Alexander who handled my knee problem very badly and hope Mr Green does find a knee problem and can fix it for me and send a letter back to Alexander and Mr James and Mr Hussain telling them I do have a knee problem and its not in my head.

Thanks Milly for your relpy maybe I am boring the other regular posters on my thread as I thought I would get congratulated in getting to see a OS as good as Mr Green. I have not posted on their threads for a while as I have been too busy on my thread and another thread on general section as I am helping out this guy from my area to see Mr Green and limited on internet use so thats the reason I not posted on Kitsty's Lenore's Nevella's and Farrah's threads so understand why they dont want to post on mine.

I will have time lator on to post on other members threads and sorry for not being able to post sooner. Sorry as well if I seem too pushy saying why no ones replied to my last post about getting a date to see Mr Green but is the best news I had in 18 months with regards to my right knee and like your thoughts as it really makes me feel a lot better knowing I got all your support since my fall and all know its a knee probllem and its not in my head as many people seem to think.

My appointment letter will arrive in the post within the next few days and got through to Mr Greens secretary very quickly and she was very helpful when I phoned up the NHS they dont answer the phone during office hours at times. I just wish I listened to you guys and never saw Alexander and went to my GP sooner. I will try and ask Mr Green if its possible to get the NHS to pay for appointment as they handled my knee problem very badly. Another good thing the 23rd April is St George's Day the patron saint of England so all in all will be a positive day for me.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on April 09, 2009, 04:10:02 PM
Hey Nick,

We still read your posts just don't allways have time to reply.  I commented congrats on your FB page.  I'm on there a lot more. 

Can't wait to hear what he says and does.  Good luck.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 12, 2009, 06:50:33 PM
maybe I am boring the other regular posters on my thread as I thought I would get congratulated in getting to see a OS as good as Mr Green. I have not posted on their threads for a while as I have been too busy on my thread and another thread on general section as I am helping out this guy from my area to see Mr Green and limited on internet use so thats the reason I not posted on Kitsty's Lenore's Nevella's and Farrah's threads so understand why they dont want to post on mine.

Nick, as Lenore said, we always read everyone's threads, but we just dont' always have the time to reply. Even though I can now get KGs on my cell, it takes a long time to type on my keypad, so I like to wait until I have a nice hour or more at home to sit at my laptop and properly type out replies.  Why on earth would you say/think that we don't WANT to post on yours? And sort of saying it's maybe b/c you haven't had time to post on ours? Or that you're boring, etc. Not true.  I haven't even been posting on my regular Facebook groups this past week (I'm in a couple of photography groups, etc, but I haven't been on there for more than a few mins at a time...just to update my status or quickly write back to somebody on their wall).  And, as I have always done, if I'm super busy, I just write a general message (checking in) on the Lenella thread. A few of us do that.  so please don't take it personally if not many people reply to your thread in a few days, k? I think this week has been super busy too for a lot of people. I'm just always on the go too (if you look at my Facebook statuses, you'll see that I've been non-stop all week and weekend).

Anyways, I'll go read the rest of your updates. But just realize that even if people can't always reply, many of us still DO read your posts, k?

Happy Easter! :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 12, 2009, 06:55:32 PM
hi Nick,

I just scrolled back one page and a bunch of us (myself included) DID congratulate you when we heard that your GP would finally let your see Dr Green. You had made a post that after 18 months of waiting you're finally gonna see Dr. Green. And a few of us were so excited and congratulated you. So, i think your post after that told us the exact date. 

I'm glad your appt is so close.  And just remember that a lot of us DO care :) Just look at the comments on page 26 of your journal :) We just didn't re-comment after you gave the exact date (but we all knew it was coming soon, since you said---at least to me--that once you got the GP referral, it wouldn't be a long wait. so we were all super excited and congratulating you around April 7th after you told us you were gonna see Green, but just didn't know the date). take care!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 13, 2009, 03:07:26 PM
Hi Nick,

Like Nevella says, we may not have time to always post, but we try to keep by reading.  I think you are going to be pleased with the OS appointment.  You sound very positve and excited and we have not seen that too much lately.  I'm very glad you can see the doc you want to see.

As for myself, I've spent the last 4-5 days trying to remove a nasty virus from my family PC.  It's a nasty booger too.  Keeps wanting to recreate itself.  I've run out of things to try so will be getting in touch with some other computer geeks and get more suggestions.  I don't want to reformat the hard drive again.  We just put the new on in around Christmas (the old one was going bad from our power issues, old house too many things on, poof out go the lights.).  It's such a pain to reinstall everything.  Files are mostly backed up, but hate to fight with the iTunes and purchased music.  So I've not been on for a few days.

Good luck with your appointment, keep us updated!  I am still  trying to fit in a bit to get a facebook going.  I've got one on myspace, but have not touched it in months.  I am going to delete it and try facebook instead.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 14, 2009, 07:28:54 PM
Hi All,

I am bit tired this evening as I started my part time job as a gardener at my golf course and been working from 6am to 5pm but pleased with what I have done so far. Did 2 extra hours gardening and the edging shears where blunt so gave up and will use another pair next time I am gardening.

The letter from Birmingham knee & Shoulder Clinic arrived in the post this morning and its now less then 9 days away till I see Mr Green 23rd April 5pm at his consultation room that in my old School building that closed down and now part of the hospital so be cool to see what they done to my old school building. I may sound mad when I say this but would be annoyed if Mr Green told me knee is fine and cant help me what I want him to say is you do have a knee problem and may need an injection or a scope at this stage at least then there some hope to the end of my knee saga.

I still get family and people on KG saying wait and see what he says and seem very sceptical about when I mention possible surgery or an injection. What else can Mr Green do at this stage when conservative treatment has not helped sort out the knee problem. As I said before its now affecting my performance at work and at home and getting pain on the medial side now as well as lateral which did not happen at start of injury it was just the lateral side.

I got a list of symptoms and how it affects my daily life to show Mr Green and think when he looks at my list will take action and offer me treatment. Tell me what else can be done at this stage as people keep saying wait and see when I mention surgery or an injection and would expect to have one of those options at this stage as it will be 18 months since fall this Sunday and getting worse by the month and not better.

I am sorry if I jumped in saying no one replies to my thread was just expecting too much that day when I got the date to see Mr Green. I know you read and support me since day 1 of my injury and thank you for it and it was Easter week so many of you are busy with your families.

I saw on letter today from the Clinic that there are 2 other recommended OS's that work for the NHS as well as private and listed on KG list of OS's.

Mr. Duncan J.A. Learmonth
Mr. Samir N. Massoud

IF I need a scope I dont mind if Mr Green passed it onto one of the above OS's as they just as good as Mr Green and work with him at his clinic.

Nick :) {2009} :)


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on April 15, 2009, 09:46:12 AM
April 23rd is coming up quick Nick.  That's great you are finally seeing Dr. Green.  I can't wait to see what he says.  I'm wishing you a very thorough exam with lots of good information.  You should see a big difference between the exams you've had in the past and an exam from a professional like he sounds.  Good luck and let us know how you make out.

Meanwhile don't overdo the gardening.  It's hard work on your knees.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on April 15, 2009, 08:28:49 PM
not long now Nick ! you got your appt on my sons 19th birthday !

just out of interest - do you take painkillers or anti inflammatories?

I think that if your knee is bad like this you shouldnt be taking on more work - you need to give it time to recover! Maybe it just needs a holiday !!

My daughter gets her arthroscopy in may - torn cartalidge and poss acl recon- she just got the date so that has come in really quickly thank goodness! - she cant work with it as it is.


take care
anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 16, 2009, 03:52:10 PM
Hi All,

I just got a phone call from Mr Green's Secretary this afternoon and told me that my MRI scan from the NHS has arrived at Mr Greens Office so can see what he thinks of my fat pad problem on the scan. I think my right knee becoming worse as its more swollen and now feel pain at bottom of kneecap when sitting on the ride on mower at work and sometimes while I am driving this never happened as much before so I want it sorted out when I see Mr Green and want some form of treatment as this stage.

Anje I dont think my right knee will get better with rest at this stage its needs more then rest and is starting to annoy me not being able to run and increase in pain. I feel sorry for your daughter with her knee problems at such a young age must be a nightmare to get knee problems while you are young. I no longer take pain killers or anti inflammatories but should now knee more swollen. Happy Birthday to your son next week Thursday, nice date to be born on St Georges day.

I hope at last I get offered some form of treatment if he says live with knee problem will ask for a refund but think Mr Green will offer me some form of treatment.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 16, 2009, 09:37:12 PM
Hey Nick,

Sorry your knee is bugging you more and more.  But that's great to hear that Green got your MRI stuff. So now he has a few days to look them over.

I'm sure he will have a plan for you (i.e. a way to get you better).

I hope you manage to enjoy your evening, despite the knee woes.  Only 1 week until you see Dr. Green. Yay!!!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on April 17, 2009, 05:21:29 PM
I'm surprised they aren't doing another MRI Nick.  Wasn't that one from like a year ago? 

Good luck with Dr.Green.  I can't wait to hear what he says.  You must be getting excited about the visit.

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 18, 2009, 10:24:14 AM
Hi All.

Less then a week now till I see Mr Green and excited but at the same time worried incase I do need a scope as I am worried and nervous as I never had surgery before and never wanted to be faced with it for as long as possible who knows may not need a scope but cant see what else can be done at this stage apart from an injection. I think I have got fluid inside the knee and thats why the swelling wont go away, well know I have fluid around the fat pad from MRI scan from last year.

Lenore Mr Green may well do another MRI scan but not had the chance yet to have another one or he may want to look inside the knee and will know on Thursday what he decides to do.

MartinsGirl its always nice to see another member on my thread and agree Mr Green will sort out my knee problems. Lol just been told by Kirsty on FB that its Nevella with a new name, I never you you could change your name without having to sign up again.

I worked 12 hours at work yesterday 6am to 6pm and was edging the flowerbeds for my part time job after work and felt pain on lateral side where I feel the catching so cant do my work now without feeling pain so glad I am seeing Mr Green this Thursday.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 18, 2009, 04:22:12 PM
Hi All again,

I just found a new problem with my right knee just been to my allotment got back home had a shower when I got out looked how swollen my right knee is compared to left knee and poked the area that swollen the most on the medial side and its really sore and tender to touch and was not like this a few days ago. When Alexander examined my knee it did not hurt at all, its towards the bottom of the knee on the medial side thats most swollen and now sore right on the side of the kneecap right where tibia meets kneecap so I am pleased I am seeing Mr Green on Thursday as my knee just about had enough of not being treated and expect at least an injection in that area to reduce the soreness I am feeling.

Incase I am not on the internet tomorrow its will be 18 months to the day since my fall and because I waited so long to get to see an OS my knee has had enough and thinks its high time I get treatment. I am not a person that normally worries over health problems but feel I have a reason to be cheesed off by the way I been treated by the NHS its made my knee worse because they could not be bothered to do something about my knee.

Suppose I should rest and ice the knee as I am overdoing it with this extra gardening job I did yesterday and maybe should reduce the high level on the cross trainer on the gym to a lower level. Need a slap on my hand really for overdoing it with my knee injury  ::)

Nick :) {2009} :)



 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on April 18, 2009, 06:19:52 PM
Nick

you really must rest that knee - anti inflammatories on a regular basis as well for them to have an effect. There is no point in keep overdoing it and not giving it a chance to get better and then moaning about it being worse/complaining about the NHS for making it worse by the wait - The cross trainer and your jobs quite obviously irritate it so you have to sometimes help yourself a bit and give your body time to try healing itself.
I know you won't like what I have said but it is important.
If you get a scope you WILL have to give it good recovery time! You are quite entitled to have time off sick for this.

Be very aware also if Mr Greene wants an MRI as a private patient you are gonna be paying big money for it.

Take care and rest it up !
anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 18, 2009, 09:27:09 PM
Hi Nick,

Yeah, as far as I remember, a while back you were not able to change your username on here without signing back up. Or maybe you always could but i just never realized it.  As you guys know I'm a teacher, so I prefer the extra anonymity of not having my username be my name.  But this is just a knee message board, so it's not like I'm doing anything incriminating, lol! But still, I just felt like making a change. It's a new ME!!! :D ok...maybe not.

Nick, I agree with Anje.  You are really overdoing it.  I forgot about how you crank up the cross trainer.  and now with this extra job and working 12 hrs, etc, no wonder your knee is really bothering you  :-\ You need to rest it a lot more. I know it's tough with your job, but you don't have to push it so hard at the gym.  Please take care of it, k?

I had no idea that requesting another MRI would cost you a lot of money. I guess i always forget that not everywhere has health care like over here.  How unfortunate if you cannot get a more updated MRI via Dr. Greene.  did you say your other MRI is 1 or 2 yrs old? I would think that Dr. Green would want/need a very current MRI to best help you.  I'm sure it will all work out :) Ok, gotta go. I'll be back on later. take care!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 19, 2009, 03:48:42 AM
Hi Nick,

Well, not long till you see Mr Green now. I have my fingers crossed for you that he can do something for you.

Yeah, I reckon you're probably over doing it. I would reduce the level you do on the cross trainer. You should be able to still get a good work out at a lower level.

Just be careful with the extra gardening. Nice to have the extra money, but sometimes it just isn't worth it. Please take care and do ice it regularly, especially after exercise.

Enjoy the rest of your weekend. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 21, 2009, 07:40:09 PM
Hi All,

Less then 2 days till I see Mr Green and kind of looking forward to see him for consultation as I hope he will find out whats causing my knee problems. I would have seen Mr Hussain today on the NHS at 2:50pm but as you know cancelled it a few weeks ago as I want to be seen by Mr Green as he one of the best Knee OS's in Birmingham. I really hope he does find a problem as I want to prove to those that think its in my head that its not and do have a knee problem after all and be annoyed if Mr Green says knee normal as I know its not with the catching and pain I feel it needs to be sorted before it gets any worse.

My mum and others say dont worry you wont need a scope but how do they know I wont have one its up to Mr Green to decide and there are not many options left anymore as all the conservative treatments have not worked. Its warm now in the UK and seen people at the gym who wear shorts with surgical scars around thier knee and they are around my age so its very common to have a scope done on the knee its not rocket science and a very common procedure done around the world everyday. It would be good if I did not need to have a scope and injection sorts it out but that only sorts knee out for a short time it does not fix the problem.

All my knee might need is fluid drained out of the bottom of my knee and it might fix the problem but feel this catching and sharp pain is deep inside the knee and not getting any better. The pain I had at the weekend on medial side is not as bad anymore just slight pain now and think I just overdid it and feel its not a problem inside the knee just overuse problems.

People still think I dont have a knee problem and hope I can put them in thier place and tell them on Thursday night I do have a knee problem after all and it not in my head.

Here the list I going to show Mr Green on Thursday and hope it will help him find what the problem is.


Right Knee:

Not been able to run since October 2007 when I fell heavily on right knee while jogging on the pavement.

Also fell heavily onto the right knee back in 2002 while I was giving my sister a piggyback on the pavement and caused me some knee problems, knee was not as bad as the 2007 fall.

Walk with a limp at a slower pace compared to others.

Swelling towards bottom of kneecap since fall back in October 2007, swelling not reduced yet even after 4 ultrasound sessions.

Dull knee ache majority of the time mainly towards the bottom of the knee.

Sudden sharp pain on lateral side of the knee towards bottom of kneecap that last a few seconds, can repeat 3 to 4 times in sequence.

Catching sensation inside the knee in same area where I get sudden sharp pain.

Knee at times feels unstable and uncomfortable while walking and standing after doing heavy manual
Work at the golf club.

Pain on medial side towards bottom of kneecap which is swollen.

Doing hard physical activities increases the risk of sudden sharp pain.

Knee aches while driving at times

Pain at bottom of knee cap while driving on ride on mower at work.

Tibia and bottom of kneecap hurts at times.

Right hip hurts at times because of the way I am walking.

Affecting my performance at work as I cant do job as quickly as I would like to and sudden sharp pain is becoming more regular after strimming and steep slopes and after heavy lifting.

Would like to be able to run again after 18 months of not being able to run.

Paul my PT I saw recommended strengthening the leg muscles around the kneecap by doing regular PT sessions. I have been going to the gym 3 times a week for 10 months and been using the exercise bikes and cross trainers and doing 30 minutes on each machine.

Its has improved my leg muscles as I can now squat and fully extend my legs right up while sitting up in bed that I could not do before going to the gym and doing the PT Paul gave at Quinton Care Centre.

Left Knee:

Clicking and grinding of the knee at times.

Moderate knee pain. (Don’t feel pain as often as the right knee)

Sharp pain inside that knee, does not happen very often.

Pain on lateral side in same area as right knee.

I think you guys are right I am overdoing it a little but cant help but work hard as I get easily bored doing nothing. Felt a bit light headed and dizzy on sunday and had headaches and had to take pain killers today as my head was throbbing after working 11 hours but need to work longer to pay back my mum for consultation and maybe will take out private medical insurance now I am earning extra money, I also cut peoples lawns in my area to get the money in. I need to work hard in order to pay for my expenses and enjoy my workout at the gym and known for being a hard physical worker and cant help but work hard while the weather is so good.

This is my last post before my consultation with Mr Green as Library closed all day wednesday but can read my thread from my mobile but cant post back as its a bad connection on my phone. I cant believe less then 2 days now till I see Mr Green bring it on.

Sorry for such a long post but Thursday such an important day for me that I have been waiting over 18 months.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 22, 2009, 04:34:08 PM
Best of luck for Thursday!  Don't forget to take you symptom list and your questions with you.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 22, 2009, 05:57:31 PM
Hi Nick,

All the best for you appointment with Mr Green. Got my fingers crossed for you. xxx
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 22, 2009, 09:32:23 PM
hi Nick!

I know you won't be online today, but I wanted to wish you the best of luck tomorrow with Dr. Green! I hope he gives you some answers (after all, you've been waiting long enough!).  I'm sending you positive vibes! :D :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 23, 2009, 07:42:01 PM
Hi All,

I had the consultation with Mr Green at 5pm and went really well the guy has a sense of humour unlike some OS's and really made me feel at ease. I went into consultation room with my mum and he asked me about my job as a Greenkeeper and if I enjoy my work and then asked me how long I had a knee problem for and how often I feel the pain. I did not have to say much as I handed him my symptoms list and was pleased how organized I was having a list at hand. Mr Green was also nice to my mum and asked her what part of Germany she came from and told us he just been to Hamburg last week for a talk.

I then went onto the couch to have my right knee examined so took my trousers and socks off and he then started the examination and pointed out where I feel the catching and pain on the lateral side of the knee and put pressure along each side of the knee to see if I feel any pain. The next thing he did was to put pressure on kneecap and then asked me to lift my knee and when I did the pain was really bad very sharp and intense pain where I feel catching. I never had pain that bad in my knee before not even when I feel the sudden sharp pains its nothing compared to what I felt when he exerted pressure. I can take pain well but this pain was not very nice at all and he did it a few times which I did not like but has to work out what to do.

I then got off couch and put on my trousers, socks and trainers and told me what options he going to give me. Mr Green thinks I may have done some damage at the bottom of kneecap by the tibia from the 2 falls I had but says its not a major problem and said a cortisone injection might help me or even sort the knee problem out. I also think he said I have a problem with the top of ther knee as thats where I felt this awful pain as well. The 2nd option if injection does not work is a scope but thinks I dont really need one at this stage but is an option and up to me if I want to have a scope done if injection does not help me. I was asked to leave the room for about 20 minutes to see if cortisone injection has helped or not so was in the waiting room while he saw 2 other patcents and when I got back he did the pain test again to see if it hurts still.

I saw him again just 20 minutes lator and again got me on the couch and did the same procedure weight on my kneecap and asked me to raise my leg which I did and it still hurt but not as intense so hopefully the injection will work and solve my knee problem. I asked him if I can go to work in the morning and he told me it ok to go but cant go to the gym for a few days so injection can do its stuff. The next thing he said is he wants to see me again in around 6 weeks time on the NHS as he said he hates to take peoples well earned money off them but does not mind taking money of health insurance firms so only too pleased to see me on the NHS and was worried he might not be able to see me on the NHS. I did not even have to ask if I can see he on the NHS as he said straight away he happy to do treatement on the NHS and a scope if I decide to go ahead if injection does not work. He said its best to avoid a scope and he would leave it as it is if injection does not help if he was in my situation and put up with the pain but I want to be able to run again and stop feeling the catching and sharp pain inside the knee. So may go with a scope if injection does not help, what would you guys do if injection not a benefit my knee, learn to live with it or go for a scope?

Mr Green made me laugh he has a really good sense of humour and when my mum told me I found out about him on KG he said I better be on my best behavior as I will be reporting back about him on KG. I felt at ease with Mr Green and made me laugh calling my mum the boss while we waiting for her to come into the room said he comes the boss just as she walked in and saluted at my mum as she walked into his office so not a boring robotic OS and does have a good sense of humour and could not ask for a better OS and rate him highly as he was fantastic could not have gone better OS.

It was weird as the consultation building was at my old school building and was strange to be back inside the building after not being there for 14 years. Mr Greens office was one of my classrooms and the waiting room use to be the boys toilets.

I am so happy about today consultation with Mr Green, sorry for such a long post but pleased I saw Mr Green in the end as he said very few OS's would can spot my knee problem so was right not to see Mr Hussain as he would not have spotted my knee problem. Mr Green works till 9pm on Thursdays so is still working as we speak and was worth every £1 to see him as he found out whats causing my knee pain.

Fingers crossed that injection works but still feel the catching but stuck needle on the lateral side of the knee where I get the sharp pain and catching.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on April 23, 2009, 08:29:44 PM
Great news Nick.

Glad all went well and at least the injection will help with the pain and at least you are on the right tracks now.  I bet you wished you went sooner.

Don't over do things whilst the injection takes effect because the knee will feel better you might do things you shouldn't be doing.

All the best.  Glad all was well.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on April 23, 2009, 09:25:26 PM
FINALLY!!!!  Someone that takes you seriously and is treating you for your problems.  Good for you Nick.  I'm so glad to hear you're finally getting it fixed.  Hope the injection does the trick. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 24, 2009, 03:25:53 AM
Hey Nick!

I'm so glad you had a positive visit with Dr. Green! Yay! I hope the injection works!

Also, you asked what I'd do if I were you. Well Dr. Green is an expert and he has examined your knee and doesn't think you need a scope. Snd he said if he were you and injection didn't work that he'd just live life with the pain and not get a scope. So I dunno. If it comes down to you wanting a scope, be sure to ask Green what the possible complications to your knee might be. If an expert such as Green is hinting that you should avoid a scope, then there must be a good reason.

I think the injection will help a lot. Just follow the doctor's orders and stay away from the gym for a few days, k?

How did Dr. Green explain your catching? What did he say might be causing it?

Ok, gotta go. I had a 14.5 hour work day today so I'm beat! I only came on here to see how your appt went.

Take care!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 24, 2009, 04:26:11 PM
Hi All,

I know its early days still and maybe need more time for injection to work but to be honest its not had an effect on my right knee. I was at work this morning raking bunkers and felt the sharp pain and catching on lateral side of the knee where the injection was given and was not from the needle its more deep inside the knee like when he did the pain test on me. The catching still there when I place my hand over lateral side of the knee like it was before injection. The swelling still the same at bottom of the kneecap so does not look too good as its not really helping just yet and feel it wont as I cant run or walk fast and knee generally feels the same as it was before the injection.

If I have to criticise Mr Green and its only a small one as he a top OS and was really nice to me is when he told me if he was in my situation he would leave my knee as it is and avoid a scope. I am fed up with the catching and sudden sharp pain and feel too young not to ever go jogging again and miss my jog around the block. The test he did yesterday was very painful and tells me that something wrong inside the knee and feel sorry for people that get that pain most of the day as its enough to make you sick mentally. If I had to put the pain level of a scale of 1 to 10 when he did this test it would be a 9 or possible 10. The pain level I get normally is about 5 to 6 but still painful and annoys me.

Also said I have a minor knee problem just because my MRI scan came up normal but as we all know they are not 100% reliable as I read on member KGs members threads and my brother on law MRI scan was normal but had a torn miniscus. I am sure Mr Green knows this as well not to rely on a MRI scan that nearly a year old and a lot can happen inside the knee during that period of time and may have done some damage inside the knee, well have done some damage inside the knee after the pain I felt yesterday.

I am no longer anti surgery but pro surgery and will ask him to scope the knee if knee no better by the time I see him and will no way live with the knee problem for the rest of my life. I dont know what it is with UK OS's they so cautious to do a scope if MRI comes up normal in other parts of the World they would have look inside the knee by now with the time I have had the injury for. I know there a risk when you have surgery and there a 50% chance that it may or may not work. Its worth the risk and can at least try and sort it out and stop the pain and catching and if it does not work at least he tried his best. All my knee might need is a flushing out and it might solve the problem or they could be something loose inside the knee which could be a possibility. Nevella OS scoped her knee when her MRI came up normal and found a problem and feel the same about mine.

Mr Green was impressed with how strong my leg muscles are from going to the gym so he knows I dont need any PT as I already have strong quads. Nevella Mr Green did not say you dont need a scope just said its best to avoid one.

So made a decision if the right knee no better by the time I see Mr Green again will tell him to get inside the knee and take a look and see if there any damage that could be fixed I am fed up now with this injury that took 18 months and 4 days just for a simple injection and wont be told to put up with it. I hate hospitals and surgery but as you all no its no fun having a painful knee and not being able to run at 30. I also dont mind Mr Green doing the scope as I trust him 100% if injection does not help me within a few weeks.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on April 24, 2009, 07:57:27 PM
hey nick - glad your appt went well.

The injection may take a few days to have an effect - it may have caused bruising which will make it seem more painful or just as painfull until it settles.

I can understand why he says best not to scope - as soon as you start poking around inside you start the process of scar tissue - which will get worse everytime you go in there. Depending on how much he pokes about will also cause unsettling/internal bruising which does take time to settle - not like he would be going somewhere specific - he would be having a good poke around to see if he can find a reason for the pain.

Anyway - give the knee a good rest and see if the injection works - it really can work after 18 months of pain.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 24, 2009, 09:17:51 PM
Hi Nick,

Glad the appointment went well.  I think most OS's will ask you to avoid a scope if you can live with the issues and pain.  He did say it was up to you.  Give the injection at least a week to really start working.  The area where the injection went will be sore for a bit, it does bruise a bit.  The bit of swelling after is probably from the extra fluid in the injection.  It should subside quickly.  If it is not any better, I don't think you would be wrong to ask for a scope.  There maybe something that can only be seen from the inside.  Yes it is best to try to avoid surgery if you can, but sometimes it needs to be done.  I'm glad Mr. Green will see you through the NHS.  That will save you a lot.  Hopefully the scheduling won't be such a nightmare as you have been into see him and he wants a recheck appointment.   Don't push the knee too much for a few days and let the injection work.

Take care,
Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 25, 2009, 10:38:05 AM
Hi All,

I think you are all right it takes time for injection to do its stuff but still feel like I always felt a scope the only way to see whats really happening inside the knee. The catching just as bad as it was before the injection and swollen just as much at bottom of kneecap and knee feels the same. As I said before whats there to lose by having a scope as there a 50% chance it might solve my knee problem so worth the risk and also a 50% chance might make knee worse but willing to take that risk.

I know some of you may think I being too pushy wanting to have a scope done on my right knee if injection fails but want to try all I can to get back to how I was and want to be able to run again and walk fast as I miss it and will try anything to get back to how I use to be over 18 months ago. If scope does not work then have to accept I will never be able to run again, but at least I tried my best to try an run once again.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 25, 2009, 11:31:33 AM
Hi Nick,

So glad that your appointment with Mr Green went well. At least you know there is a real problem and is willing to help you

I would stay away from the gym for at least 5 days to give the injection a real chance.

Have a good weekend. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on April 25, 2009, 08:56:56 PM
Hey Nick,

You need to just give the injection time to work a bit more, and then consider the scope.  You seem to have changed from being afraid of a scope to now wanting one asap no matter what.  Just give the injection a few more days and then meet with Dr. Green and thoroughly discuss his concerns, etc.

Someone above mentioned the scar tissue, especially when a doc goes in to poke around and look around.  That's what happened to me.  My OS didn't know what was wrong with my knee (the MRI didnt' show the loose piece of cartilage floating around), so he had to look around all over the place. That, added to the fact that I didn't bend my knee for over a week (i had a bad PT person who didn't even relay the importance of beginning to work on ROM asap), caused me to develop AF (severe scar tissue growth). So long as you begin PT and working on ROM right away, you have a much better chance and keeping that scar tissue away.

Have you been staying away from the gym? I hope you haven't decided to go, despite the doctor's orders. You seem stubborn like that, lol. Take it easy next week, k? So when do you see Green again? ttys!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 26, 2009, 02:12:23 PM
Hi All,

I know it takes time for injection to work but the catching is just as bad as it was before the injection and knee feels the same and does not feel any better since injection. I always thought from reading on other KG's posts that a steroid injection is a not a miracle cure just temporary fix does not really cure the knee problems and you guys know this as much as I do that injections dont cure the knee problem just reduces the swelling and knee pain.

Nevella you said so yourself that your MRI scan came up normal but knew you had some damage inside the knee and asked the OS to scope the knee and he found the problem and fixed it and now your knee almost fine again. I cant see what the big deal is about having a scope yes there are risks and Jinny told me them but you have to take risks during your life as it might benefit you in the end. Now Mr Green found a problem and may have damaged the bottom of my knee and tibia whats there to lose in taking a look inside the knee as it might be a blessing and can sort out my knee problem and maybe can run once again.

I am annoyed with my family as they said to me so what if you never can run again its not that important but to me it is as I am only 30 and want to run again as I like a jogging. I may never be able to run again but can try all I can to try and run again even if it means surgery. I cant run to catch a bus so end up waiting 20 minutes waiting for the next bus to come so really need to be able to run again.

Yes I know the risk of having a scope with scar tissue but if  I keep on top of PT scar tissue wont be a major issues and sometimes you just have to go on how your knee feels and if your knee does not feel right then see no harm in a scope. Why are so many people on KG and family so anti knee surgery many famouse sports men and women have had a scope and can compete again in thier sports and have no long lasting damage just the odd knee pain.

Just been to garden centre and bottom of kneecap by tibia was hurting and Mr Green thinks I may have done some damage at the bottom of my kneecap by tibia so proves that there must been some damage after all even after the injection.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on April 26, 2009, 09:51:15 PM
Nick,

You said yourself Dr. Green is one of the best.  He listens to you and is treating you the best he knows how.  If he thinks you need a scope I'm sure you'll get one.  Meanwhile just relax and give the injection a chance to work.  Try to take it a day at a time and don't get all wound up about what may or may not happen in the future.  I know you've waited a very long time to get proper treatment but it sounds like you are now in good hands.  I'm confident Dr. Green will fix you up one way or the other.

Meanwhile try not to overdo it and have a great weekend. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on April 26, 2009, 10:55:12 PM
Nick,

You said yourself Dr. Green is one of the best. He listens to you and is treating you the best he knows how. If he thinks you need a scope I'm sure you'll get one. Meanwhile just relax and give the injection a chance to work. Try to take it a day at a time and don't get all wound up about what may or may not happen in the future. I know you've waited a very long time to get proper treatment but it sounds like you are now in good hands. I'm confident Dr. Green will fix you up one way or the other.

Meanwhile try not to overdo it and have a great weekend.

Totally Agree.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 27, 2009, 12:24:20 AM
Hi Nick,

I know it's frustrating waiting 6 weeks, but you just need to trust Mr Green. I am sure he will be able to help fix your knee.

Just make sure you don't over do things and listen to your knee when it hurts and back off things.

Have a good week. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 27, 2009, 04:20:44 PM
Hi All,

Instead of going to the gym I am in the Library posting on KG as I better do what Mr Green told me to do and stay away from the gym for a few days, will go to the gym again on wednesday. I am still waiting for injection to do its stuff as knee feels like it was before the injection with pain on bottom of kneecap by tibia/fibula and pain on the medial side. The lateral side pain still there but not as bad as before so injection is helping a little but not got rid of this catching I keep feeling.

I had a few pints with my brother in law and his freind yesterday evening and told them about my appointement and they both seen him as well and his freind had a scope and told me just go for it as it helped him and he plays professional cricket and had a success with his scope. Of course they both think highly of Mr Green as he is one of the best UK OS's for knee surgery so lucky that I can see him on the NHS as Alexander could not be asked to when he got a letter from my GP saying I wanted to see Mr Green. The way Alexander handled my knee problem is a disgrace saying my knee fine dont have a problem and should be able to run.

Kirsty said to me on FB chat to write a complaint letter, what do you guys think should I write a complaint letter or leave it as it, the way Alexander treated me on the NHS.

Maybe you are all right need to give the injection time to work but just know I have damaged the inside of my right knee and injection not goung to solve my knee problem. The pain I got when he found the area was a very bad pain and can put up with pain normally, he made sure by doing it 5 times and did not like it one bit never felt pain like this before.

I have been told that injection is painful but felt hardly a thing just a prick when needle went in and was surpised when it was over so quickly. My Brother in Law said the same thing as he hardly felt the injection when Mr Green gave him the shot.

Nick :) {2009} :)





Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on April 27, 2009, 07:50:50 PM
hi Nick - well done for staying away from the gym - now do yourself a favour and stay away for a whole month to see if you get improvement - no point having the injection and still working away at the knee not giving it time to heal - sorry but think you need to heed a bit of advice - an injury will NOT get better if you keep on beating it up !

As for the injection pain - it will only be painfull if the person administering it doesnt get it spot on ! I have had loads in my shoulder and most of the time they dont hurt if the needle goes straight to the right place !

anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 28, 2009, 12:03:49 AM
Hi Nick,

Good idea to follow Mr Green's advice. Your knee may feel a bit better when you get back in the gym. It's important to keep exercising. When you go back to the gym just don't thrash yourself.

I think you need to find some ways to relax. This may help with the way you think about your knee. For me I like doing silk painting and card making, which really helps. I love listening to music too or taking my dog for a walk.

Ange, rest is often not the answer for most knee injuries. Nick resting from a month from the gym could make matters worse as he could lose muscle strength. Just doing some gentle exercise actually helps. These injections can still be very painful even if given by an experienced doctor. Some people react to it quite differently.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 28, 2009, 04:34:44 PM
Hey Nick,

Good idea to stay out of the gym for a few days.  I wouldn't completely stop, but maybe dial back a bit on how much you do.  Don't over do it.  Keeping the muscles strong is important, but don't trash the knee in the process.

I am not sure what to think about a complaint letter.  I personally would write one because being treated that way is not right and who else may he be doing this too.

As for getting the injection to work, it may not completely remove the pain.  It definately won't fix catching if there is a mechanical reason for it (unless that reason is simple inflammation).  So the idea is to get some relief from pain.  Even if it's only a little bit.

Hope you have a good day today and try not to work the knee too hard.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on April 28, 2009, 06:14:56 PM
Hi All,

I found a way to get my anger and frustration out of my system with whats going on with my knee. I go on the cross trainer on the highest level for 20 minutes and this helps me let off my anger inside and feel a lot better after being on the cross trainer. I am going to get my GP to examine my knee show him the swelling and catching to prove to him its not in my head and need to see Mr Green ASAP as I know he will think the same way as me its not in my head.

Sorry to say this but this is NOT gentle exercise! His OS has said to keep away from the gym for a bit and I think Nick should respect this advise. It is not like he is sitting on his bum all day - he has a manual job which involves a lot of walking - which is good exercise.
While we are on it as well - It may actually take a course of several  injections to improve the knee - One injection is not a simple fix and it may take time . When your knee swells it does it to protect the joint so you would be mad to keep inflicting high impact exercise on it !

Nick you have finally got to see the person you wanted so I would follow his advice no matter what anyone says - he is the only one that has examined you and knows what state your knee is in.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on April 28, 2009, 07:44:13 PM
Hi All,

I agree with Anje to a certain extent as I am known to overwork my body a lot with my extra job and overdoing it at the gym. I am still going to the gym but wont go on such a high level on the cross trainer and only 20 minutes rather then 40 minutes. No improvment with my right knee felt catching and pain at work today on lateral side.

I need to take a break from my thread for a while as its driving me bonkers everyone giving different advise so hope you guys understand and respect me for wanting time away from my thread. I made my own mind up anyway if knee no better when I see Mr Green again in a few weeks time will ask him to scope the knee. Too many injections can be bad for the knee. I know about the risks of having a scope but willing to take a risk for a change whats thier to lose in Mr Green taking a good look inside the knee and may well be able to solve my knee problem finally.

Happy to post on other members thread but not mine will update my thread once a week on Tuesdays. I am the only person that knows how bad my injury is and getting peed off about it and just want help and will be helped. I am in good hands under Mr Green and hope some day I can run again.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on April 28, 2009, 09:02:30 PM
Hi Nick

Think sometimes we start to think of nothing but our injuries and that alone can compound the situation which doesnt help with recovery !
take care
anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on May 01, 2009, 06:22:07 PM
Dear Nick,
I have been reading your posts regularly and keeping up with your progress and appointments.  I am glad you got your appointment with Mr Green.  At leats he was able to see what the problem was in  your knee. As long as your are aware of the risks and disadvantages of a scope then if Mr Green says you need one  just go for it....I would just want you to know that they are not always successful, as you know I had a scoipe in Korea that didnt make any difference at all.  I will be having another one but am battling to stay positive about that as my OS hs said it will be diagnostic and I may need further knee surgery.
If you decide to stick with Mr Green as your OS you should follow his advice to the letter as that will give your knee the best chance with the treatment he has used.
one thing I have found out that might help you also, my local private hospital allows patients to have appointments with a physio on a self referral basis, perhaps seeing a physio would help with what exercises you should or shouldnt be doing- it might be quite important not to move your knee in certain ways at the moment.

I understand you wanting time away from your thread, it is hard when you recieve conflicting advice but only you know your knee so I would say take any advice as more information to help you to decide and also spend time doing other things that help you to keep your mind occupied.  So far I have learned to speak and write Korean and am now doing a painting course.  It is different for me though cos' I cant work at the moment.

I hope you have a great weekend....please write when you can and tell me what you have been up to!
Allie xx
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on May 02, 2009, 10:56:11 AM
Hi All,

I know I said I want a break from my thread but have had a few days not posting on it so feel alot better now having had a few days away from posting on my thread.

I wish I could say my knee improved since the injection but it has not, in fact it feels worse and think when Mr Green did the pain test it agitated my knee even more but is not his fault as he only doing his job and was the only person that located where my knee pain is coming from. Is this normal that a steroid injection does not help as people I know and members on KG say it stopped thier knee pain so how comes my knee pain just the same.

Anje right as I have been to the gym twice this week and when I finshed my workout felt pain on lateral side of the knee. I really love going to the gym as the gym staff are really nice and chat to some of the people at the gym and like doing the exercises to build up my leg muscles. I now use the cross trainer and exercise bike on a lower level but for less time and as Kirsty said need to maintain strong leg muscles incase I did need a scope as I would recover alot better. I am not letting my knee injury dictate my life as I love my workout at the gym and what ever I do weather I am at work or at the gym knee pain still there. No way could I not go to the gym anymore its like a drug its addictive and cant be without it as I would be in a bad mood if I cant go.

Allie nice to see you back on KG again we missed you during the last few weeks. I know that a scope does not always fix or solve the knee problem but I am going to try what ever I can to be able to run again and reduce the pain and catching. If I did ask for a scope and it did not improve my right knee and can never run again then have top accept it. I can then say tried all I can to get knee right again but there nothing that can be done to get it to how it use to be. Then again a scope of the knee might be a success and might stop the catching and pain and may well be able to run once again.

I am not chaging my OS as Mr Green been fantastic and only too happy for him to scope my knee if he has to as he very good at his job and treats the Warwickshire 1st team players at Edgbaston so seeing one of the best OS's in the UK. Might be a wise move to see a good physio as you said he/she can tell me what I can and cannot do at the gym.

At least its the bank holiday weekend and can have a extra day off work which is always nice as we all like days away from our workplace.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on May 02, 2009, 01:25:25 PM
Hi Nick, you are quite right to try everything as you need to be sure that you have done all you can, you are too young to give up on being able to run...it is good to hear that you are happy with Mr Green as a OS after all the waiting you have had to do.  He must be good if he treats prof. sports players, was it personal recommendation that helped you to find him.
My knee didnt improve after the injection and I have now had three of them which as as many as you can have in a year, perhaps this is another sign that warrants further investigation.
It is much easier to not get upset or angry about your knee problems if you are doing everything you can about- the worst thing, as I have found it is to be in knee limbo!!
Have a great weekend
Allie xx
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on May 03, 2009, 06:30:21 PM
Hi All,

Allie I agree with you 100% that I am far too young not being able to run ever again and will try everything I can to try and run once again. I am now being told that I should stop going to the gym if knee hurts after my workout but I really enjoy going to the gym and cant be without it as I dont only go there for a workout but also meet fantastic people there so be very annoyed if I cant go anymore. I have been going to the gym now for 10 months and knee been ok its only this week that right knee hurts after my workout and need to keep my leg muscle strong incase I did decide to have a scope. My friend Jake who goes to the gym the same time as me says he will tell me to go home if he sees me at the gym but really want to keep my leg muscles strong and going to the gym will keep them strong. As long as I go on a much lower level on the cross trainer my right knee should be ok and will still go to the gym 3 times a week as Mr Green was impressed with my strong leg muscles.

I said I want to have a scope but now not sure what to do as so many people tell me a scope has made thier knee problem alot worse. My right knee saying go for a scope but my brain telling me maybe its best not to have a scope and leave knee as it is. Right knee is getting worse even after the injection and can also make the knee worse if you dont get it treated properly. At the back of my mind I think a scope could be a good thing as it might work for me and there no harm in trying and if it does not work then have to a accept that I never be able to run again. I can then say tried all I can to try and run once again.

Its my choice what I decide to do in the end, what would you guys do in my situation? Catching and pain on lateral side and cant run since october 2007, leave it and learn to put up with it or have a scope, also get pain on medial and bottom of kneecap as well and been told by Mr Green that I may have damaged the bottom of my kneecap thats swollen since my fall.

I am getting confussed about what to do next but like to try all I can to get back to running again if I can as I am only 30, yes there are worse people of then me with health problems and lucky I can still work and go to the gym but miss going jogging. I will do all I can to be able to start jogging again and walking better then I can now. Even if I cant run every again be nice not to feel the catching inside the knee thats painful at times when it does catch.

Nick :) {2009} :)


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on May 03, 2009, 07:05:34 PM
Nick, I think at the end of the day you may have to follow what Mr Green says.  He himself may change his mind about a scope when he has exhausted any other means of getting it better.

I had to give up running at 33.........................I had a knee replacement at 43
I continued going to the gym and running, playing tennis etc despite having an arthritic knee (and no cartalidge or acl from age of 18) BUT did I pay the ultimate prirce in needing a TKR...................each and every case is different so very difficult for us to advise you on what is best for you - you have to follow your pain levels and advice of Mr Green.

have a good weekend

anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on May 05, 2009, 07:30:11 AM
Nick, we're all too young to stop running but sometimes you just have to learn to accept what you have.  Hopefully Dr. Green will get you running again but if he doesn't you'll find other things to enjoy in life.

You asked what we would do in your situation.....my answer is don't stress about it.  Just follow the advice of your wonderful Dr. Green and hope he has a great solution.  I'm sure he knows what's best.  I still have faith that he'll fix you up whether it's a scope or something else. 

I know it's easier said then done but try not to worry so much.  Just take it a day at a time.  We're all routing for you.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on May 05, 2009, 11:32:57 AM
Hi Nick,

I agree with Lenore, sometimes we just need to accept our knees. It has taken me a long time, but I have now accepted my knees will never be normal or the same. As long as I can keep active and can do most things I am happy. One day I hope to run, but if I don't it's not the end of the world. I have now found some new hobbies like silk painting and making cards which I really enjoy. Am sure you can find something you really like.

Perhaps you need to think about developing some new hobbies.

Just be guided what Mr Green says and follow his advice.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on May 05, 2009, 07:44:25 PM
Hi All,

Some members on KG say I am thinking too much about my right knee and worry too much about it. I am not all that worried about it as I never mention my knee at work even when it hurts and only talk about it to my friends if they ask me how my knee is. I only talk about it on KG and to my mum and jinny on a regular basis as its good to talk about it at times as it helps ease any stress it may cause.

I said it on FB I am sick of hearing people telling me to learn to live with knee problem and dont have a scope done. I lived with the knee problem for over 18 months now which is not that long compared to other members on KG but the last 4 weeks the pain increased more. I had good and bad knee days but now have more bad knee days then good before was vice versa. The catching/pinching inside the knee more regular and painful on lateral side, its all over the place now the pain also on medial side, bottom of kneecap and tibia/fibula. Was told if I left it untreated wont get worse but it is getting worse and may be doing more damage inside the knee if pain increased and is more regular.

Everyone on KG seems to have forgotten that the MRI scan is almost a year old now and a lot can change inside the knee during that time . MRI scans are not reliable as Nevella found out when her OS looked inside her knee. I am thinking along the same line as Nevella and will ask Mr Green to scope the knee as Nevella did with her OS as she knew that her knee was damaged inside and was right to go ahead with the scope and now her knee almost back to normal. I know you guys think I am jumping the gun wanting to have a scope done but even if it does not make me run again would be great to get rid of the catching and sharp pain on lateral side of the knee.

Also got maltraking problem and not even had an xray done yet but may get one done when I see Mr Green. I know Mr Green said avoid a scope and live with knee problem if I can but cant live with it and like to try and get it sorted out. Said this before if I was in the armed forces or worked for the emergency services and needed to run for my job would be out of work now. I am sure Mr Green and those member who are anti surgery would say have knee scoped if I could no longer do my job. I am finding my job harder to do now as I feel knee pain more regular at work.

I have been paying into the NHS through national insurance since July 1999 and hardly used then until my knee injury and why not make use of the NHS and get treatment. I know my knee problem no where near as bad as others but I like to try all I can to stop the pain and catching and maybe be able to run again some day.

I love to avoid a scope if possible as I would not look forward to it as the GA the only thing that bothers me the rest I dont mind. Pain and discomfort after surgery is normal and dont mind going through with it if it in any way improve my right knee pain and mobilty.

I dont mean to be negative about KG but Members mostly join when there scope not worked but there are millions that have had a success with knee surgery and know people that had scopes and are fine now. My next door neighbour a guy at the gym and my brother in laws freind.

I am going to go on how I feel and not listen to what others are saying, I know for sure I damaged the knee inside and a simple scope could fix it. I feel knee pain increasing and be stupid to ignore the pain and learn to put up with it when I got a fantastic OS like Mr Green to fix me up.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Nettan on May 05, 2009, 08:55:47 PM
Nick, long time since I wrote. But I feel that I have to now.
You know that I have lived with my kneeproblems for so many years and been in rehab numerous times.
You need to listen to your body and when your right knee get more pain of going to the gym, you need to listen to that and let that leg rest for a while. You can still work out at the gym with the rest of the body.
After you had the injection you should have given the knee more time to let the injection do it's work.
A knee that has been irritated for so long doesn't get well in just a couple of days after an injection. Cortizone isn't a quick fix. The body must also get time to recover. You are up at your legs all day long and maybe that is enough for this knee for now. Maybe the work in gym only trigger the irritation. Your doc knows what is best for you. Let your knee be for a while and then see when you are going back to your doc what he says then. No idea to try sort out what is needed yet.
Meanwhile keep a diary on how you exercise so he knows exactly what you have done when you get back there.

All the best/Nettan
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: fraud_ninja on May 05, 2009, 09:24:06 PM
Nick,

You have yourself way too worked up over this whole "to scope or not to scope" debate.  Members on Knee Geeks will have their opinions and you cannot let that bother you.

I agree with Nettan, you need to listen to your knee and rest when it hurts.

You are running yourself in circles over this.  You have clearly made up your mind that you want to go for a scope.  That is your decision and you do not need to defend yourself about whatever you have decided.  Understand that there will be people who do not agree with your choice...but that is based on their own experiences.  At the end of the day the only person you need to defend your decisions to is yourself.

If you look back, every single post you make is all about your decision to have a scope, how you know you have damaged your knee, and how so many people disagree with you.  I can just sense your frustration with each post.  You do not need to get yourself so stressed out over this.

As you have stated, you have a good OS, Mr. Green.  He will do what he thinks is best.  His opinion is the only one that matters.  Don't worry about what other people think, its not worth the time and energy.

Try to relax, get some rest for the knee, and take it one step at a time.

All the best to you and your knee.  Something will be resolved soon. 

Signed, the Ninja
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on May 14, 2009, 07:08:07 PM
Hi All,

I managed over a week without posting on my thread but like to give a weekly update about my right knee which is still the same with no improvment even after the injection. If I try to walk at a faster pace the lateral side of kneecap hurts where I feel the catching/pinching which feels a little worse so hope it is June when I see Mr Green again for follow up consulation. He did say will see me in around 6 weeks time which brings it to June but hope its not while I am away in Germany for 9 days visiting my Cousin with my Mum from 27th May to 6th June.

I suppose I have made my mind up on what to do next about my right knee and may well go for a scope at this stage as nothing else seems to be helping I could ask Mr Green if he could do another injection to see if it helps this time but dont think it will.

I also know that if I did go ahead with a scope might chicken out a few days before surgery and cancel the surgery as it would scare me the thought of surgery IF I did need a scope. I always had a phobia about hospitals and surgery and know I would freak out but at the same time want my knee sorted so might be ok to face my phobia.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: arkitect06 on May 14, 2009, 08:41:03 PM
Hey Nick,

Sorry that you still have some pain and that the injection didn't help.  Sounds like a scope is the next step. Don't worry b/c it's a simple surgery.  Just remember that you have to think positive and know that nothing will go wrong and everything will go smoothly.  There are more chances that it will go well than anything else.  With a scope, you just go to sleep, wake up in recovery with a bandage on and then go home.  You actually can probably walk right out of the hospital.  If it helps, it would be worth it.  Chances are that everything will go smoothly!  Once you need a more complex procedure, those chances change some, but just think positively.  I am trying not to throw my experiences into your mind!  You will be in good hands at the hospital and hopefully you will have a better knee afterwards!  If your knee pain is irritating you enough and affecting your life, then go for it!  It probably can't get any worse!  :) 

I hope your appt doesn't fall in a bad schedule!  Keep thinking positively!  Thanks for all of your kind notes on my diary!

Farrah
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on May 14, 2009, 10:28:25 PM
Nick,  Sorry the injection didn't work for you and you're still having pain.  I'm sure you've had just about enough of it by now.  Hopefully Dr. Green will come up with another solution.  Hope the June appointment works out for you. 

Have a great weekend!

Lenore
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on May 21, 2009, 07:40:09 PM
Hi All,

Another week gone by and knee still no better and may have already read on Facebook that I now feel pain while at the gym while using the excercise bike. I was coming towards the end of my 30 minutes on the bike and at the start the knee hurt a bit and 3 minutes towards the end the knee pain came back and told my friend Jake and told me to stop straight away so had no choice but to stop or would have been moaned at by Jake. I cannot give up my workout at the gym as I really enjoy going and have to keep my leg muscles strong and was not on a high level only on 20 and knee felt ok at the gym on Monday so will go again on Friday and see if knee is ok or not straight after work so I can avoid Jake as he will stop me doing my workout. I am not letting my knee injury stop me from doing things I enjoy and no way will I stop going to the gym.

I also think I overwork my knee by doing this extra gardening job after work as I digging alot and kneeling down and lifting up heavy barrow loads of grass thats grown into the flowerbeds. After lifting the barrow onto the trailer yesterday felt pain in my right knee straight away and cant stop doing my job as I really need the extra cash and cant let my knee yet again stop me from doing my work so have to just carry on through the pain. Today knee was not to bad compared to yesterday but was doing my gardening job again this afternoon and felt sudden sharp pain on the medial side which is new as its normally on the lateral side so pain seems to be on both sides of the kneecap along with the bottom of kneecap so could be getting worse.

I have still not got a letter from the NHS to see Mr Green and has been 4 weeks today when I saw him and should be seeing him in 2 weeks time but dont think thats going to happen anymore as I will be in Gemany even if letter arrived before I leave on Wednesday cant go for the next 2 weeks so if the letter not arrived when I come back from Germany in June will call the hospital and find out why its taking so long. I really need to see Mr Green with in the next 8 weeks incase I did need a scope as it takes 18 weeks to have the surgery and would be ideal to have it done anytime during the last 3 months of the year as it would suit me workwise as we are less busy on the golf course. I also mow peoples lawns, my allotment and my gardening job so no way can take time off untill mid October when the growing season slows down.

Knee still swollen at the bottom of kneecap and pain becoming more regular but if I stoped each time my knee hurt would not be able to do my job properly, even when I sitting down mowing right knee hurts so really starting to become annoying and cant live with it like Mr Green suggested it needs treatment and he has to treat me and sure he will when he sees how much it affects my performance at work.

I spoke to my next door neighbour who had surgery on her knee in August 2008 and she told me her knee swells up still and can no run but has helped ease the pain. I am still going for a scope if Mr Green happy to do it even if I hear negative things about it wont put me off as I want to at least try and see if it works for me either it will help or it wont or knee will remain the same so whats there to lose. I will take my sisters advise Jinny who told me the majority of scopes done at her hospital have been a success and patcients knee's are fine again. My sister just phoned me up not Jinny and said dont listen to Jake if I want to go to the gym then go and will carry on going as its not going to make my knee any worse then it is already.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on May 23, 2009, 10:38:16 AM
Hi All,

A letter arrived this morning from the Hospital and have got a date to see Mr Green for follow up consultation on Tuesday 30th June at 2:10pm. I did say would see him in June but on the last day of the month, I am pleased I have got a date before flying to Germany on Wednesday morning can relax more now I know I have an appointment with Mr Green.

I really glad I am seeing him as knee pain this weeks been failrly bad alot more intense and seems to be all over the knee the pain. No way can live with it as yet again knee was hurting after my workout at the gym yesterday and was never like this before so seems to be getting worse due to bad management of my injury through Alexander who thought my knee was ok.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on May 23, 2009, 11:28:30 AM
Hi Nick,

Great that you now have the letter for your appointment. You can now go away to Germany feeling at ease. I love Germany. It is such an interesting place. Must say that I miss being so close to Germany. When I finish my studies I would love to work and live in London or the UK again.

It was nice chatting to you on Facebook earlier. Good luck with your haircut.

I am counting down the weeks and days till I see my OS. Only 2 weeks and 6 days today.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on May 23, 2009, 01:23:09 PM
That's awesome news Nick! Now you can enjoy your trip even more! Yay!!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 27, 2009, 04:00:44 PM
Nick,

Hey there.  So sorry your knee is not feeling any better, but seems worse.  Well now you have your next appointment with Mr. Green and can go on your vacation and not worry about that much at least.  I certainly hope a scope can fix your problems.  Let us know how you are doing in the meantime.  Have a fun and safe trip.  Your knee may even feel a bit better as you are not working for a bit.  Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on June 09, 2009, 07:40:46 PM
Hi All,

Not been on KG for over 2 weeks which is the longest time away since December 2006 when I was in South Africa on Holiday. I had a fantastic time in Germany at my Cousins House in the heart of the countryside and dont lock thier front door when they go out and never been broken into yet in the 20 odd years they have lived there. Also saw my other Cousin from Venezuela who I not seen for over 9 years which was a surprise as we did not expect her to come at same time my Mum and I was in Germany.

I am very confussed about my right knee as some days hardly feel any knee pain while other days feel it alot more. The 1st day when I flew to Germany knee was very sore and more swollen then usual which never happened before swelling always been the same. I felt pain while going up each step at my Cousins house the 1st night and my mum could even see knee was more swollen then usual and was playing up a few days before flying to Germany. After 4 days at my Cousins house knee pain got better with just the odd knee pain during the other days but had 2 sit down while walking for a while one day as knee was hurting. The last few days knee pain been minimal and could even go on a high level on the cross trainer without feeling knee pain so confussed now as sometimes knee fine while other days feel pain more.

Its 3 weeks today that I see Mr Green and now not sure what to do about a possible scope should I leave it as it is or still go for a scope. When my knee feels fine think to myself maybe leave knee as it is and dont have a scope but when I feel pain and cant walk for a long time without feeling the knee pain then think to myself might as well go for a scope. Mr Green even told me he would not go for a scope if he was in my situation but he does not know how much its affects my mentally and physically and on a bad day seems to be getting worse the pain. I now feel pain on medial and lateral side and the bottom of kneecap at times and was just the lateral side a few months ago.

I went to the gym yesterday afternoon and met my next door neighbour who had a scope done in August 2008 and after she had it done told me she glad she had it done but now she says she wish she did not go for a scope as now her knee feels worse and can no longer run and play vollyball which she could do before her scope, run but knee swelled up and felt pain. She told me think twice before going for a scope and family and KG members are saying the same thing, Jinny my sister thinks I should have knee scoped as she a Nurse and knows scopes can be a benefit.

I still cant run or walk fast and was overtaken by people at the airport and would like to be able to run and walk faster one day again. I know a KG member who on my facebook as a freind and she could not run for over 8 years but after many scopes she finally could run again so there still hope for me yet.

I am at the cross roads at the moment do I go up the road and have a scope or go the opposite direction and leave knee as it is and learn to live with it. 80% of the time hear negative comments about scopes so reluctant now to go for one if Mr Green suggested it. What should I do now just leave it as it it and hope knee does not get worse or gamble and go for a scope, what would you guys do in my situation?

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on June 11, 2009, 07:30:27 PM
Hi All,

Feeling a bit left out as no one suggested what I should do in my situation with my right knee as I get days when I hardly feel any knee pain and think maybe its best left as it is. Then when I have a bad day or 2 think maybe its best getting it scoped.

What does not seem to improve is my walking and being able to run as I dont realise how slow I am until I get passed by people in the street some much older then me. The pain may not be there all the time but the lack of mobilty does not seem to improve. This really annoys me and would like to get back to how I was if possible.

I am 51% wanting a scope at this stage just to see if it helps in anyway as it a routine procedure so nothing to worry about according to my sister Jinny. The remaining 49% I worried knee may end up worse after a scope or have scar tissue problems which can be nasty to get right again, also a little worried about the GA as I never really had a proper one yet just twice as a kid at the Dentist which was not nice at the time.

Clearly knee not getting any better as its still swollen and pain comes and goes still but been less since coming back from Germany. I spoke to my sister earlier from South Africa and told me dont bother with cross trainer and excercise bike but do leg weights instead but been told a cross trainer builds up your leg muscles just as well as weights. I dont like to strain my knee with heavy weights thinks I better ask Mr Green 1st as it could do more harm then good.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on June 11, 2009, 07:38:20 PM
Hey Nick,

Welcome home.  Sounds like you had a fun time in Germany.  It's good to hear you're enjoying life despite continuing knee problems.

Hopefully your next appointment with Dr. Green will enlighten you about what to do.  Trust the experts Nick.  Less than 3 weeks now to your appointment. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on June 13, 2009, 03:43:48 PM
Hi Nick,
I think you are right in waiting to see what comes of your appointment with Mr Green, it is not too long to wait is it.  It sounds like you are managing with most things but that mobility and sometimes pain is still a problem.  I think that Mr Green should be able to suggest other treatments than a scope, perhaps there is something you could try first and if that doesnt work you could always have a scope then. You could hear hundreds of good and bad stories about scopes but that shouldnt help you to decide.
 If you decide you want to have one they really are ok to deal with and you won't remember the anesthetic part of it really-it only took 5 minutes while they put the needle in and administered the medicine in my case, after that I dont remember anything. 
Glad to hear that you had a great time in Germany, it sounds lovely and how nice to meet family that you havent seen for a while.

Allie xx
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: MartinsGirl on June 13, 2009, 11:34:52 PM
Hi Nick,
I'm sorry you are again flip flopping between wanting a scope and not wanting one. You asked our opinion a while ago and a few of us gave it to you. My opinion remains the same. You said Dr. Green is the best of the best, so if he thinks a scope may help, I'd go for it. I also know he suggested you just live with it, but you do not want to choose that option (nor should you have to). I guess just see where he stands in 3 weeks time. As Allie said, you should not base your choice on what stories you've heard from others. You said 80% or something of scope stories you've heard ended negatively? I've never heard of that many. Most of my friends (almost all) have had positive scope outcomes. I've only heard of a few complications from friends who had more major knee surgeries.

Good luck with your decision!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on June 16, 2009, 03:22:44 PM
Hi All,

Only 2 more weeks until my appointment with Mr Green and hope he can suggest what to do next to get knee to how it use to be before the fall. Knee pain returned again during the last few days was just having a good knee period but clearly the problem is still there and wont go away without some form of treatment.

When I look at my right knee the most swollen area is at the bottom of kneecap on the medial side which Mr Green did not inject but get pain on both sides, more often on the lateral side where I feel the catching. Only yesterday got pain around the tibia so problem is not getting any better just hope Mr Green can help me out.

Allie I cant really afford to try out offer methods apart from a scope at this stage as I need it sorted out between October to February when we less busy on the golf course, if I try another treatment that might not help might end up having a scope in spring 2010 which is when I am busy again on the Golf Couse. It has to be sorted out within the next 6 months, I hope sometime during the last 3 months of 2009 when the grass slows down in growth and have less work on the golf course.

I have been told it can take up to 18 weeks to have a scope done so IF I did need one would be done in October or November which would suit me better. I want to start 2010 a new decade with my knee problem more and less sorted out.

I feel too young being limited in my mobilty and would like to try and get it back to how it use to be and cant live with the knee problem as Mr Green suggested. I think he not saying he wont scope the knee just warning it might not solve the knee problem and may not be able to get it right again but he can at least try and see if he can get sorted.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 16, 2009, 04:21:34 PM
Hi Nick,

Well not much longer now.  I hope Mr. Green can help you sort out what you want to do, and how it will help you.  The do nothing option is always mentioned.  Even with all my problems, I can choose to just live with it and not do anything.  Most of the time you only here about the problems people have had with a scope or other surgery.  You don't usually hear about the success stories.  Good luck and try not to worry yourself too much.  Even though that is alway easy to say.

Take care,

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on June 18, 2009, 10:42:35 PM
Well went to the download festival in Castle Donington.

Survived the experience LOL  ;D.  Had a great time saw Journey, ZZ Top, Whitesnake and Def Lepard had a brill time me feet were killing me then a two mile walk back into town after  :'( that nearly killed me not so much the walk but the standing on one spot for nearly 6hrs LOL :o.

May try it again one day but definately feel to old fr that game LOL.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on June 18, 2009, 10:45:05 PM
Sorry Nick just realised I posted that in the wrong place. 

Great chatting to you the other day.  Not long now for you to see Mr Green.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on June 23, 2009, 07:26:59 PM
Hi All,

Only 1 more week until I see Mr Green and kind ok looking forward to seeing him as I know I have chosen the right OS for my knee problem and confident that he can sort it out for me. I think the cortisone injection has helped as knee pain has been less the last 3 weeks but the problem is still there as knee is still swollen and painful at times but not as bad as a few weeks ago. If I am at work and lifting or got a petrol leaf blower on my back feel pain at bottom of kneecap so problem is not getting any better the injection has only masked the pain a little. The injection took about 6 weeks to work kind off unless I am having a good few weeks without so much pain thats happened before so know the problem not been fixed.

I admit my walking pace is not as bad as others that limp around at slower pace then me but my speed is not slow or fast, would say slow/moderate. I see people waking down the street at a slower pace then me and think to myself I not as bad as them but when I am walking as fast as I can and get taken over by people twice my age then would like something done to get to a faster pace. I really miss not being able to run and feel at 30 I am still too young never to be able to run again. I can at least try and see if Mr Green can get me running again even if it means surgery its worth the risk and trying it out.

Mr sister Jinny the Orthpaedic Nurse told me might as well try all I can to get back to walking faster and running and might as well go for a scope at this stage as there nothing to lose. If knee still the same after a scope then at least I tried all the options at hand and can say I done all I can to get knee right again but not worked for me. I hope it does work for me and can still practice for the 2012 London Marathon maybe for KG that I think is a registestred Charity the year of the London Olympic Games.

I cant live with my knee problem even thought knee pain not as bad the last few week the knee still swollen and mobillty is limited and want something done about it and hope Mr Green can help me out even if it means a scope I think I ok about it even though I dont like the prospect of a GA I am prepared to go for it even though it would freak me out you have to do things in life you dont like and may benefit me in the end, so if Mr Green says he will scope the knee will agree with him to go ahead and do it.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on June 24, 2009, 10:45:30 AM
Less than a week now Nick.  I bet you're getting excited about this appointment.  I'm really glad to hear your knee has been feeling better.  Probably because mostly you've been on holiday and not working it as hard.  Can't wait to see what Dr. Green has to say.  Good luck!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on June 24, 2009, 06:35:19 PM
Hi Nick
Good luck with your appointment, what day and time is it at next week?  I hope that you have a  weekend with plenty of things planned so that you can take your mind off the waiting!!!
xx
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on June 25, 2009, 05:26:50 PM
Hi All,

My appointment is on Tuesday 30th June at 2:10pm but have to be there half an hour before incase they decide to do xrays etc. I reminded my Boss about it again and he fine about it as there is a ladies 36 hole comp on and cant really be on the course so chosen a good day to have the afternoon off. I have Lunch break at 12:30pm to 1pm but will leave work at 12:30pm and get something to eat and take a shower before heading of to the Hospital. I will only lose 2 hours work time but can do flexi hours and do an extra 2 hours another day to make up for the lost time.

The pain still there at times but not as intense as before so think the injection has helped a bit but not really solved the knee problem. I cant get the swelling down at the bottom of the kneecap even after rest and anti inflammatories pills. I do get annoyed that I cant run at 30 as I was a competitive cross country runner at school and enjoyed my jogging until I fell over and cant run since. I cant do things you take for granted like running to catch a bus or train or quickly crossing the road when there a gap in the traffic small things like that I can no longer do and hope Mr Green can do all he can to get me back running again.

I am seeing a psychologist this evening at 7:30pm about my aspergers and worries about my knee as people still think the problem is my head and should be able to run but know its not and do have a problem with the knee. Also will discuss my Boss who can be nasty to me at times and be nice to talk to someone about my problems. I know Kirsty sees one and she finds hers very helpful and was her idea to see one as she can see knee problem is getting me a bit down with so many negative comments about should I or should I not go for a scope.

4 more full days until my appointment and hope this time I get somewhere with my knee injury as its now over 20 months since my fall and about time something was done about it.

Nick :) {2009} :)


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 25, 2009, 05:38:31 PM
Hi Nick,

I think you have a good idea there, to see a counselor.  Being injured can be trying and difficult.  I think it will help a lot for you to talk it out with a neutral 3rd party so to speak.  Good luck,

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on June 29, 2009, 03:54:21 PM
Hi All,

I know I said would only post once a week but because my appointment less then 24 hours away feeling kind of exited about it but at the same time nervous and apprehensive as I may need to have a scope at this stage which I kind of want but its surgery and I think anyone would get worried about it if you have AS or not.

We had a massive thunderstorm on saturday afternoon and it washed down the sand in the bunkers on the golf course and spent the whole day shoveling and raking the sand all 87 which made my knee more swollen as when I sat down for lunch my trousers felt tight around my right knee. I reminded my Boss about my appointment and will be leaving at lunch time and said you imagine your knee is bad when its really not and just said well its swollen so cant be ok did not bother telling him about maltraking and inflammed fat pad and possible damage at the bottom of kneecap. If my knee was normal Mr Green would not have injected the knee so as long as he says the knee not right that all that matters.

I really get annoyed with my Boss as he convinced my knee ok and if I need a scope he wont like it and be funny towards me. My work collegue told me get Mr Green to write a report for the golf club to explain I do have a knee problem and is not all in my head.

Its something I need to tell my psychologist when I see him next week Thursday as it does get to me people saying its all in my head when its not.

I written a lsit of questions to ask Mr Green.


Mr Green Knee Questions:

Right knee affecting my personal life as I cannot do certain things that taken for granted.

Cannot live with right knee problem and would like something done about it.

Knee pain just the same with catching and sharp pain on lateral side of the knee even after injection.

Will I ever be able to run again?

Would surgery make knee worse?

Would surgery get rid of the catching and sharp pain?

How long is the waiting list for routine keyhole surgery?

How long would I be off work if I did go ahead with keyhole surgery?

Would I have problems with scar tissue if I went ahead with keyhole surgery?

Should I wear a knee support bandage?

How long would surgery take?

If possible could surgery be done during the winter months as I cannot take time off work during the summer months. (April to September)

Could tracking problems also be contributing to my knee problem?

Is there a problem with the fat pad or not as was told there was a problem by Alexander my PT when a radiologist looked at my MRI scan.

Should I go on lower levels on cross trainer and exercise bike at the gym?

Would an xray or CT scan show up maltraking problems?

Should I have another cortisone injection?


I chatted to a KG member of FB last week and he went last week to see Mr Green at same hospital I am going to and saw his assistant and not Mr Green. I would only want to see Mr Green even if he is busy happy to wait for him even if it 2 hours + as this appointment is so important for me.

Bring on Tuesday afternoon it cant come soon enough I have internet on my mobile phone so if I can add more questions to my list then please tell me what else to write on the list.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 29, 2009, 06:07:47 PM
Hi Nick,

I think you have a vary good list going here.  Great idea to talk to the counselor about how this is affecting you at work, with your boss.  I am not sure about having Mr. Green write a letter to work or not.  I think it may help you, but it could also hinder you.  Ask Mr. Green what he thinks about that.  He may have some restrictions for you to help with the pain.  You are quite correct about being nervous about surgery, most everyone is.  I know I am going to be quite a wreck the week prior to my surgery in July.  It's natural, especially since you really have not had any surgery before.

Just a thought here, have you had Mr. Green also check out your shoes?  Maybe a different pair may help out, give more support or something.  Not sure if that will help or not, but don't think it can hurt to check it out.

Good luck tomorrow.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on June 30, 2009, 10:11:54 AM
Good luck for today Nick- thinking of you.  Let me know how you get on.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on June 30, 2009, 05:48:34 PM
Hi All,

I went to the Hospital on time and did not have to wait long to see Mr Green but when I got into the office was his assistant who saw me, who of course is also a OS but because Mr Green so busy he cant see all his patients and was annoyed at 1st but the other OS was just as good and examined my knee but did not find the painful area that Mr Green found but did notice swelling on the medial side and bottom of the kneecap. I was a guinea pig as a medical students also examined my knee under the watchful eye of the OS and poor thing made a few mistakes and did not see knee was swollen so the OS had to point out the medial side of the knee where the swelling is. I told him I go to the gym 3 times a  week and injection has not really helped just numbed the pain but still cannot run or walk fast and feel catching on lateral side of the knee.

After he examined my knee and asked me a few questions he suggested that it might be best to do some key hole surgery at this stage and went out of the office to talk it over with Mr Green who agreed with him and is happy to scope my right knee. I am pleased that its going to be Mr Green that does the surgery as he the best person who can spot a problem. What the OS did point out was that they look inside the knee and find nothing wrong which would be the worse thing that could happen. The OS I saw said Mr Green will make 2 small incisions and take a good look inside the knee. The MRI scan looks normal but told me that MRI scans are not always reliable and the best way to see whats going on is key hole surgery so was pleased with Mr Green Assistant as he doing something about the injury rather then leave it as it is.

After the OS discussed it with Mr Green he came back and told me can have surgery in September but told him cant they prospone it till October as September is the most busy month on the golf course and as you know my boss is a jerk so best get it done from october onwards. We have to major competitions and 2 guys have got a weeks holiday that month. The OS I saw asked the nurse if the surgery can be done on october rather then september and came back saying it wont be a problem. I then went to the pre op clinic and nurse took some swabs and could then go back home.

Now its will happen nerves are kicking in and no not sure if I want the surgery incase they find nothing wrong with the knee but think Mr Green will find a problem and will fix it. It will be my 1st ever surgery and worried about the GA and the risks of having surgery but must go for it if I like it or not as it could benefit me and will talk to my psychologist about it next week Thursday as I am going to get anxieties about it more then other because of my AS so hope I made the right decision by going ahead with surgery.

I always mentioned a scope and now its going to happen, suppose its normal to feel uneasy about it but it may solve my knee problem and be stupid to cancel it or pull out now as I have got this far and had the injury for over 20 months and now something being done about it. Been a KG Member for nearly 6 years and can now join the scope club which may benefit me.

My Poor Mum got a parking ticket outside the hospital along with all the other cars parked on the road but the carpark was full so where else can one park. Many find it hard to walk and unfair to give parking tickets to people that need to go to the hospital. The traffic warden had a field day and pissed off alot of people as there no where else one can park.

Thanks for the good luck messages on FB and KG its nice to have all your support.

Nick :) {2009} :-\
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 30, 2009, 06:33:30 PM
Well Nick, sounds like some good news.  Both docs think that there is a problem that needs looking into.  It will make just about anyone nervous knowing that a surgery is comming up.  Talk it out with us, your family and your psychologist too.  It is a ways off yet.  Too bad your mom got a parking ticket.  Never a good space when you need one it seems.

Take care,

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: allie on June 30, 2009, 06:37:47 PM
Glad to hear that your appointment went well Nick.  I hope that you are feeling better about your knee now that you know that they are willing to do something.  It is especially good that they are fitting things in with your work and you can have it done in October.  I am happy to discuss the procedure of having a scope with you as I have recently had one, if this will help to put your mind at rest.
Sorry to hear that your mum got a ticket-it is always a problem parking at our hospitals and is something that needs to change, I think!!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on June 30, 2009, 09:48:41 PM
Was not on the computer last night so was unable to wish you the best.

Glad everything went well and at least you know you have tried all the conservative treatments so you know that a scope was your next option.  Try not to worry about it plenty of advice on this site. 

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on July 01, 2009, 05:46:39 AM
Hi Nick,

Glad to hear that Mr Green is going to do a scope. At least you won't have to put up with it much longer.

Definitely talk to your psychologist about your concerns.

No point putting it off anymore as it has been a problem for a couple of years now.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on July 01, 2009, 01:01:24 PM
Nick, I'm glad to hear you had a successful visit with Dr. Green.  I'm really happy to hear he isn't giving up on you and wants to take a closer look.  I'm curious what he's looking for.  Did he give you any indication what he thinks your problem is and what he'll be looking for when he does the scope? 

Try not to stress too much about the scope Nick.  The incisions are very small and the recovery is really fast.  You'll be amazed how well you do.  The GA is nothing to  worry about either.  They have great drugs these days and you won't remember a thing.  You'll probably wake up and say "you did it already?"
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on July 01, 2009, 09:40:10 PM
Hi All,

Thanks for all your replies on my thread you all fantastic individuals as you all have supported me since I started my thread I dont know what I would do without KG and its members. I have not told my Boss about my scope yet as he was away today and wont see him till Monday as I am spending a few days at jinny's house on the suffolk coast on the east side of the UK till Sunday. I will ask her a few questions about a scope as she works at the pre op clinic and knows about what surgery involves. I text all my sisters and brother yesterday about my scope in October and they all behind me and support me all the way as they know how much knee injury is annoying me. I also told the guys at work and one was saying is your pain so bad that you need surgery and cant understand why I want to have a scope if pain not there all the time. I am getting very pissed off with people still thinking my knee ok and wasting time having a scope. I saw another OS yesterday and he thinks I need a scope and so does Mr Green so cant go against what they recommnended as they really think I do have a problem inside the knee.

Kirsty you are right there no point in putting it of any longer as it may get worse if I leave it as it is and would be silly not to go for a scope. I know I be a nervous wreck on morning of surgery and may not sleep that night and even might not want to go to the hospital but I have to make myself go for my own good. I am in good hands with Mr Green performing the scope as he one of the best OS's in the UK and he there to help me out.

Lenore I did not see Mr Green yesterday but saw him in April and thinks may have damaged my tibia/fibula, his assistant OS was good as well as he was the one that told Mr Green that I need a scope at this stage. If 2 OS's say I need a scope cant go against it as they wnat to help me out and should be thankful for it.

Allie if its not taking too much of your time then please tell me more about what a scope involves you can send me a PM or post on my thread, I leave it up to you which way you decide.

Milly I will discuss the scope with my psycholgist next week Thursday as I worried about it but should not be as its such a simple procedure these days. Poor you are going to have surgery this month and bet you worried about it as well but we have to go through with it if we want to be helped.

Sue you are right I knew a scope was the next option as conservative treatments failed and got KG to give me support.

I am just worried he wont find a problem and rather Mr Green does find something to put my mind at ease. If knee swollen does it mean that there is damage inside the knee and pain and catching is real and not in is not in my head. I am also concerned that I might be more prone to arthrtus if I have a scope and might make knee worse then it is now.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on July 07, 2009, 07:46:34 PM
Hi All.

Those of you who are on Facebook may have seen my thoughts about if I should cancel my surgery as I get so many negative comments about it. I hardly mention my knee at work but at lunch break yesterday felt a sharp pinching pain on lateral side of the knee that was painful at the time and one of my work colleague noticed somethink was wrong and told him felt some sudden sharp pain in my right knee and said maybe its best to have my knee operated but worried about surgery and he said dont have surgery leave it as it is. Another work colleague said they only want to scope the knee because you want it done but never asked Mr Green or his Assitant OS as they both told me to go for a scope and never asked them about it.

I have not told my Boss yet and dont know when to tell him as he not going to like it and may give me a hard time about it. I am seeing my psychologist on Thursday night and will tell him about work and my knee surgery.

I think I would be very stupid to cancel the surgery as I waited so long and have been messed about by the NHS. I am only worried about the GA as I have a bad memories as a child of GA at the dentist twice when I had my teeth extracted and has to be the my worse childhood memories. I always worried since that day about having to have another GA, not worried when he goes in and the recovery after.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 07, 2009, 09:21:37 PM
Hey Nick,

I wouldn't worry about what your co-workers say.  Go with what your OS is saying.  As for when to tell your boss, how soon before you are off would you need to request the time?  I wouldn't do it any sooner than that.  You have waited so long to have something done for your knee, don't cancel.  It is not easy to ignore all the nay-sayers, but try not to dwell on what the negative folks have to say.  The knee may never be totally normal again, but it has been since you injured it.  In most cases there is improvement after surgery.  The important piece of your recovery will be your rehab.  Make sure you let them know up front you need to be able to run etc at the end of it all.  Your end goals will determine alot of your PT stuff.   Try not to worry too much about it and come hash it out here any time.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on July 08, 2009, 08:03:58 PM
Hi Nick

I am really pleased that you are seeing your psychologist soon - hun you really need to get over what other people think about you knee ! It is no one elses business! Your os will never do surgery unless he deems it beneficial and until such time as your boss, co workers or anyone else in that matter is qualified to make any judgement on what you should do then they should butt out! Stop discussing it with them - then they can't make judgements !

You are entitled to 6 months off work in one period without it affecting your work position.  All you need do is give your employer the dates when you will have your surgery and approximate time off you will need.

You are allowing people to cloud your judgement - you had it straight in your head that your os was to do this surgery so just keep it that way !

I am actually very cross that these people feel they have the right to make you change your mind when they are in no way qualified to do so.

Chat with your psychologist - I am sure she will be of the sam opinion.

take care
anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on July 08, 2009, 11:11:28 PM
Hi Nick,

I totally agree with the others, don't listen to people who don't know what they are talking about.  At the end of the day you know that you have a problem with your knee and you need to get it sorted.  So forget about other peoples opinions and go with your own.

Best

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on July 09, 2009, 04:14:47 PM
Hi All,

I managed to find the right time to tell my Boss I need a scope on my right knee in October and did not say much just said its one of those things. Did not say any negative comment about it so hope he took in what I said and knows that I will need a few weeks off work.

I was not impressed with the pre op clinic as they say on letter can take up to 3 hours and all they did was take a swob and never asked me any questions about what the surgery involves and the risks. Was going to ask how much time I would need off work in the clinic but had no chance to. My sister Jinny the Nurse said 2 to 4 weeks depending what Mr Green finds, I cant see doing physical work again 2 weeks after surgery as a manual worker could be back in 2 weeks if I worked in an office all day. My sister works at pre op clinic and explains the surgery to her patients but the nurse I saw did not ask a single question and would like the surgery explained to me a few weeks before the scope rather then on the morning of surgery.

I have tried running but right knee wont allow me to as thats how I managed to get out of a scope in 2004 as I could suddenly run again but this time not so lucky so looks like surgery will happen. I thought injection was working but this week felt more knee pain again on medial, lateral and bottom of kneecap so shows there is a problem inside the knee and really need this scope done by Mr Green, be very stupid to cancel it as some people told me might get worse if left untreated. I did nearly have 2 weeks rest when I went to Germany but now working again so thats why the pain back again, also noticed it hurts more when its damp outside was ok during the dry spell we had.

The reason why I am cautious about having a scope is not only from the guys at work but by a number of people who are being negative about surgery and will quickly tell you who they are. One of my sisters told me avoid a scope as her husband had a scope and knee no better and now feels worse. My neighbour had a scope in August 2008 and now worse off as she says she can no longer run but could do before her scope. My Barber told me dont have a scope as it could ruin my knee even more. My Boss Girlfreind said dont have a scope knee might get worse. My other sister freind had a scope and now her knee worse off then before so can see why I thinking twice before having surgery with so many people having a negative outcome.

I will discuss it with my psychologist when I see him tonight as I feel I should go for a scope as I got nothing to lose as I cant run and feel pain and if its no better after a scope then at least I tried to get it sorted out. I will try all I can to run again and hope its a easy fix and surgery is a success.

You know since I started my thread knew a scope was the only option and now have the chance to have one and should not listen to negative comments as anje said they have no right to be negative towards surgery and should be supporting me to have it done as it does affect my daily life and want something done about it as its not to much to ask for.

Sorry for moaning all the time but these negative comments does annoy me alot.

Nick :) {2009} :)


Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on July 09, 2009, 08:23:41 PM
There is nothing wrong with people telling you about their experiences.

BUT

it is not your knee they are talking about, people who have a scope and then say it is worse after wil prob find it is worse because the scope didnt solve or find the problem and the underlying prob is still there!

your os will only do a scope if he thinks it can be of benefit!

depending on whether anything is actually done during the scope will depend on how much time you need off - or how quickly your knee recovers - we are all different - I have had about 6 scopes and never had more than a week off - most of them were done while I was a police officer and went back to normal duties after that week, so you may find you will be okay anyway.  (and if you fancy an extra week off - just say you are not ready to go back ! )  :)


hope your meeting goes well tonight

anje
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on July 16, 2009, 07:38:14 PM
Hi All

I really need this scope and be a fool to cancel it as I waited long enough with my injury and should accept it even though I nervous about it I know Mr Green there to help me out. I know knee wont get better unless I have a scope done as knee was painful today at bottom of kneecap and tibia and felt a few sharp pinches on lateral side of the knee so know there most be a problem inside the knee.

I know the wost part will be on day of surgery just before going into theatre and going under GA which I am not looking forward to but have to go through with it if I want knee to improve. I would like to be able to run again one day and can at least try and see if a scope can fix my knee problem. I also know that knee might never be normal again and may not be able to run every again which woulkd be annoying but not the end of the world, be nice to get rid of the catching/pinching inside on lateral side of knee.

I waited long enough to make progress and be stupid to cancel the surgery and just have to face my phobia as we all have to face our phobia some stage during our lives. Mr Green thinks I may have done some damage at the bottom of kneecap as the pain was intense when he located it.

Sorry guys thinking about myself the last 2 weeks and not been able to post on your threads as I not had the time but will try and catch up on your threads on saturday.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 16, 2009, 09:47:45 PM
Hey Nick,

Sounds like you are still having a tough time with the surgery.  It is a ways off and that makes it easy to psyche your self out a lot.  Unfortunately with the knee hurting it's impossible to put it out of your mind.  If you think you will be really bad before they wheel you in, you may be able to ask for a mild sedative to help keep you calm.  Not sure what the protocol at your hospital is though.  Try not to get too anxious about it all.  If things are bad for you, can you give your phsychologist a call (not sure I spelled that right?)?  I do understand how you can chase your own tail about the whole thing though.  Done that my self on a couple surgeries.  "I don't need it"..... "Yes I do" and round and round.  Best thing is try to stay calm about it.  Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on July 23, 2009, 05:40:04 PM
Hi All,

Saw my psychologist yesterday evening and told him I am worried about my scope and keep thinking about it all the time. He was really helpful and understanding as he knows what its like to have a scope as he had a torn meniscus repaired on his left knee and told me its not as bad as you think and should be fine. I was surprised when he told me was given a local anaesthetic and was awake during surgery must have been given a spinal, always thought a general is given for a scope according to Jinny my sister the nurse but maybe wrong. Does say on the arthroscopy booklet sometimes done under local or spinal depending whats done inside the knee. My psychologist will do me a laminated credit card sized info card with bullet points on how to overcome my anxiety of having a scope to look at when I worried about the surgery.


I am now sleeping better at night worrying less about the surgery as its a common procedure and give you a low dosage of GA so wont be asleep for too long and hope it goes quickly and is a simple problem to fix.

The knee pain still there and is not going away and will point out to Mr Green the lateral side of the knee where I feel the catching and piching as that seems to be the most painful area before surgery. The pain on medial side and bottom of kneecap is not as bad as the lateral side.

Tired today as we worked 11 hours at work yesterday rather then 9 hours which is a long day and was on my feet all day and felt some knee pain towards the end of the day that was too long.

Nick :) {2009} :)




Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 24, 2009, 09:43:16 PM
Nick,

Glad your psychologist could help.  It's nice that he can help from the side of experience too.  It can be hard not to obsess about things sometimes, especially since you haven't been through this before.  As for a local, sometimes it can be done that way.  If there is a medical reason for not using GA, they will often use a local.  If you think that may work better for you, discuss it with your surgical center and your sister.  You do have options you know.  I am really glad you are feeling better about it all though.

Milly

PS - got your facebook invite.  I have in mind to try to set up a page while I am off work with my surgery.  I'll look you up then.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on July 27, 2009, 05:24:17 PM
Nick, I'm glad to hear you're not stressing so much now.  It's awful when things keep you wide awake at night and consume your every waking moment.  It's great you have such a helpful psychologist. 

With all the rain you are having I'm surprised you are even able to work on the golf course.  What do you do in the meantime?
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Hopesmom on July 29, 2009, 11:36:29 PM
Nick,

Before surgery, you must try this.  Dr. David Connell at the London Pain Center uses a new alcohol ablation technique for Hoffa's Disease (infrapatellar fat pad irritation/impingment syndrome).  He is a radiologist with the Department of Radiology, Royal National Orthopaedic Hospital and Kingston Hospital NHS Trust, Brockley Hill, Stanmore, Middlesex HA7 4LP, United Kingdom.  He presented this at the Radiologist convention in Brussels.  Here is a link to the study: 
http://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0009926007002735  (copy and paste).

This is in lieu of surgery.  It is alcohol (ethanol and analgesic bupivicaine) injected directly into the fat pad guided by ultrasound so that it is direct.  You will need to contact Dr Connell, Consultant Musculoskeletal Radiologist on 02073172790.  You can speak to Carolyn, and tell her Karen from Washington state, U.S. told you about it! 

Please contact them!  This would be better than surgery and from what I gather it can be a permanent solution versus cortisone injection therapy.  It either shrinks the fatty pads or kills the nerves, I'm not exactly sure which.  I think it actually shrinks the pads themselves, though.  But they will tell you more.

I can totally relate to what you're going through.  I can't tell you what a relief it is to me to converse with someone else who has this condition. It is so much more recognized and treated in the U.K. than the U.S. I don't know why that is.

I was diagnosed with fat pad irritation 15 years ago.  Here's my (long) story.  I used to stand very hyperextended (knees going back too far; this is a common cause for chronic Hoffa's Disease).  All of a sudden I had horrific knee pain and my knee was locking in the back position.

The orthopedist I went to never addressed the fat pads.  He tried anti-inflammatories first, then a cortisone injection that I am sure went into to the joint rather than directly into the fat pad as he never considered the pad to be the source of my pain.  Then finally exploratory arthroscopic surgery.
When I went back after surgery in worse pain, he told me that standing that way had nothing to do with my pain, and told me to continue standing that way.   My fat pads were also bulging, which could not be more obvious to me than 1 + 1 = 2.  He said he just couldn't figure it out, got insulted when I asked him if the docs in his group ever got together to troubleshoot mystery cases.  Then he finally sent me to physical therapy. 

An on-the-ball therapist produced an article on fat pad irritaiton that described me to a "T".  They had tried everything, McConnell taping, physiotherapy, orthotics.  But too much manipulation and trying to tweak the way I walk and stand BEFORE getting the inflammation down just made things worse.  Then I finally got in to see another knee specialist who completely ignored this article that I brought with me. He suggested I go to acupuncture, which I did because I was at wits end. That brought my pain from 8/10 pain scale, to a livable 2/10, that I've lived with for 15 years.

But recently I embarked on an exercise challenge and it has flared up again.  Another orthopedist here just said he didn't know enough about it, and gave me a referral that I requested, to a local pain clinic.  The interventional radiologist at the pain clinic is looking into a new treatment I had found on the internet that is being used at the London Pain Center.  It is alcohol ablation injections (guided by ultrasound), directly into the fat pads.  I will find out tomorrow whether this actually ablates (shrinks) the fat pads themselves, or just kills the nerve endings. 

I have not yet tried cortisone injections directly into the fat pads, and he may want to try this first.  Does anyone know whether this helps, and is it a long-term relief?

This condition has just put the kibosh on so many athletic activities for me for the last 15 years. I used to be involved in all kinds of athletics, not anything serious, but jogging, tennis, aerobics, skiing, etc. I would love to be out of pain for good. Acupuncture is what finally helped me after the first flare-up 15 years ago.  I've gone again this flare-up, and the initial terrible pain is gone, praise God, but I still have chronic pain.

Anyway, this is my long story. I will let you know what I find out tomorrow. In the mean time, taping does help immediately.  But when mine are terribly inflamed, it does not take all the pain away.

If anyone out there has any more advice or help, please help! This is the most frustrating and painful condition.  As I've researched, the Hoffa's fat pads are the most sensitive structure in the knee, fully innervated, and contain substance-P (pain) nerve sensors.  I am so glad to have some support who understand what I'm going through, even though I wouldn't wish this condition on anyone.  The problem is that it turns into a chronic condition as the inflammation process changes the fatty tissue into fibrous scar tissue, and then you have the chronic Hoffa's Disease (versus the injury/traumatic Hoffa's Syndrome i.e. blow to the front of the knee).  And from what I've researched, it is more common and often misdiagnosed and mistreated.  It is definitely more recognized in the U.K. than the U.S., which is very frustrating for me.

I am praying for God's wisdom for the radiologist tomorrow.  I will post what I find out.  Please let me know what you find out.

God bless you, Nick!  I am a Christian, and I believe the Lord leads us to answers in ways that we can't imagine.  He loves you!

Blessings,
Karen
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on July 30, 2009, 07:44:11 PM
Hi All,

Karen was very interesting to read up about your fat pad problem and compared it to my problem with my fat pad. There a little confusion with regards to my fat pad being inflammed as my OS thinks it nothing to worry about and not the main problem even though I was told by my physio that they saw on my scan an inflammed fat pad surrounded by fluid and tried ultra sound and orthoctics but did not help was then ment to get a cortisone injection into the fat pad but was cancelled in the last moment just as I was about to have injection but the OS said its not inflammed enough and was going to inject the patella tendon and not the fat pad. They now saying my MRI scan came up normal even though it showed problems with the fat pad so confussed now on what could be wrong inside the knee.

I do have trust in my OS Mr Marcus Green who one of the top OS's in my region and the UK and when he examined my knee he found the painful area straight away. I sat up on the couch and Mr Green exerted pressure on top of my kneecap and told me to raise my leg and when I did it hurt alot very intense pain deep inside the knee. Mr Green gave my a cortisone injection on lateral side of kneecap where feel sharp pain and catching/pinching do you get this as well with your knee problem? The injection has not helped so a scope the next step as he certain there is damage at the bottom of kneecap by the tibia/fibula.

I am not sure how long it will take ro see Dr David Connell on the NHS as it took a while to see Mr Green on the NHS and really need knee sorted out before the end of the year as I work full time as a greenkeeper on my local golf course and be best to get knee sorted from october to the end of february when we less busy on the golf course and cant really delay any treatment as it has to be sorted sooner rather then lator. This injection you are talking about would be good to try to see if it works but maybe could see an OS at my local NHS hospital caled Dr Brown who specializes in giving injections into the knee and he might know about this ethanol and analgesic bupivicaine injection I think he a sports physician who try no surgical methods. I was thinking about seeing him and could then discuss this type of injection with him if it is the fat pad causing the problems.

http://www.drgrahamebrown.co.uk/bibliography.asp

Sorry to hear you had the problem now for over 15 years and still cant get it right do you have swelling on the bottom of ther kneecap from the medial side to the lateral side. I get swelling in that area and still do to this day and cant seem to get the swelling down. I hope you come to some conclusion with your radiologist tomorrow and know what you are dealing with. Its good that you are a Christian as I am one myself and a practicing Catholic and really helps when you are going through a rough time in your life.

I have asperger syndrome and had a breakdown in 2004/05 and was a dredful time but pulled through it and now better again. I not sure what to do now as I dont want to cancel the scope incase the injection does not help fix my knee problem and been told a scope done to diagnose a knee problem and would like to know what I am dealing with and a scope might be the best way to find out what causing me all the problems.

Shall I see Dr Brown before my scope and see what he has to say as I might as well stay local and get Dr Brown to give me the injection.

I hope you can get somewhere with your knee problem.

Nick :) {2009} :)

 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on August 06, 2009, 07:39:58 PM
Hi All,

Not been the best week knee wise as my left knee is now starting to give me problems as well as my right knee which is annoying but its just one of those things that I have maltraking problems so always going to have pain and knee problems. My rest of my body is healthy its just my knees that give me problems. I think it does not help being on my feet all day doing lots of walking and strimming banks at work at various angles and having a heavy leaf blower on my back.

I cant see how things will improve without a scope on my right knee its all well trying injections but dont think its going to fix my knee problem. I think I have tracking problems in both knees as I feel pain in same area in both knees and 2 physio's said I have maltraking and one even mentioned LR in my left knee but Mr Green did not mention maltraking. I am annoyed that I was not given a simple xray or a CT scan to see how aligned my knees are. Before my fall I got knee pain on and off even as a kid remember my knees ached at times.

I feel pain in both knee towards the bottom of kneecap by the tibia and lateral side and both knees seem to click or grind at times. Its hard to explain but when I bend my left knee my patella does not feel right as if its rubbing against something/grinding. I sometimes hear a loud click and then the grinding seems to stop.

There is something going on in both knees but will concentrate on getting right knee sorted 1st as my left knee is ok to live with at the moment just seems to have got worse since monday and hope it eases up and does not cause me problems in the future.

Karen I know you think I should try this injection before surgery but dont think its just the fat pad its also tracking problems so injections wont really help me as I found out when I had a cortisone injection in April.

I saw my psychologist yesterday and was helpful as usual and no longer so worried about a scope and no longer wake up at night worrying about it and sleeping alot better. Mr Green is there to help me out and should be pleased he wants to sort my knee out as he is one of the best knee surgeons in my region and so pleased he will treat me or at least I hope he does and not another OS. If its another OS that operates on me I wont be happy as I only want Mr Green to perform the surgery and no one else. Knowing the NHS could be another OS as I did not see Mr Green for follow on consultation.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Hopesmom on August 07, 2009, 03:26:37 AM
Hi Nick,

Then that's what I'm going to pray.  Specifically that Mr. Green does your surgery, and that he has wisdom to see exactly what is causing your pain, and he corrects it.  Keep us posted.

Blessings,
Karen
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 09, 2009, 12:16:58 AM
Hi Nick,

Sorry your knees are giving you trouble.  October will be here before you know it.  I'm am sure that Mr. Green will know what's what once he gets a look at it.  If a LR will be necessary he wll know.  Anyway, glad you are getting some help from your counsselor.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on August 13, 2009, 07:44:11 PM
Hi All,

Still getting pain in both knees and convinced its must be maltracking problems as my left knee hurts when I been sitting on a ride on mower for a long time. Was mowing today and knee ached alot as its seem to do when its at a certain angle and before my fall got this type of pain in my left knee. Going to the gym has reduced the pain in left knee but the last 2 weeks pain more regular and cant make my muscles any stronger then they are now. It does seem to click and clunk alot and feel pain mostly on the lateral side of the kneecap. I was stupid and carried on through the pain but it went away after a while and was fine during the rest of my workout.

My right knee also been hurting this week was at the gym yesterday and was on the cross trainer and kept on feeling sharp pain on the medial side of the knee rather then the usual lateral side so now seem to be getting pain all over the knee. Lateral, medial and bottom of kneecap so certain that there must be some damage inside the knee and hope Mr Green can spot whats wrong inside the knee when he takes a look inside. My Mum moans at me for overdoing it at the gym by going on high levels but wont give into my knee by going on a lower level as I need to have strong leg muscles so I reover better after my scope in october.

There is significant swelling on the medial side of my right knee, more then on the lateral and bottom of kneecap. I cant seem to get the swelling down so just got use to it but should be pleased that Mr Green can try and sort out the problem.

Milly you may be right LR might be required if its matracking causing the problems but would be reluctant to have one done as you hear mostly bad things about LR as they dont seem to work most of the time. My psychologist has been so helpful so far and see him again in 2 weeks time.

Karen I also hope and pray that its Mr Green that does the surgery and can spot whats been causing me all the problems since fall back in october 2007.

I am not letting my knee problems get me down, life too short to worry and will remain positive about Mr Green helping me out with a scope which is the only way to really find out whats been causing me all the problems.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 14, 2009, 07:20:46 PM
Nick,

You should not push through too much pain as you could make things worse.  LR is not the popular surgery anymore so it may not be what they will do.  You can always get a list of questions and send to the OS.  It is good to keep strong, but don't kill yourself doing it.  I know that any slight bit of maltracking can be made worse by trama.  Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on August 20, 2009, 05:28:42 PM
Hi All,

Yet again its the 3rd week and my left knee still not improving, its not as bad as right knee just yet but getting close. Its not as unstable as my right knee but pain can be just as painful at times and is becoming annoying now with both knees hurting.

Pain is ok most of the time and not constant but when it does come can be moderate pain and sometimes sharp intense pain in both kneecaps. I would like to see Mr Green privately again think it cost £90 for follow up consulation and worth paying for so he can look at my left knee as well as right as its not normal to get pain on and off on a regular basis.

I am annoyed and pissed off for not be able to compete in the EDF energy Birmingham half marathon on October as its only 13 miles and could have done it if my knees were ok as it must feel great to cross the finish line and have the crowds to support you. I may never be able to run again which would be annoying but maybe the scope will fix my knee problem and can do the half marathon in October 2010.

Milly you are right should not push too hard at the gym as its wont help with my knee problems but dont like to give into my stupid knee, yes they do ache sometimes at the gym but cannot stop what I am doing as I enjoy my workout. My mate annoyed me as he tried to stop me from doing my workout because of my knee told me to go swimming instead, I dont like swimming and not a strong swimmer and prefer going to the gym instead. No way will stop going to the gym as I really enjoy going and wont let my knee stop me doing something I enjoy doing.

Nick :) {2009}  :) 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on August 22, 2009, 12:26:50 PM
Nick, what did Dr. Green say about your knees?  I know he's going to scope one but what about the other?  Do you think it's just hurting because you're compensating for the bad one?

I know you love working out Nick but pushing your workout hard even when you're hurting is just ridiculous.  Is it really worth causing a lifetime problem with your knee?  Take a break and just chill for a bit.  You've already said your legs are strong.  There are plenty of home exercises you can do that will keep your legs strong without causing even more damage.  If you love going to the gym so much you can still go but just stay off the machines and do floor exercises on the mats or wall sits against the wall or something.  OK, end of lecture.  I know you will do what you want to do anyway but just wanted to throw in my 2 cents.  I hate to see you suffering and making it worse.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on August 23, 2009, 09:11:39 AM
Nick,

Just checking in to see how you are.

Please don't overdo it in the gym, it will just make your knee worse.

I am sure once your knee is sorted you will be able to do the Birmingham half marathon. You just need to be patient.

Enjoy your weekend.  :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on August 27, 2009, 05:36:26 PM
Hi All,

I taken you advise and doing less resistance on the cross trainer at the gym but will still do leg excercises to build up the leg muscle. I hate giving into my knee by not being able to use certain machines in the gym and not being able to run but cant do anythink about it until Mr Green has taken a good look inside my right knee. I dont beleave in fate that may do permanent damage to my knee by overdoing it at the gym as I dont need crutches and can still do my job and better of then others with knee problems.

Lenore you say my left knee may be compensating for the right knee but its been a problem before my fall onto pavement and been told by 2 physio's I have maltracking and one even told me may need LR done on my left knee but would be reluctant to have it done as I only hear bad things about it.

I think I have some slight swelling on the medial side of the left knee at the bottom of kneecap as lateral side looks normal. It may not be but feels jelly like and do get pain on an off at the bottom of the kneecap and clicks and clunks at times. Been to the gym twice this week and after I left the gym felt pain in my left knee so must be maltracking problems.

I really trying my best to try and run again but just cant do it my right knee wont allow me to which is annoying but been like this now for nearly 2 years. I suppose I want to compete in the half marthon in October but is not going to happen so have to accept I cant take part in it.

Kirsty I hope you are right that I can do the Birmingham half marathon once my knee been sorted it would be so good if I could run once again.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 27, 2009, 10:10:36 PM
Nick,

The main idea is not to push till you are miserable with pain.  So just listen to the knees and ease off if the pain gets intolerable.  I won't be a terribly long time till surgery.  October right?  A lateral release done properly and for the right reasons can work very well.  My first two lasted 6-8 years and that is considered very good.  I think you are in good hands with Mr. Greene though.  Try not to stress too much.  Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on August 28, 2009, 02:05:43 PM
Hi Nick,

Time is ticking and before you know it you will be having surgery.

Have you got a date for your scope ?

Please don't over do it in the gym. Just look after your body.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on September 03, 2009, 07:50:05 PM
Hi All,

Its already September and October fast approaching and suppose to be the month I have my scope but knowing the NHS it might not be till November or December but not complaining as the lator I have it the better it is for me. I am worried about work and my Boss as I dont think he going to like it when I go on sick leave as he thinks I dont have a knee problem and its in my head and going to be well pissed off with me when I take time off work after surgery.

I was thinking about maybe just cancelling the surgery and learn to live with my knee problem so I dont fall out with my Boss and annoy with work colleagues as they will have to do my weekends when I am on sick leave which I dont like doing but have no choice. My Mum thinks I should have my scope done and not worry about work as health comes 1st. I would like to know what knee problem I dealing with and a scope would be the only way to find out whats wrong inside the knee.

If I could pick any month of the year to have the scope it would be the last week in November or 1st week in December as its the least busy time on the golf course as we dont do much work in December so that month would suit me more then October. I been told get it done when ever you can even if its before November and dont worry about my Boss and work as I not had a sick day since February 2006 when I came back from my breakdown. My Attedance has been 100% so my Boss and work colleagues cant moan if I take time off work after my surgery as I been a good worker and only go on sick leave if I really ill.

I have not yet got a letter from the Hospital and wont chase it up just yet, will give them till the end of September before I ring up to find out what date I having my scope if I still decide to go ahead with it. I feel my knee problem not as bad as other on KG as I can still do my job and not in constant pain and dont yet need a crutches so there is no rush for a scope compared to those with AF, ACL tears etc. The one thing I do miss the most is not being able to run or walk at a faster pace and the catching inside the knee thats still there, but does not happen as often as before.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on September 03, 2009, 08:50:07 PM
Nick,

Your mom is right about health before work.  Think of it this way, is one of the others were off sick, who would that leave to take up the weekends for them?  Right now the knee issue is keeping you from doing some of your regular activities.  Once it affects your lifestyle you need to have it dealt with.  If you have not missed any work since 06 don't worry about it.  I would think you have the right to take a sick leave if needed.  You should also be able to take action if your boss gets really bad about it.  We have the Family Medical Leave Act here in the US so that you have about 6 months before they can take your job from you.  I would think you have something similar. Try not to fret and get the knee looked at.

Take care Nick.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on September 04, 2009, 01:54:32 PM
Second guessing yourself again Nick?  Sounds like you're just getting nervous because the surgery is getting closer.  You know you need and want the surgery Nick.  It's just a matter of taking that huge step to do it.  Hope you are able to do it and have great results.  I hate to see you suffering. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on September 10, 2009, 03:44:55 PM
Hi All

I am bit earlier on KG today as I have got a psychologist appointment at 6pm rather then the usual 7:30pm and not seen him for over 5 weeks and have alot to get off my chest. I hardly mention my knee problem at work as they are not very understanding and think I dont really have a knee problem. Monday a fellow Greenkeeper who normally understanding and nice to work with asked me how much it cost to go to the gym and told him I pay monthly but want to pay yearly once my knee sorted and said do you really want to have your knee done as if to say there is no need for knee surgery as your knee not bad enough.

Today a Greenkeeper I get on well with, told him I rather not have my knee surgery in October but in November or December and said if you afraid about having knee surgery dont dont bother getting it done. Maybe they are right and should not go ahead with the surgery and learn to live with knee problem. I just get the impression that people are thinking its not a knee problem but a psychological problem and my knee more and less fine.

The reason why I dont want sugery next month is because its still a busy month on the course and 2 guys are off work having 1 week off each. I also cut my old neighbours lawn till the last weekend of October so should have told the OS November or December. My Sister told me they often say an actual month but in the end its lator then they predicted, a month or 2 lator. I was surprised to get in so soon as most people wait 18 weeks plus for surgery on the NHS so maybe I may get what I want and have surgery in November or December.

Lenore I agree with you I do and would like surgery but the guys at work think I am being too fussy about my knee injury because I cope well with it at work and dont say anthing if knee is hurting but if they have aches ot pains they moan about it. I think my Boss has forgotten about my surgery but wont mention it to him until the letter arrives.

Maybe they are right, maybe I dont really need surgery as knee problem is not as bad as others and can walk a reasonable pace and can still do my job to a good standard. I feel bad having to take time off work to go on sick leave and the other guys having to do my weekends when they feel I dont need to have surgery on my knee.

Its still swollen and pain still comes but catching does not happen so often anymore, still cannot run and would like to run again if possible. Maybe Mr Green should be more conservative and try another cortisone injection and do another MRI scan and CT scan just so he may know what the knee problem is. I dont feel comfortable about him looking inside my knee when they might not be a problem and surgery was a waste of time.

Sorry for such a long thread just needed to get it out of my system the frustration I am getting from my knee problem.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: crankerchick on September 10, 2009, 04:07:00 PM
It sounds like you are too worried about everyone else instead of yourself. When it came down to having my surgery and my mom falling all over herself to go with me, yet she is super afraid to fly on a plane, combined with in-laws who would be inconvenienced by surgery date choice, i also thought about postponing or cancelling my surgery. "Maybe it's not so bad like it is," I started to think to myself. My husband immediately called me a flip flopper and had his rant about how I just want to find every excuse not to have the surgery and I keep going back and forth about it and I just want someone to say not to do it so I have an excuse not to. I pretty much hated him for wailing on me about it, but I know he is just as frustrated dealing with me and my knee as I am frustrated dealing with my knee. I think he was wrong that I wanted to use my mom's fear of planes as a reason not to go for the surgery, but I think he is right that I do want someone to just agree that I shouldn't do it, so that I can have a reason not to. I am pretty scared to do the surgery and I'm pretty unsure about if I should do it or not (just because maybe its ok how it is) but I know deep down that my bones aren't going to untwist themselves and the only way to get them right is to have the surgery.

Maybe for you, you are using everyone else as a way to doubt yourself, and not have the surgery. You have to do what you need/want to do and as soon as you bring anyone else into it (boss, coworkers, etc), you are just opening the door to let what other people think about you dictate what you do for yourself. You are responsible for your well-being and as such, you have to do with is best for you regardless of what you think other people might think or say. As long as you aren't going to lose your job over this, your boss doesn't matter any more than that.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on September 10, 2009, 06:53:36 PM
Nick,

You need to stop worrying about what people think. If I listened to every comment I got from other people, including my Mum then I would be in a lot worse state than I am today and wouldn't be able to walk. Just listen to Mr Green and follow his advice.

I think you need to discuss this again with your psychologist.

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on September 15, 2009, 07:38:23 PM
Hi All,

Posting 2 days earlier as I am away on holiday tomorrow afternoon till sunday night in the Yorkshire Dales with my mum and will visit my sister and 2 nepews and brother in law in Leeds. We are staying in a static caravan that belong to my sisters mother in law.

I am pleased to say still no letter from the hospital, so hope I get my own way and dont have surgery done in October. I was going to cancel the surgery yesterday as knee pain been ok all last week and this week so thought to myself whats the point in having a scope done when I might not solve my knee problem. I had a good chat with Jinny my sister who the orthopaedic nurse for 40 minutes yesterday evening and told her I not sure if I should have a scope done as knee pain not too bad and is not affecting my performance much at work and can sleep without any pain. Jinny said I am too young not to be able to run and get knee pain and catching and knee would not be swollen if its was ok and says I should go ahead with a scope. If I was 30 years older 60+ she said then I would have to learn to accept knee as it is but 30 too young to have a knee problem like mine. She convincing me that Mr Green will find a knee problem when he looks inside and wont be a waste of time having a scope.

I would feel a scope would be a waste of time if I still cant run and feel pain after the scope and might as well leave knee as it is as long as it does not get worse. I would feel more at ease if Mr Green knew what was wrong with my knee and how to treat it rather then go in without knowing whats wrong. My brother in law had a 2nd MRI scan on his knee and it showed up a meniscus tear when the 1st scan missed it so feel it would be better to do another MRI scan as this time Mr Green might spot whats causing the knee problem. Until I know what needs to be done to fix knee problem I am cautious of having a scope, think its too drastic at this stage. Who knows a 2nd cortisone injection might solve my right knee problems.

Kirsty and crankerchick agree with you both it does not matter what others think as they dont have a knee problem so cant judge.

Nick :) {2009} :)


 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: crankerchick on September 15, 2009, 07:48:46 PM
Well, the point of the scope in your case is to go inside and look and see. So depending on what they find, they may be able to fix it right then, or they may not. My brother had a meniscectomy arthroscopically but it was also an exploratory surgery because the doctor wasn't sure if his acl was intact or not. Had it have been torn, he would have still had to have another operation to reconstruct it. Most doctors will not do an ACLr when the joint is swollen,so there are many people that have a scope with no resolution. That doesn't mean it wasn't worth it.

I'm not saying you should have the scope or not, just saying don't look at it as all or nothing. There is  a reason for doing the scope, and just because something may not be found isn't necessarily a reason not to do it. Not finding anything does give the scope meaning. It means functionally your knee is in tact, and armed with that knowledge you may be able to find alternative conservative treatments to deal with your problems. If the scope does reveal a problem, well then you can be on the road to fixing it, whether or not it can be fixed at the time of the scope or if the doctor needs go back and fix it at a later date.

hang in there and keep fighting!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on September 24, 2009, 07:42:20 PM
Hi All,

I enjoyed my time in the Yorkshire Dales and needed some time away from work and KG and had a good time with my Mum, Sister and 2 Nephews.

I have been getting on peoples nerves the last week or 2 as I kept on changing my mind about my scope should I have it or not. I had 2 weeks when knee pain was not too bad and thought why have surgery if pain not that bad. This week pain come again at bottom of kneecap and its still swollen so think it would be very stupid to cancel my surgery. I am lucky to have Mr Green doing the surgery as he one of the best Knee Surgeons in the UK and Birmingham so should listen to him and let him do the surgery.

I was going to see him for another consultation at his private clinic but feel there is no point seeing him again as he knows what needs to be done next and a scope is the next option on his list. I rather know whats wrong with my right knee before surgery and do hope its not a waste of my time and his time and he does find some damage inside the knee.

I thought he would save the NHS money by not doing a scope if knee might be ok and be more conservative still. I do hope he finds a problem and its not a waste of tax payers money as I be annoyed if knee normal as I know its not in my head and is a real knee problem.

I would be so pleased if I can run again and walk at a faster pace and hope Mr Green can get me back to how I was before my fall. I dont like having time off work as I have not got much support from the guys at work and my Boss will kick up a big fuss about it saying I dont need a scope. I also love going to the gym 3 times a week but wont after my scope which will be annoying. Also wont like going to PT after surgery as I find it rather boring.

I have not had a letter yet from the hospital for surgery date in October and may well be in November or December but dont mind if its during the last 2 months of the year. I will try not to change my mind again, just worried about the day of surgery as I never had surgery before and hate hospitals.

Nick :) {2009} :)

 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on October 01, 2009, 07:50:50 PM
Hi All,

Saw my psychologist yesterday evening and told him I was not certain if I should have surgery on my knee or just leave it as it is. I explained to him that knee pain is not too bad anymore and not felt any catching inside the knee for a fair few weeks and dont really feel like surgery the right choice at this stage as knee pain not all that bad and he told me if you can manage the pain when it comes then dont go ahead with the surgery.

I get more good knee days then bad and dont really get intense pain anymore its just a dull ache which I can manage and does not last very long just a few seconds to a minute and does not really bother me too much. What  has made me decide against surgery was when I saw Mr Green's Assistant OS who told me that Mr Green might find no damage inside the knee when he goes in and he himself advised me not to have surgery if I can live with knee problem and says I may have done some minor damage inside my knee so nothing to worry about as its not going to get any worse.

Due to my aspergers I like to know before hand what could be wrong with my knee and would have rather have had other types of methods to work out what could be wrong with my right knee. I dont know why I never had an xray or CT scan to see how alligned my kneecap is as a MRI dont spot maltracking. I rather know before surgery whats wrong with my knee rather then not knowing and surgery may be for nothing.

I would opt for a scope if I had something like a meniscus tear or had regular knee pain and could not sleep at night due to knee pain and could not do my job. I can do my job ok and walking pace is not that slow as I can keep up with my friends and work colleagues and limping not that noticeable and dont have too many problems with my knee at the gym.

I will miss not being able to run but I can make up for it at the gym on the cross trainer and failry well off compared to others so running not all that important after all. I know I will get replies back telling me I should not cancel surgery but feel my knee not bad enough yet for surgery.

I would go straight to my GP and get a refferal again to see Mr Green if knee becomes worse in the future but for now its not all that bad and can live with the knee problem. Its my choice at the end of the day and if I dont want a scope then I dont have to have one after all its my health at the end of the day and up to me what I do.

I have not had any sharp pain and catching for the last 6 weeks which is good, only feel dull pain inside the knee gets a little sore if I have lifted heavy items but its happens to people with good knees, pain from heavy weights.

Nick :) {2009}  )

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on October 01, 2009, 08:07:41 PM
Nick,

You are right about it being your decision.  As long as you can manage and the quailty of your life is not compromised, a surgery is not necessary.  It sounds like things have improved a bit and that's good.  If things do take a turn for the worse, you know who to see.  Take care and don't stress about the decision.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on October 03, 2009, 11:54:07 AM
Hi All,

I started typing the infomation below in Kirsty's thread but its failrly long so pasted it onto my thread, I would normally just post in my thread once a week but have alot to share with you all.

Kirsty and Itigo you maybe both right and should reconsider having a scope as I would like to run again some day but maybe just the same after a scope with no improvements. I still have not received a letter from the hospital and ment to be this month and was going to phone up the hospital yesterday afternoon to cancel the scope but my mum advised me not to and wait till the letter arrives and then decide if I want to cancel or not. I looked at my knee again this morning and there is swelling at the bottom of kneecap and leg muscle are hard to see compared to left knee, its firm and can see the outline of the muscles and cannot on the right knee muscles.

I had a chat with my sister Jinny who a nurse and she thinks I do have a knee problem and should see Mr Green again like Kirsty suggested and could see him private as I already saw him for 1st consultation and follow up cost £90 rather then £160 for 1st consultation. The clinic she works at the majority of patients that have knee surgery go in theatre knowing what the knee problem is, hardly any patients go into theatre without the OS knowing whats wrong with the knee. Last week she saw a lady similar to my knee problem as she also cannot run and her MRI scan came up normal but she wants to be able to play tennis again so going to have a scope done. Its good to know there are others out there similar to my knee problem but the pain alot better the last few weeks but still feel some pain inside the knee.

The timing of the scope is ideal workwise as we less busy at this time of the year so the ideal time to get it done, if I cancel the surgery and right knee becomes worse I would have to wait till October 2010 before the next scope. I dont think I should cancel the scope just yet and see how knee feels in the cooler weather conditions. We had 4 weeks of dry weather and no rain or damp condtions so thats maybe why knee does not hurt as much will see if it hurts more when we have a wet spell.

I apologize for changing my mind all the time but dont want to have a scope done if there nothing wrong inside the knee, I rather Mr Green finds a problem and can fix it, I now wish that the MRI scan showed up a problem and then would have a scope for a good reason, who knows a 2nd MRI scan may show up damage to the right knee.

Milly thanks for the reply and are right its my choice at the end of the day if I want to have knee scoped or not. I said not being able too run is no longer important but it would be nice to run again as I hope to live too a good age and from the age of 28 when I injured my knee till I die is a long time to be limted in not being able to do certain activities and should be able to run at the age of 30 going onto 31.

Have a good weekend everyone.

Nick :) {2009} :)




Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on October 03, 2009, 02:19:53 PM
Hi Nick,

If you have any doubts I would suggest going back to see Mr Green privately. Maybe ask about some plain x-rays and CT scans. I would explain to Mr Green that you would rather have some other scans to see what your problem is rather than go for a scope first. Just an idea.

My OS knows exactly what he is dealing with as I have had some CT scans and plain x-rays done. They always do that in Australia rather using an arthroscope as a diagnostic tool.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on October 08, 2009, 07:54:31 PM
Hi All,

Kirsty I have to agree with you that I should at least see Mr Green again but now think I should be going for a scope as you said Mr Green needs to figure out whats going on inside the knee and the best way to do it is to take a good look inside.

It would have been nice to have xrays and a CT scan but that could take a long time on the NHS and now would be the ideal time to get my right knee sorted out. On Sunday I felt catching and sharp pain at bottom of kneecap and lateral side of the knee which I thought was gone but its still there. Each time I bend my right knee can feel slight catching and can feel it when I place my hand over my kneecap on the lateral side.

My tibia around the kneecap is also hurting and my hip starting to hurt again and cannot live like this anymore as its affecting my daily life as I am reminded everyday that I have got a problem with my right knee. I know it sounds silly but really worried and scared about my 1st every surgery as I never liked hospitals and always been worried about having a GA.

My sister had a GA and told me its not as bad as you think its going to be and should not worry about it too much but its easy for her to say as she does not need to go through surgery as I will do. I got my freinds and family support and all want me to go through with the surgery, not much support at work but who cares about them.

I cant get the swelling at the bottom of my kneecap down, took iibuprofen tablets all week but it does not reduce the swelling and also tried iceing but does not reduce it in anyway. I even feel pain inside the knee even after I have taken the tablets.

I cant keep changing my mind I must go for a scope if I like it or not as it could really help me get back to how my knee use to be before my fall almost 2 years ago.

Phil Tufnell an ex pro cricket player on Strictly Come Dancing torn his menicus while training last week and had a scope done on Monday this week and will be dancing on the live show again on Saturday evening. He said he can feel his knee improved alot already. Its helpled him so it may help me so need a to have my right knee scoped, did not think he would dance again so soon after his scope.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on October 15, 2009, 07:42:16 PM
Hi All,

This knee saga seems to never end, I have not yet had a letter through the post for a date for my surgery and was ment to be this month but is not going to be anymore even if letter comes this week surgery would be in November the earliest. Why bother to say it will be in October when its not rather be told could be from October but maybe lator. I wont yet chase up the surgery date until Monday 2nd November but may get letter for surgery before then but want it done before Christmas if possible would not like to go into the New Year without having had the scope which I am not looking forward to but have to go through with it.

Was at work yesterday blowing leaves with a petrol back pack leaf blower and a few times felt sharp intense pain at the bottom of my kneecap deep inside the knee it only lasted a few seconds but was painful. The knee cant be normal when Mr Green looks inside the knee and in a way glad I am still getting pain in my right knee so proves that knee must be damaged inside. Its swollen still at the bottom of kneecap and still cannot begin to run again. Today we have had drizzle all day and felt it in both my knees so not looking forward to the winter as my knees dont like it.

The left knee seems to ache and hurt towards the evening when I am sitting down watching TV and when I bend it can feel it clicking and kneecap feels slighlty looser then it should be. Sometimes I also get sharp intense pain in the left knee, was on the phone to one of my sisters sunday night and suddenly there was a sharp pain in my left knee and my sister asked if I was ok and told her my stupid knee playing up.

I do have issues with both my knees otherwise would not be posting on here if they were ok and just want my right knee sorted out and not impressed with the NHS as it coming up to 4 months since I was put on the waiting list for a scope and so far no sign of a surgery date. I know the NHS are busy and overworked but waiting list times should be no longer then 3 months.

I know a few weeks ago did not want surgery but do now and not at all looking forward to it but know I need to go through with it, its good to face up to my phobia and fear of surgery. It may not be as bad as I think its going to be.

Time flies and on Monday 19th October it will be my 2nd anniversary since my fall and still not got anywhere with my injury which is ridiculous these days. Sorry for a moan but think I am entitled to have one after all I have been through during the last 2 years.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on October 15, 2009, 08:52:51 PM
The standard waiting time for surgery in England and Wales is 26 weeks so you should get a letter no later than that.

Or if you want to try and get it sooner ring up his secretary and say that you will take a sort notice cancellation

Best of luck.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on October 22, 2009, 07:34:10 PM
Hi All,

I am always changing my mind this morning was going to phone up the hospital to find out when my surgery is after members on KG told me I should chase up appointment for scope on my other thread, personal message and on Facebook chat but decided to stick to what I originally planned and wait till the 2nd November which is not that far away and a few weeks longer wont make my knee any worse.

On Monday it was my 2nd anniversary since my fall and not been able to run since and do miss not being able to go jogging. I am feeling more pain in the right knee and its not a huge amount of pain but enough to know the knee is not right. Sometimes the pain is intense at the bottom of the kneecap without any warning and seems to be more regular then it was a few weeks ago since its become cooler and damp outside.

I have been thinking through when would be the best time to have my right knee scoped and I come to the conclusion that December would suit me more work and leasure wise. 2nd December is my 31st birthday and would not mind if surgery was on that day but rather it would be after if possible. From Christmas Eve till 2nd January we dont really come into work just 2 greenstaff come into the morning to check the golf course over and we take it easy during December and do the least work that month compared to the other 11 months. Be nice to celebrate Christmas and New Year without having to go into work as we have to work on New Years Day morning and be good to have a good reason not to go in if I am recovering from surgery.

I have seen on my other thread that another member also chose a time that suited her the most and she managed to get the date she wanted. I dont want to ring just yet incase they think I want the scope done within the next 3 weeks and would be too short notice as we are 1 staff down at the moment till 12th November so need all the man power we can get.

If I waited till 2nd November to phone up the hospital would it be too late to get a scope done in December. Its not too cheeky of me to ask if they can fit me in for a scope anytime in December even Christmas Eve would not bother me that much but dont think they work from Christmas Eve till Boxing Day.

Sue you maybe right about the 26 weeks wait but my sister who an NHS nurse at an orthopaedic department says 18 weeks. I been told by my mum I keep putting surgery off but just feel December the best month to have it done and hope others on KG understand my way of thinking.

Would I be able to get my scope done if I rang up on 2nd November in December or would it be too late!

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: clarky_vl on October 22, 2009, 11:23:17 PM
Hi Nick,

I can see why you want to wait to ring up the hospital, but I really think it would be better to ring them up as soon as you can just to see what is happening, and maybe even tell them the dates that you want, and certainly the dates you can't do. This way doing it now means that you will have more of a chance of getting a date that is better for you before it gets booked up. I guess you could wait a couple of weeks and whilst it wouldn't hurt your knee, it might just put things off for a bit.

I really dont think they will give you a short notice one if you ring up now unless you are on the cancellation list, but this way it increases your chances of having it in December or when you want it as they may not be too booked up yet. I have always found that they are very good at listening to when I can/cannot do surgery even though I know my surgeon has a very booked up schedule! I don't know what your surgeon or his secretary are like, but even so it is worth ringing them to nag them about it and also tell them of any times you can't do because they are taking too long with you!

You will also feel better about this surgery I think once it is booked, you will have a date (even if just pencilled in) and therefore something to plan around and focus on.

I am sorry about your knee pain and that it has been 2 years now for you! My original injury was 3 years ago now, so happened not long before yours ::) I am sure you are scared about surgery but also looking forward to maybe being 'fixed' again as much as that is possible!

Good luck!  :)

Vicky
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on October 23, 2009, 02:20:51 AM
Nick

I think Vicky has a good idea.  It may also give you some piece of mind about your date.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on October 27, 2009, 07:34:41 PM
Hi All,

I rang up yesterday afternoon the hospital but no one answed the telephone which was annoying but today I rang up again and this time I spoke to someone and they put me through to Mr Greens Secreatary and told her my name and Hospital Unit number and she checked on her PC and she told me I am having my surgery done on Monday 16th November which is just under 3 weeks away which is short notice but ok to go ahead with it.

I thought they would have sent the letter by now so just as well I rang up this week and cant beleave that its happening at last. I am not at all nervous yet as I thought I would be as I know its going to benefit me. I told my Boss at work that he owes me a weekend asking him could he do it when I am off with my knee and he said its fine and was ok about it. The date is ideal as I am not working the 2 weekend after surgery and my boss will work the 3rd weekend for me so dont own any weekends with the other Greens Staff, which has worked out well for me. I told him its minor surgery and should only have to have 2 to 3 weeks off work.

At last something getting done nearly 25 months after after falll, kind of pleased about it but at the same time scared and worried as I never had surgery before and worried about the GA, but been told its not all that bad.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on October 29, 2009, 04:34:34 PM
Hi All,

Was expecting at least 1 post from a KG member congratulating me on getting a surgery date finally, been waiting since 30th June and before that since my fall back in October 2007. I dont want to sound like I am being pushy and expect replies every time I write in my diary but this is big news as far as I am concerned and just wanted 1 reply and I would have be happy and satisfied.

I was expecting a letter by now as its only 2 weeks away this coming Monday and need the letter so I know what time to be at the hospital and which ward to go on. I will ring them up again next monday if letter not arrived by then as I need to show the work letter so they know about the surgery. Is it normal to send a letter so late, if I did not phone up the hospital would not have been able to organize things at work.

I told my Boss is it ok if he does my weekend when I am off with my knee as he owes me one and he said its fine and not said a nasty word towards my knee surgery and seems ok about it which surpised me. The other Green Staff are also ok about it and not saying why are you having surgery and think they got the message that I do have a knee problem and would not be doing surgery if knee was ok.

The knee is still the same feel pain and catching and cannot run so think surgery is the right way forward and hope Mr Green finds a problem. I am convinced I damaged my knee and hope its not a waste of time having the surgery. I have been ok so far and been sleeping ok and not worrying about the surgery which I thought would happen as I hate hospitals. Nerves will kick in on the morning of the surgery and hope I dont freak out too much.

The last time I had a GA was over 25 years ago when I was very young when I had a tooth extracted and was a horrible experience at the time but been told its just an injection they give you to go to sleep and no longer use sleeping gas. Jinny told me its done with an injection and she a nurse so should know whats she talking about.

I now thinking is it 16th December as I not had a letter come through the post yet, I am sure Mr Green Secretary told me I am booked in for the 16th November.

Its worked out well for me as I wont owe anyone at work weekends for 5 weekends after surgery so should be back by then if knee problem is not a major one.

Only 2 weeks away this coming Monday not sunk in yet!

Nick :) {2009} :)





Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on October 29, 2009, 10:35:26 PM
Hi Nick,

Congratulations for finally getting a date. 

You probably will get your letter through as soon as this postal strike is over I would think that would be the reason for not getting one yet.  If you don't get one before the 16th call them for your fasting istructions etc.

I don't go on KG everyday so I think some of the others will be the same and that is why you've not had any replys.

All the best.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on October 30, 2009, 03:41:27 PM
Hey Nick,

Glad you got a date.  I have not been on as much and I have been up to my eyeballs in the swine flu stuff at work.  Getting data entry program going, setting up equipment.  Working on training material.  Now the wait is near and end. I hope Mr. Green can fix things up for you.

Take care,

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on October 31, 2009, 07:18:11 AM
Hi Nick,

It is great you have a date. If you don't get a letter soon I would suggest going to pick it up from the hospital. Just so glad I have private health insurance.

Only 1 week and 1 day till my OS. Can't wait to know what he is going to do. A friend is coming with me.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 02, 2009, 03:27:08 PM
Hi All,

More good news to tell you guys I got a letter from the Hospital today and its is on Monday 16th November as I orginally thought. I have to be at the Hospital at 7:30am which is a good thing as it will be done 1st thing in the morning so better to get it over and done with. I would have less anxiety if its done in the morning. I not really read the letter through yet but will lator as I have an appointment at 4pm. I did however phone up the admission department to confirm my bed for the day otherwise they think you dont want the surgery and send you refferal back to your GP.

I am most certain the knee damaged inside as today at work knee hurt while I was leaf blowing so confident Mr Green will spot the problem and hope he can fix it. I surprised that I am not feeling nervous yet as I thought I was going to be. Its only 2 weeks way today and know I having it done to help me out and in safe hands at the Hospital.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 02, 2009, 03:48:09 PM
Nick,

Glad your date and bed are all set.  Seems odd that if you don't call the hospital they think you are not going to have surgery.  Hum?  Well different system I guess.  You may get more nervous as the day gets closer, and that is natural.  Good luck and keep us posted.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 03, 2009, 07:54:39 PM
Hi All,

Milly it does seem a little strange to phone up the hospital to comfirm you are coming and to book your bed for the day you would think you would phone up if you want to cancel or change the date of the surgery.

I had to ring up as they give you a reference number to give to the admisson department at the day case ward. I am not allowed to eat or drink after 12am as if the food if still in stomach could go to the back of the throat and cause damage to the lungs when they give the GA which I never you. I always thought you cant eat or drink as you may be sick when you wake up. What happend in a emegency when you need life saving surgery and just eaten?

I have to go shopping this weekend as it says on letter to bring dressing gown and some slippers to walk into theatre deapartment, I dont have either but do you need to wear them.

Its says to bring something to read and and something like a ipod to listen to music but wont do either as I be too nervous to read or listen to music. I might be able to after the surgery if I dont sleep too much. My mum very kindly said she will take me to the hospital and be with me before and after my surgery. I am spending the night before surgery at her house and will stay with her after my surgery for a week.

Nick {2009}
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on November 03, 2009, 10:42:21 PM
Hi Nick,

Great news and great you had your letter before the next postal strike. 

On my letters for patients to be admitted under my consultant they have to ring to confirm a space before surgery then we are sure that they will be coming in, som can be cancelled on the day if they are unfit for anaesthetic.

Take a dressing gown gown if you like and take an over night bag with you just in case you need to stay in.  When I had mine done (X2) they gave me the theatre gown to change into then back to my own clothes after surgery to go home most arthroscopies are day surgery so you should be allowed to go home.  I took an overnight bag because it would have been a 4hr round trip to pick up my things if I had to stay in.

Best

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: itigo on November 03, 2009, 11:12:41 PM
Hi Nick, haven't been on here for a while. Glad that you have your date for surgery. I used my dressing gown and slippers for both of my surgeries. Keep you warm while you wait as those gowns are very thin!!

Hope it goes well. Will look out for your updates.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 05, 2009, 07:32:49 PM
Hi All,

Sorry for posting more regular on my diary, it use to be just a weekly update but because my scope just around the corner thought I would make use of my diary more. Less then 11 days till I have my right knee scoped and what surprises me the most is how calm I am about my surgery as I have a phobia of hospitals and surgery and thought I would be worrying in advance. Having asperger syndrome more likely to worry about things and get nervous and have anxieties about my surgery but at the moment I am sleeping ok and taking 2.5mg of olanzapine daily in the evening which I think is helping me feel less nervous about my 1st ever surgery.

I texted my psychololgist about my surgery and he happy to talk it over with me when I see him next week wednesday as he had a scope on his knee so can tell me what it will be like. I know once I arrive at the hospital nerves will set in and hope I can cope ok with it, my mum with me for moral support and thats what mums are for to help thier kids out when they go through an unpleasent experience.

I am sorry for sounding a bit pushy the other day in my posting saying why no one posted back but was so overwelmed that I got a surgery date that I expected replies straight away but it was half term week and you guys are not on KG daily.

Knee pain been on and off all week and the pain seems to be locted around the bottom of the kneecao and thats the most swollen area and Mr Greens seems to think I done some damage to the bottom of my kneecap so surgery should not be a waste of time.

Sue I dont intend to stay the night if possible and if it all goes well will leave the hospital in the evening and hope its not an overnight stay and surgery goes well and can go home the same day but will pack a night bag just incase.

Itigo welcome back thanks for posting on my thread and makes sense to wear a dressing gown and slippers to keep warm.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 06, 2009, 03:46:06 PM
Nick,

If you are feeling really nervous once you are in hospital, ask for a sedative.  They may let you have one.  It's good your mom will go with you.  I am pretty sure this will be a day surgery, especially since you are going in early. 

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 10, 2009, 07:45:00 PM
Hi All,

Less then 6 days till my scope on my right knee and I so far not getting nervous about it and sleeping ok at night. I am not sure telling them I have aspergers would be a good thing as I have been thinking about if I had a choice of GA or spinal I would opt for spinal as I rather be awake as long as they put a sheet so I cant see whats being done. People think if you are worried or nervous its best to be knocked out but I am the opposite to most people more worried about being put to sleep and does not bother me the tugging and sounds as you wont feel any pain which is the main thing.

I can keep very still if I have to and would not panic in the slightest and would not have to worry how I might react to the GA as some people dont react well to it. A lovley gentleman who attends my local church had a pace maker fitted and he was awake during the surgery and amazing these days that they can do it. I would have far less anxiety if I would not have a GA that the only thing that worry me along with not finding anything wrong inside the knee but apart from that fine about surgery.

Looks as if it will be GA according my Jinny my sister and most of the members that have had a scope and if I have to go through with it must be done onky by injection and wont be a problem as I have visable vains in my hand and dont want the oxygen mask till I am asleep as I hate having something put over my face.

See my psychlogiist tomorrow and he had knee surgery awake and has AS himself and said it was not that bad at all. I like to be in control of my body and not someone else while I am asleep. I dont think they would do a spinal but be nice if they gave you the option as they did with my brother in law when he torn his menicus but chose a GA as he does not want to know whats happening.

Be good if they can give you a drug that puts you in a semi sleep so you are alert what going on but dont feel any pain but aware whats going on around you. May sound strange and bizarre what I would like to happen but thats how I feel about it and everyone different some want to be asleep others woud rather be awake.

Nick :) {2009} :)




Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: fraud_ninja on November 10, 2009, 08:01:47 PM
Nick,

Most spinals are done with what is called "consious sedation".  Basically that means that you are not fully asleep as you would be for a GA, but you are 'out' of it enough that you are unaware of what is going on around you.  I had a spinal with conscious sedation for a few of my knee surgeries and I do not have any memory of the surgery.

For one of my hardware removals I just had local and no sedation.  It was interesting being fully awake, but I would not recommend that route.

Just my opinion.

Brianne
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 11, 2009, 02:24:51 AM
Nick,

Just talk it over with the anesthesiologist and he/she can help you pick to correct way to go.  Sometimes an OS will have a preference, but what will work best for you should be what they do.  Can you speak to the person doing anesthesia before surgery and let him/her know your concerns?  Most will be happy to work with you.  GA is not really that bad.  The only thing I don't like is the sore throat, but if I would have asked I am sure they would have done it differently.  It does give me an excuse to not talk a lot on the phone after.   ;D  Definately talk over your options when you see the anesthesiologist.  Sounds like a good idea to talk to your psychologist too.  Seems like you are not worried about the surgery, but how you will be "sleeping" during it.  It will come out fine.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 12, 2009, 07:38:17 PM
Hi All,

I saw my psychologist last night and he was very helpful about my surgery in less then 4 days time and told me its nothing to worry about, even if I was given a GA its not all that bad as they wont use a mask and gas but an injection.

I was going to phone up to ask if they would do a spinal or semi sedation but can have a word with the anesthetist on Monday and I am sure they will let me into theatre as one of the 1st as they have on my notes that I have AS.

Told my psychologist more worried about the GA then the atual surgery and may have the option of being half sedated rather then fully awake. I not worrying just yet about the surgery which is great as there nothing really to worry about as Mr Green is there to help me so should be pleased that I am getting help at last.

Even if I did end up with a GA I am ok about it now as I wont be asleep for long and Jinny told me they give you an injection after the surgery to wake you back up again.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 14, 2009, 01:09:36 AM
Nick,

You will do just fine.  I think thing will go well no matter what sedation route you choose.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Pin2Ride on November 14, 2009, 09:48:23 AM
Best of luck on your surgery is coming ..

hope you will be fine.   ;)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 14, 2009, 03:02:59 PM
Hi All,

This well may be my last posting before my surgery on Monday and would like to thank everyone thats posted on my thread you all be so supportive and helpful since I injured my right knee in October 2007. I have surprised myself as I am feeling very calm and not feeling nervous at the moment and sleeping ok during the night which is a good thing as its not good to worry in advance as its such a routine procedure and Mr Green one of the UK's top Knee Surgeons so I am in very safe hands and pleased I have chosen him to do the surgery and trust him 100%

I have to give a letter for work from Mr Green explaining whats up with my knee and the amount of time I will be having off work. My main concern is the knee is ok when he takes a look inside the knee and cant say anything wrong in the letter. I was going to make a knee problem up if knee is normal with a torn meniscus but now cant do that and my boss will say it was in your head.

I am 110% certain I damaged my knee inside as I fell very hard onto pavement which ripped my track suit bottoms and grazed my knee badly. Its been swollen since the fall at the bottom of the kneecap and do feel sharp pain at times inside the knee towards the bottom of knee cap and around the tibia. I feel catching at times on lateral side of the knee but catches less but still there at times and the medial side of the knee swollen and painful at times so I must have damaged the knee and want Mr Green to find a problem with the knee. I cant run since my fall so it cant be all in my mind and going crazy in the head.

My main concern more then the GA is Mr Green finding nothing wrong with my knee which means I going mad and imagine all the pain I have been getting. I know I am not mad and there is a problem with my right knee amd hope Mr Green spots the problem once he is inside my right knee.

Milly you are right I will be fine whatever sedation route I take and thankyou Pins for wishing me good luck on Monday.

Its finally happening and the next time I post on my thread can tell you whats really wrong with my right knee.

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: fraud_ninja on November 14, 2009, 03:19:44 PM
Nick,

Just remember that even if Mr Green does not find anything when he does your scope on Monday that it does not mean there was nothing wrong.  It is entirely possible to have problems that cannot be fixed surgically.  If Mr Green does not find anything that can be fixed, do not let that get you down.  It just means that the problem is not something that needs a surgical fix.

I know you worry because a lot of people have accused you of not having knee problems, but they are just being dumb.  The only person who knows what is happening in your knee is you.  If you say you have pain then there is pain and people should not doubt that. 

Brianne
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on November 14, 2009, 08:27:56 PM
Hi Nick,

In case I don't get a chance to post again before you go best of luck on Monday and look forward to hearing your post op details.

Try not to worry all will go well.

Best

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on November 15, 2009, 08:27:50 AM
Hi Nick,

I wanted to wish you all the best for tomorrow.

Hope it goes well.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: UK Girl ! on November 15, 2009, 12:03:24 PM
good luck Monday Nick.

Just a thought though - don't be suprised if your OS doesn't write a letter for your work........... you can tell them in person whats up and how much time you will be having off.

I should imagine the OS is a bit busy to be writing to employers about his patients !

Your first week off sick is on self certification and after that u need a gp certificate which has the reason and amount of time to refrain from work on it - that is all the company get and all they need - do not let them harass you - you are entitled to time off sick.

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: clarky_vl on November 15, 2009, 01:59:37 PM
Hi Nick,

Good luck with your surgery, I really hope after this your knee will feel better. I am sure the anaesthetic part will be fine, and I hope that you are still calm about it all!  :)

Vicky
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 17, 2009, 02:36:32 PM
Hi All,

Thanks for all the good luck messages its great to have this website for moral support and without KG would have been more nervous about my surgery but felt ok about it knowing that surgey is not as bad as people make it out to be.

DAY 1:

I slept reasonably well at my Mums house and woke up at about 5:30am as I could no longer sleep so just laid in be until 6:15am and had a shower and got changed into my tracksuit as its loose clothing which is important to have after the surgery is over.

We left my mums house at 7:10am as I had to be at the hospital at 7:30am and arrived there more and less on time at the Day Unit. I met the Nurse who would look after me for the day called Phil who was very nice and helpful and made me feel less nervous. I was given a set of medical questions which is routine yes or no answers. After the questions had to sign the consent form saying I am happy to go ahead with the surgery before Mr Green and the anesthetist arrived.

1st to arrive was Mr Green Registrar who drew a large arrow below my right knee with a black marker, closely followed by the anesthetist who would give me a GA which I was ok about and was not too worried about it. I did ask him not to put on the oxygen mask until I am asleep as I had a bad experience at the Dentist as a child with GA with sleeping gas but told me it will be an injection to put me to sleep.

I was the 1st patient of the day to go into theatre so was pleased I did not have to hang around waiting as I told them I have aspergers and feeling nervous. By 8:30am the theatre staff where ready for me to come in so at around 8:40am I walked into a room outside the theatre with a very freindly female nurse who was very motherly and told me not to worry as everything will be fine. I took my slippers and dressing gown off and lay on the bed and felt a prick in my hand where the cannula was incerted were the GA would be adminstrated throught a tube directly into the vein.

I was asked what I do for a living and one of the nurses told me a joke while the nice female nurse held my hand which really helped and while he was telling his joke I slowly drifted off to sleep that felt really nice which may sound strange but was not as bad as I thought it was going to be. The best way to describe it is like when you have a dimmer on the light switch its starts of very bright and slowly you dim the light until its turned off and room is dark. Thats how the GA felt I slowly drifted off into a deep sleep but felt pleasant at the time.

I woke up in the recovery room with on a drip and something like a hot water pad on my tummy that kept me warm and felt really nice. I was wheeled back into the day care centre by the porter where I met my mum again. I had slight headaches and felt pain inside the knee but had a massive bandage so could not see what what had had been done.

It was 10:40am when I got back to the Day Unit so was sleeping for nearly 2 hours but did not feel that long. Phil very kindly gave me a coffee and a 2 slices of toast with butter and a jug of water as you need to pee before you are allowed to leave the Day Unit.

I was ready to leave at 12:30pm and could walk ok on my right knee so was not given any crutches and given a couse of medication to take. Phil told me there where problems with the fat pad and plica but did not go into detail and would see Mr Green in 6 weeks time 29/12/09 and the nurse on 30/11/09 to remove the stitches.

2 x 500mg paracetamol every 4 to 6 hours.
50mg diclofenac sodium 1 tablet every 4 to 6 hours 3 times a day.
30 mg dihydrocodeine tablets 1 to 2 tablets every 4 to 6 hours.

All I had was a sore throat, headache and of course a sore knee but my sore head and throat was from the GA. I am no longer afraid of a GA as its not that bad so if I ever needed one again in the future wont be so worried about it.

I took all 5 pills as pain was failry high during the eveining and could not put too much weight on my right knee and used my grandads walking stick for support. Pain was still there even after 5 pills but expected it 2 hurt if knee just been sliced open with worked done inside the knee.

DAY 2:

Today did not need to use the walking stick so much and have less pain but still feel pain if I walk too much, as I am writing this I not feeling very good feeling light headed and nausea so will stop typing now and have a lie down.

Just like to point out how fantastic the staff where at the hopsital and felt I was in safe hands and was not that nervous going into theatre as the staff were so kind to me.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Pin2Ride on November 17, 2009, 05:11:57 PM
Good to hear you to update  as you are look very good..

Welcome back to normal knee after surgery..  ;)

There are so very different  from Thailand.  I had  the GA ,too. 

I was stay in the hospital for 4 days  plus 1 days for admit day.   I was in OR for  3.5 hours to remove big plica on left knee. 

After surgery , I has a very very  sore throat from the GA  and all next 3 days ..   :'(

Not enough yet , I had   pains and aches body  for 3 days. It was affect from the GA.

My OS  gave me a good news on next day , He told me that make feel fine   "Don't worry , I remove the bad plica at all.. you can back to play sport in 3 months later." 

Well.. Sorry ,  I didn't tell the OS  about  my right knee is stil pain with plica....LOL.  He gonna be mad at me  actually , he knew that  in the OR but didn't do my right knee yet.


Be well , Nick 






Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: itigo on November 17, 2009, 07:55:51 PM
Hi Nick, glad your surgery went well and that you aren't in too much pain. I am just starting to get nervous about something I'm having done today (not knee related for once!) but your post reassured me that it's never as bad as you are thinking.

Take it easy over the next few days and I hope your knee continues to improve.

Itigo
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 18, 2009, 01:38:08 AM
Nick ,

Glad your surgery went well and you are walking about more or less on your own.  Sounds like there was a fat pad problem and plica too.  You may be able to ask the nurse for more info when you get your stitches out.  They may have the report and can tell you about the surgery.  If not you can possibly request a copy of the op report.  The headaches and such should get better soon.  It is probably from the GA.  Remember to drink a lot and eat as well as you can.  You may also have some nausea from the medications too.  Some of the pain meds can make you feel queasy too.  Hopefully you won't need them too long.  Keep us posted on how you are doing.  Did the doc give you any exercises like ankle pumps or anything?  If he did, make sure you do them a few times a day.

Take care,

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 18, 2009, 04:47:49 PM
DAY 3:

Today I removed my bandage around the knee which had been on since my knee surgery on Monday and was nice to get it off as it itched underneath the bandage and could shower for the 1st time. There were 2 plasters around the incisions with some blood so replaced it with a new set of clean plasters after I came out of the shower and the incisions are very small with small stitches on either side of the kneecap.

I of course have a swollen kneecap but it expected after surgery on the knee and its hard to bend the knee at the moment which brings me onto the next questions I like to ask members on KG.

I was never given a excercise sheet when I left the hospital so had to phone up yesteday and ask for a PT exercise sheet as I think the Nurse that looked after me forgot to hand over the sheet and told me its in the post. I also noticed on the discharge sheet that he ticked on the box I dont need to see a physio but I think it would be helpful to see a physio to give me advise on what excercise to do at home and at the gym when I return back there in a few weeks time.

I phoned up my GP and asked for an appointment to see a Physio but cant see him until next week tuesday so I can get a referral to see a Physio at my local physio centre as Hospital wont allow me to see a Physio. My next door neighbour and others at the gym I go to who had a scope on their knees all saw a Physio afterwards and thought its an automatic thing to do after a scope of any sort. I need to improve my ROM and could really do with seeing a Physio which the hospital should have provided. I had to phone up Jinny for advise on what excercise to do and she will also send an excercise sheet which the hospital should have provided on Monday before I was discharged. The people I know who had physio after their scope all used the NHS so cant understand why I been left out.

I always been told its vital to do physio straight after surgery but not been given excercise sheet yet which annoyed me as I now behind in my PT. I really like to see a physio to advise me what I can do at the gym as the staff there told me its best to ask the OS or PT what I can and cannot do at the gym.

Maybe I am being too fussy by wanting to see a Physio but dont see anything wrong in seeing an Physio as my next door neighbour did after her surgery and feel like I being denied aftercare from the NHS. They were excellent on the day of surgery but not impressed with the aftercare by not letting me see a Physio.

I can now walk without a walking stick and pain being controlled on a reduced set of pain killers but have to be still carefull when I am walking as I am inclined to lose my balance at times.

I am feeling alot better then yesterday and feel more myself today while typing out my diary.

Nick :) {2009} :)





Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: kingofleon on November 18, 2009, 05:43:24 PM
glad it it went well  bud
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on November 18, 2009, 07:40:24 PM
Nick,

Glad all went well.

Please remember that it is not always necessary to have physio after knee surgery, especially minor surgery. When my friend had her plica out she didn't need to have a physio. It depends on the type of work you have done.

As I have said to you before you need to contact Mr Green to find out what you are allowed to do in terms of exercise etc.

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: fraud_ninja on November 18, 2009, 07:58:30 PM
Nick,

Do not worry about not having Physio.  It depends on the knee surgery (or surgery in general for that matter) and the surgeon preference.  Do not worry about your ROM, its only been two days since your surgery.  ROM becomes a bigger concern when there was a lot of work within the knee joint itself.

To give a comparison for you...I had my ankle surgery 8 weeks ago and my surgeon has said that I do not need to do any formal PT for my ankle.  He gave me very few instructions, other than more of what not to do.  I was a little put off at first, but my ankle surgeon is a top doctor and people come from all over the USA to see him, so I trust that he knows what he is doing.

A lot will come back as you get more active and get back on your feet.  The biggest thing is to find out from your surgeon what you need to avoid doing and for how long.

You'll do just fine.

Brianne
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 19, 2009, 02:02:46 AM
Nick – Getting that dressing off sure feels good doesn’t it?  Hot and itchy aren’t they.  Yeah some swelling is to be expected.  Not all OS’s send you for PT after a scope.  The simple things you can do are quad sets where you sit with your legs out in front of you and tighten the thigh muscles and try to get the back of the knee to touch the floor.  Another good thing to do are heal slides, sit with your back supported (or you can lay down), stretch the leg straight in front of you and then slide your heal toward your bum to bend the knee as much as is just uncomfortable (not painful, just a bit of discomfort).  Straight leg raises are good too.  I can’t remember to many other post op exercises.  It should not set you back too much if you cannot get in to PT right away.  You may even only need to see someone once or twice so you know what is safe to do.   Every OS has a different protocol for PT etc.  I actually did my own PT for the first month after my partial knee, so formal PT may not be needed.  It is a good question to ask though.  The balance will get better once the knee starts getting back to itself.  The swelling can shut the quads down a bit, so it may even feel like it is giving out sometimes.  Make sure you ice it and elevate it frequently to get that swelling down.  You may want to check with Mr. Green’s office before you try any exercises I mentioned, but they were the standard three I did after all my scopes.

Glad you are feeling better, the ookie feeling gets better as the anesthesia finishes working its way out of the body.  Just listen to the knee and if it really  hurts don’t do it.

Take care,
Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 19, 2009, 11:16:46 AM
DAY 4:

I am sleeping alot the better the last 2 nights and take the full course of painkillers so I can get a decent nights sleep but reduce the dosage during the daytime as they make me feel light headed. I can now take on and off my track suit bottoms and trainers without my mums help which I needed during the 1st 2 days after surgery so knee slowly improving.

The swelling has not gone down yet and looks like a melon at the moment the right knee so ice it when I can. I have been back to my flat but still no letter from the hospital with the PT sheet which was sent on tuesday and would have thought they would have sent it 1st class but Jinny also sent an PT sheet from her hospital so not impressed with the aftercare by not even giving me a excercise sheet before I left the Hospital on Monday.

I spoke to Jinny last night on the phone and told me there is nothing wrong in wanting to see a Physio regardless of how minor the surgery was I am entitled to see a physio after all I do pay my national insurance so should be allowed to see a physio as I have been paying into the system for over 10 years. I read other KG members post up diarys from the UK and they all seem to be seeing a Physio after their scopes under the NHS.

I just been into work and saw the General Manager and I am on statutory sick pay but thought I was on full pay for the 1st week off work so will have to eat at my mums house and not go food shopping. The Manager told me if I can go back to work next week let him know but no chance as I will be on my feet all day and doing heavy lifting so wont go back that soon. I am seeing the nurse to remove my stitches on Monday 30th November and will try to get back to work on Tuesday 1st December but wont be any use as I will be too slow or find it hard doing tasks at work.

I want to be back at the gym the 1st week in January and thats why I want to see a Physio so he/she can give me an excercise program to do at the gym as I dont want to do the wrong exercises. The gym instructor said seek advise on what you can do from your GP or Physio. I asked Jinny if I should contact Mr Green but told me its now up to the Physio what I should do to build up my leg muscles as he there to do the surgery part and not give advise on what PT I should be doing.

I am still seeing my GP on Tuesday to get a referral to see a Physio at my local Physio Centre as I want to see one for advise and guidance. Even if its just for the 1st couple of weeks it will benefit me and dont think I am being too fussy wanting to see a Physio as that what the NHS is there for to use their services after any form of knee surgery as its nice to see a Physio. Maybe its my AS kicking in wanting to see a Physio but autistic people like to be guided and given advise from others.

I am having a cup of coffee with a group of people at the Hostel I stayed at this afternoon at a very nice pub and this eveing meeting up with my 2 best mates at my local pub but will only be drinking soft drinks with the medication I am on. Last night had Supper at my sisters house so could use the internet and have a change of scenery as its boring stuck in my mums house all the time. Also reading Andrew Flintoff Book about the Ashes and he had a few problems with his knee which is normal for sports men and women to have knee injuries.

Nick :) {2009} :)




 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Pin2Ride on November 19, 2009, 01:51:13 PM
Hi nick

glad  the everything  goes well ..

Don't worry about the physio . The swelling  will be gone in 2 - 3 weeks  after the surgery..  and take some med to less swelling that can help  you.


I'm so envying you ,nick  that you can walk after the surgery.. I was walk with the crutchs  for 2 weeks..

Have luck with  PT program.


PIN,
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 19, 2009, 02:02:41 PM
Thanks Pin,

I am still going to see a Physio as it makes sense to see one after any surgery on the knee as I need guidance from a Physio to make sure I am on top of my PT as I may try and skip PT so best to keep an eye on my progress and the Physio I will be seeing can also give me exercises to do at the Gym as its not sensible to try and do your own PT at the gym as I might do the wrong thing that puts too much strain on my knee.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: itigo on November 20, 2009, 05:25:05 AM
Hi Nick,

I had 2 scopes and no physio for either, even after an open lateral release. Our physio had a 6 month waiting list so was told there was no point putting me on the list! I did get a sheet with some exercises to do.

I wrote to the Patient Liaison Service to express my concern at having no physio after the LR and was told I should have been offered it, but the referral got lost! So it may be worth chasing them up. I guess with long waiting lists, if people are quiet and don't push for things, it makes their lists easier to control.......just a thought.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on November 20, 2009, 06:48:26 AM
Nick,

As I have said many times before physio is not always necessary after surgery. The only person guiding you on what you should be doing is Mr Green.

He knows what he did inside your knee and what you should be doing.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 20, 2009, 11:30:19 AM
DAY 5:

You know how stubborn I can be and once I have my mind set on something wont change my mind and people with AS like to be advised and guided by people so going to to see a Phsio regardless what KG members think as its my body and I paid into the NHS for over 10 years and hardly used their services until I had my knee problem so entitled to see a Physio if I want to.

The waiting time to see a Physio is not that long as when I went to the PT Centre no one was waiting to see the Physio's and when they lost my refferal letter I got an appointment within a week so they are not that busy. I dont want to talk anymore about seeing a Physio as I made up my mind and no one can change it for me so end of discussion.

Back to my post up diary and starting to do some PT excercise on my knee but my ROM very weak and because of the swollen knee can only lift my leg so far before I feel strain around my muscles. I reduced the pain killers to one tablet each rather then taking the full 5, take only 3 during the day but increase it just before going to bed.

I use a cane for long distance walking as knee gives in at times so use the cane to hold my balance, my mate last night forgot he was meeting me up but he has short term memory form a brain tumour he had during his teens so forgive him and will meet up with him this weekend.

Please do what I asked and stop talking about if I should be seeing a Physio or not will mention the P word till after after I have seen my GP on Tuesday but will mention the PT I will be doing at home in my diary.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: fraud_ninja on November 20, 2009, 02:44:31 PM
Nick,

Please do not take offense to anyones suggestions on here.  Everyone is just sharing their personal experiences with you.  One piece of advice that I would recommend you take into consideration is following directions from Mr Green.  I would suggest calling up Mr Green's office and letting them know of your desire to do formal Physio.  That way if there is anything that Mr Green wants to be taken into consideration, he can be aware of what you are doing.  My OS's like to know what is going on with their post-operative paitients.

Brianne
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 21, 2009, 03:46:18 PM
DAY 6:

Sorry if I came across as a bit touchy and did not mean to upset any members from KG but just want to do whats best for me and feel it would benefit me in seeing an PT for some advise and guidance and its up to me if I want to be seeing a PT or not. I went to my local church Christmas Fair this morniing and everyone I met asked me why I am limping and told them I had key hole surgery on Monday and they all so pleased for me that I got some help at last as they knew about people thinking its all in my head the knee problem when it was not all along.

I had a chat with a lovely lady who I known me since I was born and good freinds with my mum and told me she knows of a lovely PT at a private clinic just down the road from my flat and says she a really nice caring person and told me if I want her contact details to phone her up. I had a think about it and happy to pay to see her as she will have more time for me and wont have to wait long like I would if I saw an NHS PT. I am paying for her advise and treatment and can do what I like with my own money so nothing wrong in seeing a PT.

I just like advise from her mainly on what I can and cannot do at the gym as I known to overdo it if I did my own PT at the gym on a too higher level so she can advise me on what I should do at the gym once I fit to go back again. I know I said would not mention the PT again but just wanted to share on KG what happened today.

I am not sure about who did the scope on Monday was it Mr Green or his Registrar or was it him who did the scope or was it both of them. Mr Green may well have been present in the theatre making sure the Registrar does the right thing and does not miss anything out. My question is are Registrar still under training and need guidance form a qualified OS or can they do surgery on their own without guidance. I never saw Mr Green but did see his Registrar before my surgery.

I tried yesterday afternoon without pain killers but knee started to hurt so will keep on taking the pain killers for now. My ROM improved slightly and knee less swollen but its still hurts to bend and feels stiff. I still use a cane to walk longer distances as my right knee suddenly gives in so use the stick to keep my balance.

I am so pleased that they found a problem inside my right knee on Monday as my PT Alexander thought it was in my head along with the guys at work but just proved to them that it was a knee problem after all and its feel great that they were wrong and I was right all along.
 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on November 22, 2009, 04:49:46 AM
Hi Nick,

Fair enough if you want to see a physio, but it really is not necessary.

If you want to see one it is a good idea to get a copy of the operation report from Mr Green to give to the physio. Maybe wait to you at least get the stitches out and ask them then. They may suggest waiting to see Mr Green at your 6 week follow up.

Unless the physio knows what Mr Green did it is hard for them to give you the right advice and an appropriate program.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: kingofleon on November 22, 2009, 07:58:07 AM
dont over do it on the pt bud ...and pain killers as you know my knee was full on   i have just come of pain killers six weeks down the line  ready to walk next week  i hope ...
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 23, 2009, 01:14:22 PM
DAY 7:

Yesterday knee felt reasonably ok considering it the 1st week since my knee surgery but still a little unsteady on my feet and get some pain  and swelling in the right knee. I have been taking my pain meds still to keep the pain under control and does seem to be helping reduce the pain. I located where the main pain is coming from as each time I try to bend my knee in get a high amount of pain at the top of my kneecap and thats where the most swelling is. I was stupid and tried to force my knee to bend even though it was hurting and paid the price during the night. I was still wide awake at 3am in the morning as I had alot of knee pain from trying to bend the knee too much and had to get up and take a full set of pain killers. It did help adventurly and manged to get 1 and a half hours sleep. Its the 1st time I had knee pain during the night that kept me awake.

DAY 8:

One week since my surgery and had the worst knee pain during the night and knee was more swollen above the knee and is very tender to touch and if I try to bend my knee inwards it hurts alot and I can take pain normally but this is very painful and annoying.  I can only do so much ROM before I feel pain in the same area and thats why I need some advise from a PT. I have been told to contact Mr Green but feel he only there for emergencies and dont like to bother him. I am feeling very tired and not my usual self at the moment due to lack of sleep last night. The main area of pain is above the kneecap on the medial side that swells up the most and want to do some PT but seem to be overdoing it but need to do some PT rather then doing nothing at all and resting.

I see my GP tomorrow morning and can asked him is its best to contact Mr Green to give the PT advise on what to do and whats been done to my knee. I wont see the recommended PTas she charges £50 and only want to pay £30 as it will take ages to see a NHS PT. Thats one of the reasons why I would like to see a PT as what I am doing is only making my knee worse.

Kirsty I think it might be a good thing to contact Mr Green for advise and guidance as he the expert and knows whats best. I can take pain normally but this pain I am feeling is worse then it was before my surgery and keeps me awake during the night and hope it goes away soon. I wont be able to go back to work if the knee like this in a weeks time and not on full pay so need to be back at work ASAP.

Paul you right and have overdone it silly me and now paid the price.

Just had a test message from my psychologist and knows of a PT that charges £25 which is alot cheaper then £50 and can contact him lator on but be better if gets information from Mr Green about my knee and the surgery so he knows what he can do to help me out. He has a room above a shop next door to my psychologist counselling room and thats how I know about it. I would have to travel on the other side of the city but worth it if I paying half price compared to the other fee I was given.

Nick :) {2009} :)




Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: kingofleon on November 23, 2009, 11:14:37 PM
....bro lotsof  bits in the knee and alot of healing i was the same wanted to get on with it full on but you cant... lots of meds 1st couple of weeks ease the pain ..small excercises hope..... it goes alright

paul
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 24, 2009, 03:42:43 PM
DAY 9:

I went to my GP appointment at 8:55am about my pain meds and if I should see a PT and take a week extra sick leave. I asked him if I should carry on taking the meds the hospital gave me and told me there is no need to carry on taking the pills prescribed but should carry on taking paracetamol and ibuprofen tablets while knee is still swollen and sore. I asked him how long it would take to see a NHS PT and he told me a couple of weeks so told him I found a private PT and would go and see him. I then asked him about if I should take an extra week off work as at the moment could not really do my job and looked at my knee and said it would best if I did take the extra week off work. I told him I have alot of swelling and discomfort at the top of my kneecap and he told me it may be bone bruising causing the pain.I ahve been given another weeks sick leave signed by my GP.

I drove my car for the 1st time since my surgery and feel safe to drive the only problem is getting out of the car as I need to go out with my right knee 1st and hurts a bit coming out. If it was left hand drive I would be fine as I would use my left leg 1st to come out of the car. I am now more independent and dont have to reply on my mum for lifts anymore.

I slept alot better last night but could still feel the knee pain while layed down in bed but can sleep mostly through the pain. I still feel intense pain above kneecap on medial side each time I try to bend my leg towards my calf and even the pain killers dont stop the pain I keep feeling.

I am going to book to see this sports PT that charges only £25 per appointment when I phone him up tonight at 8pm as I want to be doing the correct PT and need advise on what I can start doing at the gym once I am fit enough to go back again.

I am seeing Jinny near Ipswich tomorrow with my mum till Saturday and told me she spoke to her OS about what was done during my scope and he said might take 6 weeks to recover form the type of surgery I had. Also said its normal for knee to be swollen and painful after surgery but should carry on taking the pain meds if knee still hurting. At Ipswich Hospital that she works at they give advise and and a PT sheets to all the patients that have had knee surgery along with some band or knee support? cannot remember what she said but ment to have something around your knee after surgery.

I am not impressed with the way the hospital delt with me after my scope as they never advised me on what to do such as RICE and an information sheet on what PT to do. I was told last week when I rang them up that a PT sheet was arriving in the post but it never arrived. Jinny kindly sent her PT sheet from Ipswich Hospital as my hospital could not be bothered to send one. When I met Jinny a few weeks before my scope was given an information booket from Ipswich Hospital about arthroscopy which the pre op clinic should have priovided.

I never attended the pre op clinic so they could ask questions and fill out the forms which should happen a week or 2 before my scope rather then on the day of surgery. Jinny told me they arrange a pre op assessment appointment at her hospital but dont do it at the NHS Hospital I attended.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: ipswich1984 on November 24, 2009, 05:55:55 PM
It just goes to show the differences between NHS hospitals these days. As you know I am being treated by Ipswich Hospital, as far as treatment, information they cannot do much more.

I do get the feeling that some hospitals rush things to clear waiting lists which is why I don't mind waiting 18 weeks if I am looked after (I would love to be seen sooner especially as my knee is getting worse) but at least things seem to be done properly there.

I hope you get sorted, at least you will have jinny to help and I'm sure the physio can advise you better than any sheet can
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Pin2Ride on November 24, 2009, 06:05:34 PM
็Hi nick ,

Glad that you can drive a car..   :)    Tonight ,i drove a car to home is first time  after the surgery over a month. I was happy,too  that's why i understand what you feel  to drive a car...

I had  bad sleep on first week after surgery and take a  lot of med to control a pain...   


It's good idea to get a copy from the OS . I agree with you . 


Hope you will better then yesterday. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on November 25, 2009, 05:30:16 PM
Nick,

Hey glad you are driving the car.  It helps you feel less "shut in" to me.  You may have some longer lasting pain and swelling if there was a lot of soft tissue work done.  If you can get a copy of the op report, have the PT explain it (if possible). I know that soft tissues seem to be toiuchy when they get worked on.  You are not too far out and the swelling and such is normal (esp if you over do things  ;) - not that I ever have  :o).  II think we all try to do too much sometimes.  RICE and take it easy and try to enjoy your next week off.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: ipswich1984 on November 25, 2009, 06:51:39 PM
I think we all like to think we are doing well, I had my TTT on 6th March and then decided to go to watch football on the 17th October and although I was sitting down, I was in agony and had to leave early.

I then realised I needed to take it easy despite my disappointment missing a couple of games. We all like to get back to doing the things we love but you realise your health is more important.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 25, 2009, 07:01:03 PM
DAY 10:

I woke up at 3am as my knee hurting again, it mainly hurts at the top of the kneecap where its most swollen and took 2 ibuprofen tablets which helped a bit but still felt pain and woke up a few time due to the pain. I phoned up my PT yesterday evening and he will contact me on Sunday to arrange an appointment for me next week.

I am staying at my sisters house with my mum until Saturday near Ipswich with Jinny who works at the orthopaedic department at Ipswich Hospital and she came back this evening with a tubigrip to support my knee which my local NHS hospital never provided. All it is is a bandage doubled over the knee to give it more support and knee feels better already and can walk alot better with less discomfort. Jinny told me they provide tubigrips to all their patients that have had knee surgery before they leave the hospital. I read my post up report the nurse ticked on the box sling given not applicable but now I have the tubigrip can walk alot better so should have provided me one.

Ipswich1984 I am in your areas for a few days and sorry your knee still causing problems after your TTT and would like to go back to work again next week but if my GP signed a sick note for another week then my knee must need rest still. I would like to go back to the gym before christmas but best not to overdo it and could ruin my right knee for life that can happen if I overdo it when knee recovering from surgery.

Nick  :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: ipswich1984 on November 25, 2009, 07:15:39 PM
At least with Jinny looking after you that will reassure you if you need any help and are unsure about anything. My 1st TTT on the right leg is fine, its my left leg which I am waiting for a TTT on that is causing me problems.

I spoke to a friend who is a physio about the new pain from inside my knee and she said it may be something from the cartilege as I am struggling with the bending so much so it is hurting my back now, but I am back to see the OS in December so we will wait and see what he thinks.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 26, 2009, 12:52:14 PM
DAY 11:

I am so pleased that I am visiting Jinny for a couple of days  as she been really helpful and wish she lived local near to my flat and worked at the Birmingham Royal Orthopaedic Hospital but she does a fantastic job in Ipswich Hospital and is needed there. I am so pleased she managed to get hold of a tubigrip as so far it has been helpful and knee feels a lot better with some support. The tubigrip was too large and tight before and may have caused some bruising behind the knee so Jinny cut it smaller and now its single over the knee rather then double.

Jinny told me to stick to what ha been said on the physio exercise sheet from Ipswich Hospital, told me should be doing PT 3 times a day.

a, Ankles – pull foot up towards you, and then point it away.
b, Pull your toes towards you, push your knee down and tighten your thigh muscles.
c, Place wedge (or rolled up towel) under your knee.  Lift your heel and straighten your knee. Hold for five seconds.
d, Straighten your knee and lift your leg of the bed. Hold for five seconds and slowly lower.
e, Bend knee up and down on the bed. (Jinnys tip is too place a plastic bag under foot so it glides better)
f, Gently bend and straighten your knee whilst sitting.

Another good tip from Jinny was when you go up stairs you go up with your good knee 1st and when going down on your bad knee 1st, Heaven going up and Hell going down. I was never given any information like this when I left the hospital, would have been handy to know these things to make my recovery easier.

Jinny is making me do physio exercises 3 times a day which is a good thing as it is important to keep doing them, also told me to bend my knee while I am walking.

I slept better last night with less pain and took no pain meds which is good and hope knee starts to improve from now onwards.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on November 27, 2009, 11:27:07 AM
Hi Nick,

Glad to hear you are sleeping better. If you wake up in pain I would suggest icing it. I find that really helps. Keeping up the pain relief is really important.

It worries me when GPs say things like you might have bone bruising. You probably did when you initially fell, but not now. Do take another week off.

Jinny has definitely given you some very good advice. Lucky that you have her.

Definitely call Mr Green's rooms to find out what you should be doing. It is appauling you were never given instructions. That would never happen there.

I would think about putting in a complain to the hospital you had your surgery at. Definitely not good enough.

Do you have an appointment on Monday to get the stitches out ? I think you said you did.

Have a good weekend. :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 27, 2009, 04:00:37 PM
DAY 12:

Had a more and less pain free night and did not need to take any pain meds which I am pleased about as its no fun not being able to go to sleep because of knee pain. I am now doing the PT exercises 3 times a day and now know what to do without looking at the excercise sheet for guidance and seems to be helping me as I am walking a lot better with the tubigrip. I cant begin to kneel down or squat down yet so when I go back to work will find it hard doing certain jobs. Should I go back to work next week as I am on statutory sick pay and get less pay so should I use up the rest of my holidays which is 2 weeks and would then just get 1 weeks sick pay if I dont go back to work next week. My new holidays starts on the 1st April so not that long to wait and would get 2 weeks full pay.

I spent the day with Jinny and my Mum at Felixstowe High Street thats a Town on the coast of Suffolk thats has a busy port for container ships and container lorries from the North Sea. Its a failrly large Town with a large number of shops and stopped at a cafe that serves food and had cod and chips for Lunch thats was very fresh and could see the North Sea from where we were sitting. We looked at a few shops before heading back to Ipswich. I was on my feet all day and the knee gave in a few times and felt some pain and discomfort but its still swollen so still needs time for swelling to reduce which could take a few more weeks.

Kirsty do you think its worth complaining as the theatre staff where fantastic just the after care was not very good and is it worth taking another week off work as I had 2 weeks off already and my Boss will think I taking advantage of my sick leave.

Nick  :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: ipswich1984 on November 27, 2009, 04:29:31 PM
I know you are worrying about what you boss will think but look at it this way if you go back too soon and you make your knee worse you could end up with even more time off thanif you took that extra week.

I was itching to go back after my TTT but took that extra time to recover and it has done me the world of good.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on November 27, 2009, 06:54:24 PM
Nick,

I would still complain about the service. You could say something positive about the theatre staff but definitely mention the after care has been terrible.

You really shouldn't be doing as much as you are doing like going out all day. Please rest more.

Your GP has given you a certificate for another week off work for good reason. Please don't rush it and take more care of your knee.

Don't worry what your boss thinks. You've got good reason for taking time off work.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 28, 2009, 10:16:16 AM
DAY 13:

Posting early today as I am leaving Jinny house this morning to head back to Birmingham and had a good couple of days at her house with some useful advise. The Hospital aftercare has been poor and should not have to rely on Jinny for advise as the Hospital should have provided more aftercare informatiom but did not seem to bother which is a shame as the staff at the Hospital were really nice.

Kirsty is right and may have over done it yesterday by being on my feet all day as the swelling has inceased which tells me I am not fit to go back to work next week. I feel bad not going back after 2 weeks off but if I go back too soon might end up making my knee worse and have even more time off work as ipswich1984 pointed out.

Can enjoy next week as its my Birthday on Wednesday and my works Christmas Party on Thursday and dont have to worry about staying up late because I have to be at work at 7am. It would be best not to work next week and can do other things to keep me occupied by going to the Library to use the internet and read books and watch TV.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on November 28, 2009, 11:52:28 PM
Hi Nick,

Pleased you are realising you are doing too much. The key is to gradually build up again. Remember to ice every few hours if you can. Looking after your knee in the early stages is really important.

Good luck on Monday for getting your stitches out.

It is a wise decision not to go to work this week. You have the support of your GP.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 30, 2009, 11:36:45 AM
DAY 14:

Yesterday knee pain was not too bad and did my PT 3 times a day as Jinny instructed but the knee still swollen from Thursday shopping at Felixstowe. I took it easy yesterday by not being too much on my feet so read a book and watched TV.

DAY 15:

This morning I had my stitches removed at my GP Pratice by the Nurse who said to rest it as much as you can until swelling goes down. I then handed in my sick note to my Boss at work and wish I never went in and just handed it into the main office. As Kirsty will know was stupid and let my Boss on as a Facebook friend but then deleted him about an hour lator after discussing it with Kirsty as its personal what you put on Facebook and would not accept anyone from work as a Facebook friend.

I had to go into his office just because I deleted him of Facebook and told me I drove to Ipswich which is 170 miles so should be able to go back to work. He read on my FB that I can now drive and feel more indpendant but never mentioned I drove to Ipswich as my Mum drove for me. I cant find my post about my driving but certain I did not mention driving to Ipswich what I posted after I arrived at Jinnys was that I am now near Ipswich staying at my sisters house for a few days.

My Boss accused me of lieing by saying I did not drive to Ipswich when I posted it on FB and thats why I deleted him and told me you deleted me as you saying stuff against me and asked me why I deleted him but just said FB is  personal and would not allow him or any others from work as a FB friend. I then had to drive him to the General Manager to explain myself why I want another week off work and lied about not driving to Ipswich as I did not lie and my Mum drove me so told them both can asked my Mum if I drove to Ipswich as she drove and would never lie.

I now been forced back to work tomorrow morning doing light duties and can mow the rough thats does not need doing as there is no grass growth as it was only 2oc this morning and ground is very wet so would get the mower stuck in wet areas. Can also do work in the shed but would be on my feet all day and would not rest my knee. When I handed in my sick note I was told should have handed it in on Tuesday last week when the GP wrote it out but its dated to come back to work on 7th December so nothing wrong handing it in today for this week.

If I am fit to drive I am fit enough to work which is wrong and upset and pissed off about it as they think my knee ok and never had a sick day in nearly 4 years and when I do get a lot of stick was even told they could sack me which is not right.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: kingofleon on November 30, 2009, 11:48:17 AM
Face book can be your worst enemy end of transmission
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on November 30, 2009, 01:35:05 PM
Hi Paul your are right about FB being being your worst enemy and have found it out the hard way, I was even told by my Boss that I should not be limping but cannot help it 15 days after my surgery. What he did say he will try and keep me off my feet as much as possible and if I feel pain in my right knee can ask to go back home. Its not the point as I had a sick note from my GP until Monday 7th December and not happy going back again this week.

My Boss said its good to use my knee more rather then resting it but what does he know about aftercare after knee surgery, nothing. I cannot see what the big deal is not working this week when there is less work to do on the golf course this time of the year.

I now will have to cancel my PT appointment with Russ at 12pm on Wedenesday which means he may not be able to fit me in this week which is a great shame as I was looking forward to the appointment.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: lenorem9 on December 01, 2009, 02:34:01 PM
Sorry you're struggling with this Nick.  I was hoping you would have a quick rehab and be right back to doing everything you want to do.  Hopefully being back at work won't make your knee worse.   If you think you need more time off I'm sure your Dr. will write you another scrip for time off.

All I can say about FB and anything you post here...that's why they call it the world wide web...anyone in the world can read what you are posting Nick.   Your boss can simply go to Google and type in "Nick kneegeek" or "Nick's fatpad" and link right to this diary. 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 01, 2009, 05:44:21 PM
The only possible way for my Boss not to find out about this thread is to delete the whole thread but I am not going to do that as I spent many hours writing on my diary and wont delete it as I have got nothing to hide and dont care if he did find out as he cannot do much about it as its not related to work my thread and like to express my views on the worldwide web, besides he does not know about kneeguru as I dont talk about it at work.

DAY 16:

Ended up going back to work this morning but did not do very much as we had sharp ground frost so could not do any mowing so ended up cleaning the mess room which was ok but even that job I felt pain and discomfort in my knee. After our breakfast at 10am it was still too frosty to mow so my Boss sent me home for the day but have to go back again in the morning even though I am not ready to go back until 7th December.

Thanks for advise on FB and PM on KG but get the feeling no one wants to express their views on my thread but please feel free to say what you think as I dont think work will find out whats said on this thread and if they did they cant do much about it. Most of you live outside the UK so cannot get into trouble for expressing your views.

There others guys at work were laying turf today which is the worst thing I could do 16 days after my scope. I cannot kneel down or squat yet, so not much use at work at the moment.

Knee still swollen and painful and wish I did not have to go back to work this week and already had to cancel  my PT appointment tomorrow afternoon which I am really annoyed about as I was looking forward to it.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Pin2Ride on December 01, 2009, 07:52:26 PM
Hi nick ,

I'm checking out your update  and  hope your boss will be ok with you..  I was quite a job before the surgery  coz I won't have a problem  at the workplace with the boss and i need a new place a new job  at same time.

I went to the metropolis for 4 days.  I did a lot of activities at there for extreme such as riding motorbike  course with my friend. Bad News is my friend  doesn't know about my knee was after knee surgery  over a month and a half.. but hey , I'm one VIP of the member of the motorcycle group.. (Only motorbike more then 250 CC)  They were invite me to ride a motorbike course  to do a gymkhana !  OMG !  I said refused them many time, they weren't listen of mine..   I got a tough day   :P   They were  drag me to wearing a helmet  and get a motorcycle ..   :-X

I was just arrived there  to give a stuff to my best friend on the tracking.. that's all !   Should i glad or sad with this situation ?

So on that night ,  I can't sleep not well after  do a gymkhana .. with the swelling and very pain on my left knee.. I etc a med  , it couldn't help better..

My luck is that I haven' t failing a motorbike on that day..  and just one day only..  I'm not gonna back to ride a motorbike 'til my knee get better then now..

Not enough!  Today, My friend  invite me to ride a motorbike again at his home !  So..I'm crazy of motorbike so much.. How could i refuse this my favor activities ?    Absolutely  , i did it again !    When I was not ok with it for a while I can't handle it anymore so  I told him that my knee is so hurt ,really.. so he stopped . LOL


Last Night , My another friend  get invite me again to rolling on the trip . OMG !  I said No !  Well, They were unhappy to see me in not fit to ride a motorbike..


Now , I'm home ...Okey , I need a long rest on my knee..    Do not  more extreme activities 'til my knee  should be better..

It's not good  , really  it is...   

The ppl  who after knee surgery  over a month only  shouldn't  to do that like me, it's not good  and  slow to healing..

I'm gonna to see the  OS  on next week ,if still pain ..


Have a nice day ,

PIN @ Thailand





Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: fraud_ninja on December 02, 2009, 03:06:03 AM
Your boss needs a reality check.  This is not his knee, he did not have surgery, and what does it matter if you are out another week.  It sounds to me like he just wanted to force you back this week so he could be a jerk.  Even if some people are not limping two weeks after a scope...its impossible to compare.  Every surgery is different, and every body heals differently. 

Your boss should be glad that there is a little 'pond' called the Atlantic Ocean separating him from me.  I'd give him an earful!
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: ipswich1984 on December 02, 2009, 06:35:25 PM
Hows things going Nick?

I cant believe how difficult your boss is being, it makes me and I am sure a lot of others on here how lucky I have been with my employer, even after my last surgery my boss was really understanding and even made arrangements for me to return on reduced hours.

Saying that I do agree that facebook and the internet can be a dangerous thing, even though I am friends with people I work with on facebook I do try to avoid mentionning too much.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 03, 2009, 05:52:14 PM
DAY 17:

Yesterday I celebrated my 31st Birthday and now starting to feel old when I walk into bars and pubs when I see people in their late teens and early twenties. The day was ruined by having to go into work and was made to clean the mess room toilet and urinal and mop the floor and clean out the microwave as there were no jobs for me to do outdoors and would have been better of at home. The job I was given after breakfast was rolling greens on a ride on mower but had to get up to put the green flags in and out of hole cup and had my knee at a certain angle that did not feel comfortable.

I then went home at 3pm when we finish work and drove to my mums house and opened my presents and cards before heading off to Birmingham City Centre to the Frankfurt Christmas Market and enjoyed a glass of gluvine and met up with people I met when I was staying at a hostel during my mental breakdown in 04/05. I felt pain in my right knee after a while so headed back home but by the time I got back had to head off to the chinese restaurant so had no time to ice the knee. I told them all about being made to go into work even when I had a sick note from my GP and they all where appalled by the way the golf club are treating me. When I stepped out of the car got sharp pain in the knee so was not a good thing to be at work all day.

I met up with my mum and two best mates and had a chinese buffet for £12 per person and includes starters, main course and puddings and can eat as much as you can manage. I went up twice for starters and had sweet and sour chicken and crispy beef for main course. We discussed about what happenend at work and they all say I am crazy to go into work when my GP signed me off sick till 7th December and even was told I could do long term damage to my knee and ruin my knee for life and lose my job but maybe thats a little drastic and wont really happen.

DAY 18:

I was stupid enough to go into work again and had to check the course and change the markers over and empty bins while another greenkeeper trimmed the hole cups which I would have done but thankfully did not have to do it which involves squating.

After breakfast my boss could not think of a job for me to do so asked him if I can take a day off as a holiday as I have 8 days left till the end of march but said no so ended up cleaning the concrete yard with a petrol leaf blower on my back which caused pain and discomfort in the right knee. It hurts the other greenstaff knees if they use it for too long so is crazy to be using it 18 days after surgery and knee swelled up more as I could feel knee becoming tighter around the tubigrip.

Now knee more painful and swollen and took 2 200mg of ibuprofen tablets and 2 200mg paracetamol but had no time to ice my knee as I had to do some food shopping and used up the bag of frozen sweetcorn so had nothing in the freezer to ice the knee. I am now on the internet in the library till 6pm and then have to go to the golf club at 7pm for a Christmas party and will have a meal but have to spend a few hours with my boss and cant really say I wont come as the other Greens Staff are going with their wife and partners so will have to go so wont being able to ice my knee again.

My knee now hurts to bend which did not happen before and really annoyed and upset about it and hope I have not ruined my knee that Mr Green fixed up for me. I think he would be disgusted if he knew what I was doing at work along with my GP who advised me to take this week off and rest my knee even the nurse who took the stitches out said need to rest the knee but ignored them all and paid the price with a even more painful knee.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: kingofleon on December 03, 2009, 06:28:23 PM
mate take the time of you have the right too, your boss has not had a knee op if he did he would be of the man needs a slap i would bring my limp leg up and slap him for you ......i think cause you did this face book thing he got you bang to rights .....if you bugger your knee up cause of your boss i would sue there arse s they have or he has no right  end of

rest the week end   cheers you

paul
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 04, 2009, 01:56:34 PM
DAY 19:

Last night had a good evening at the golf club even with the presents of my Boss and was ok to me and enjoyed a lovely christmas meal but could not dance at the disco set up because of my right knee. Its become worse again and when I sat up with knee 90 degrees it started to hurt and feel tight and uncomfortable. I went to work this morning with a really sore knee and told them I cannot really work so in the end told the deputy head cannot work anymore as knee become too painful so was sent home at 9am.

My Boss is away today playing in a greenkeepers comp on another golf course but he did tell me if your knee starts to hurt you can go back home so took what he said and went back home. He did not say yesterday no you cannot take a day off as a holiday but said you dont want to use your holidays up and insisted I stay at work. He has not been bad all the time as I was allowed to rest knee half an hour before lunch and 1 hour before we finish work but was still on my feet for the majority of the time and now worried might have done some new damage inside the knee.

It now hurts when I bend my right knee and feel catching again on lateral side of my knee and hope its just the swelling and will go down when iced and rested over the weekend. I should never gone into work this week but find it hard to stand up for myself due to my aspergers so felt I had to go back to work so I dont fall out with my Boss. Knee feels just as painful as it was the day after surgery and hope I not done some long term damage.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: kingofleon on December 04, 2009, 06:53:42 PM
......10 MIN ICING MATE .....    ANY LONGER YOURS VEINS GET SMALLER IN YOUR KNEE STOPS BLOOD PUMPING AROUND PT TOLD ME THAT ...DONT THINKYOU HAVE DONE NO DAMAGE BUD JUST BE SORE IT TAKES A WHILE FOR THE KNEE TO HEAL REST UP WHEN YOU CAN....
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 05, 2009, 12:52:10 PM
DAY 20:

Yesterday phoned up my psychlogist andf told him what happened at work with my Boss and told me it was wrong of him to make me come into work and should arrange to see my GP to asked for another weeks sick leave. He told me thats I should not have been at work under a GPs sick note as it illegal for me to come into work and if it carries on the way it is, not getting on with my boss! told me he would help me find a new job.

I then rang up the surgery and managed to get an appointment at 5:30pm on the same day and saw the GP in charge of the whole practice he not the most understanding out of the GPs based at practise but as long as my knee painful and swollen cannot go into work. When I saw him told him the situation and about my boss making me go into work this week even with a sick note from my GP and asked what golf club I work at. I told him knee more painful and swollen so asked how long I want to have off work and told him a week for now and see what knee like at the end of next week. He never even looked at my knee which I thought he would do as the other GP did last week who I prefer so might book to see him next week as he the one that signed me off sick this week so wont be happy that I was made to come into work.

Knee more swollen and painful this morning and ice it as much as I can and rest it up, my mum went to my work this morning as my boss was in as I wanted my sleep at 7am and my mum wanted to help me out so handed it in sick note and my boss had not phoned me up yet so wont contact work next week. Its his fault I got even more time off work as if he let me rest my knee this week may well have been able to work this coming monday but now knee got worse so cannot go.

Now some happy news to report my mum spoke to my sister this morning and she thought it would be a good idea if I was to have my own cat in my flat and should go to the local animal shelter and try and find a suitable cat. I always been fond of cats since I was a kid and have had 3 cats at my parents old house but all got killed on the main road by the house.

The RSPCA Centre opened at 11am so got there before it opened and when the door was open we could look at all the cats. I found 2 cats I liked that are use to staying indoors but when I told them live in a flat said they cannot allow me to have a cat. Then another staff member told us there is a house cat in another section thats been living indoors all its life which was abandoned by its owner so would be more suitable for me so went to look at it with my mum and its a black and white female cat who is 3 and a half years old called Taff. She was a bit shy and timid but she was purring towards the end. We then saw another cat with only 3 legs that only can be an indoor cat but it put me off just with 3 legs and I am sure she will find a new owner.

I filled in a form and have to wait for an inspection of my flat during the next couple of days by one of the staff from the RSPCA and sure my flat suitable as it has large rooms and big windows. If I past the inspection will have Taff before Christmas and really looking forward to having a companion in my flat as it can be lonely at times being stuck at the flat during the dark winter months.

Nick :) {2009} :)

 
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on December 05, 2009, 10:22:45 PM
HI Nick,

Lovely idea having a cat, they are good company and someone to talk to LOL

All the best

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 07, 2009, 01:53:57 AM
Nick – Great idea to talk to your psychologist.  He is right, legally your boss cannot make you work if you have a note from the doc.  A cat sounds wonderful.  Pets can sure help you feel better especially when you are feeling down.  My cat will sit with me and take naps with me when I am not feeling well.  They really seem to know when we need them.  I hope you can get Taff to keep you company.   They don’t take as much care as a dog and can manage while you are at work.  Good luck with getting your new cat.  I sure hope the three legged cat gets a new home for Christmas.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 07, 2009, 01:30:59 PM
DAY 21:

Yesterday had a relaxing day iceing and putting my leg up but still hurts to bend 90 degrees and is pretty swollen from going into work when I had a sick note to cover me. People say it will improve but to be honest it has got worse since last week from going back to work and feels just as bad as it was a day after surgery so not happy about it.

DAY 22:

I made sure I did not go into work this morning and my Boss has so far not rang me up which is a good thing as he cannot force me to work as he contributed to my knee becoming worse by making me work last week. Knee still swollen and hurts to bend was improving as well till I was made to go back to work last week.

I am getting the flat ready for the inspection to have Taff who I have renamed Ellie thats the same name as Lenore's cat and think its a lovely name to call her. I hope I pass the inpection and can enjoy Ellie's company.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 08, 2009, 10:48:28 AM
DAY 23:

Yesterday I booked to see my GP for tomorrow at 9:10am as the GP I saw on Friday is as useful as a chocolate tea pot and does not have a clue how to treat his patients. He never examined my knee and had to ask me how long I want off work when he shoud be the one who decides that. It was a emergency appointment so had no choice but to see him. The GP I will be seeing on Wednesday was the one that signed me off sick last week so he will not be happy when I tell him I was made to come into work by my boss which has made my knee even worse.

My GP is new as my old GP left in May that I have known since I was a kid and wish he was still working at the practise as he would complain to the golf club for making my knee worse. I will also see my physio and psychologist on wednesday in the evening so will be able to discuss work and my knee and see what they say.

Knee going to take a while to improve as its still just as swollen and hurts when I bend it 90 degrees and have to be careful getting out of the car as I get sharp pain in the knee while stepping out of the car so even driving can be bad for the knee so rubbish what my boss said if you can drive you can work.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 09, 2009, 02:41:13 PM
Nick,

I hope you can get the kitty, she will be good company I think.  I think you are right about work aggravating the knee.  It will get better again, but just takes time.  I am not so good at being patient either.  It is your bosses fault you are now off longer as he made you go to work.  He’ll just have to get along without you until you are well enough to go back.  I just have to ask when your boss got his medical degree?  Fat lot he knows about it.  Anyway, take it easy and don’t forget to keep the knee moving even if it hurts.  Don’t over do, but keep up the heal slides etc. 

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 10, 2009, 01:46:48 PM
DAY 24:

Yesterday was a busy day for me 1st I went to see my GP that I see regular about my knee at 9:10am and he has signed me off sick until 29th December when I go back and see Mr Green then he will decide what to do next. I told him was made to work last week and now knee become worse and told me as long as your knee is swollen and painful you cannot do my type of work. I asked him if my Boss is awkward about my time away from work would he be able to write a letter to the golf club and said he can so that for me if I give him the go ahead.

I then went to the other side of Birmingham to see my Physio at 5:15pm but when I arrived no one was there so looked at my text message from him and was today so had to phone him up and ask for a day appointment as I cannot make it for todays appointment and can see my on Monday morning. Just as well I got there at 5:15pm as my psychologist Barrie turned up at 6pm and thought appointment was at 7pm so just as well I phoned him up to see what time appointment was.

DAY 25:

The knee still hurts when I bend it 90 degrees and hurts to squat and cannot kneel down, its improved slightly, its still swollen and delicate and cannot walk at fast pace and still limping. I am having a flat inspection today at 4pm to see if Ellie is suitable for my flat but certain it will pass inspection and hope she can move in by the weekend.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 10, 2009, 06:50:31 PM
Nick,

Glad your GP is keeping you off work for a while.  I think you really had to ask way too much of the knee.  I don't think you did any lasting damage, just a set back.  Ice and elevete often and keep it moving.  Good luck on the inspection and I hope you will have your kitty soon.   I think the ROM will get less painful as the swelling goes down.  Hope the GP told your boss how wrong he was.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: suehaem on December 10, 2009, 08:54:42 PM
Hi Nick

Take is easy with the knee you don't want to over do it.  I would avoid trying to kneel and also squating as you won't be doing yourself any favours so early on.

I'm now over a year since my second surgery and I still can't kneel and must admit wouldn't want to either  :o  also my PT told me to avoid it as well.  Take things slowly, don't rush things.

All the best.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 11, 2009, 02:43:01 PM
DAY 26:

I handed in my sick note this morning to the general manager and not my boss as I was worried by his reaction and he did not say try and come into work if you can he just acccepted the sick note. I just hope I can go back to work in the new year as if I dont he will discuss what the next option would be which may be replace me with another Greenkeeper until I am fit to go to work again.

It hurting more today as its been cold and foggy all day and find it still too painful to kneel down so no improvements so far. I am now wishing I did not have the surgery as I was cautouse about having it done in the 1st place and as you may remember kept on changing my mind if I should go ahead with surgery. I am on statutory sick pay so dont get the full pay and have a mortgage, house and car to run so could do with going back to work but my GP advised me not to so must do as he says and not do the opposite and start work too soon.

Now for some happy news I passed the flat inspection and Ellie moved into my flat this afternoon and she lovely she purring away and rubbing against me and seems really happy. I am so happy I was allowed to adpot her as she seem like a lovely cat and look forward to her company during the next couple of years. Ellie  just over 3 years old so should live a long life as house cats live longer then outdoor cats.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 11, 2009, 03:03:36 PM
Nick,

Try not to worry about the knee.  Hard to do I know.  You really aggrivated it having to work on it too soon.  I've done similar things in the past, so I understand.  Give the knee time and try to rest it as much as you can.

Give the cat a pat for me.  She sounds lovely.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 12, 2009, 02:22:13 PM
DAY 27:

Milly I am sure knee will be fine just takes time to heal up again, knee still swollen and painful to bend 90 plus degrees and might be seeing my Physio on Monday morning but he has not contacted me yet so do not know what time the appointment is. The annoying thing is that the left knee still plays up at times and can live with the way it is but if it causes more problems in the future might need treatment but hope it wont come to it as the left knee maltracks more then the right but cannot complain as other members on this board are worse off then me.

I feel bad not being able to go back to work and feel useless at the moment and walk worse now then I did before my scope. I thought I would have recovered from my surgery by now as I know a guy at the gym who was back at the gym 2 weeks after his surgery. Phil Tuffnel on Strictly had a small meniscus tear fixed and was danciing again 6 days lator and I cannot even begin to start building up my leg muscles at the gym because knee too swollen and painful.

What really cheered me up is Ellie at my flat she so comforting and lovelly and likes a lot of fuss and purrs away but sometimes she bites my hand but she just playing as its not a hard bite that draws up blood she just in a playful mood. She is well house trained and uses the litter tray but will invest in a scratching post at my local pet shop who will order one for me on tuesday as she scratches the rug at the moment. Sometimes when I have her in my arms she digs her claws into my clothes so gets stuck and can be hard to get her claws out of my clothes and she get distressed but cannot do much about it unless I go to the vets and get her claws clipped every couple of weeks.

Nick :) {2009} :)

 

Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 14, 2009, 02:43:00 AM
Nick,

Glad the cat is settling in well.  A scratching post will be a good idea.  I found that a bit of catnip rubbed on really got the cat interested.  Out kitty loves her catnip.  Our cat will bite at us as well, mostly playing, but she sometimes gets carried away.  I am glad she is good company for you.  You can clip a cat's nails but it takes a bit of doing.  I end up pretty scratched up (they don't usually like anyone to mess with their feet).  I found if I wrap our cat up in a blanket or towel she does not dig me with her back feet.

As for the other knee, it will probably hurt a bit more since it is doing more work while the other one heals.  As for how fast it should feel better, everyone is different and you did overdo it at work (not your fault of course).  Soft tissue stuff takes a bit longer than a meniscus to heal up.  Give it a bit.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Pin2Ride on December 14, 2009, 04:57:00 AM
Hi Nick   ;)



Hey , glad to hear that you  got off work for more 2 week to resting your knee will be better..   you should take time to healing..

Can you take a picture of cat ? I'd like to see..  ;D  Your Ellie ..


My left knee is feeling so weird ,I don't know how to explain it. it's feel like the muscle is not stretch  when i wake up  in the morning..


Give take care of your..

PIN
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 14, 2009, 04:52:14 PM
DAY 28:

On Saturday evening after doing some shopping and being on my feet most of the afternoon my knee was more painful in the evening so iced and took some ibuprofen tablets. Yesterday knee pain was slightly better then on Saturday and took it easier during the day but did not have time to ice it and feel pain and pressure around medial side of knee if I bend my knee 90 degrees +.

DAY 29:

Today I saw my Physio for the 1st time at 1pm at the other side of Birmingham but was worth driving all the way there as he knows what he talking about and trust he more then Alexander who was a joke. I told him that my Boss made me work after 2 weeks after my surgery and told me that because I went to work too soon may well have prolonged my recover and made my knee worse again. I told him I was a Greenkeeper and he said the hospital should have signed me off sick longer then 2 weeks more like 4 to 6 weeks in my line of job. My Physio is called Russ and was shocked that I waited over 2 years before I had my surgery and advised me to take out private health insurance if I can afford it as he does not bother with the NHS anymore with his knee problems he has had.

I told him Mr Green was my OS and he said he also was operated on by Mr Green and told me I chose the best OS in Birmingham. Russ plays a lot of football so over used his knee so much that he needed surgery and still plays now. I can afford private health insurance once I am back working full time again think was £24 a month was the cheapest quote I got a few weeks ago as Russ advised me to take out insurance in my line of job and when I go jogging again. I could have problems with my left knee in future and right knee as well with matracking so hope my knees are covered.

Russ made me climb up some steps 1st with my good knee then with my right knee and when I put pressure on my right knee felt pain and discomfort on the medial side of the kneecap. He told me going back to work after 2 weeks was crazy and may well have made knee worse and hospital should have signed me off sick for longer then 2 weeks.
Russ massaged my knee and used ultrasound and told me to take ibuprofen tablets every 4 to 6 hours and to elevate and ice knee on a regular basis. I was given some exercises to do at home the same excercise that jinny gave me but more often at longer intervals. I can also go back to the gym and use the excercise bike at a low level and use the tred mill to do a slow walk but to stop if knee starts to hurt. I can do upper body exercises so looking forward going back to the gym.

Russ said Mr Green lives in the same Village as him and knows him well and I am sure Mr Green would recommend Russ who has his room above a hairdresser and only charges £25. I booked to see him again next week Monday to see how I am getting on with the PT and see if the swelling goes down and if knee improving. Russ told me a professional football player would be at the gym 2 days after surgery until they can no longer continue because of the knee pain. Russ thinks I need another 3 weeks off work so see what Mr Green says on the 29th.

Ellie settled in well and still lovey and likes a lot of fuss and great to have someone in my flat when I wake up in the morning she really cheers me up 1st thing in the morning.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 14, 2009, 09:08:44 PM
Nick,

Sounds like your PT understands what's going on.  Glad you can go back to the gym, just don't over do it.  It is nice to have someone around the house isn't it?  Glad Ellie is getting on well and settling in nicely.

I agree with your new PT.  With a physcially demanding job like you have, you should have been off a lot longer.  A desk job is so much less stress on the knee.  Even though the sitting for a long time an get you.  Keep up with the ibu and the ice. 

Milly

PS: Give Ellie a scratch for me.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on December 15, 2009, 10:54:32 AM
Nick,

Great to hear your appointment with the physio went well and can start back in the gym. Make sure you follow his suggestions. It is really important to your recovery.

Not long till you see Mr Green.

It is wonderful the cat is settling in well. Great company for you.
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 15, 2009, 05:28:46 PM
DAY 30:

I have done what my Physio told me to do and take ibuprofen tablets every 4 hours and ice my knee every couple of hours for 20 minutes. I have also been doing the muscle strengthening exercises 30 times about 3 times a day. Leg raises with and with out a raised towel under the thigh and raising leg while sitting down.

I will go back to the gym tomorrow 1 month after my surgery and do a low level on exercise bike and walking on the tred mill for 20 minutes on each machine as well as doing some upper body weights. Russ told me not to use the cross trainer just yet.

I really hope I can run again as I just added an old school friend on Facebook and said he remembers what a fantastic cross country runner I was at school and be disappointed if I still unable to run in a few months time as that was one of my main reasons to have the surgery so I can start jogging once again.

Knee still the same feel pressue and pain on medial side of knee if I bend the knee 90 degrees plus, the lateral side has been fine so far with hardly any pain at all. Thanks Kirsty the appointment went well yesterday with my Physio and he a lot better then Alexander.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 17, 2009, 12:41:11 AM
I wonder if the medial side is where some soft tissue stuff was done and maybe that's why it's irritated.  Anyway follow the PT's advice, take it easy at the gym.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 17, 2009, 02:26:44 PM
DAY 31:

Yesterday I went to the gym for the 1st time since my surgery and did what Russ told me to do and went on the bike for 20 minutes on the lowest resistant and 20 minutes on the tred mill at a slow pace at 3mph. My knee felt ok during the exercise did hurt to begin with on the bike but was ok once I started to pedal.

DAY 32:

I went to work this morning as I could not ignore everyone just because I want to avoid my Boss who was not in as he booked a day off work so just shows they are not very busy on the golf course. Its my weekend to work this weekend and told work I am happy to come in as its only about 2 hours max in the morning and work with a greenkeeper I get on with and just have to check the course and looks as if it may be closed as we getting snow on Friday so wont have to do much at all if it does end up closing.

I was even was happy to come into work part time next week but lucky for me the Deputy Head Greenkeeper told me not to come in if I have a sick note so in the end decided its best not to come into work next week. I told them feel bad that I cannot help them out but they are ok about it as the golf course is not very busy in December so dont feel as bad having time away from work.

I have to go back to work tomorrow just to discuss our Christmas rota from Christmas Day to New Years Day as we take it in turns to come in pairs and work half a day till the 2nd January and hope I can work during that week after seeing Mr Green. It would be good to work half a day to begin with and then slowly work towards a full day.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 18, 2009, 01:50:16 PM
DAY 33:

Went to vist work this morning and discussed my knee with my Boss and Deputy Head and they both told me its not wise to come into work this weekend as I still on sick leave and could slip on ice and re injure my knee. I suppose its a good thing not to work this weekend and to rest my knee until the 29th December when I see Mr Green again and hope he says I can work again. The statutory sick pay I am on is very little and will go into the red if I continue on the SSP so need to work ASAP.

I was willing to work next week but been told not to as I still on sick leave buy really could do with full pay again and willing to risk it as I desperate for my normal pay again. My Boss is now the opposite he wants me to stay away from work till I have seen Mr Green again he told me he would not have made me come into work if he had not read the message on Facebook that I drove to Ipswich which I never said just mis read what I posted on Facebook but its history now and not talking about it anymore. I may ask the Groundsman at the local cricket and hockey club if he needs a hand next week as I really could do with some money as my pay at the moment is below minimum rage and willing to take the risk with my knee.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Fat Pad Saga!
Post by: Clarkey on December 19, 2009, 03:16:14 PM
DAY 34:

I have decided that I will listen to my GP and not try and do extra work next week as my family told me my work wont be happy if I work else where. I aslo can just about pay my mortgage and standing orders this month as my mum said she give me cash for food and going out and can pay her back once I am working full time again. If Mr Green says I can work again I will be working on 31st December from 7am till 12pm with another greenkeeper as we dont work with full staff between Christmas Day and New Years Day.

Knee improving and can walk better with less of a limp but at a slow pace but knee pain and tightness around medail side is still there if I bend knee 90 + degrees or try and squat. I am sure Mr Green will allow me to work again when I see him on 29th December and can earn a full wage again.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 21, 2009, 10:06:36 AM
DAY 35:

Yesterday had a lazy day at home as it was too dangerous to drive or walk as we had a light snow shower then a hard frost overnight that compacted the snow and made it very slippery. I just rested my knee up and watched TV and took ibuprofen tablets every 4 hours as Russ told me to do and did some leg raises as I was watching the TV.

DAY 36:

Posting earlier today because I have a few things to sort out today 1st I have to go to the neighbourhood office and see if I can get some sick benefits until I am on full pay again as I struggling with the sick pay I am on so need any extra money I can get. Seeing Russ at 12:30pm my Physio to see how knee getting on and still the same and swelling not gone down yet and still a bit sore and tight to bend knee and to squat. After seeing Russ I will be going to the clubhouse at work as the Greens Staff have been invited for lunch and drinks which I do not feel like going to but may enjoy it once I am there.

I changed my title on my thread so members can see what I have had done as its no longer a saga as I have been operated on finally, 2 years after injury.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 21, 2009, 03:33:48 PM
Nick,

Hope you enjoy your lunch.  I know how hard it is with half pay or less, but better to get the knee well.  It's good your mom will help out (that's what mom's are for you know).  I am glad the boss is seeing some sense right now.  Don't forget to put the leg up and ice it when possible.  It helps a lot with swelling too.  Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 22, 2009, 05:34:26 PM
DAY 37:

Only 1 more week until I see Mr Green for post up appointment and I hope he allows me back to go back to work again as I could do with earning my full wage again. I will ask him if plica removal is part of maltracking as its under the PFS section on KG but would like to know what other members think about the medial  plica excision being connected with maltracking?

My PT with Russ went well yesterday afternoon and has given me some more strengthening exercise to build up my leg muscles and been told the more PT I do the quicker my knee will recover from the surgery. I will see him again next week Wednesday after I have seen Mr Green and will then see him monthly rather then weekly. Russ still thinks I should take out private health insurance and will once I get my full pay again next year after the way the NHS delt with my knee injury only too happy to go private.

I was walking with my mum this afternoon after lunch around her neighbourhood and was walking when suddenly my knee gave in and felt pain at the bottom of the kneecap and is it worth telling Mr Green about it as its does not feel very nice when it happens.

Milly the Lunch at the Clubhouse was boring as there was no one there as the golf course was shut because of the snow so were no Members around so in the end we went home at 4pm as the place was empty and did not feel like going out for a pint at a pub because it was only Monday. We would have gone out after if it was Thursday or Friday. I will try to ice and rest my knee more this week and next week before seeing Mr Green.

Nick :) {2009} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 22, 2009, 05:49:33 PM
Hum quite the sleeper for lunch eh?  Monday does not seem like the night to go to the pub, I agree.

Definately let Mr. Green know about the giving way etc.  I hope he will let you back to work too, but only if he thinks you are ready for it.  Definately the more PT you can do the stronger the knee will get.  Just remember anything that causes sharp pain or long lasting pain should be stopped.  Then ask your PT about any exercises that do that.  It can be slow going sometimes to get the knee back.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Hopesmom on December 23, 2009, 06:52:15 AM
Hi Nick,

Remember me? I haven't posted in a few months, just trying to do everything I could with my fat pad before surgery.  So far I've tried acupuncture, 2 physical therapists, anti-inflammatories, taping, and recently cortisone injections.  I never thought I could end up in worse pain, but after the cortisone injections my knee is now worse 2 weeks later.  I know the doctor was doing his best, but I think the long needle that was poked around in there maybe damaged some nerve endings??  I am getting very depressed with the pain.  It is pretty excruciating.  So now I am scheduled to meet with the surgeon on Jan. 6th.  I want to know if you are glad you had the surgery?  Is the pain better/less than the pain you had before? 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 24, 2009, 11:04:09 AM
DAY 38:

Yesterday knee did not feel too bad but doing the PT excercises does agitate my knee with tightness and pain at the bottom of kneecap. It should improve in time, less then a week till I see Mr Green and hope I can go back to work again full time. It snowed yesterday evening and may have a white Christmas.

DAY 39:

Library closes early today so posting now rather then lator, more and less ready for Christmas Day and posted my last Christmas cards yesterday eveing. Will be going to Mass this evening with my mum and will then have some mulled wine and mince pies at her house and open our presents in the evening as they do in Germany because my Mum German we open our presents on Christmas Eve.

Knee still swollen and tight with some pain at the bottom of the knee while bending but can take a while to recover from surgery.

Milly will keep on top of my PT so I recover quicker but will take time to get my knee back to normal again, knee does not give in all the time was fine yesterday while walking.

kskillern sorry you are still having problems with you knee and its too early to say if my surgery has helped me or not. At the moment my knee feels worse off then before my surgery but hope in time it will heal up again and can start going jogging again. If you are in a lot of pain then it might be good if your OS takes a look inside your knee as mine did and found a problem with my plica that was not picked up on my MRI scan or physical examination.

Nick :) {2009} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 25, 2009, 12:50:08 PM
DAY 40:

Happy Christmas everyone hope you all enjoy time with your family and freinds. I went to the Christmas Vigil Mass yesterday evening and had mulled wine and mince pies after Mass and had a chat with the Priest who had 3 glasses of mulled wine, 3 mince pies and 2 glasses of brandy but think its good that he enjoying himself as its Christmas and he lives on his own so must get lonely. I shortly going to have lunch at my sisters house in Worcertershire she invited 17 people so going to be a bit of a mad house.

My knee hurting more again from doing the physio exercises been told to do 3 sets of 30 leg lifts etc but maybe its too much and best to cut down but Russ says the more you can do the stronger your leg muscles become and recover faster but if it hurts best not to overdo it. Its still swollen and should have reduced a bit by now, may just take time and see what Mr Green has got to say on Tuesday.

Once again Happy Christmas to all KG members hope you all have fantastic Christmas.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 26, 2009, 11:16:12 AM
DAY 41:

I am still at my sisters house but did go home yesterday evening after having had too much food and drinks and went straight to bed and slept for 11 hours but needed the sleep. Today outside my sisters cottage there a fox hunt meeting with all the horses and dogs but they are not allowed to hunt but its a englsih tradition to have a hunt on Boxing Day even though they do not hunt for foxes.

I did no physio yesterday as I did not have the time and had too many drinks but its ok not doing it for one day. My swelling had not gone down yet and feel pain and tightness at bottom off kneecap when I bend it 90 degrees plus.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on December 26, 2009, 11:35:12 AM
Hi Nick,

There is no problem with having a day off your exercises. Sometimes you just need it.

I would ease off the exercises if you are getting pain. Just need to find the right level.

It is still relatively early days.

Today is 5 days since my work injury, but doesn't seem to be getting better. Only feels like it is getting worse. I will go to the gym or pool tomorrow. It will be interesting to see how that goes. I am icing it as I type this.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 26, 2009, 10:53:19 PM
Nick,

Sounds like Christmas was nice for you.  It does not hurt to take one day off.  I found for myself that PT worked best if I did it every other day.  Or did some one day and some different exercises the next.  Remember to ice the knee after PT exercies when you can.  Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 27, 2009, 03:46:42 PM
DAY 42:

Less then 2 days till I see Mr Green and not really seen any vast improvements as swelling has not really reduced and still feel pain and tightness around bottom of kneecap when bend it 90 plus desgrees. I ment to be working from New Years Eve onwards and hope Mr Green allows me back to work again full time as I need full pay again and getting bored being at home all the time.

Kirsty it might just take time for my knee to heal up again but so far seen no improvments, hope your ankle injury does not cause you too many problems.

Milly I should ice my knee more often as I do not do it often enough when I should do.

Not sure if I will be online tomorrow as its a Bank Holiday so Library closed and cannot keep coming to my sisters house so may be back online on Tuesday.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 29, 2009, 10:44:36 AM
DAY 43:

Was a Bank Holiday so stayed at my flat most of the day resting my knee and doing some physio. I hoped the swelling would have gone down by now but remained the same since I was made to come into work the 3rd week after surgery.

I will be posting once again lator on this afternoon after I have seen Mr Green for post op appointment and will tell him about work and making me come in when I had a sick note from my GP. I hope I not made knee worse by going to work that week. If Mr Green allows me back to work I will be working on New Years Eve and New Years Day and return back full time on Monday 4th January.

Nick :) {2009} :)

 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on December 29, 2009, 11:35:42 AM
Hi Nick,

Good luck with your appointment.

Definitely ask Mr Green about a graduated return to work.

Look forward to reading your next update.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: ipswich1984 on December 29, 2009, 02:44:26 PM
Hi Nick.

Hope all goes well for you and you get the news you want about going back to work, but remember if Mr Green isn't happy with that, he is only acting in your interests.

My GP wasn't happy with me going back to work as soon as I wanted to either as I had to commute on trains and was stuck at my desk all day, butwhen I went back even on reduced hours I realised that she was right.

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 29, 2009, 04:57:31 PM
Good luck with your appointment.  Hope it goes well for you and that you can return to work.  Maybe a more gradual return is better.  Stick with what the doc tells you.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 29, 2009, 07:24:25 PM
DAY 44:

I was ment to see Mr Green at 3:20pm but there was a 50 minute delay and was 4:30pm by the time I was in his office but it was not Mr Green yet again but his Registrar who did my surgery. He told me my fat pad and plica was large his words was a tight band that was rubbing against the bone causing me all the pain and discomfort. He could lift my foot easily when layed down on couch which he said was not possible before so can see improvments already.

I asked him if it was ok to go back to work again and he said it would be fine as long as you do not do too much kneeling and and squating. I told him I cannot squat or bend my knee 90 degrees without feeling pain and tightness but told me its only 6 weeks since my surgery and can take time to heal and recover from, It may take 3 to 6 months for knee to recover fully and can kneel once again. I go back for a check up in 3 months time and should work on building my leg muscles with my Physio who I see tomorrow evening.

I would have liked Mr Green to have done the surgery and to chat to him today but thats the NHS for you think you will get treated by one of the best knee surgeons in my region but gets his Registrar to do it instead. If I never saw him for a private consultation in April would never have met him so can see why I may take out private health insurance so I know I am going to be treated by the best.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: ipswich1984 on December 29, 2009, 07:31:23 PM
I found that too begin with, that I never saw my OS, but as I have been back so many times I now nearly always see him rather than his registrar.

I think they tend to let the new patients see the registrar's but the returning patients see the main man if they come back.

Thats my take on it anyway.

I'm really glad you can go back to work now, it must be a weight off your mind. The doc was right about it taking time to heal. I still get twinges from my knee 9 months on from my surgery.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on December 29, 2009, 09:19:38 PM
Nick,

Glad things look better from the OS point of view.  It's good you can go back to work, but expect the knee to get cranky after work.  Maybe you can have the OS office or your GP write up some restrictions for you.  Take it easy on the knee.  It does take a while for that soft tissue stuff to heal up.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: friendsfan on December 30, 2009, 03:59:16 PM
Nick, I don't want to put a dampener on things, but even if you was to take out private health insurance with such as BUPA it wouldnt cover your knee as its a pre existing medical condition, I know this from experience
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on December 31, 2009, 01:59:00 PM
DAY 45:

Yesterday I was ment to see my physio at the otherside of town but snow was forecast and did not want to risk driving on the motorway so cancelled appointment till next week. In the end it never snowed and was told we would have a few inches of snow but it never arrived. I went shopping yesterday to spend all my vouchers and knee was hurting from walking and standing around so not so sure if its a good idea to go back to work full time on Monday as knee still swollen and not gone down yet. I more and less need to work full time again to pay my direct debits as statutory sick pay wont cover my expenses.

DAY 46:

I know its good to be back at work but hope working full time will not make knee even worse as knee still sore and swollen and have to be at work in the morning on New Years Day and also working the weekend but cannot complain as I not been working properly for 6 weeks. I do not think Mr Green Registrar know what my job involves with lots of walking and being on my feet all day and would have liked to have seen Mr Green and would have told him about being made to work under a sick note and I am sure he would not have be happy about it. I get the impression KG members on my Facebook think I glad to work again but not as its crap and dont get on with my Boss and just about had enough of the place and been a very stressful year at work and would not like another year at work.

Its important to like work as you spend most of the day there and get annoyed at people telling me you lucky to have a job and should stay there buy why stay if its making me depressed. I have asperger syndrome as you all know and not good to get stress can lead to a mental breakdown so not good for my health to stay at the golf club. I had a breakdown on 2004/05 and could happen again if I continue to work under my Boss.

Sorry to end the year on such a negative posting but wanted to share my anger with you all, thank god its the end of 2009 roll on 2010.

Happy New Year, hope everyone has a better year then last year.

Nick :) {2009} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on January 01, 2010, 05:02:46 PM
Hi nick,

It's a new year.. I'm gonna say " Happy New Year 2010 !  May this be another year of happiness and best of luck.. May the pain of knee will be gone for well !...  Hope a good year with a good health and success." 


Glad to hear that you to leave a bad things of last year then to keep going  on 2010..

Pin,  ;D
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 02, 2010, 03:10:11 PM
DAY 47:

New Years Day was a boring day for me with all the shops closed and not being able to use the Internet at the Library. I went to work for the 1st time for nearly 5 weeks but was frosty so did not have to do very much on the golf course. I then went to visit one of my sister for the afternoon with my Mum.

DAY 48:

Working this weekend but again an easy shift as course was frosty so did not have to do too much work and walking so knee felt ok. It still hurts and becomes tight if I try to kneel down or bend my knee 90 degrees so cannot do jobs at work that involve squating and kneeling for a few months.

Its my 1st full day on Monday and as you know from last post not very happy at work at the moment but be nice to get out of my flat and get back to a routine again.

I stated my own Blog if you like to read about my right knee history to get an idea of what I have been through just click on K on my profile.

Happy New Year once again, hope 2010 a better year for us all.

Nick :) {2010} :)


 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 03, 2010, 02:18:11 AM
Nick – I agree with you about keeping a job that gives you so much stress.  I am glad you are back to full pay, but not so happy about the knee being sore still.  Hope Monday is not too hard for you.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 03, 2010, 03:32:36 PM
DAY 49:

My 1st full day at work tomorrow and hope knee will be ok during the day as I not done a full days work since my surgery in November. I will also start going back to the gym 3 times a week to get back to a routine again. I am seeing my psychologsit on Wednesday and aslo hope to see my Physio that day as its in the same building and would save me an extra car journey.

I suppose the knee pain not as intense as before but feels tight when I bend knee 90 plus degrees. When I saw Mr Greens Registrar last month and saw the photo before and after plica and fat pad removal looked fairly large and menacing and there is a lot more room inside my knee when it was removed so should see improvements during the next couple of weeks.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 04, 2010, 04:00:56 PM
DAY 50:

It was my 1st full day back at work since my surgery in November and was not too bad as my Boss is away on holiday this week so felt less stress and anxiety. It was below zero for most of the day and picked up sawn down laurel branches and knee did not feel too bad. In the afternoon used a petrol back pack leaf blower but not for very long and did hurt my knee a bit. I cannot do any lifting or squating jobs at the moment as knee still swollen and should have started to reduce 7 weeks after surgery.

I know I post regular on my diary and will post for another 10 days, after day 60 will post weekly like I use to do before my surgery. I am waiting for my Physio to call me this week to arrange an appointment after I cancelled last appointment due to the weather. I think my knee slowly improving but still too early to say if the scope has worked or not.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 04, 2010, 04:38:27 PM
Nick,

Glad today was not too difficult.  Of course tomorrow morning you may feel it more.  The knee probably feels stiff in the area where the plica was removed.  It may very well feel stiff off and on for a while.   Hope tomorrow is just as good as today.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on January 04, 2010, 08:54:08 PM
Hi Nick

Glad you got back to work okay.

The swelling may eventually go down.  I'm 15 months post op and my knee is still swollen.  A bit of a mystery according to the docs but not causing me any pain I'm pleased to say.

Hope you have a good first week back.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 05, 2010, 02:46:51 PM
DAY 51:

Milly you were right about feeling knee pain as I felt pain after leaving the Libray and took some ibuprofen tablets and iced my knee. It must have been from being on my feet all day that caused the knee to become more painful. I left work early today because it started to snow heavy and could not do much work on the course so went home after 11am. I rang my GPs medical centre and have arranged an appointment to see my regular GP this coming Friday at 4:10pm as my Boss wants a letter telling the club I am fit enough to go back to work again. I may asked him to write in the letter I have to do light duties and not allowed to kneel or squat.

I also got an appointment with my Physio at 9am on Saturday morning as I had to cancel the last one because of the weather and think he annoyed with me as I cancelled 3 appointments so far but for a good reason. The 1st one was ment to be off work but my boss made me come in so could not go, 2nd one he gave me was during rush hour traffic and the 3rd was ment to have heavy snow which never came so did not want to risk driving on the motorway.

I am looking forward seeing my Psychologist tomorrow evening as I have a lot of things to discuss with him. I have found him really helpful so far and lucky to have found an AS Psychologist.

Sue my next door neighbour had knee surgery in August 08 and her knee still swollen and the swelling may never go down completely.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 07, 2010, 10:12:33 AM
DAY 52:

I was not at work for very long got there at 7am and left at 9am as all we had to do was clear the snow around the Clubhouse and was then allowed to go back home on full pay which is good as I can rest my knee. I cancelled the the psychologist appointment as I did not want to risk driving on the motorway as they say you should only travel by car if you really have to and the appointment was at 6pm when the roads could have black ice so better to be safe the sorry and got the appointment again next week Wednesday.

I have been doing as many leg raises as many as possible while watching TV and its still sore around the medial side around the incision so took some ibuporfen tablets.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 07, 2010, 03:24:26 PM
DAY 53:

I did not have to go into work this morning so had the whole day off work on full pay which is good as I can rest my knee which I never did as I been walking a lot. I walked about 2 miles today as I will not use the car as the minor roads have not been gritted and do not want to risk driving and crashing my car. I walked to the pub to meet people at I hostel I stayed at in 2005 when I had my mental breakdown. My knee only gave in twice and now walking at the same pace as I did before the surgery.

My knee now feels the same as it did before the surgery in terms of walking pace and still feeling pain at the bottom of kneecap when walking long distance. I wish I could reduce the swelling but does not seem to be going down yet.

I got a letter from the Hospital and will be seeing Mr Green or a member of his team on the 30th March at 2:20pm to see if my knee improved or not. I did not expect to get a letter in advance as they sent the letter for my surgery less then 2 weeks before my surgery.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on January 07, 2010, 07:28:20 PM
Hi Nick ,

Glad to see you got a break from work cause of snow... (I've never seen snow before.) 

it's almost 2 month post-op of your, it should be swelling down..

I don't have swelling anymore since  3 weeks ago but sometime heat  after doing crazy active.

I saw the OS  today , He found the medial plica on my right knee . He confirms it by my history and testing on  Hughston's Plica Test.

He know at first to catches up on my right knee..

He gave me a 2 options  to decide between  get Arthroscopic  or if not , take a med to pain management. 

Now , I'm thinking about it and my future. I'm too young and very good health.. 

Sorry to moaning on your space  ;D  , I just want to sharing my update to everyone in the KG   if you don't mind it.

Plz excuse me,  :)


Have a nice day,   

Pin
 

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 08, 2010, 03:16:19 PM
DAY 54:

I had to go into work this morning only for a couple of hours with all the other greens staff and all we did was check course for any damage and gritted around the clubhouse. I am using the car again as the cold spell set to stay so not walking everywhere as knee more sore today. I over did it yesterday and knee not ready for long distant walking just yet but doing ok 7 weeks post op.

Pin the snow nice for a while but then becomes too much and causes too many accidents. Looks like you will have your right knee medial plica excision but at least you know what it going to be like and should recover ok from it. Its ok to post on my thread is does not bother me very much and nice to share your experience with mine.

Seeing my GP today at 4:10pm to ask him if he can write a letter to the golf club saying I am fit enough to go back to work full time. I will ask my GP to write in the letter that Iam not allowed to squat or kneel down and may take 3 to 6 months before my knee starts to improve. My Boss asked for the letter so have to produce it so I can work full time again.

I am seeing my physio at 9am tomorrow morning and hope the motorways have been gritted as more snow is forecast tonight.



Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 09, 2010, 02:44:29 PM
DAY 55:

Saw my physio today at 9am and had to drive on the motorway which where really empty but had been gritted but when I got off the junction the main roads had not been gritted but was not too bad as long as you drive slowly. My physio says knee improved so been given some new exercises to do at home the 1st one is using a cliniband, its a rubber flat rubber band you tie onto your ankle and table leg and raise your leg up with some resistance from the band. The other exercise I been given is having your back against the wall and bending legs down to a certain level but not too far as its bad for the knees.

I have been told not to do too many and not to do it if knee hurts too much. My knee does hurt more since seeing the physio this morning and still swollen which might take a few months to go down. I aksed him about maltracking and told me the more I build up the leg muscles the stronger my knee will become. Running regular might be bad for my maltracking but cannot run at the moment so not going to bother me too much for now.

I got a written note from my GP saying I can work full time again but must follow instructions given by Mr Greens Registrar.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Lottiefox on January 09, 2010, 03:58:56 PM
Hi Nick

Good news that the Physio thinks your knee is improving, thats nice news to start 2010 with. Your work is paying off. Two good new exercises, I also try and do the squat against the wall (can only manage a very small movement at the moment) and you can also put a big exercise/fitness ball between your back and the wall to help the "slide" and reduce the load onto the knees. Its so true about leg muscles affecting maltracking - both of my kneecaps don't track cleanly and when the left one flared up and I had to stop biking/gym work etc the already weak quad almost vanished and the whole knee pain thing got worse. My knee often hurts when I've done some physio exercises but its a kind of good pain that comes with using it rather than the horrible "sore overdoing twisting something is wrong " type pain - usually! Ice is my friend!!

Good luck with continued progress and I'm hoping no more snow comes too..... ;)

Lottie  :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 11, 2010, 02:03:08 AM
Nick,

Glad you had a few easy work days.  Gives the knee a bit of a rest.  Seems to me that the soft tissue stuff takes a bit longer to heal up that many think.  You will probably have some pain and swelling especially after working.  Sounds like things are progressing though.  I can take a while to get back to normal.  Glad your psychologist is working out for you. 

You may find you knee does not like the cold much for a while after surgery.  As for driving in snow…well done that all my adult life (every winter).  If you are not used to it though it can be a pain.  Just remember to take extra time and drive slow. 

Glad your GP wrote the letter you need.  It is not much fun to be on short pay.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 11, 2010, 04:18:00 PM
DAY 56:

I did not do very much on Sunday so knee got plenty of rest but did do a lot leg raises while watching TV and used the cliniband that I tied onto a table leg and did 12 leg raises. I also did the back to wall and slight squating a few times. Knee still a bit sore and swollen but should improve slowly.

DAY 57:

Worked the whole day today and had to shovel snow all day and did feel some pain in my right knee and feels more delicate again. Feels more swollen and painful from being on my feet all day but its only 8 weeks today post op and going to take a while until knee feels normal again.

Lottie I pleased my knee improved slightly and may try the the fitness ball exercise when I return to the gym lator on this month.

Milly the main roads are clear now and think we had the worst of the snow, you are right about more pain and swelling after work and will ice my knee tonight at home.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 11, 2010, 08:28:13 PM
Nick.

8 weeks is not that far out really.  It will take a bit more time to feel normal again.  Sounds like it is going in the right direction though.  Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 12, 2010, 07:00:43 PM
DAY 58:

Not been the best day for my knee the cold damp conditions combined with working all day on my feet has made knee pain worse and is hurting more then it has the last 2 weeks. I was treated nicely by my work colleges as they let me do less work we were making a ditch wider and had to dig down the trench with a spade but used my left leg rather then my right leg. I did have to barrow a few loads of heavy soil but was down hill and got one of the other Greens Staff to do most of the barrow work and did less then him as they know my knee not back to normal yet.

Knees are so stubborn and annoying but will not let it get to me as life too short to worry about something as stupid as the knees and will have to get a lot worse before it dictates my life. I going to do all I can to start running again even though my physio told me running may be bad for maltracking but if I build up my leg muscles should not cause me any problems. I almost certain surgery will be a success and will be able to run again but IF it does not work happy to go through surgery again until I able to run again but as I said think the scope will work out for me just takes a while to recover from a scope.

My physio told me my scope was fairly invasive surgery compared to a torn meniscus which you recover from quicker.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 12, 2010, 07:55:11 PM
Nick,

Glad your workmates are being considerate.  I always say just because there are only a few small holes, does not mean a small amount of work was done.  It does take a while.  Running may not be the best thing for knees, but neither were the sports I played when I was younger.  Just keep in mind you may pay for it further down the road.  I still miss running myself.  I have been using my stationary bike at home but not the same a a good run.  Your attitude seems pretty positive right now.  Patience is the key, even if it is hard to come by.  ;) Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 14, 2010, 10:50:48 AM
DAY 59:

I got up to go to work when I received a text message from my Boss saying can take the day off work as a holiday as we had heavy snow during the night or come in. I texted him back and said will take the day off as a holiday because my knee was more sore from working for 2 full days so would be a good opportunity to rest my knee as its was too much the 2 full days at work. I did PT at home and watched TV and visited my Mum which is a short walk of around 20 minutes.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 14, 2010, 02:06:43 PM
DAY 60:

I am enjoying my 3 days off work and just been to the Pub and met up with some former residents at a Hostel  I stayed at during my mental breakdown back in 04/05. They meet up every Thursday at 11:30am and its nice to have a chat with them all and lucky to know such lovely people.

As for my knee some slight improvements but working a full day on Monday and Tuesday made my knee worse again. Its a lot more sore and tight again and getting pain around the medial portal area, feels sore at the bottom of kneecap. I am pleased I booked 3 days off work otherwise my knee pain would have become worse and hope its ok next week when all the snow has thawed and working a full day again.

As I promised will no longer keep going on about my knee as much as I use to as its now 8 weeks post op and will start posting weekly again. I will post every Thursday evening with the latest update on how my knee feels and if its improving or not.

Milly you may be right may be best to avoid running long distant but they can always give me a new knee when I am older which is not wise thing to say but enjoy running long distance, I was an excellent cross country at School and want to continue it if my knee recovers from the scope. Its a good way to meet new freinds as I would join a athletics club but will see how the knee takes it be stupid to carry on running if knees start hurting.

If you love doing something you ignore the consequences of ruining your knees as its like taking drugs or smoking you know its bad for your health but carry on doing it. Running good for your health but bad for our knees.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 15, 2010, 01:18:14 AM
Nick,

You are too right about doing things even if they are not good for us.  Have you talked to your physio about getting back to running some day?  He may have some specific stuff for that when your knee is ready.  It will probably take a while longer for the knee to feel normal.  I know mine still gives me a few rough days.  I have more normal days than not now though.  When you are ready to run again just go slow and easy to work up to where you want to be.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on January 15, 2010, 01:51:02 AM
Hi Nick, thanks for stopping by.  I do follow your thread I just don't post much anymore.  I gather you work at a golf course.  I love golf!!  Grew up in South Florida so we played year-round there.  I managed a golf course for a short time a few years back, it was hard work but fun.  Sounds like you are being careful with your knee, that's good.

I too miss running, the bike and elliptical just does not give me the same feel but I have somewhat resigned myself to the fact that it would be best for me to not run.  I have been working with a trainer to build up my quad and finally seeing results.  Amazing, I tore my ACL/MCL 2 years ago now and I still have trouble with stairs and such.  That's what I get for slacking off and then a family issue this summer sent me reeling.  With the new year tho' I feel renewed hope and decided to make 2010 a good one no matter what.

We are off to Lake Tahoe, CA next week - where I tore up my knee but won't be skiing.

Keep us posted, you are progressing well.

Diane
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 21, 2010, 07:50:27 PM
WEEK 9:

This 1st full week at work this week and been doing lots of physical work and putting strain on my knees. Been digging but used my left leg and had to shovel dressing into a trailer and been lifting heavy bags of dressing. I would like to say knee improved but it is more swollen again from all the work I have been doing all this week at work.

Its has improved slighlty can walk at about the same pace as before my scope with only a slight limp but cannot walk at a fast pace or run. I can squat a bit more then before but if I squat too far feel pain and tightness at the bottom of the kneecap.

I cannot keep resting my knee I have work full time again and my knee will just have to put up with the stain I am putting onto it. I finally had my wage slip given today and my 1st full pay since my surgery so no longer have to borrow money from my mum to buy food and going out with my freinds.

Diane I missing running a lot and will do what ever it takes to run again. I hope you have a good time in Lake Tahoe its nice o have a break and hope your knee does not bother you too much as you had a fair bit done.

Milly I will discuss with my Physio about trying to run again he said I should be able to. I can afford the gym fees again so will go back to the gym on monday and start going 3 times a week again.

I am looking foward to Monday evening as I going to be meeting up with others with AS in Birmingham. We have a discussion and meal that has been oraganized by a employment agency that finds job for people with autism. I been waiting 2 years to go to a AS social group so hope I meet up with some nice peope and make new freinds.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on January 21, 2010, 09:32:02 PM
Nick,

Sounds like things are improving.  Slowly maybe, but improving.  The knee will probably swell a lot after working all day for a while.  Just ice and elevate after you get home for a while.  Maybe you can get Ellie to sit on your lap for a cuddle while you do. You still have your kitty right?   Full pay sure is nice isn't it?  I think you should be able to run again once the knee gets stronger.  It may still swell when you use it alot, that may happen for a long while yet.  Should not be too much to worry about unless it does not go down at all.  As long as it is reducing at rest you should be fine.  Have fun at the gym.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: kingofleon on January 21, 2010, 11:51:28 PM
every thing will always work out right nick from your knee and to finding a job thats  suits you bud ,keep up the good work .. :D

paul
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on January 28, 2010, 06:53:40 PM
Hi nick ,

You sound  going well at workplace.   :)    At we talked  on MSN , I'm still worry your swollen problem..

Mine is still stable  for a week ,it's not improving yet.. I'm going off to traveling and do extreme activities for 4 days later  , I hope it will be okey for my left knee after surgery to ready back to work..

and then i will go to see my OS on next Tuesday to talking more about the surgery  because my right knee get development to worse then last year.

Oh , my... Soon to  February  and then March  ahhhh...!!!   I want to back to work..but can't yet.  I need the best opportunity on my career path.  In Thailand , They are not see the result of the working skill but it depend on the emotional person... Poorly culture !


Hope your knee better then now. 

Pin
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on January 28, 2010, 07:30:30 PM
WEEK 10:

I would like to say things are starting to improve but now at the same stage as I was before my surgery I can walk at the same pace as I did before surgery but starting to feel more pain again in the right knee around the tibia and bottom of the kneecap just like it was before my scope. The swelling fairly intense and not going down and maybe I need to see my GP about some meds to reduce the swelling as ibuprofen is not reducing the swelling.

I suppose my knee been through a lot this week by going back to the gym twice this week and working all day on the golf course. I have been doing lots of lifting bags of dressing and shovelling dressing into the trailer. At the gym been on the cross trainer and exercise bike on a fairly low level which is now causing pain in my left knee the one thats not been operated on. It hurts when I am driving, knee aches and when I bend the knee it sometimes clicks and crunches but then goes away and feels ok again.

I wish I could post some more positive news but cannot think of any improvements so far apart from my leg muscle in right knee becoming stronger again but knee pain and swelling is not improving.

Pin Sorry to read that you still having problems with your left knee and have to have surgery on your right knee. I hope you can get back to work soon I was bored when I had my 6 weeks off work and glad to be back again.

Paul I hope you are right and my knee will start to improve, I am now ok about my job and my Boss has been ok so far since I returned from my sick leave.

Milly you are right things have improved but at the same stage I was before my scope and knee feels worse of then before surgery as I had no where near as much swelling before surgery and had no problems squating and kneeling down but its now a problem for me.

I suppose my knee will never be 100% with maltracking in both knees and will just have to learn to live with it and maybe say goodbye to my jogging, which I loved so much before my fall.

Nick :) {2010} :)
 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: ipswich1984 on January 28, 2010, 08:00:17 PM
Dont give up just yet, it will take time after surgery like you had. I know I had a different surgery to you but it took me a good 6-8 months before all of the discomfort went away and I was feeling completely comfortable with my knee.

After my next TTT I am going to set myself a target to run the london marathon to raise money for charity. I keep getting told that I am getting ahead of myself but that is my aim because like you I also used to love running and I am determined to be able to do this. 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on January 29, 2010, 02:50:55 PM
The knee will take time Nick.

The first time for me it took 8 months before I was back to what I considered normal and the second time was a little better at 5 months being past fit. 

Unfortunately these things take time but you will get there in the end.

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: kingofleon on January 29, 2010, 04:19:34 PM
Bud

i am four months on and still have pain and still feel a little unstable but as the other guys say on your post it does take a long time knee injurys
keep it up nick

paul
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on February 02, 2010, 06:25:00 PM
Hi nick,

I went to the trip on last weekend ,it was a lot of step on the way to waterfall.  My right knee was locking  double time.. LOL  hurttt! 

It's not too bad for the knees coz i can pain management and no problem  for the trip along. 

I went to see the OS  yesterday , I had questions about the pain above the knee cap and the detail of right knee surgery. 

He said " No, It's not affect from the surgery , i didn't do around there where you has pain.  I suppose that leg muscle is not strong enough  that's why you still have  pain at sometime.  So what kind of pain ?  tell me.."

I said "  its sound like aches " 

" that's it !   Lift up your leg and strain ,plz"  He said

I was lift up my leg one at time , it was  totter...   He was right.

He advised  to jogging  , swimming and weight training.  or biking.   it's could help  then it' will be gone.

He was shoot me about right knee's surgery . He want to treatment on my right knee , let's it done. 

Well, i asked a lot of questions to be surely . Yeah , He nice to me. 



Today , I went to jogging  about  30 minute.   Yep , still pain at sometime but  no more pain after jogging  if i cool it down.

At the moment when i post it , No pain no hurt.  I will try it out again tomorrow.


I will go to see the OS at the hospital on this Friday to make surgery  appointment.   



Hey , nick 

don't be give up  let's ask your OS ASAP  . Because He used to arthroscopic  inside your knee ,he knew what happen in your knee.

 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 02, 2010, 09:04:00 PM
Pin,

Quite often after any knee surgery the quad muscles (in the thigh) will get a bit weak and cause some pain.  It may bother for a while until they get stronger.  For some reason those muscles just don't like knee surgery.  Did you enjoy the trip even with the knee bothering you?  Sounds like it.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on February 03, 2010, 07:18:25 AM
Pin,

Quite often after any knee surgery the quad muscles (in the thigh) will get a bit weak and cause some pain.  It may bother for a while until they get stronger.  For some reason those muscles just don't like knee surgery.  Did you enjoy the trip even with the knee bothering you?  Sounds like it.

Milly

Hi Milly,

Yes, you are right.  As you said that I never know about that before.  Thank you for your kindly of the answer.   I sometime do PT but not full effectively,I admit it really..  But I always walking too much. 

I was happy at sometime while the knee not bothering me.  From now ,  I don't have any plan go to the trip  unit' my muscle back to be strong .   

Thank you for the space , nick

PIN
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on February 04, 2010, 07:34:03 PM
WEEK 11:

I saw my Physio this afternoon and he was really helpful and gave me some good advise. I been overdoing it at work and at the gym and not really giving my knee any rest. He told me not to use the cross trainer but can use the exercise bike and would be good to go swimming. I should also ice my knee more often even at work during lunch break should ice my knee for 15 minutes. My knee still swollen and painful and my Physio wants Mr Green to check the knee next time I see him on March 30th who one of his friends and knows him well and going to ask him if its possibe if he can see me on the 30th March but he told me he may not be working for the NHS that day but will asked Mr Green to tell his registrar to take a good look at my knee during examination.

I may have a build up of scar tissue that should be sorted though physio as he manipulated the portal area today that hurt to begin with but then pain was not so noticable. I also have some fluid inside the knee so not just swelling.

My Physio told me he cannot run anymore and will need a TKR in the future as he worn out his knee from running and playing sports since he was a kid. Has grade 4 arthritus in his knee and will end up with a TKR.

My quads are becoming stronger again so cannot be linked with the knee pain I am feeling as Milly pointed out.

I know everyone posting on my thread says it takes time to recover from a scope but sometimes surgery not the end of your knee problems. Sometimes another scope is needed like many members have had, but hope it does not come to that but possible if scar tissue causes problems and would do anything to run again. I hope I do not get Arthrofibrosis which can happpen after surgery but thinking too far ahead as it may take time to heal, just something that may happen if knee does not improve in a few months time.

My Physio thinks Mr Green needs to examine my knee again and he knows better then members on KG as he the next expert after Mr Green

I hope it just taking longer to recover from the surgery like most KG members are suggesting but at the moment seen no improvements apart from quads becoming stronger again. My hips are now starting to hurt, got a sharp pain in my left hip 2 days ago and left knee also hurts at times after using my knees a lot at work and the gym.

Nick :) {2010} :)





Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on February 04, 2010, 07:53:56 PM
hi Nick
I think I can understand your frustration I also thought that having a scope would sort out all my knee problems and it would only take a couple of weeks to get over then I would be back to normal, unfortunatly that is not the case as with you I dont feel much benefit from my op either.
At least you seem to have a good p.t and I think that should help. I have just started p.t so hopefully it should help me too in the long run.
I hope things improve for you soon and you can get back to jogging
Take Care Tez
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on February 05, 2010, 06:17:27 PM
Hey Nick,

Just jumped on here to see how everyone is doing and I can't believe you're still struggling so much.  Unreal.  You just can't catch a break.  Doing your job with good knees is hard enough but doing it while rehabbing is almost impossible.  I give you a lot of credit for continuing to try. 

Hope it improves as you cut back a little on the exercises.  And please don't mention that awful "A" word (arthrofibrosis).  I'll be praying that's not what you have. 

Lenore
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 05, 2010, 08:37:38 PM
Nick,

I am hoping that the issue is more related to over doing it at work and not a big scar tissue problem.  Man you are having a time of it.  I think though the more physical your job is the harder it is to work and rehab.  The portal manipulation is not always pleasent at first but it can help things along.  I got to where I actually liked to work the area, it did not feel so thick as I worked on it.  If the fluid is still there at your OS appt, maybe they can drain it for you.  If they feel it is worth it.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Linnea on February 06, 2010, 02:46:50 PM
I'm so sorry that things are not improving, Nick  :(  It's true what you pointed out: sometimes surgery is so not the end of it and things don't always go as planned. I know how angry and frustrated and sad you must be feeling. I went through a series of laparotomies in the 90's which - for a while - left me worse off than I was initially. We're here for you to vent, if need be.

I truly hope that your OS will be able to give you some answers eventually and perhaps suggest a new course of action.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on February 11, 2010, 07:36:13 PM
WEEK 12:

Coming up to 3 months and little improvments so far but found I can kneel down but have to kneel on my left leg 1st then put the right leg down but when knelt down knee right knee does not feel right and not very comfortable. I still regret having had the surgery done as I more limited now then I was before my scope as I was able to use the cross trainer without too many problems before my scope but now I cannot use it. To make matters worse my left knee becoming more painful after using the bike at the gym for 40 minutes and been told its maltracking that could be causing the pain. I have high pain tollerance and can cope with the left knee pain as long as it does not become worse I will learn to live with it.

My physio said you may always have a bit of swelling but my knee still swollen and do not think it should be 3 months after surgery and should have reduced by now but its not which is annoying as it limits me on what I can do at work and the gym.

Tez sorry your surgery did not help solve your knee problems and hope my scope sorted my problems but so far it not worked and made my knee worse.

Lenore I hope it not arthrofibrosis but do get pain around the portal area and very painful when trying to squat the who knee cap becomes tight and painful.

Milly maybe a simple drainage of the fluid in the knee may solve the problems who knows, I cannot help overdoing it at work as my jobs very physical and cannot avoid it.

Linnie see my OS on 30th March and hope by then knee has improved as the worst thing that could happen is another scope but hope it does not come to it and knee heals naturally.

Nick :) {2010} :)






Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on February 19, 2010, 03:56:12 PM
WEEK 13:

Now well into week 13 and 13 in certainly an unlucky number for me after seeing my physio on Tuesday. When I saw him he told me I am putting far too much strain on my knee at work and the gym and if I keep putting strain onto the knee it may never heal. I have 2 options take time off work to rest the knee or not go to the gym 3 times a week. I cannot afford to take time of work for financial reasons and my Boss who not very understanding with my knee condition. I can still go to the gym but only doing upper body exercises and not allowed to use the cross trainer anymore as it will only make my knee worse and not alllowed to use the bike as often I would like to.

My physio told me can use the bike every other week but can still work on my upper body. I annoyed that I can no longer use the cross trainer which I use to enjoy using but since my knee surgery can no longer use it. At the moment my knee is worse off then it was before my surgery as I could use the cross trainer before I had my surgery. Knee felt better at the gym before my surgery but wanted surgery to stop the catching and sharp pain inside the knee and wanted to be able to run again. I now even more limited in what I can do then I was before my surgery and a little peed off that I cannot do certain things at the gym because of the swelling and pain inside the knee.

I could class my knee condition as chronic knee pain at this stage as I feel knee pain everyday and its swollen still and limits me in what I could do at the gym. I should have left knee as it was before my surgery as I rather have the odd catching and sharp pain then feeling knee pain everyday as I am at the moment and could use the cross trainer at the gym before my scope.

My physio told me to write a letter to Mr Greens Secretary at the NHS Hospital he works at where I had my surgery asking for a earlier appointment to see him and to see an NHS physio rather then paying private. My physio told me it unfair that you have to pay to see a physio and the NHS should have let me see a physio after my surgery. The aftercare I received was appalling as I was not even given a physio sheet when I left the Hospital and when I phoned up the hospital they told me they would post it but they never did so ended up getting a PT sheet from my sister who a nurse at Ipswich Hospital 170 miles away from Birmingham. I was only signed off work for 2 weeks which was not long enough for a manual job like mine and my Boss made me come in the 3rd week after surgery that made my knee worse and never been right since. I think I could have ruined my knee by going back to work too soon but hope I am wrong.

My physio said Mr Green may say I need an MRI scan or injection or he may want to scope knee again but said not to worry that far ahead yet, but possible if things do not improve. My family annoy me as they all told me so what if you cannot run just have to accept it but I cannot accept it as I still young and would like to be able to run again.

I hope it is just a slow recovery and knee will heal by its self as the worse thing that could happen is another scope as the last one so far not worked out for me. IF I needed another scope would go for it as I want to be able to run again even have a 3rd scope and would then give in and accept I can no longer run. I hope it does not come to surgery and knee heals by itself as I have be overdoing it at work and the gym and never give my poor knee any rest.

Sorry for such a long post but just had to share some of my frustration as I really miss not be able to run and now limted in what I can do at the gym.

 :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on February 19, 2010, 05:48:43 PM
Hi Nick sorry you are feeling so down it is very dissapointing when you think  surgery is the answer to your knee problems and it ends up making things  worse. I'm sorry I cant give you any constructive advice that could help you feel better but hopefully knowing that there are people on this board who know how you feel may help a bit.
As for your physio I think he is right you should not have to pay to go to physio! you should deffo call or write to your consultants secretary and even if they cant bring your appointment forward they could refer you for n.h.s physio.
I hope things improve for you soon take care Tez   
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on February 20, 2010, 03:59:04 AM
Nick,

Sorry things don't seem to be getting better for you.  I think you maybe needed more time off at the start.  It is hard not to over do when you have to work and have a physical job.  I think with the physical job it may be making recovery slower.  Definately see if you can get in to Mr. Green sooner.  Also see about the PT through the NHS.  It will save you if NHS will cover the cost.  Would it be possible to continue with the PT you have through the NHS?  Hang in there.  Definately if things are not better at 6 months out, have Mr. Green take another look.  Hang in there and take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on February 25, 2010, 09:10:15 AM
Hi Nick,

Please hang in there. I am sure things will get better. It doesn't help that you weren't treated properly.

I would consider seeing Mr Green privately to see what he thinks. That way you would be guaranteed to see him.

Also, you need to make sure you don't push yourself so hard in the gym. Your knee needs time to heal.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on February 25, 2010, 07:38:32 PM
WEEK 14:

No improvements so far the swelling and pain is still there but get good and bad days some days knee not too painful while other days feel it a lot more. I keep being told by KG members and family it will take time to heal but feel at this stage surgery has failed as my knee worse off now then it was before my scope and all the posts I read about plica excison are all negative and it does not always fix the knee problem. If I try to squat the whole knecap becomes very tight and feel like someone pressing against my kneecap with intensre pain at the bottom of the kneecap around the portal area. I think it may be scar tissue casuing the pain and tightness and my physio is thinking the same way and does manipulate it each time I see him.

I wrote a letter to Mr Green last Sunday to try and see him earlier or try and see an NHS physio but now not sure I want to see an NHS physio as they are no where near as good as my present physio who I pay to see. I saw 4 NHS physio's since my knee injury and they are not very good and all they do is give you an exercise sheet. With my physio I am seeing he does ultrasound and uses heat and massages my knee which does help and do not get this kind of treatment on the NHS.

Kirsty I do not see knee getting better at this stage as when rest my knee it hurts and if I am on my feet all day knee starts to hurting even more. I may well see Mr Green at his private clinic as I never seem to see him on the NHS.

Milly maybe you are right and may take up to 6 months to recover but at this stage knee not getting better or worse but can really feel pain when trying to squat. I am reluctant now to see an NHS physio as they are no where near as good as a private physio. I am not really helping by doing hard manual work all day and going to the gym.

Tez yes you are right lots of members are in the same situation as me and are worse after their knee surgery. I would like to say knee is starting to improve but its not so far.

I should remain more positive but cannot at this stage as my knee just does not feel right and really like to run again one day. Knee surgery does not always fix the knee problem either you have to live with it or have more surgery. I hope it is a slower recovery and knee will be back to normal in just under 3 months time.

Nick :) {2010} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on February 27, 2010, 12:46:31 AM
Hi Nick, just jumped on here to see how you were doing.  So sorry to hear of all the issues but keep your chin up.  I am still unable to kneel comfortably and my knee swells but I have been working with a trainer and he is making me stronger.  It has been 2 years for me now and I still don't know if I will ever run again but I'm just trying to be positive.

Try and stay positive, you will work thru this and things will be ok, it may just take a little extra time.

Diane
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on March 04, 2010, 07:10:26 PM
WEEK 15:

I sent the letter 1st class on Sunday 20th February 1st Class to Mr Green at the NHS Hospital he works at so would have arrived by Tuesday 22nd February and his Secretary would have read the letter and responded to it, but so far got no letter or phone call for an earlier appointment. I decided that I will stick with my Physio as he a lot better then the NHS physio's I have seen in the passed. He is so good that professional sports men and women see him and is known as an excellent physio and do not mind doing 50 mile round trip to see him at the other side of Birmingham as so far he be really supportive and helpful unlike the last NHS Physio I saw who told me its in my head my knee problems when all along there was a problem.

I sent him a text message this morning and asked if it possible to see him again before I see Mr Green at the end of the month and text me back to get in contact with him next week when he may be able to book me in that week. A NHS physio does not massage the knee, manipulate the scar tissue, use heat treatment and ultra sound as my Physio Russ does. I happy to see him once a month as its only £25 and its money worth spending as it is really helpful getting his advise and treatment.

My knee still fairly swollen and painful and hurts alot when trying to squat around the bottom of the kneecap near to the portal areas with some tightness and discomfort. I tried to walk a bit faster the other day but felt pain in the right knee and also starting to feel pain in the left knee but can cope with left knee as long as it does not become worse.

I still pretty annoyed I cannot use the cross trainer at the gym and do not enjoy going to the gym as much as I use to because I cannot use the cross trainer. I do use the bike at the gym but if I pedal too fast knee hurts and been told I look like I am falling asleep by a gym Staff as I pedal too slowly but told him knee still not right and cannot pedal too fast.

Another thing I cannot do is cut peoples lawns to earn extra cash, I was going to advertise at the golf club members notice notice board but my mum and psychologist said not to do it till knee is ok again and think Russ would say the same thing. I will stick to cutting my old neighbours lawn once a week so not giving it up totally, just wont take on new jobs.

I keep getting told takes a while to heal but as I said before got to a stage when it not getting worse or better just remains the same. I think I having problems with my scar tissue with the pain around the portal area. I get very annoyed when people tell me just accept you will never run again but do not give in that easily and determined to run again. I am only 31 so got a long life still hopefully and would be nice to run again one day.

Diane thanks for the reply I will remain positive and sorry you having problems kneeling and cannot run which must also be frustrating for you.

I am going out for a meal tonight with my 2 best mates as I am not at work will Monday morning as I am going to a Asperger Conference at a local College just across the road from my flat. It starts at 9:30am and finishes at 4pm its about AS and communication and a lady Psychologist will be giving a talk and can ask her some questions about AS. I am really looking forward to it and got the weekend off work so will enjoy the next 3 days.

Nick :) {2010} :)


Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on March 06, 2010, 01:30:06 AM
Hi Nick,  I hope you had a good time with your friends.  There is an Irish Pub we like to go to and went there tonight for a sandwich and a couple of pints.  Much funner than coming home and having to cook and clean up.

Don't get too discouraged, why can't you use the cross trainer?  Even just very slowly and easy to get warmed up, it sure is a bummer that you love to do it and are not allowed.  I'll read back and see why they told you not too but it seems like if you can bike then the cross trainer would be ok.....better to listen to them tho if you trust them.

Hope you have a good weekend, Check in with you next week.

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on March 11, 2010, 05:30:56 PM
WEEK 16:

Seem to be the only member on KG posting on this section eveyone seems to have deserted their threads on this section maybe I am in the wrong 100 post op section!

I would like to report some positive news for a change but cannot really give any as knee does not seem to be improving. I starting to get annoyed about my knee as I feeling more pain at work and the at the gym and swelling will not go down. I read about other KG members that had the same surgery and they are seeing improvements but for me knee not improving in the slightest.

When I walk at times feel pain around the bottom of the knee and while working on the golf course feel pain. When using the bike at the gym if I try to pedal too fast knee starts to hurt and start swelling up even more.

I am seeing Mr Green or his Registrar on the 30th March and wont see him earlier so was no point in writing the letter as the NHS dont not bother to respond to it. I booked the day off work as it can take 1 hour plus to see the OS when you turn up on time.

I am seeing my physio on Saturday morning and see what he thinks is wrong with my knee and if I should see Mr Green at his private clinic. I may change my physio as it a 50 mile round trip so expensive using the car and being stuck in rush hour traffic if appointment after 4pm weekdays.

I saw a physio advertised in a hairdresser down the road from me so must have a room above the hairdresser like my present physio so will find out how much she charges. If she reasonable will see her as the hairdresser is 5 minutes walk down the road from my flat. I have nothing against my present physio just find the journey too far.

Diane thanks for your reply I had a good night with my freinds last week and the Asperger Conference last Friday was good. I will check with my physio if I can use the cross trainer but think he going to say no which I tempted to go against but may make knee even worse if I used the cross trainer against his advise.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 11, 2010, 06:22:43 PM
Nick,

Sorry things are still not improving.  It makes sense to me to check out a PT closer to home.  A long car trip is never fun in rush hour.  Maybe you can get in to see Mr Green privately and I think that way you would be sure to see him direct.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on March 12, 2010, 01:45:51 AM
Hi Nick, traffic sure has dropped off here, I guess in a way that's good as we are staying busy with living our lives.  I check out the boards pretty often but just don't post much anymore.

Do you think the knee pain could be from quad weakness?  I have to say that ever since I have been working on strengthening my quad my knee is almost pain free.  I used to have alot of intermittent pains doing just about anything but now that has pretty much subsided.

Keep icing and working it, I would have a serious talk with the OS and PT as to why you can't do the cross trainer.  Also the bike should be your go to machine, just go slow and easy and work into it.  How about the pool, I am not much of a pool person myself but in the early days it did help to get in a "run" around the deep end.  Your job puts alot of stress on your knee and I know it's such a bummer for you to have to put up with this but don't get discouraged and keep posting.  I can't wait to read the upcoming posts about how well your knee is doing....it will just take a little longer than you would like.... :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on March 12, 2010, 04:28:39 PM
I know I normally post once a week but got a letter from the hospital today from Mr Green saying he will try and get me a physio appointment before the 30th March. I cannot see him before the 30th March but ok about it as I booked a day off work and it is not too long to wait now.

Milly I will pop in and see how much the local physio charges tomorrow morning and will be seeing my physio tomorrow afternoon and will ask him if he can ask Mr Green if he can see me on the 30th as he is neighbours with him so could ask if it is ok if I can see him. I happy to wait an hour or 2 longer till I can see him if he busy as he the top knee surgeon in my region.

Diane you maybe right about quad weakness but my physio said they are building up well. I do find it painful to do leg raises and each time I lower my leg get sharp pain on medial side of the knee where the incision been made. I did feel pain in that area as soon as I woke up from the GA even though it was injected with a local, still felt pain in the area.

Will ask my physio if I can start using the cross trainer again as I miss using it and may start going swimming even though I am not a strong swimmer.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 12, 2010, 09:43:15 PM
Nick,

The pain on the medial side may still be from where the plica was removed.  It can take a very long time for soft tissue stuff to stop twinging and hurting.  The 30th is not too far away at all.  It should arrive before you know it. Hopefully things are going to start improving more for you.  Keep us posted.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: thevoice on March 14, 2010, 09:42:05 PM
I had my first operation back in summer 2008 and from what I can rememeber it didnt start to feel good again till around march time (I had a lateral relase and MFC cartilage clean up) - its very strange how it can cause swelling, pain etc then suddenly 6-9 months down the line it just settles down and is feeling better. From reading what you had done I would guess that it maybe will take time to just settle - I found it annoying when I read about others feeling great after 8 weeks and here I was making slower progress. Defintily see what Mr green or his team say on the 30th but dont be too dissapointed if they say it needs more time to settle. As you said your still very young and have many years ahead of you to return to running/cross trainer etc
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on March 18, 2010, 07:32:21 PM
WEEK 17:

Has been a hard week so far at work as I had to do a lot of squating and kneeling down and could only manage to kneel down on my left knee thats now more sore but no where near as bad as the right knee. My knee gave way twice today while walking and seems to happen more often the last few weeks and finding doing physio a chore as it hurts the bottom of my knee each time I lower my leg after doing leg raises so my physio told me to put a rolled up towel under my knee and do leg raises rather then doing them without some support.

I saw my physio today and asked him if he could have a word with Mr Green as he lives very close to him but instread he sent a text message to him asking if I could see him on the 30th and within 2 minutes Mr Green replied back and said he would be happy to see me. Fingers crossed I get to see him that day as he does not always work for the NHS so hope he works that Tuesday. My physio told me its the 1st favour he asked for for over 3 months so was nice that he sent a text message.

My Physio says he thinks Mr Green may want to do a MRI scan or give an injection or may say carry on doing PT. I think I will carry on seeing him even though its a long drive as he a good physio and got to know him well so be silly to find a new physio.

thevoice maybe hope for me yet as I do not mind wiating 6 to 9 months to see if knee gets better and if it does not improve and surgery was the next option would be done in the autumn/winter months as he takes a couple of months on the NHS. 6 to 7 months post op would bring it to may/june and takes 4 to 5 months plus to have surgery bringing it towards the end of the year. I hope it does not happen, but would like to run again and walk faster.

Before my surgery could squat and kneel and now I cannot do either so worse off now then before surgery. I still limp when I walk and would not be able to begin running so at the moment less mobile and finding it hard to do my job.

Nick :) {2010} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on March 25, 2010, 07:20:23 PM
WEEK 18:

5 more days left untill I see Mr Green on the 30th March at 2:20pm and if all goes well should be seeing him rather then his Registrar if my physio is able to arrange to see him. I have to text my physio on Monday evening to remind him to text Mr Green if he can still see me the following day. My physio lives in the same village as Mr Green and he had surgery done by him so knows him pretty well. I intend to carry on seeing my physio as well as seeing an NHS physio as it good to get 2 opinions.

I annoyed that I still been told by my physio not to use the cross trainer which I enjoy using and no longer enjoy going to the gym now that I am limited in what machines I can use. I getting to a stage when I no longer care about my knee and start using the cross trainer as I do not like my knee stopping me doing the things I enjoy doing. It is bad enough not be able to run for 2 and a half years and now limited in what I can do at the gym.

I booked the day off work this coming Tuesday and will enjoy the day and hope Mr Green can do something to help me out as I am far too young to be limted in what I can do physically and will not give up just yet and make sure I get my knee back to some normality. Knee still gives in and has happened a few times this week which never happened pre op.

Nick :) {2010} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 25, 2010, 10:50:32 PM
Nick,

I hope you get to see Mr. Green next week.  Enjoy your day off anyway.  The cross trainer can put as much stress on the knees as running.  See the book "Heal Your Knees" by by Robert Klapper, M.D. and Lynda Huey.  It is smoother but it can put a lot of stress on the knee.  Basically my PTs always said if it hurts you should either back off it and do less or stop the activity.  Altering your activities is not easy and can be very hard to accept.  Hang in there, things should improve for you or the OS can give you an idea of what is going on.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on March 27, 2010, 02:21:18 PM
Hi nick ,

It's no long to wait only  3 days to coming.  Don't much stress on your head , I'm gonna give you a fingers crossed for you have luck on this appointment.

I think Mr. Green your OS could give you  what going on after your surgery , he is only knows to scope your knee.

I've been busy on my daily life and had a sick ,too.  My right knee is went well so far without a problem.

Hope you have a good appointment.

PIN
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on March 29, 2010, 12:35:11 PM
Hi Nick
Just thought I would wish you luck for your appointment with Mr Green tomorrow here's hopeing it is himself you see as I understand how frustrating it is to be fobbed off with the regrestrar. I was advised by a nurse who workes at the same kind of clinic to ask to be seen by the consultant when you book in, she says if someone askes specifically for the consultant they try to accomodate them if possible, so between that and the fact your physio has asked for him to see you here's hoping you will be lucky this time and get some answeres.
Look forward to hereing how it goes take care Tez
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Lottiefox on March 29, 2010, 07:06:50 PM
Hi Nick

Good luck tomorow, hope Mr Green sees you and can shed some light on what is happening with the knee. Keep us posted!

All the best

Lottie  ;D
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 30, 2010, 01:54:53 AM
Hi Nick,

Wishing you all the best for tomorrow. Hope it goes well and you can see Mr Green.

I'm doing ok, but a bit bored with the same exercises I have till I see my knee surgeon on the 22nd of April. Hopefully I can do more then.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on March 30, 2010, 04:18:26 PM
WEEK 19:

Arrived at the hospital in good time and had to wait 20 minutes longer then appointment time which was not too bad. I asked the Nurse I would like to see Mr Green but she told me he not working in the clinic today so would see his Registrar instead. I ended up seeing the same OS I saw 3 months ago and he examined my knee and told me that 95% of patients that had the same type of surgery as I have had recovery fully 19 weeks post op so cases like mine do not happen very often.

The OS located the area of pain around the portal area of the knee on the medial side so decided to give my a cortisone injection into the area thats most painful. I had the injection which only hurt a bit when needle went in. He then bent my knee again and the pain was almost gone and not as intense as it was before the injection. The OS told me that my knee problem is very minor and surprised I am still having problems as knee looked in good condition when he was inside the knee apart from the fat pad and plica. The fat pad was inflammed when he went in so reduced it in size and not been fully removed but did fully remove the plica.

I still have to build up my quads and told me to carry on seeing a private physio as well as seeing one on the NHS. The OS told me to see my GP to arrange to see an NHS physio at my local physio centre. Do you think it is worth seeing one on the NHS or should I carry on seeing my private physio.

I told him I work on a golf course and on my feet all day and advised me not to do jobs that involve kneeling down or squating for a couple of weeks. Is it good having a 2nd cortisone injection as last one was nearlly a year ago but read on KG that cortione injections are not good for the knee.

I been booked for a follow up consulation in 3 months time so will work on my quads from now till then. I worried because he told me knee is healthy and only have a minor knee problem that not being able to run is all in my head and may never be able to run again as knee healthy but for some reason cannnot run.

Thanks everyone for the good luck messages it is great to have KG to post on and do not know what I would do without KG that has been so supportive over the last couple of years since the start of my knee problems.

Nick  :) {2010} :)


 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on March 30, 2010, 05:30:13 PM
Can the OS send a slip into work for you with the two week restriction?  Also for the next appointment can you check with the clinic staff and make if for a day when Mr. Green is in?  It may not hurt to continue with your private physio, maybe ask what he thinks about seeing an NHS physio at the same time.  I do know that weakened quads can cause knee pain.  I sure hope things really start improving for you.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on March 31, 2010, 12:13:52 AM
Hi Nick,

I think you need to speak to your private physio as soon as possible. Seeing a NHS physio seems crazy. They are not likely to do more than your current physio.

The OS just seems to be pushing you aside. Get your physio to speak to Mr Green and see if he can see you as soon as possible. Pay for the appointment privately if you have to.

Let us know how u go ?
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on April 01, 2010, 03:38:21 PM
I am starting to get a complex over my whole knee problem after seeing Mr Green's Registrar who told me I have a  minor knee problem and do not have very much wrong with my knee. The pain has not gone away on the medial side and still feel pressure if I try and squat but not as intense as it was before I had the injection.

I remember this happening with the NHS physio I saw who told me do not have a knee problem and it must be in my head and now been told by an OS my knee more and less ok. I finding it hard to do my job as I cannot kneel or squat and would like to be able to run again some day and this pain and discomfort at the bottom of my knee is real and would like it sorted out properly.

Kirsty may be your suggestion might be a good idea and maybe I should have a private consultation with Mr Green and can ask my physio next week when I see him. He thinks another MRI scan is needed so the OS I saw on Tuesday cannot say knee ok if there swelling at the bottom of the kneecap and without having an MRI scan done.

The injection is ment to break down the scar tissue which according to him is a small amount of scar tissue and reduces the swelling. I have been working on my quads and can see the outline of the muscle again but it is a lot smaller then my left quad muscle and will take a while to get it strong again.

Milly I have not told my Boss I not allowed to squat or kneel down as he not very understanding over my whole knee issue. Maybe I should ask my physio or if I did end up seeing Mr Green to write a letter to the Golf Club saying I am restricted in what I can do in my job.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on April 01, 2010, 06:22:57 PM
Hi nick ,

I've read  your update since you called me that days, I was trying to do review your detail on time-line. I was confuse about why the pain is not gone from your knee. 

Also your OS is surprise to me  that he didn't remove fully the plica around the Fatpad , is there your area of  pain ?   

If yes , So i do understand. But hey , you can dealing with it. 

I have to excuse you , coz  I  usually to hear your story for 3 months since online with you as friend.

I would like to suggest you to switching a functions of job at your workplace to whatever  not involving the physically  jobs.  I bet thats gonna be better for your improvement of  health. ( it's including the mind and knees)


Or find a new job. It's just  another options then you able to run again and you will have a good future.  you don't have to stay with it if you have a choice. 


From my experience work , Remember Office Rule No. 1 : The boss is always right. If the boss is wrong, refer to rule 1. It's just a smudge here and there, but the golden rule.   Everyone can't offense it .  I used to break up this rule , it's not cool. there are many stress on the job.


Sorry, if my reply its make you  feel not good.  but hey , I'm just try it on my best.  ok ?   there's  my logic :  if someone to try give you suggest is make feel good  then samethings, If  your friend wish someone well then do different  to the lighten is better then now.


Cheer up !

PIN
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on April 01, 2010, 08:48:37 PM
Hi  Nick
I'm sorry you did'nt get any answers from your apointment the other day it sucks when you know there is something wrong with your knee but the doc's say that it is alright. No one knows your body like you do so keep on at them untill they either do another m.r.i or do another scope to see what is going on.
If I were you I would see about getting a private appointment with Mr Green and get him to tell you himself what he thinks about your knee problem.
Try not to get too down about all this and take care Tez   
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 01, 2010, 09:18:34 PM
Nick.

I agree with the others who mentioned a private appt with Mr. Green, if you can manage one.  That way you will get to see him not the registrat  It may be true that the OS that did the surgery did not see much "wrong" with the knee, but that does not mean there is no problem.  Weakened quads can play a part too, so keep at those too.

I can understand your reluctance to give your boss the restriction news.  Maybe if Mr. Green sent the letter?  Some folks just have a hard time understanding anyone else's pain.  It is very frusterating to be made to feel like you are making things up etc.  I was told that for years myself.

Try to keep your chin up.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 02, 2010, 10:39:22 AM
Hi Nick,

I am sorry that you feel so confused now. Am sure that your physio will not be impressed. I am sure your physio will help you to get to the bottom of the problem as to why it is taking so long to recovery. Seeing Mr Green privately would be a great idea. It just sucks that his registrar did the surgery and follow up. Must say it is pretty poor service. Sounds like the registrar is just brushing you aside. I hate it when they do that. It has happened to me before and I just hate it.

If you can not seen Mr Green privately I would consider getting another opinion. It is not satisfactory the way you have been treated.

I wouldn't bother seeing a NHS physio. They are not likely to add me. Your physio sounds really good and am sure he can help you work through it. When do you see your physio next ?
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: suehaem on April 02, 2010, 01:50:05 PM
Hi Nick,

I agree with the others go and see Mr Green himself for another examination if you are not happy or get a second opinion.

Don't try to kneel or squat if your knee hurts as its your knees way of telling you its not ready to do it yet. 

I am nearly a year and a half out from my op and I still can't kneel and squatting is still uncomfortable so I try not to do it if I can.  You may find in the future that you still won't be able to kneel down but don't even try it if it hurts.  Pain is a way our bodies tell us not to do something.

Best

Sue
 ;D
North Wales
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on April 03, 2010, 01:39:07 AM
Hi Nick:  I just wanted to jump on here and say don't compare yourself to anything or anyone.  Your knee is your knee and you know how it feels.

It may take you longer to heal and you may have bad days.  Just this evening at work (I am a CPA and it's tax time here across the pond so I'm mostly sitting on my rear) I was walking around the office and my knee didn't quite give out but it definitely feels odd.

Now, I don't think anything is really wrong it with the ligaments, I really think I may just have some items in there floating around and from time to time they make themselves known.....that is my knee.  I went to the OS last week and mentioned these episodes and he can't explain it.  You know what, I don't care and I'm not looking for a reason.  Some days are good and others not - I am working on building up my quad and I just have to work harder.

I still am not comfortable kneeling (PT graft) and probably never will be - I've accepted that and bought some good gel knee pads.

I mean this to be a pep talk so please don't take offense but just concentrate on small steps right now.  Talk with your boss and explain what you can do - not just what you can't.  Like PIN said bosses are always right but sometimes they need a little help from us to be right.

See you next week.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on April 03, 2010, 02:50:26 PM
Hi All,

I managed to see my physio on Good Friday morning nice and early at 9am and think I have found a very good physio and think he worth paying £25 and doing a 60 mile round trip as he knows my knee and has given me some excellent advise.

I asked if it would be a good idea to see Mr Green for a private consultation and told me give it another month and during that month keep on top of my PT and if my knee not improved by the end of this month then I should see Mr Green at his private clinic. The one thing he would like me to do which I have not done yet is making use of a swimming pool and can just walk along the water and hold onto a float and use my legs to pull forward would be a good way to make use of the muscles. I also been given some PT to do at home which I need to do daily at regular intervals and should ice my knee regular.

When he examined my knee he told me I have some fluid inside the knee and he manipulated the scar tissue on the medial side of the knee that still hurt a bit even after the cortisone injection. He said that some people produce more scar tissue then others after surgery and may be one of the people that have more scar tissue then usual after a scope.

I forgot to mention that the evening after the cortisone injection could not settle down and go to sleep and fell asleep at 2:45am in the morning and was up for work at 5:30am. I did not drink coffee after 12pm and only had 3 coffee's in the morning and had coffee before during the morning at other times and could sleep ok that night.

The OS never said to me that your knee problem is psychological just thinks I do not really have a knee problem and should not be too concerned about it. At least he did something and gave an injection rather then doing nothing at all.

Pin my OS removed the medial plica but not the whole of the fat pad but the medial side is where I feel the most pain and discomfort. I cannot really change my job at the moment but maybe I will one day of knee problem became worse.

Tez I will not give in until my knee gets as close to normal as possibe as I could squat and kneel before my scope and could run before my fall and hope all 3 problems go away once knee gets sorted properly.

Milly I going to build up my quads more before seeing Mr Green and my physio and I think it would be better not to tell my Boss I am not allowed to squat or kneel.

Kirsty I agree with you and will not bother seeing a NHS physio as the private one I am seeing is excellent and do not want to see any other physio. Maybe you are right and the registrar is just brushing me aside as I think my knee still not right and will see what it likes once I have done some more PT. I know you use a hydro pool and would be good if the NHS provided this service as I could then be guided by a physio at the pool.

Sue like I said at the start of my post I will do some PT 1st before seeing Mr Green at his private clinic or seek a 2nd opinion. I will avoid squatting and kneeling as it too painful to do it and hope it improves in time.

BSG every knee problem is different and every knee problem different to the other person with a similar problem. Maybe knee will improve in time and will really work on my quads during the next 4 weeks and suppose I have to start using the swimming baths even though I am not a good swimmer.

Happy Easter everyone, enjoy the weekend with family and friends.

Nick :) {2010} :)


Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on April 04, 2010, 02:25:30 AM
Hey Nick, I hope you get to the pool.  I was never much of a pool person - I grew up in South Florida near the ocean but the pool always seemed like a hassle.  Early on tho' I would get in and at first just walk up and down like you said.  Then I would run in the deep end and do stretching and other exercises.  I think you will really enjoy it and it is a good work out.  Just remember - and be sure to ask your phiso - to not do the frog kicks.  I guess that type of kick put shearing forces on your knee so just clear it before you do it.

Happy Easter to you, tomorrow is my day off and I should go to church but I think I will just sleep late.

Cheers!!   :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: NadiaMac on April 05, 2010, 10:57:03 PM
hi Nick,
sorry to hear about the apptment. hopefully, the scar tissue will be broken up by the shot/manipulations. Your PT sounds very sensible, as an aside.  Pool walking and swimming are great ways to work on the knee (but stay away from breast stroke scissor kicking and pushing off the wall with your bad leg). I've been swimming a lot since my accident and now enjoy it quite a lot (though it did take a while to start to enjoy it, as I really prefer cycling)
good luck!
NM
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on April 08, 2010, 07:40:34 PM
WEEK 20:

Letter arrived from the hospital today and my next appointment is on Tuesday 29th June @2:30PM. I do not think Mr Green Works Tuesday afternoons and would rather be seeing him rather then his Registrar who was satisfactory but be nice to see one of the top knee surgeons in the UK.

I been doing some PT at home but have not yet gone to the swimming pool as my local pool closed down and will re open in December 2011 when a brand new pool is built. The next nearest one is not ideal as you cannot park as there no carpark so have to park on the road and can never find a parking space close by.

I have found a few Physiotherapy Practices in my region that have a hydro pool on site as well as a gym so maybe will give them a call and find out how much it costs. It would be better to be guided by a physio in the pool rather then doing it myself at a public swimming bath. Also found that the NHS Hospital I go to have a hydro pool and give them phone call to find out if I can use the hydro pool at the hospital.

http://www.physiodirectory.com/pages/Birmingham.php

Nicola Pickering
Nikki Pickering Bluebell Physiotherapy and Hydrotherapy

Based at the hospital I had my surgery so cannot see a problem why I cant have some hydrotherapy as it NHS and would be free.

My left knee starting to hurt more the last few days but it happens every now and then so can accept it as long as it does not become worse.

BSB I will try and get to a hydro pool rather then then using the public swimming baths, but may have to use one for now as it can takes a few weeks on the NHS to use a hydro pool.

NM I pleased I have found a decent physio who knows what he talking about and will carry on seeing him.

Nick :) {2010} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 08, 2010, 08:07:08 PM
Nick,

Check with your regular physio about a possible referral to your local hospital pool or similar?  Maybe he can help you get an NHS referral or he can work with your GP maybe?  Just a couple of thoughts.  I would go with a PT pool too if possible.  Maybe give the OS rooms a call and see if Mr. Green is in on Tuesdays.  If not maybe they can change to a day he is in and still have it on the NHS?  Not quite sure how that all works. 

The left knee is probably still doing more that it is used to so it is bound to hurt some times.  I would not worry unless it starts hurting more often or the pain is more intense.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on April 15, 2010, 07:20:22 PM
WEEK 21:

Had no luck with the hydro pool at the NHS Hospital I had my surgery because it is a private clinic thats based in the Hospital grounds so was expecting it to be under the NHS. Typical of the NHS not to provide hydrotherapy and the cost to use the hydro pool for half an hour was £41 with a physio and £51 for normal physio so think what my physio charges is a fair price at £25 even though it a longer drive it is worth it as I have a understanding physio. The lady I spoke to on the phone at the hydrotherapy clinic came across as a stuck up snub so would not go there if I could afford to go.

I still have swelling at the bottom of my right knee and the pain is more intense again if I try to squat or kneel down with tightness around the kneecap. I am starting to get annoyed about my knee now as I got a charity letter from a animal protection charity called the RSPCA where I got my cat Ellie from and are doing a 5 mile fun run and would love to take part in it but because I cannot run cant register.

I have not yet been to a swimming pool, which my physio advised me to use as my 2 local pools have closed down. I will look at a swimming pool a short drive away during the weekend but feel a bit stupid just walking up and down the pool, which is why I wanted to use a hydro pool.

Milly I think Mr Green works on Tuesdays was just unlucky he was not working at the clinic that day as he a busy guy who travels overseas to attend conferences.

I thought I would be seeing light at the end of the tunnel by now but the light seems to be further and further away as my knee worse now then before my surgery and would have thought things would improve 5 months post op.

Nick  :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 16, 2010, 02:00:12 AM
Hi Nick,

So sorry to hear that you are still having problems with your knee. When do you see your physio next ? I would ask him about some other places that may do hydrotherapy. The place you enquired about sounds horrible. Wouldn't go there either.

Sounds like you need to go back to see Mr Green to investigate further.

Hope things improve soon.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 16, 2010, 02:35:53 PM
Wow Nick that hydro pool sounds pricy!  I would keep looking if you are still interested in it.  Does the fun run include a walking portion?  Some of the charity ones do, if you can manage a 5K walk, that maybe something you could do.  It's not running, but may make you feel better.  Good luck with finding a pool for some therapy.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on April 22, 2010, 07:40:41 PM
WEEK 22:

Slight improvment as I can do leg raises without feeling too much pain but as soon as I try to squat I feel pain and pressure around the medial side of the knee. It feels like there is something in the way and could well be scar tissue which is not breaking down and have significant swelling at the bottom of the kneecap.

It has been 2 and a half years since my fall, on Monday 19th April and was expecting to see some improvements by now but knee does not feel right. Also its a year tomorrow when I saw Mr Green at his private Clinic and was the only time I actually saw him, who gave me a cortisone injection on the lateral side of the knee.

2 guys at work have had problems with their knees my Boss who got kicked above the kneecap playing football, so knows what it like to have knee pain but his pain above the kneecap and could muscle problems rather then problems inside the knee. Today one of the Greenstaff rang up saying he hurt his knee while walking the dog. Why do so many people injure their knees while walking their dog, maybe trip over the lead or dog pulls them down to the floor!

At least he sensible and has not gone into work unlike me who went to work the next day even though knee was painful and swollen after my fall back in October 07. I do not like to take time off work apart from when I had to because I had knee surgery.

At least they now know what it like for me having knee problems for a fair while. I am not as bad as others with knee problems as I can walk a reasonable pace and not in pain all the time and ROM is good but restricted in what I can do and would like to run, kneel and squat one day. I know some people in my situation would just learn to live with the knee problem but it is affecting my daily life so cannot just leave the knee problem as it is.

Kirsty I sent a text message to my physio for a appointment just waiting for him to reply back again. Will not use the hydro pool at the place I rang up as I did not like the way the women spoke to me on the phone and will ask my physio where I can use a hydro pool at a reasonable price.

Milly I think you can run or walk for charirty as long as you raise enough money does not matter which way you choose, walking or running.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 24, 2010, 11:36:41 AM
Hi Nick,

Glad you can do leg raises. I find them really easy now. Not much of an effort now. Time for some new exercises. Seeing my OS on Monday.

Hope you get an appointment soon with your physio.

I hope that you are able to sort your knee situation soon. It has been going on long enough now.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on April 24, 2010, 04:59:37 PM
Nick - glad the leg raises are getting easier.  Sometimes recovery just takes a long time. Chances are the pulling and such on the medial side is still the soft tissues healing.  The soft structures seem to take the longest to heal.  They have been worked on and things will stay kind of tight in that area.  It should get better over time.  After one of my LR surgeries I did not get rid of that feeling for 18 months.  So it can take a long time.  Hang in there with it.  The buckling is probably the quads.  I have found that even a tiny bit of puffiness in the knee can make them want to shut down a bit, hence the buckle.

Something really cool I discovered I could do!  I was goofing around with my son and started to do a bit of shadow boxing, just playing around.  I could actually bounce on my toes and bob and weave a bit.  I have not been able to do anything like that with out pain in a long time.  It was pretty neat!

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on April 29, 2010, 07:50:41 PM
WEEK 23:

Coming up to the 6 months post op mid May and not getting very far as knee still not what it should be and cannot get rid of the swelling around the portal area on the medial side along with pain.

I been really working on my PT and as you may have read on my other posts this week have started to go swimming. Due to my AS was reluctant to go to the pool as it was new to me but once I got into the pool found I could swim ok but not to a high standard but enough to be able to swim the whole length of the pool into the deep area. I may not be the strongest and best swimmer but can swim along at my own leisure and enjoyed my 40 minutes swim. I will go again on saturday moring with a work collegue who going to help me become a better swimmer. Its the guy that injured his knee so be good for him to swim as well.

I admit that I neglected my physio, but since my physio told me I need to work harder been doing more physio then he has given me. At the gym I use a step up platform to step onto with my right knee that hurts when I doing it and hurts even more when I put my left foot down and put pressure on my right knee. I been twice this week to the gym so far and spent 20 minutes on the step up platform. The most painful PT I am doing is when I have to lower my left foot off the step and touch my left toe on the floor, but only have to do a few of them.

Also doing the squats and lunges at home and the gym and hope my physio can see my quads are getting stronger when I next see him the week after next. My physio told me to really test and work on my leg muscles and to ignore the pain unless its so bad that I may pass out. If it does not improve with intense PT then I should see Mr Green at his private clinic rather then wait to the 29th June. That what my physio advised me to do and will do what he says as he knows his job well.

I got a letter to see a NHS physio but decided I wont bother seeing one as the ones I saw in the passed were not very good at their job. I even tried to phone the the physio department, but no one answered, so gave up trying. I think it best to stick to one physio rather then seeing two as it can become too confusing getting too much advise.

Kirsty and Milly you both know how long a knee problem can last and glad you are both seeing some improvments.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on April 30, 2010, 03:43:26 AM
Hi Nick,

I am pleased to hear that you are enjoying the pool and doing more in the gym. It is great your friend is going with you on Saturday. Is always much nicer when you go with someone else. Helps motivate you more too.

With the step you shouldn't do it if it is too painful. If you hold on to something it will lessen the pressure through your knee. Have you tried lunges first ?

Keep up the good work.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on May 06, 2010, 05:13:40 PM
WEEK 24:

10 days till the official 6 months post op and wish I could say knee is improving but it not really getting any better. I have been doing a lot more PT and swimming since I last saw my physio but it not really getting rid of the knee pain at the bottom of the kneecap. I feel pain at the bottom of the knee on the medial side when I am swimming and when I do step up while putting my weight on my right knee. My physio told me to ignore the knee pain and carry on as its the only way I going to build up my quads.

I got a phone call from the hospital I had my surgery this afternoon and told me they can fit me in for physio next week Wednesday but told them if its before 3pm cannot make it as I am busy at work next week. I have been put back on the waiting lists but at least I am seeing my physio next week sometime, not got a day yet, but will be next week sometime. The hospital I turned down is another NHS Hospital but not as good as the hospital I had my surgery at so be happy to go there for physio.

Kirsty tried lunges and do not hurt as much as squats or step ups, I am pretty sure its scar tissue causing the knee pain as it is swollen at the bottom of kneecap by incision area.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on May 07, 2010, 11:02:18 PM
Hi Nick:

Just checking in to see how things were going.  Keep working at those quads, it really wasn't until I began working my quads to literally exhaustion that I saw any progress.  It hurt and I was scared but now I have very little problems, the MCL pain I had is gone and when I step up and down the pressure under my kneecap is gone as well.  As long as the phiso says it's ok then go for it and work it hard!!

The pool is fun, we are getting some warmer weather here and the outside pools will be open soon.  I am going to play some golf this summer so I know the walking will really help me.

Keep on keepin' on and I'll check back in next week.

DD
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on May 12, 2010, 05:26:08 PM
Hi nick ,

How you doing ?  Did you go to the pool ?  if yes , how was going ?

Hope your keep improve. 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on May 13, 2010, 07:32:36 PM
WEEK 25:

Saw my physio again on Monday and he said that my quads are starting to become stronger since I been doing more physio which was good to hear as I had been doing alot more physio then I did a few weeks ago. I was given step ups to do with just one leg on the step ups, my right leg with the bad knee. I did what he told me to do but found my knee was very sore after doing the physio.

I think he pushing me too hard and my knee hurting more since he given more more intense physio. I know I have to work hard to get my quads strong again but feel my physio making me do more then the knee can cope with. I know he wants to try and get my quads strong again but the finding the physio he given me is too much for the knee.

Should I just ignore the knee pain and carry on doing the physio even though I am in pain, he told me just to ignore the pain unless it is really painful and cannot carry on. The pain is still on the medial side on by the portal area, and maybe too much physio is bad for the knee.

DD I not sure if it a good idea to push through the pain as each person reacts differently and knee should be better 6 months post op. Work it hard, can sometime overdo it as pain and swelling is still there around the portal area.

Pin I went to the pool today and last week and is the best way to work on the quads with minimum impact.

So do I just ignore the knee pain and push my knee though the pain or do physio thats less stressful on the knee.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on May 14, 2010, 12:31:28 AM
I say keep working on it.  You have to push through this hard part and you will see progress.  You will know if it's pain that you should push through or when you should stop.

In my case alot of it was mental, the physio says it's ok for you to work it hard so work it hard.  Ice your knee and take some Motrin/Tylenol for the pain after you work it.

I had pain on my mdial side until just a few months ago and it went away when I began really working my quds.  When the muscles get strong enough they will take over and the pain will disappear.

Keep on keepin' on and keep us updated.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: lenorem9 on May 14, 2010, 10:57:34 AM
Nick, you will have some pain with physio but it sounds to me like they're pushing you too hard.  If you have scar tissue like you've mentioned in the past, extreme pain is the worst thing you can do for it.  The harder you push it the more scar tissue you will develop.  Everyone develops some scar tissue with normal healing but that usually breaks up early and doesn't cause any further problems doing physio. 

Strengthening is crucial but there are plenty of less aggressive exercises you can do to strengthen your quads.  Doing wall sits are the best by far.  You can also do SLR's, quad contractions, and gentle stretching as well as many others. 

When is your next appointment with Dr. Green?  Sounds to me like you're getting nowhere with pain and progress.  It's time for more options and ideas. 

Good luck.  I check here every once in a while and keep hoping to see if you're running again.  Hope you get there some day Nick.

Lenore
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on May 15, 2010, 01:22:28 PM
Hi Nick,

I totally agree with Lenore. It sounds to me that your physio is pushing you too hard.

Going to the pool to swim and walk up and down is definitely a good thing and should help to build up your muscles. However, you shouldn't do it if it is causing pain.

You should expect some soreness but not severe pain.

Another thing you may want to consider is clinical pilates. I found it a much better way of strengthening and was a lot less stress on the joints. Just an idea to think about. Perhaps ask your physio about it when you see him next.

I think it is time to go and see Mr Green privately rather than waiting to see the registrar who seems to have no idea.

Enjoy your weekend.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on May 20, 2010, 05:50:32 PM
WEEK 26:

Was exactly 6 months since my surgery last week Sunday and now into the month 7 and there are some slight improvments but knee still not what it should be. As soon as I try to kneel down feel pain and discomfort around the bottom of the kneecap and if I try to fully squat. I can squat a little more then I could a few weeks ago but as soon as I try to fully squat pain returns. The knee giving way does not seem to be happening since doing more physio so swimming seems to be helping a little.

I can still do my physio but not a intense as there is no need to squat on one leg my bad knee as I can just as well squat with both legs. I can still do step ups but not putting strain all the time on the right knee. I go swimming twice a week which is the best way to build up the quads and is less strain on the knee. Why put strain on the knee when I dont have to as it is stupid to work through intense pain as it only going to make the knee worse.

BSB I can still do my physio but not as intense as long as I doing so physio and go swimming, I can build up my muscle but without straining the knee. Everyones knee problem is different what may have worked for you may not work for others.

Lenore I totally agree with you about not pushing though the pain if it is intense, caused by scar tissue. You know what it is like to have scar tissue so can give advise about it. You right about doing less intense physio and can still build up the muscles without putting too much stain on the kneecap.

Kirsty I know my physio is pushing me too hard and the reason being is because he is a sports physio so more likely to push his patients more. I would love to see Mr Green at his private clinic if I could afford to. I think clinical pilates is for women rather then men so would feel awkward doing pilates.

Nick :) {2010} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on May 21, 2010, 12:19:20 AM
Well, you are only 6 months out so I would stop trying to kneel and squat - they aren't good for a good knee and I still can't kneel without discomfort over 2 years out.  You say your knee is not what it should be - what exactly are you expecting?  You need to gauge your recovery in terms of actual progress, did you go through the last hour without thinking about your knee, morning, day, week?  Is going up/down hills or stairs easier, harder, the same?  How is the pain, more good days than bad?  Is the pain still there but less than it was last week, month?  In fact your post said you can squat more than you could a few weeks ago - that's progress.  You should do one legged squats - when you use both legs you tend to compensate - believe me I know as I have been doing that for 2 years now.  The knee is not giving way because you are building up your quads.

Nick, you are going to have to stop thinking in terms of "should be" and just accept where you are right now and get on with it.  Work your quad and you will see that things will improve.  When you are exercising and using good form you are not exercising or straining your knee, you are building up your quad.  I am only telling you the same thing your PTs are telling you and you need to trust them.

You have been at this site for quite awhile so I know you know what you need to do, some people here don't like to be pushed.

It is hard when you get conflicting advice but the absolute bottom line - no matter what anyone else says - is that the faster you build up your quads the faster your knee will feel better.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on May 27, 2010, 05:36:11 PM
WEEK 27:

Seeing some signs of improvment, but now got to the same stage as I was pre op in that I can walk the same pace as before wihout too much or a limp but still finding it hard to squat and kneel down. The main reason for having the surgery was to be able to run again so not satisfied until I can start to run again. The pain is less intense then it was a few weeks ago and can do more intense physio and really want to build up my quads to show my physio I working hard on my PT.

I know alot of KG members can no longer run and accept it, but feel 31 is too young never to run again and feel there some hope after reading Brianne post about being able to complete in a 5k race, after not being able to run for many years.

I had a dream that I could run again the other night and felt great but then woke up and realised it was just a dream and still unable to run. I been trying my best to run but feel pain around the bottom of the knee if I try to force my right knee to run forward.

My main goal is to run again that I said at the start of my post the main reason for having the surgery is to be able to run again. I would like to join my mate for a jog around the block and then maybe take part in a fun run thats held every year in Birmingham. Was one of the best long distance runners at my school so is something I am good at. I am missing not being able to run, and know it not in my head.

Nick :) {2010} :)



Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on May 28, 2010, 12:59:12 AM
Hi Nick, I am glad that things are going better for you this week, it's good to hear.

Funny you should mention that dream, I have the same one from time to time and I have to say that I am getting closer and closer to completely forgetting about my knee.  Today I took the steps two at a time.......... :o  :o  :o ........I did it before I even had time to think about it  :o and what a great feeling that was....  ;D  ;D   8)

You will get there, you are only 6 months out and we all recover differently.  I know you will get back to running in time, I have always admired the will of a long distance runner so I know you have the mental capacity to deal with this and get back to the things you love to do.

BTW - have you ever read the books "once a runner" and "again to carthage" by John L Parker, Jr?  They are both excellent books about a long-distance runner.  Check them out.

Talk to you next week!! 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on May 28, 2010, 01:27:17 PM
Nick,

Glad to hear there is some improvement.  Keep up on the PT and you should be able to run again. 

Sorry I bliped out of Facebook so abruptly yesterday.  Chatting was nice.  My PC freaked out and froze up.


Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on June 03, 2010, 07:42:27 PM
WEEK 28:

Coming up to month 7 post op and have really been working hard on my PT and it seems to be working. I can now begin to see the outline of my quads and feels alot firmer then they were a few weeks ago. I have been going to the gym more often then 3 times a week and go for a swim every Saturday morning. I know I should not be using the leg press with just one leg my bad knee but it the best way to work on my quads and only feels a little sore afterwards. I do try and do as many squats and step ups as I possibly can at the gym and the pain is less intense then it was a few weeks ago.

I still find it impossible to squat or kneel down as each time I try to do it I feel pain at the back of my knee, which is a new area of pain along with pain at the bottom of kneecap. I suppose I never felt pain at the back of the knee before because I can squat more then I could before. My walking is about the same pace as it was pre op and can walk at a failrly reasonable pace. If I do try to run bottom of kneecap hurts so not ready yet to run and it may or may not come back just have to see what Mr Green has got to say about it on the 29th June.

I hope to see my physio again sometime next week, and will ask him if he could asked Mr Green I could see him on the 29th, would rather see him then his Registrar, who has not really helped solve my knee problems.

BSB we must think about our knee problems alot to dream about them, it only natural to think about our knees if they are causing us daily problems. I will do what ever it takes to run again and will not let my knee injury stop me from running all my life.

Milly I not yet convinced I will be able to run again just through PT, my knee feels just the same as it did pre op if not slightly worse as I could squat and kneel down before my surgery without too many problems.

Nick :) {2010} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on June 04, 2010, 07:03:08 PM
Hi Nick ,

Glad to see your improved.  I hope Mr.Green will show up on your appointment  which is coming ,that's no long to wait.  it's a good change to notice the improve of your knee on the post-op  with your OS. 

On my sense , If Mr.Green act like ignore your knee problem. I would find another OS who available on me to resolve the knee problem. it's just in case if  the appointment not  be work for you.  I understood the NHS system and then try another way to diagnosis what's exactly going on your knee. I would asking for the evidence  of knee diagnosis to be  surely to see what the next of treatment. It just my personally comment from  the experience. 


I'm really want you back to run same as me.  I have a good sign about me,I'm back to run again  without painful this almost 3 months Post-op.  Sorry , I braked up the Doctor's order :P. 

Take care  and drink a lot of water to help you. (detoxing) 

Pin
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 07, 2010, 01:36:09 PM
Nick,

Glad to hear there is some more improvement.  It may still take a bit yet and PT can take a while to work, especially if the quads were fairly weak to begin with.  The pain when you squat or kneel may still be some of the tissues inside still healing up.  I will hope that is what it is.  I hope you can see Mr. Green.  It feels like you are getting pushed aside sometimes by the registrars.  They probably just don't have the same experience as Mr. Green, which is likely why they are there, to learn more.  Good luck with the appointment.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on June 10, 2010, 04:36:30 PM
WEEK 29:

6 days till I reach 7 months post op and the time has flown by and hoped the surgery would solve or fix my knee problems rather then make it worse. I cannot see at this stage PT fixing or solving my knee problems as my knee feels just the same as it did pre op and cannot see myself suddenly running again.

I was ment to see my physio this week but could not fit me in during a time that suits me so maybe get to see him next week sometime. I hope he can arrange for me to see Mr Green on the 29th June rather then seeing his Registrar again who has not really helped with my knee problems.

Pin it would be nice to be able to run again some day and agree that if Mr Green says he can no longer help me then I should see another OS but hope I get to see him and knows whats causing my knee problems.

Milly hope you are right and its only soft tissue healing up thats causing me all the pain and discomfort. I think in my situation I have the right to see Mr Green who use to dealing with more hard to diagnose knee problems, that his Registrar's may have missed out, on whats wrong with the knee.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: UK Girl ! on June 10, 2010, 05:40:57 PM
nick
on 3/10 you said you were getting on with your phsio and seeing inprovement, then today you say that you can't see phsio helping!

Physio takes time, and must be done regularly and properly and worked at hard to get that improvement, it is also something that you will have to keep up with  - has your physio said you can't run? I am sure you said previously that you run on a treadmill.......is it possible that you can run elsewhere and just need to give it a go, It may seem that you can't do it because you haven't for such a long time .......I know after my knee replacement I got it in my head that I couldn't run......but I can ! ( not that I do anymore as that would be silly but I can if I need to)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on June 11, 2010, 04:19:00 PM
I never said I ran on the treadmill and was told by my physio Russ that I can use the treadmill for walking at a moderate pace. Russ himself said he can no longer run with his knee injury and told me I can run on the spot on a soft surface rather then on a hard surface.

DAY 30:

I have done what my Physio told me to do and take ibuprofen tablets every 4 hours and ice my knee every couple of hours for 20 minutes. I have also been doing the muscle strengthening exercises 30 times about 3 times a day. Leg raises with and with out a raised towel under the thigh and raising leg while sitting down.


I will go back to the gym tomorrow 1 month after my surgery and do a low level on exercise bike and walking on the tred mill for 20 minutes on each machine as well as doing some upper body weights. Russ told me not to use the cross trainer just yet.

I really hope I can run again as I just added an old school friend on Facebook and said he remembers what a fantastic cross country runner I was at school and be disappointed if I still unable to run in a few months time as that was one of my main reasons to have the surgery so I can start jogging once again.

Knee still the same feel pressue and pain on medial side of knee if I bend the knee 90 degrees plus, the lateral side has been fine so far with hardly any pain at all. Thanks Kirsty the appointment went well yesterday with my Physio and he a lot better then Alexander.

Nick :) {2009} :)

If my knee surgery was a success then how comes it is still swollen at the bottom on kneecap and when I try to run feel pain and discomfort on the medial side of the knee. I get a bit touchy when people say I should be able to run which happened alot post op, with work colleagues and my family. I was even told by Mr Green not to go ahead with the surgery unless you really think its going to help.

Its unfair to think that just because I have asperger syndrome, does not mean the knee problem is an obsession and is psychological. My AS Psychologist and Physio both think that I still have a problem with my right knee and my Physio thinks another MRI is needed. I could run before my injury and is something you learn as a toddler and not something you forget.

I knew that my surgery might not improve or solve my knee problems but at least I have tried and is not working so far and maybe just need more physio and more time to heal.

Got a letter from the NHS, for a physio appointment today. I have to phone the department between 10am and 12pm or between 1pm and 3pm. I could not phone them up today as I got back from work after 3pm. I need to book an appointment before the 23rd June, otherwise will no longer provide me with physio.
 
Normally post weekly, but wanted to have my say about not being able to run.

Nick :) {2010} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: UK Girl ! on June 11, 2010, 08:30:39 PM
Nick - I never suggested that not being able to run was because of your AS ! I don't have AS but still had the fear in my head that I coudn't do it - its a natural thing for your mind to protect you from things that may cause you pain!

Sometimes we have to accept that we can no longer do things - I was always a long distance runner, and really really miss it 15 yrs on and envy those that can! ( a lot)

I hope that you can get back to it.

The swellingg if the knee does heal may still be there anyway - my knee has been swollen since my first injury nearly 30 yrs ago.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on June 17, 2010, 07:12:14 PM
WEEK 30:

Less then 13 days till I see Mr Green or his Registrar on June 29th and was 7 months post op yesterday. I am thinking about ditching my physio as he not very reliable he said he would be able to see me last week monday or tuesday but sent a text message on wednesday saying he could fit me in on Thursday but was too short notice and made other plans. I would like to see him before my appointment, when he does contact me for an appointment its very short notice, he does not plan a few days ahead. I told him can I see him any day after 4pm next week and he has not texted back a date and time yet.

I may save money as I have got a physio appointment on the NHS on Thursday 8th July at 4:20pm at the hospital I had my surgery at. I am not seeing Alexander who was not very helpful telling me my knee problem was in my head. Will be seeing a female physio instead but wont get my hopes up as the NHS physio's I have seen so far are not as good as a private physio.

The knee feels just the same as it did post op and feel pain at times when walking and mowing on a ride on mower. Recently I feel some weird sensation around my shin tingling sensation that last a few seconds, at 1st thought nothing of it but it happened a few times now. Hard to decribe feels like somthing moving around the top of the shin!

I read and had personal messages from members saying they can no longer kneel or squat but I could before my scope and now I cant. I regret having had the surgery as its made my knee worse rather then better. I have seen no improvements and knee is just the same if not worse. I still aiming to run, kneel and squat again some day, and wont just accept it. Life too short to put up with these type of problems.

Ang sorry if I looked liked I was moaning at you on my last post, I know you only trying to help and want the best for me. Its great the you are a Grandma and have something to look forward to. My physio told me may have swelling of the knee for the rest of my life, which can happen after a scope.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on June 17, 2010, 10:56:37 PM
Hi Nick  hope your doing ok tonight, I think your right about the private physio if he cant give you an appointment when it suits you and cant give you much notice of when he can see you I dont know how he keeps his practise going. My advice would be keep an open mind about the nhs physio you might be lucky and get a god one :P I hope so anyway.
Not too long to wait untill you see Mr Green have you checked to see if he will be availabe that day?   
Take care Tez
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on June 24, 2010, 05:38:38 PM
WEEK 31:

The weeks seem to be flying by and in less then 5 months, till its a year since my surgery. I am at the same stage as I was post op and can walk a fairly fast pace which I could do pre op and not limping as much as I use to. My knee does not give way anymore since my quads have become alot stronger since going swimming and the gym.

I could say seen some improvments but I am not really satisfied having had the surgery and now my right knee feels just as it did pre op and found it no problem to fully squat and kneel down pe op. I can squat more then I could a few months ago but when I fully squat and kneel feel pain at the back of the knee and tightness.

Next week I really looking forward to because its my OS appointment and hope I get to see Mr Green next week Tuesday afternoon. I am then going to the Yorkshire Dales from Wednesday till Sunday and really need a break from work and early mornings. My Mum coming with me and will stay in a static cavavan in a small town called Settle right in the Yorkshire Dales. We going to go on the steam train from Settle to Carlisle one of the days which I really looking forward to.

Maybe I am being too fussy about my knee injury and hard to satisfy but there nothing wrong in wanting to run again at my age, as I still young and like to be more active again. Even when I walking feel knee pain but not all the time, so think the cortisone injection is wearing off, that I had done 3 months ago so has helped a bit.

Tez thanks for posting back its nice when I get a reply back and maybe I am stating to bore other members who do not post as often as they use to. This knee problem of mine is ongoing and even if I do not always get replies back its nice to keep a diary of my right knee problems.

I was talking about ditching my physio but he ok really and has be excellent and thinks there no point seeing him again until I have seen Mr Green or not see him at all if the NHS physio is good. He a very honest and helpful guy and says he does not want me to pay to see him when I doing the physio he has asked me to do and be better seeing one on the NHS. I may see him every 6 to 8 weeks depending on what Mr Green decides to do next.

Nick  :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Vickster on June 24, 2010, 05:59:45 PM
Good luck with your OS appointment next week and that you get some favourable answers :)  I know how frustrating it can be when things don't go as well as expected/hoped with recovery.

And have a good break in the Dales, beautiful part of England...I hope the lovely weather continues for you  :D
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 24, 2010, 08:13:14 PM
Nick,

Good luck at your appointment next week.  I hope there is something positive the doc can tell you.  It can be frusterating but it can take a long while to bounce back after surgery.  It's hard to be patient.  Also you know your knee and what should be normal for you, so if it does not seem right it likely is not.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on June 26, 2010, 06:02:38 PM
Hi nick ,

It's no long to wait for your appointment then .. Good luck !

Don't be street on your mind , you just write it down on the paper about what do you want to tell with your OS or any questions  about the treatment as right way. OK ?

I always do it before the appointment and strange to the OS. its work for me.

Hope your appointment go well ! 


BTW,  Halo to Big Match between ENG vs. GER  tomorrow.  C'mon you have to rest for it.   ;D


Take care,

Pin
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on June 28, 2010, 04:16:41 PM
Thanks Milly, Pin & Vickster for wishing me good luck.

Less then 24 hours till I see Mr Green or his Registrar and will ask the Nurse if he in Clinic that day and if he is would it be possible to see him rather then his Registrar. I do not mind waiting longer to see him as another KG member saw him, when hs asked a nurse if he could see him at the same hospital I am going to.

I am now off work for the rest of the week which is such a nice feeling and will be staying in the Yorkshire Dales from Wednesday till Sunday with my Mum. I really needed a break as the last break I had was recovering from my scope and before that my last holiday was in September 2009, so deserve a break.

I will tell you all the outcome of my consultation tomorrow afternoon and worried he will say my knee ok or he can no longer help me out. My knee has improved, and it is at the same stage as it was pre op but stil cannot fully squat or kneel down without feeling pain and tightness.

I will tell whoever I see that my knee feels worse now then it did before my surgery, and not very happy about it and I thought the scope would solve my knee problems and would like to be able to run again.

Nick :) {2010} :)



 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: BigSkyGirl on June 29, 2010, 04:00:04 AM
Hi Nick, sounds like things are still moving forward for you, just not as fast as you would like.  That's normal, one has to have goals to work toward or life becomes boring.

My knee is ok at times at others not.  I did some pretty intensive leg work a few weeks ago and until yesterday it was still a bit painful and such, for me that's the way it is.  I am better than I was and will be better yet in the future.  I don't harp on the daily little pains and noises so much but in the things I can do.  I can turn, twist, jump, step up 2 steps at a time, cut, pivot and all sorts of other things that I could not do previously.  I still have a ways to go and so do you so try not to sweat the small stuff.

There doesn't seem to be a reason you will not run again, just not tomorrow maybe and that's not a bad thing.  You will know when you are ready to do these things.

Hope your appt goes well.

DD
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on June 29, 2010, 01:38:08 PM
Hi Nick,

I hope your appointment goes well today.

Look forward to hearing how you go.

Do hope you get to see Mr Green and not the registrar.

Enjoy the rest of your week off.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Lottiefox on June 29, 2010, 05:05:52 PM
Hi Nick

Hope things went well this afternoon.

The Dales are beautiful, it will be a great break from those early mornings for you and I think the weather forecast is still being kind.

Let us know how it went today

Lottie  :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on June 29, 2010, 05:30:46 PM
WEEK 32:

Week 32 and is the same number as my flat so one of my lucky numbers. I had a chat with my physio this morning before my consultation and told me he would try and arrange for me to see Mr Green and to be a bit pushy saying that my knee feels worse now then it did pre op and finding it hard to do my duties at work because I cannot squat or kneel down. My physio said things should have improved by now, 8 months post op next month and thinks I still have a problem with my right knee.

My appointment was at 2:30pm but as usual was a slight delay of around 40 minutes and found out Mr Green was not in Clinic, so saw the same OS who did my surgery and injection. I told him my knee is now worse then it was before my scope and finding it hard to do my job. Again as he said at the last consultation I am one of the unlucky 3% that medial plica excision has made my knee worse and has arranged for an MRI scan, which should happen in the next 3 to 4 weeks which is very good for the NHS. He told me that sometimes the plica can grow back again or that scar tissue could be causing the problems.

I asked him if it was scar tissue would a cortisone injection break up the tissue rather then surgery and told me its an option. I am allowed up to 3 cortisone injections with in a year and had one at the end of March, so can still have 2 more.

Mr Green Registrar never bothered to examine or look at my knee so maybe my physio had a chat to Mr Green saying that an MRI scan is needed as knee should have improved by now. I had another chat to my physio after my consultation and said he happy that they will do an MRI and thinks they will spot a problem as MRI scanners always improve in technology.

My worry now is that the MRI scan shows there is nothing wrong with my right knee as the last 2 MRI showed up no problems. Who knows maybe lucky 3rd time and will spot a problem.

I am pleased that they are doing something about it rather then brush me aside. I am living with the knee problem and only I know how its affecting me and have the support of my physio and OS, who both think there a problem inside the knee.

BSB not moving forward fast enough and would not have an MRI done if my OS thought knee was ok.

Kirsty would rather have seen Mr Green, but his Registar has seen me a few times now and willing to do what he can to get my knee back to normal again.

Went ok Lottie and cannot wait to go to the Yorkshire Dales.

Nick :) {2010} :)
  

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on June 29, 2010, 07:02:16 PM
Nick,

At least the OS seems to be looking into things and not telling you all should be fine.  If there is scar tissue I would think that should show on an MRI somehow.  I know that with cortizone they like you to wait so many months between them (can't remember how much), but 3 a year is the limit.  Hopefully the MRI will be scheduled in the 3-4 weeks as promised and something will show on it.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on June 29, 2010, 08:25:33 PM
Nick sorry you still didnt get to see Mr Green but at least something is going to be done with the mri that at least means they are talking your knee problem seriously and not brushing you off, and the fact your having it done within the next few weeks that's excellent for the nhs.
I hope you have a good holiday, the weather stays nice for you, and your knee behaves.
Take care Tez 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: arkitect06 on June 30, 2010, 01:50:54 AM
Hey Nick!  Sorry that I have been away for so long.  Just didn't have many new things to update about.  Sorry to see that you are still having trouble 8months after surgery!!!  It's too bad that you didn't get to see Mr. Green, but at least this other OS is ordering an MRI to see what else could be going on!  At least nobody is giving up on you or not believing you!  I know it's frustrating, but keep fighting and don't stop until they figure out what is wrong or do a new treatment to help you.  If the MRI doesn't show anything, don't give up!  Find a new doc if you have to.  Pain means something is wrong, so make someone find it!  Don't forget who is writing this here  ;D I have been through as much as you can go through in 2.5yrs!  I have a long road ahead of me and it will never end.  It has been 2.5yrs and I am still fighting for new treatments and any way to have less pain.  If I can do it, so can anyone else :)  So keep fighting.  Definitely keep us posted on when your MRI will be and what shows up. 

I will try to be better at keeping up!!  Good luck, Fight hard!

Farrah
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Pin2Ride on June 30, 2010, 05:48:06 AM
Hi Nick ,

Sorry , i didn't replied your message back on FB last night and i was left the desk to watching the Football match on World Cup. 

Well, As i thought that Mr. Green will not show up at the registrar. But it was better then do nothings as do MRI request and hope it will show up something wrong  with your knee problem.

When are you going to do MRI ? 

If you can find another specialist then switch him to replace Mr.Green. If i would be you , I'm not gonna to wait for knee specialist ASAP.

I had been problem like your case , I changed 4 doctors for my knee case. They couldn't find the cause of pain knee for 2 years. At last , i found the right doctor who could treatment  and always care of mine to follow up.  Now,my knees are resolve well done.

I know you are never give up , then try do something to  find another OS  or Knee specialist to ask for second opinions  and should be service in your NHS system ,too. 

GooD luck !

Pin
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 08, 2010, 06:50:49 PM
WEEK 33:

Enjoyed my holiday in the Yorkshire Dales last week and really needed a break from work. I have got a date for my MRI scan on Wednesday 28th July at 12:30pm and could have had an earlier appointment on the 23rd July but my Boss was off work that Friday and have a major competition on Saturday and 10:30am was a little too early. I can now book half a day off work as I know my Boss would not allow me to take time off work as sick leave. He never really been very understanding with my knee problems.

I really hope that I am 3rd time lucky and the MRI scan shows up a problem inside the knee as I know my knee never been the same since my fall back in October 2007 and think this month is coming up to 1000 days since my fall. I know most people would be pleased if the MRI scan showed up no problems but I really want a problem to be found so I know what I am dealing with and how to get it treated. It might not happen but IF I did need a 2nd scope, I would be more worried about work and my Boss the the GA and recovery. Will only start worry about it when I know its going to be happening.

I saw a NHS physio today at the hospital I had my surgery at and she told me there is no point in seeing her and my private physio and would be better to stick to my private physio. I only need to see him every 6 weeks as I am doing the PT he given me to do and been seeing him now for 7 months and knows Mr Green well. My physio only charges £25 which I am told is very reasonable and not alot of money if I only see him every couple of weeks.

I get told I get all the bad luck being the 3 to 5% where surgery has made my knee even worse. I am not sure if it is true the 97% of Medial Plica Excision are successful as most members on the board have nothing but problems after their plica surgery. I count myself lucky after I walked passed a man with only one leg at the Hospital last week so cannot really complain about my knee problems. Life can sometimes be hard and will not let my knee problems get me down but do want to get my knee problems sorted out.

Milly, I hope you are right and the MRI scan shows up the scar tissue and glad my OS has not given up on me and wants to help sort out my knee problem.

Tez, I not too upset about not seeing Mr Green and starting to trust the other OS who's warming on me slowly as I have see him a few times now and can see he wants to do all he can to sort out my right knee.

Farrah, you been through a fair few health problems, so know what it like and we will get there in the end. I will try posting in your thread soon and see how things are going with you.

Pin, I would not replace Mr Green just yet as he done nothing wrong so far and never been treated by him and would like to be treated by him if another scope was needed. It might not happen but if it did, would like Mr Green to do the surgery rather then his Registrar, but may not come to it and a injection or physio may solve the problems in my right knee.

Nick :) {2010} :)

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on July 13, 2010, 08:52:08 PM
Nick sorry I havent responded to your post untill now but as its now only a few days till my surgery and I have been reading up all things acl related just so I have as much info about what to expect post op as I tod you on FB.
So glad you enjoyed your holiday ,and excellent news on the m.r.i date, I know it sounds strange saying I hope they find something this time but the fact you know your knee is not right I hope something shows up on the scan to explain what is going on. as you have said there are a lot of people who have had  plica surgery that seem to be left worse off than before surgery, and if thats generally the case then you would think the Doctors would be looking into what is causing the problem.
Your boss sounds like a bit of a bully if you need treatment for your knee he should not be making you feel bad about taking time off work, try not to worry about him  ;D
Take care Tez
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 15, 2010, 05:40:06 PM
WEEK 34:

I sent a text message to my physio if its ok to use the cross trainer at the gym and told me its fine and to carry on even if it hurts. I can use the cross trainer but at a slow pace rather then a fast pace that hurts the knee. I can use the leg press but not the leg curl which again hurts my right knee, so can use some machines at the gym and have to avoid others.

My next door neighboor knee still swollen and she had her surgery 2 years ago so there another bad outcome with knee surgery. I have myself to blame really as I should never have had the surgery done in the 1st place and left my right knee as it was pre op. I was even told by Mr Green not to have surgery unless you really want to and think its going to help. My sister who a orthopaedic Nurse said to have the surgery along with members on KG so put my trust in them but not blaming them, as it was my choice at the end of the day.

My left knee is starting to hurt more and felt both knee hurting 2 days ago when it was a cold damp day on the golf course so may be the start of arthritis considering I been working outdoors for 11 years and worked alot outdoors before I started work. It might just be slight arthritis and may not be a problem for a couple of years.

Tez thanks for your reply and was not having a moan on Facebook was just expecting at least 1 reply as I had a date for my MRI scan. I do not mind if I get no replys this week, as there not much to report about my right knee problems.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 15, 2010, 06:45:14 PM
So you have a couple of weeks to go before your MRI.  Knee surgery can be a tricky decision.  I was much better after my first lateral releases, but much worse after the last one.  The outcome can depend on so many things.  It also sounds like you have had a very physical job for a while now.  Those do tend to take a toll on the body.  I do hope they can find a reason you are not progressing as well as you should. 

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on July 16, 2010, 08:27:31 AM
Hey Nick
Sorry your still having so much pain with your knee well  both the knees seem to be causing you problems which is not good. The thing you have to think about is you were having pain in your knee preop and the one thing you couldnt do that you wanted to was run ok things havent improved but at least there now looking into what else could be the problem and hopefully they will ge to the bottom of what it is and you can get back to running.
I also have a bit of pain in my good knee and I put that down to the fact I have been working and standing every day for the last 35 years but I can tell the difference between how both knees feel and know the bad knee is something more intense than the general ache I get in the good one.
Not long now till your mri and at least then you will have a better idea of what is going on.
Hope you have a good weeknd take care Tez   
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 22, 2010, 05:28:11 PM
WEEK 35:

Last week Friday was 8 months since my surgery and on Monday it was 2 years and 9 months since my fall onto pavement that stopped me from running again. I seem to be getting the same as before from some of my family who say its not the end of the world if you can no longer run and just accept it. I cannot really accept at such a young age never to be able to run again and its important to me.

I come from a large famlily having 6 sisters and a brother who all at times complain about knee pain and think maltracking could be hereditary but they can all run still and do not feel pain daily as I do. Each person knee problem if unique so cannot compare it to one another and some feel more pain then others.

I still convinced the reason for not being able to run is due to maltracking and feel that my OS I am seeing is not looking enough into that area. I am almost certain that my MRI next week Wednesday will show up no problems as maltracking and scar tissue does not show up well on a MRI.

Milly, Hopefully this time they will find out whats causing the problems on my MRI. My job is not the best for the knees being out in all kinds of weather and being on my feet alot.

Tez, I hope this time they can find out whats up with my knee and can fix it so I can start to run once again. 

Nick :) {2010} :)

 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on July 24, 2010, 09:15:40 PM
Nick just wanted to say good luck with your MRI next week, what day is it was it Wednesday?? I cant remember, anyway whenever it is I hope it gets to the bottom of your knee problems.
Take care Tez
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 27, 2010, 05:18:52 PM
Thanks Tez for wishing me good luck tomorrow and decided to phone up the MRI Department today to see if my MRI scan still going ahead at 12:30pm tommorrow as I never got a confirmation letter about the new date. The lady on the phone said its still going ahead but will be having a ultrasound scan rather then a MRI.

I then looked at the original letter with the appoinment on 23rd July and does say in bold ultrasound scan on right knee, but never took it in as it said on the letter the MRI Department and I am certain Mr Green's Registrar said he was going to book me in for an MRI scan. Now will have ultrasound scan on my right knee instead.

I sent a text message to my physio and told him what happened and he told me that ultrasound scan should show up any scar tissue and a Radiographer will do the scan. I suppose its not too bad of a thing as I always thought an MRI scan will not show up any problems and if the ultrasound shows scar tissue they will then know how to treat it. Knowing how my luck has been going since I injured my right knee the ultrasound scan will show up no problems.

I also asked my physio if it would be ok to see Mr Green rather then his Registrar and he thinks it should be no problem and have a right to see him for follow up consultation.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Lottiefox on July 27, 2010, 06:16:22 PM
Good luck tomorrow - hope it tells you something useful. How long after the scan do you think you'll get feedback?

Lottie  :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on July 27, 2010, 08:37:21 PM
Nick if I were you I would class this change in the type of scan as a positive as you already had an MRI without anything being obvious so lets hope the ultrasound should show up what the problem is.
Good luck with it tomorrow I hope it all goes well, as for seeing Mr Green maybe its time to make an issue of the fact that since your op you have not seen him once and now they are looking into what else could be causing your problems then I think its time to see the conultant and not be fobbed off with the regristrar.
Good luck and take care Tez   
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on July 29, 2010, 05:48:10 PM
WEEK 36:

Some KG members will already know how my ultrasound scan went yesterday afternoon and fairly happy with the outcome. I had a very short day at work and worked until 10:15am and then had the rest of the day off work and had a couple of hours before my appointment at 12:30pm. I should not have to use my holidays for a medical appointment but booked half a day as my Boss in not very understanding about my knee problems.

It said on the letter to arrive in the MRI department 10 minutes before the appointment so got the the department just after 12:10pm and had to wear a gown but only had to remove my trousers and while I was getting my gown on I heard my name being called out so had to rush out of the changing rooms with my gown half tied around my back. I was not expecting to be called in so soon, as it was not even 12:20pm yet but its better then hanging around waiting.

The Consultant I saw was the same guy I saw in January 2008, Dr James he looks very young in his mid to late 30s and the last time I saw him he was ment to give a cortisone injection but he could not find the affected area so ended up with no injection which was really annoying at the time. He put some jelly on my knee and asked me where I feel the most pain and told him around the medial area by the incision. I said I am finding it hard to kneel or squat without feeling pain at the bottom and back of the knee. He looked around the area around the incision and spotted scar tissue straight away, and showed it to me on the screen and could make out a black line where the scar tissue was.

I asked him would a cortisone injection break it down and told me the OS will decide what needs to be done next and did not give much away so not sure how extensive the scar tissue is. At least I now know that I do still have a problem with my right knee and was not in my head after all.

From what I have read on KG there are 3 ways to reduce scar tissue can either have manipulation, injections or another scope depending on how much scar tissue there is. I know everyone gets some scar tissue after a scope but some people get it more then others which my physio told me. I must be one of those that end up with too much scar tissue and will wait to see how they will resolve it.

If a scope was decided then wont it create even more scar tissue and make the knee even more worse or can they reduce it without creating more scar tisssue. Was told by a member on KG that injections are good for inflammation but wont break down the scar tissue. It may become too solid that surgery is the only way to remove it, and not thinking about it yet as it may not happen.

I am satisfied now I know what I am dealing with and how it could be treated and my only worry is my boss and work incase I needed time off work as the last time I took sick leave was made to come in after 2 weeks post op even though I had a sick note from my GP. Could my Boss making me work too soon made the scar tissue worse or would it have been there all along since having had the scope done.

I am seeing my physio on Saturday morning at 9am and not seen him for some time and can asked him if I should write a letter to Mr Green to see him for my follow up consultation on the NHS. Sorry for such a long post but had alot to share with the bulletin board, and can now relax more knowing I still have a problem with my right knee. Thanks everyone for the good luck messages on kG & FB.

Nick :) {2010} :) 


Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on July 29, 2010, 06:49:56 PM
Nick this wont sound right to anyone but us knee geeks but I am so glad they found a problem with your knee, cos I know how frustrating it is not to know why you have pain and at least now they know there is scar tissue causing the problems you have been having, so congratulations on that. As for the treatment for scar tissue sorry I dont know much about it all I know is after my scope my surgeon told me there was a lot of scar tissue in my joint and so when I was having my aclr I asked the surgeon to remove what he could unfortunatly I won't find out wheather he did or not untill my post op appointment on the 11th [I think]
Your boss can not make you come to work if you have a sick line and if he does you must report him for it, wheather the fact that you went back to work too soon after your last op caused the scar tissue I have no idea so I think thats a question for Mr Green, if you ever get to se him ;)
Take care bud Tez xx
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on July 29, 2010, 07:38:34 PM
Hey Nick,

Glad that there is a logical reason for the continuing pain.  Scar tissue can be a tricky thing.  You can build more after any surgery.  See your OS and see how he would like to procede.  I know that many who have had scar tissue problems the rehab is much slower as you do not want to cause the knee to become inflammed.  One reason given for excess scar tissue is excess inflammation.  Hope you get in to see Mr. Green.  Make sure the office staff book you in for a day that he is at the clinic.  That way if you get to the registrar you can still ask to see Mr. Green.  I would check direct with the office staff after you get the appointment date and make sure you are seeing Mr. Green.

Take care.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: UK Girl ! on July 29, 2010, 09:57:21 PM
Good to hear of the knee progress.

Nick it really concerns me that you allow yourself to be intimidate by your boss.

If you are signed off from work by your doctor he cannot make you go to work - your doc signs you off because you are UNFIT for work - if you go to work and subsequently have an accident your boss will deny that he pressured you to come back and you will have no leg to stand on (pardon the pun) because you went back despite being signed off !

I would suggest that the next time you are signed off that you ring him in the first instance and tell him how long you are singed off for and tell him that you will keep him informed if there is to be any extension on the cert. If he harasses you then you must take it to his boss. If you need to, contact ACAS 08457 47 47 47  and they will help you sort this out with your boss.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 05, 2010, 05:54:22 PM
WEEK 37:

I saw my physio Russ last week Saturday morning and really glad I have found such a fantatic physio who really helpful and understanding and really wants me to be physically active again, being a sport physio he knows how important it is be able to run, so you can compete in sporting activities. I told him that the ultrasound scan showed up scar tissue and did some friction massage to try and break up the scar tissue and really compressed into the scar tissue that felt sore afterwards but thats a good sign as it shows the massage is working.

I asked him if it would be possible to see Mr Green at my next consultation and said to text him once I get my date for appointment and he will then be able to text Mr Green if he could see me that day if he is working in the clinic. I did friction massage myself yesterday and Russ will do it again on Monday. If friction massage does not help then he cannot help me anymore as I am on top of my physio and have strong quads.

The options I have left are another steroid injection, which I had done once already and so far not helped as pain is still there. Friction massage so far not really helping and think it wont work as I still feel intense pain behind my knee when I fully squat and kneel. The pain is less intense when squatting slightly and improved since doing physio but cannot see it going away that easily. The only option I can see left is another scope which I fine about just hope it does not create even more scar tissue and be worse off then I am now.

Russ did say a 2nd scope could make my knee even worse but I am willing to risk surgery as Russ told me scar tissue could be preventing me from running kneeling and squatting. When I do try to run I feel pain at the bottom of knee cap on the medial side by the portal area so could well improve if scar tissue was removed. Was told by a KG member who I chatted to on Facebook that she had her medial plica removed and ended up with alot of scar tissue and had to have it removed. Its fairly common to have more scar tissue after medial plica removal and she told me her knee improved after having had her scar tissue removed.

I am now waiting for the letter from the hospital for a date when I hope to see Mr Green to decide what to do next to get my knee fixed properly. I do not want to leave it a couple of months and see if it improves as we coming up to autumn soon and then winter and would be the best time for me to take sick leave. We far less busy on the golf course then we are during the spring and summer and worked out well with my last scope in November 2009. I know once you see the OS it takes around 18 weeks to have the scope done like it did with my last scope.

Tez, you are so right that its good they found a problem with my knee and only us knee geeks would be happy about it as we know it can be sorted out. I have some outside support due to my aspergers so my Boss cannot make me work until I am fit again.

Milly, I got my physio Russ to help me see Mr Green if he in Clinic that day but knowing my luck he wont be in the Clinic. You are right scar tissue can be tricky to get right again but I want to run again some day and willing to risk another scope if its decided.

Ange, I got some support now with a goverment funded work support programme called Access To Work and can meet up with a nice lady that knows about AS once a month to discuss any issues at work, so think I got it sorted out with regards to my Boss.

Sorry for a long post again get carried away lol!

Nick :) {2010} :)






 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 05, 2010, 06:33:55 PM
Nick,

Friction massage can take a while to work, so keep trying it.  I hope either way they can get your knee fixed up.  Scar tissue is a tricky thing.  Good luck with it.

Milly

PS: Glad they have someone that can help you with your work stuff.  Sometimes just having someone to talk it out with helps (especially someone who understands).
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on August 06, 2010, 09:41:21 PM
Hi Nick I tried to post on here earlier but for some reson it wouldnt post so here goes again...
I am so pleased that you have got someone to help with work problems, at least it should keep your boss off your back, and if you have to have another scope then he wont be able ask you to come back to work before your ready if theres someone keeping an eye on how things are doing for you. I am also pleased that you have a good relationship with your physio, and he is going to try and help you get in to see Mr Green at your next appointment, so all you need now is the letter to tell you when your appointment is and then you can get on with getting that knee sorted once and for all so that you can get back to running again.
Take care Tez
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 10, 2010, 05:28:23 PM
Hi All,

Posting 2 days earlier as I normally post on a Thursday around this time. I got a letter from the Hospital in the post and seeing Mr Green on Tuesday 24th August @3:20pm, the time suits me as I can work through my lunch break and leave work at 2:30pm. This gives me plenty of time to get ready and will not need to take half a days holiday which I should not have to do but thats how it goes if you do not have an understanding Boss.

I have just seen my physio and did some friction massage and will tell you all about it on Thursday when I do my weekly update.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on August 10, 2010, 07:07:01 PM
Nick excelent news on the appointment now all you need now is to make sure its Mr Green you see and not his regrestrar, not sure how exactly you go about getting that to happen but I really hope it does for you.
Take care Tez
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 10, 2010, 08:02:48 PM
Wow that appt came up fast for you.  Great news.  It won't be long until it's here either.  Hope you can see Mr. Green as well. 

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 12, 2010, 05:54:13 PM
WEEK 38:

I saw Russ my physio again on Tuesday afternoon and he did another friction massage and told me it takes a while for friction massage to work and only my 3rd massage. I can also have a go doing it on Friday and then Russ will have another go next week. If it makes no difference then the scar tissue may be too deep to break up and a scope might be the next option. Russ told me to try running even if I feel pain carry on running. I tried my best to run but my right leg stays stiff like I have a peg leg and if I try to run forward and excert pressure on my right knee it hurts at the bottom of the kneecap. I suppose I can try the tred mill at the gym at a slower pace and see how that goes. I can walk quicker then I can run so feel its a waste of time forcing my right knee to do something it does not want to do.

I know I not going mad in the head by not be able to run and its not psychological as other people with knee problems can no longer run. Jinny my sister who a orthopaedic Nurse in Ipswich Hospital told me she see's many patients who are unable to run at the pre op clinic so not the only one out there who finds it impossible to run. When I tell people I would like to run again and willing to risk more surgery they think its not that important running but I cannot accept never to be able to run again at such a young age. Maybe I am being too fussy about my knee and just should accept knee as it is.

Russ said he will contact Mr Green a few days before my appointment and said he may be away as he has a family and may be away this month with the kids off during the summer holidays. Russ thinks anyone that works under Mr Green must also be a excellent OS so maybe my OS is not as bad as it is failrly common to have a 2nd scope on the same knee. Mr Green or his registrar may say to me learn to live with my knee problems so need to be a bit pushy to get anywhere. I am finding it hard to kneel and squat and can no longer run so have a right to get treatment as I contribute towards the NHS monthly though national insurance by working for 11 years next month. If I paid private then would get treatment without any questions about should I have a scope or not.

Now getting to a stage when I getting fed up with my right knee as it almost 3 years since my fall as my knee now got even worse. I am not asking for too much by wanting to get my knee sorted, I know there are people with far worse knee problems then me and also know people with knee problems who can still run, kneel and sqaut. Sorry to sound so negative as I should be happy that I got an appointment in 12 days time.

Milly, you could be right about friction massge may help and can take some time to work but deep down I feel its not really helping. You right the appointment came quicky for the NHS and just hope Mr Green is in clinic that day.

Tez, thanks for always responding to my diary its nice to support each other through hard times. Russ is an excellent physio and lucky to have found him, he does not charge too much, £25 is a good fee as other charge £50 plus. I do hope I see Mr Green on the 24th August and hope he does not say learn to live with my knee problems.

Nick :) {2010}  :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on August 13, 2010, 07:25:46 PM
Nick dont beat yourself up about wanting to run again its only natural for someone of your age to want to continue running if thats what you want to do.
Russ may be right about wheather seeing Mr Green really matters when you think of it as long as its the same o.s who you are seeing at the clinic and is doing any surgery you may have then thats probably better than seeing different ones all the time, I would think its more important to see whomever knows your knee best.
Have a good weekend and take care Tez
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on August 15, 2010, 11:25:17 AM
Hi Nick,

I am pleased to hear that you've got an appointment to follow up from your scan. That was pretty quick. Just hope you get to see Mr Green and not the registrar. Seeing someone more experienced is definitely very important.

Try not to beat yourself up too much about it. The thing that concerns me most is you have trouble squatting and kneeling still, which is pretty important for your job.

The fact that your physio is getting you to try running when you are still in pain is probably not wise, especially until they work out what the next stage of treatment will be. You get pain for a reason.

Not long till your appointment now. I see my shoulder surgeon the day after you see your OS. Good luck with it all.

Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 19, 2010, 05:48:11 PM
WEEK 39:

Less then 5 days left till my consultation and hope Mr Green is in Clinic that day, was exactly 9 months post op on Monday and the time has flown by. I will be seeing Russ again the day before consulatation my for another friction massage that should be working by now but knee still feels the same.

I have been using the treadmill this week at the gym and can walk at a fast pace at 8mph but any higher and knee starts to hurt. As soon as I try to run the bottom of my knee starts hurting and Russ told me to carry on through the pain but worried it might make the scar tissue worse and still work up a sweat by walking at 8mph for 20 minutes. I can walk at a fairly quick pace but cannot run if I try as Russ suggested, so feel its best to avoid running if the knee hurts. I know the saying no pain no gain but feel that I will not gain by accepting the pain while trying to run.

I may have myself to blame for the scar tissue as I never iced and rested my knee enough after my surgery and was on my feet alot a few days after surgery and going back to work too soon did not really help. Also not sure if a 2nd scope was suggested that I should go ahead as it could create even more scar tissue and end up with an even worse knee problem.

I do struggle to kneel and squat on both knees can kneel on my left knee with my right knee upright but then putting more pressure on the knee and could cause problems in the future with my left knee. I would really like to run again and maybe a scope would sort out my right knee so is a gamble if I should go ahead with a scope if it was suggested.

I found a good website on scar tissue in the knee with a photo of the inside of the knee before scar tissue removal and after on page 2. It does seem to take alot of space and once it been removed there alot more room inside the knee joint. This could be why I feel pain and cannot, run kneel or squat.

http://www.kneeandshoulder.md/arthro_02.html

Tez, I rather see Mr Green but if he not working that day then I am ok about seeing my usual OS as I have a feeling he will take some action this time and wont leave my knee as it is.

Kirsty, you right not being able to kneel and squat is important in my job and will only end up making my left knee worse by kneeling on one knee. I agree its stupid to try running if the knee hurts and not running just walking a fast pace. Good luck with your shoulder appointment next week.

Nick  :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on August 19, 2010, 09:51:46 PM
Nick best thing to do is wait and see what your O.S suggests and if its another scope then ask him if he feels this could make things  worse or not I think its a matter of weighing everything up and then making a decision, I also think you should be making a list of all the things you feel causes you pain and all the things like running that you can no longer do so that you can tell the O.S exactly what impact your knee is having on your life.
Hope your doing well apart from the knee take care
Tez 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 19, 2010, 09:57:37 PM
Nick,

Tez has some good points.  Good luck at your appointment.

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 24, 2010, 05:30:25 PM
WEEK 40:

I finally got to see Mr Green rather then his registrar and he examined my right knee and he could not really locate the knee pain and could not really find a problem with the knee apart from a thickened medial ligament. The ultrasound scan showed thickening of the medial ligament and thinks its not really causing any problems and has referred me to the pain clinic to see Dr Kumar who may be able to give me the right medication to ease the knee pain.

I did tell him I can no longer kneel or squat without feeling pain on the medial side of the knee by the portal area and cannot run. I suppose he reluctant to do a 2nd scope if he thinks my knee is normal and healthy and do not want another scope for nothing and maybe the pain clinic can help. At least he not discharged me and willing to help still.

I am not totally happy with the outcome as I still think I have a problem inside my knee and not be investigted fully enough. Mr Green and Russ both said to try and run even if you are in pain but to begin running hurts and finding it impossible to run. I feel pain when I begin to squat and kneel down and told Mr Green I am a Greenkeeper and finding it hard to do my job. I fully understand why Mr Green has gone through this process as surgery should be the last resort and who knows if the pain clinic does not help he may decide I need another scope to look inside the knee properly.

I can see my right knee problem never getting right again and have to learn to live with it and will never be able to run again and be in pain when kneeling and squatting. I am now starting to get a complex that the whole knee problem is psychological and imagine I am in pain and starting to get fed up with the whole knee saga since the day when I fell over in October 2007, my knee never been the same again.

If I had the money would go abroad and see a world class OS as I need someone that knows how to get my knee right again. I know Mr Green has done his best and has sent me to the pain clinic and respect the guy. If he cannot locate the pain during physical examination and knee looks fairly normal then it would be foolish to scope the knee for the 2nd time as it could make my knee even worse then it is now.

Thanks for all the good luck messages on KG & FB its nice to have all your support and will not give into my right knee just yet and still think I have a problem inside my right knee judging by the pain I am feeling.

Nick :) {2010} :)
 
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: kcknee on August 24, 2010, 06:02:54 PM
Hi Nick-

I'm sorry that you didn't get the answers you wanted. I know how frustrating and hard it is to have to fight to be believed when you know that something wrong is happening in your knee. For now, I guess your best option is to go to the pain clinic and work hard with them to try to find a solution that might help. Mr. Green has not dismissed you, so if you do everything that the Pain Clinic has to offer and your knee is still causing the same problems, hopefully he will be willing to scope the knee to see if there is anything else causing the pain.

Hang in there and try to give this option a chance. 

Kristin
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: tez27 on August 24, 2010, 07:07:37 PM
Hi Nick sorry you didnt get any definate answers from Mr Green but at least he is not saying there is nothig else he can do for you and maybe the pain clinic could help, so its worth going to see what they can do about it.
As for running I know alot of physios say to work through the pain but only you know how bad the pain is so only you kow if its something you can work through or not.
I dont think anyone thinks  your problems are physcological  so please dont worry about that, I think the best thing for you now is keep up with the physio and the swimming, go to the pain clinic when you get your appointment and keep a record of how your knee feels from day to day so that the next time you see Mr Green you have something to show him how exactly your knee affects you.
Take care and dont feel too down ;D ;D ;D
Tez   
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: TwoBadKneesUSA on August 24, 2010, 07:21:27 PM
Nick,

Sorry to hear the appointment did not go so well. I was told a few times that my pain could not be that bad or that it did not really exist.  It did.  Yours does too.  There is probably some apprehension involved in not being able to do things like kneel or run.  You know it's going to hurt so you tense up and it hurts more.  I do that quite a bit still myself.  Also they did find something on the MRI.  Not sure how much pain a thickened ligament can cause, but did they say why it looked thickened?  It could have scar tissue on it making it appear so (just a guess here).  Try the pain clinic, it may help.  Sometimes the body will hurt long after the reason for the hurt is gone.  It's not in your head at all when that happens.  See if the clinic can make the pain better and if so, maybe you can try to run etc once it feels better.    Anyway hang in there and see what they have to say.  As Kristin said you have not been discharged, so they are willing to work with you.  

Milly
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Vickster on August 24, 2010, 10:48:27 PM
Nick - sorry to hear Mr Green doesn't think he can do anything for you immediately, but as least you did get to see the boss man.  Give the pain management a try, always better to go the medical / conservative route if you can rather than the surgical - especially if the latter might not work or could make the knee worse.

Concentrate on keeping the legs strong in the pool / gym / on the bike / with the physio etc . Let the knee settle and then perhaps try the treadmill again.  Walking at 8mph is pretty hardcore - good stuff - I used to struggle with 6mph pre knee injury and I don't exactly have short legs lol!

Vicks :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 26, 2010, 05:58:36 PM
As you may have gatherd from reading my status on FB that I annoyed about the way my right knee problem been delt with. I could see the worlds top OS and he may not find a problem with my knee during a physical examination and annoys me that OS's rekon you knee is normal if you do not feel pain when doing a physical examination. You can still have a problem inside the knee and not feel pain when doing the physical examination as the last time Mr Green he examined my knee I did not feel too much pain at his private Clinic but ended up having a scope and found 2 problems inside the knee.

It does not really make sense to me that my knee is worse off now then it was before my scope and get told to accept the pain and go to a pain management clinic. I am struggling to do my job as I have to kneel and squat on my good knee and now thats starting to hurt as I putting all my weight on my left knee so could end up with problems with both knees rather then just the one.

I last had an MRI scan done in July 2008 and alot can happen in those 2 years and would have liked Mr Green to let me have an MRI done on the NHS as the knee is affecting me daily and cannot see how the pain management clinic can help. I know how bad my knee is at times and no one else can feel the pain but myself. The pain when squatting is deep intense pain at the bottom and back of the knee and feels alot worse then it did before my scope in November 2009.

I been told by some KG members it takes time to recover from surgery but the pain not getting less week by week. I still think it could be scar tissue causing the pain as it was spotted in the ultrasound scan by Dr James but on the report it said a thickened medial ligament of about 1.5 to 0.5cm which I saw on the computer screen before Mr Green came but did not go into much detail about the thickened medial ligament. I do not make mistakes when taking in important information as Dr James told me I had scar tissue and when I read the report all it is a thickened medial plica. Also certain that Mr Green's registrar said he would send me for an MRI and ended up with a ultrasound scan instead that shows less details.

Lottiefox very kindly gave me a website link to a mobile MRI Unit, not far from my area that only costs £195. I do not have enough savings to pay for it so would have to ask my Mum If she could lend me the money and pay her back. Do you think it would be money well spent or should I push for an MRI on the NHS as I know there a problem still inside my knee even if others think my knee normal I know its not.

I know my knee will never be 100% but would like to feel less pain and starting to get fed up with the way my knee been delt with and get sent from one person to another and coming up to 3 years since my fall and since then knee never been right.

They where happy to scope the knee when it was no where near as bad as it is now and now its got worse more and less tell me to put up with the pain. Getting told to carry on running through pain is not good advise as I tried to run a few times now and as soon as I put pressure to move forward to run bottom of right knee hurts.

I am not having a go at Mr Green just think he could have sent me for an MRI rather then the pain managment clinic and maybe should have been more pushy when I saw him that I cannot do my job and affecting me daily. He is right to take the conservative route rather then rush and have a 2nd scope but cannot see what the problem is by having an MRI done on the NHS.

You can see that I worked up and unhappy about my right knee and glad to have KG for support and do not know what i would do without this forum. I just would like my knee sorted out properly and waited long enough already to get it right again.

Kristin, you right Mr Green not given up over my knee issues but it could take months to see someone at the clinic and would like my knee sorted out during the winter months when we less busy on the golf course.

Tez, you right knee pain not physcological and is real but feel the pain clinic will not be able to help much and end up seeing Mr Green again several months lator and would like it sorted out sooner rather then lator. As I said before knee problems been going on for nearly 3 years and feels like a long time when you are in pain.

Milly, did not have an MRI just a ultrasound scan which is not as good as an MRI and I know the pain not caused by being tensed up and certain there a problem inside the knee. I could try the pain clinic but that take time and would happen during work time and my Boss would not be impressed.

Vicks, its good to take the conservative route 1st but as I said knee feels worse now then it did pre op. I will carry on going to the the gym and swim but so far is not really helping.

Sorry for such a long post but had to get it off my chest.

Nick :) {2010} :)
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Silkncardcrafts on August 27, 2010, 10:17:31 AM
Hi Nick,

So sorry to hear your appointment didn't go to plan.

Personally I think that going to a pain management clinic is not the answer, just a cop out. That's just my two cents worth !

I think you would be better off getting another opinion from an OS that works privately and in the NHS. You need to find someone that specialises more in knee problems.

Keep fighting, Nick. Eventually you will get the treatment you need. Please do not exercise through pain. You have pain for a reason.
Title: Re: Nick's Medial Plica Excision & Fat Pad!
Post by: Clarkey on August 27, 2010, 04:32:37 PM
I did not have the time to finish of my post yesterday as I ran out of my limited 1 hour in the Library and wanted to say that I do not want to make out Mr Green is not a good OS as I think he an excellent OS and one of the UK's top OS's and really trust and like the guy so hope my last post did not make him out to be a bad OS. Its all well seeing another OS for a 2nd opinion but that could take a while under the NHS and happy to be under the care of Mr Green as everyone that seen and been treated by him say how excellent he is and also like his personality. He makes you feel at ease and adds a bit of humour during the consulatation.

I had a long chat to my sister Jinny who works at Ipswich Hospital at the orthopaedic pre op clinic yesterday and thinks there no point in paying privately for an MRI. I should do what Mr Green has suggested and attend the pain management clinic who may access my knee and may refer me back to Mr Green if they cannot reduce the pain in anyway. I know its the long way round of doing things but thats the NHS for you. It took 18 months before they decided to scope my knee after attending many clinics and having an MRI done and injections. Jinny told me she sees many patients that can no longer run since their injury at the pre op clinic but they have to have had the problem for over a year after seeing the OS before they decide to scope the knee. I suppose its good that Mr Green took the conservative approach rather then rushing to do a 2nd scope that could make my knee problems even worse.

I have come to the conclusion that its scar tissue thats causing me all the pain and discomfort as I feel the most pain around the medial side of the knee by the portal area. My physio told me I am prone to scarring more then others as my surgical scars should more and less be hardly noticeable by now but can still clearly see them 9 months post op. I may well have Arthrofibrosis as I had a steroid injection and friction massage around the medial portal area but has not really eased the pain. I know KG Members that had their medial plica removed have had a large amount of scar tissue inside their knee after they had the surgery.

I have now calmed down and thinking in a logical way and feel that a private MRI would be a waste of money as it might not show up a problem with the knee. Arthrofibrosis does not show up well in a MRI or does not show up at all. Not sure how the pain management clinic can help with the scar tissue but can give it a try and see how it goes.

I think I am seeing a sports physician at the clinic which is a good person to see as he can then say to Mr Green that he can longer help and thinks I need further treatment rather then just pain management. I do not want to take pain killers daily, which they might do as it can make you feel light headed and drowsy and can have side affects.

Kirsty I really trust and respec